《Hanami》 Hanami Chp.1 Hanami: »¨ÒŠ, "flower viewing" the Japanese traditional custom of enjoying the transient beauty of flowers; flowers ("hana") almost always referring to those of the cherry ("sakura") The practice of hanami is many centuries old. The custom is said to have started during the Nara period (710¨C794) When poems would be written praising the delicate flowers, which were seen as a metaphor for life itself, luminous and beautiful yet fleeting and ephemeral.
Spring had returned to Inari¡¯s mountain. The lower slopes were cloaked in the verdant green of new-sprung bamboo, while on the upper shoulders the cherry trees that shared their altitude with the temple complex, were showing tight green buds on their bare branches. The gnarled ancient cherry tree that twisted it roots among the rocks of the hot-spring onsen or bathing house, even had tiny flecks of pale pink showing at the tips of the buds through like the shoulders of a geisha girl peaking out from her kimono. Paul sighed as he leaned back in the steaming mineral and magic laden waters. Spring was well and truly on it¡¯s way, even though patches of sullen snow skulked in the shadows and around the bases of the trees in the shadow depths of the forest. Spring, bringing new life¡­ and unfortunately, new problems. ¡°You know¡­ there¡¯s a phrase in English that fits this situation.¡± He remarked. Inari who was lounging nearby, her eyes closed, but nominally awake and with a tray of sake floating within arms reach, lifted her head, opening one golden eye as she peered at Paul. ¡°And what would that be, my Herald? Enlighten me.¡± Paul snorted, amused at the idea of him enlightening the only existent Kami or Goddess of the fifth rank. ¡°We¡¯re victims of our own success.¡± Inari opened both eyes, sitting up a bit as Paul hastily averted his eyes. He had yet to acclimatise to the notion of mixed bathing, and the steam from the volcanic waters did little to hide Inari¡¯s lithe body with it¡¯s fulsome curves. ¡°Explain please? In what way are we ¡®victims¡¯ of our success?¡± Paul sighed, and reaching out a long arm, snagged the tray. Pulling it closer he poured himself some sake into the shallow dish-like cup, and sipped that before answering. Inari folded her arms across her breasts, having noticed Paul deliberately not noticing them, one long slender finger with a talon like nail painted red tapping against her bicep as she waited. After a sliver of a moment to compose himself and marshal his thoughts into an orderly queue, Paul replied. ¡°I was thinking about your schedule, and mine, and how our duties seem to grow exponentially every day, multiplying like gremlins.¡± ¡°Gremlins?¡± Paul cocked an eyebrow, glancing in Inari¡¯s direction and reading the puzzled expression on her face. ¡°Huh¡­ nice to know that particular bit of mythology is unfamiliar to you. I think I¡¯d finally lose it if it turned out those were real. Never mind though, I meant the list of things we need to do seems to be never ending and ever expanding. I don¡¯t know about you, but my to-do list seems to be growing faster than I can hack it back down to a reasonable length.¡± Inari slid back down until the waters met her delicate chin, a frown marring her features as she nodded slightly, her expressive eyes growing dark and troubled. ¡°We do seem to be beset, yes. But if I recall, that¡¯s always been the way for Kami, in the past. ¡± ¡°Really not surprising I suppose¡­ you would think that humanity would¡¯ve learnt to do without them in their long absence though?¡± Inari shrugged, sending ripples spreading outwards. ¡°Perhaps. And perhaps not¡­ people are still adjusting to the return of magic. It is only natural they¡¯d ask for expert advice when they have problems they are unused to.¡± ¡°I suppose, and they see us as experts I guess. Although if I have to wrestle another Kappa I¡¯m going to refer them to the Wildlife and Fisheries people..¡± Inari chuckled musically. ¡°I would prefer that, You smelt of fish for days afterwards. Although it was a Hy¨­sube since it was hairy too.¡± Paul sighed, muttering; ¡°I really wish I had a whose who and what¡¯s what of Japanese mythology.¡± Inari laughed, and using a foot, nudged the wooden tray with it¡¯s cargo of sake bottle and cups back towards herself. ¡°Is it really correct, oh wordsmith, to call them myths, when you have proven beyond a shadow of a doubt that yokai are real?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Real is a subjective term nowadays, but they do seem to be popping out of the woodwork rather a lot lately. I know most are harmless, even beneficial, but¡­¡± Inari nodded, her expression sobering. ¡°Yes¡­ there is that ¡®but¡¯. Not all of them are so, although even the more troublesome will listen to you my Herald.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Listen yes¡­ mostly. There are those that won¡¯t or can¡¯t listen to reason, and those few take up an unreasonable amount of time. Like that spirit tiger¡­¡± Inari nodded slowly. Kochi prefecture had asked for assistance with a ¡®haunted¡¯ forest that had turned out to be the home of Spirit Tiger that had been revived from the barest echo by the prefecture government activating the newly installed mana convertor network. It had not been particularly pleased to discover residential apartments where there had once been forests, and it had not been amiable to being reasoned with either. In end it had taken the combined efforts of Inari and Kiko to subdue the spirit animal, forcing it to take on a more human aspect that could at least be talked to. After which Paul had brokered a agreement between the ancient, and still rather cranky, spirit of the land, and the regional government. The Spirit tiger got a nature preserve, and the government got supernatural help with land management and conservation¡­ not to mention a pretty heavy stick to enforce the rules regarding land use. Inari sighed. ¡°There are still not enough hours in the day¡­¡± ¡°Or not enough people to help at least. I know Kiko, and Katsu are helping where they can but..¡± Inari nodded. ¡°They are new to being Goddesses, and only Kami of the fifth rank yet. Although Katsu is mastering control of her power at an amazing rate.¡± Paul nodded sighing. ¡°True, and I wish I could say we won¡¯t need a Goddess of Battle, or war, or whatever she is¡­ but we may need her and her big guns at some point.¡± Inari giggled. ¡°Katsumi is the one with the big guns¡­¡± Paul gave her a sardonic look, relenting after a moment and smiling. ¡°Ok, yeah¡­ point taken. At least she¡¯s popular.¡± ¡°Thanks to that gatcha game using them as avatars for the battleships Yamato and Musashi.¡± Paul nodded; ¡°For which they¡¯re getting a nice chunk of royalties. Katsumi at least seem happy with it.¡± It had come as some small surprise that the embodiment of the the Battleship Yamato, born of magic and divine power, and patterned after Katsu Yamato, great-granddaughter of the ships captain, and descendent of the original general Yamato of legend, had turned out to have a personality that was the polar opposite of the stoic Katsu. Katsu¡¯s silver-haired ¡®sister¡¯ Katsumi had thrown herself into 21st century life with great glee. She¡¯d even taken to wearing the abbreviated naval uniform and fox ears of her in-game self¡­ much to Katsu¡¯s stern disapproval. Although Paul was amused to note that Katsu hadn¡¯t gone so far as to actually stop her from appearing like that, even though Katsumi was Katsu¡¯s Herald technically. Inari sighed, a few glowing fragments of pink sukura petals briefly manifesting as an expression of her mood. ¡°It seems unfair that the one with the most immediately useful power, is also the one who has the least control.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°To be fair to Kiko, she is trying to keep it under control. It¡¯s not her fault she¡¯s a well-spring of mana.¡± Inari nodded, eyes downcast. Kiko was Inari¡¯s lover, and deeply, profoundly in love with Inari. Inari however didn¡¯t entirely reciprocate her feelings, literally being unable to be faithful. Inari was also convinced that it was this that had somehow tainted her gift of the divine ¡®seed¡¯ to Kiko. Overcompensating Paul had suggested. Such that Kiko naturally generated an excess of power, far more than she could contain. To put it simply, she leaked magic wherever she went. Miracles spontaneity happened around her, the environment echoed her moods. Luckily for everyone though, Kiko was a naturally happy and usually fairly calm personality. Although her compassionate and empathic side did mean that she now was known as a Goddess of Healing. Not that she did it deliberately, but people just got better around her. ¡°I know..¡± Inari said, pausing to brush a damp wisp of her ripe wheat coloured hair aside, ¡°I wish I knew more about why some Kami become well-springs of magical power. But there was less interest shown in the whys and hows back when Kami were commonplace. If I ever knew the answer, and I doubt I did, I have forgotten it since.¡± Paul didn¡¯t answer, schooling his face into passive neutrality as he inwardly scowled. He had a theory as to why Inari¡¯s memory had bits missing. Blank portions seemingly randomly scattered throughout her recollections. Some of which could be explainable as a result of the long period of time before he¡¯d arrived, when Inari¡¯s lifeblood of magic had been slowly fading away, causing her very soul to fade like a sun-bleached photograph. But only some of her lost recollections could be explained that way. Other erased memories were too specific to be easily explained as the natural product of what was a type of dementia. Some hadn¡¯t returned as Inari grew in strength, waxing as the magic poured forth from Paul¡¯s invention of the mana convertor, as it refilled the vast natural ¡®battery¡¯ of magical power that was the mountain, and more spcifically the deposit of an unusual type of iron ore at it¡¯s heart. Paul took another sip of sake, hiding the frown on his face as he considered the subject gain, prodding at it like a missing tooth. There was no doubt in his mind that Inari had suffered some of her memories being deliberately erased, completely excised from her mind. Or more accurately, roughly torn out, as there were dangling threads of recollection that lead to blank spots. Paul suspected her habit of not thinking about the past was an adaption to this, a way of avoiding running into those blank spots. He also suspected that her depression, which still lingered and jumped out at her in unguarded moments, sending her into a downward spiral of negativity, was also a by-product of this mental manipulation. Even though she didn¡¯t remember it, he suspected that she was aware on some subconscious level that her very core had been violated, ripped apart and left with parts of her mind and soul missing. Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. He even had some idea of who might be responsible, but no inkling if the guilty party still existed nor how to find them if they did¡­ although he did have a few ideas about what to do if he managed to get hold of them. In meantime, he did his best to encourage Inari¡¯s slow healing while not calling attention to the possibility of it being a deliberate injury. He was fairly sure that thinking about that wouldn¡¯t do Inari any good¡­ although whether it would send her down into a spiral of self-hatred and depression, or infuriate her he couldn¡¯t say. Either way, a Goddess of the first rank going slightly mad was an outcome to be avoided. In an effort to change the subject, Paul remarked. ¡°Shoko¡¯s practically giddy at the idea of starting school next week.¡± Inari chuckled. ¡°Never has April been so slow getting here¡­ I thought she¡¯d burst waiting for the new term to start!¡± Relived to avoid the potential minefield Paul smiled, nodding. ¡°I swear she was going to wear out her uniform even before she went to school, you know she slept in it for the first few days after getting it, right?¡± Inari laughed. ¡°I know, I know! But I didn¡¯t have the heart to say anything¡­¡± ¡°Me neither. She¡¯s worked really hard to catch up to her peers. That, and the usual kitsune curiosity helps. She¡¯ll dive into a subject and won¡¯t surface until she¡¯s satisfied she understands it. Kiko says she¡¯s a natural born scholar, minus the of-so-serious demeanour a lot of academics have. I think Kiko¡¯s a tiny bit bewildered by her¡­¡± ¡°Oh?¡± ¡°Yeah. Shoko-chan is like this precocious learning machine, hidden inside a bouncing fluff-ball of bubbly happy-go-lucky ¡®oh squirrel!¡¯ personality. I¡¯d say she has ADHD, but I gather that¡¯s normal for kitsune and relativity speaking she¡¯s actually fairly staid.¡± Inari laughed, almost snorting sake out her nose as her merriment bubbled up involuntarily and met the rice wine on the way down. Rendered speechless momentarily, Inari settled for glaring and wagging a finger at the unrepentant Paul, who was grinning at her having successfully tickled her funny bone at the idea of Shoko-chan being considered staid. A few days later, Paul recalled that conversation in onsen, as he watched the irrepressible little fox-girl hurtling down the stairs from the temple, a piece of buttered toast held in her mouth, one of the twin tails of her strawberry-blonde hair already in messy disarray, it¡¯s red ribbon trailing loosely behind her. Next to him Jiao sighed. The small oni girl was neat as new pin in her school uniform, red leather bookbag clasped in her hands. Of course, she was also hiding the fact she was nervous, and had been up well before sunrise. Oni had a bad history with humans, and the idea of openly attending school set her quaking to her very core. But she was still here and determined to go. Jiao might be considered small and frail by Oni standards, although that meant she didn¡¯t tower above her human peers and was only about two or three times as strong¡­ but Jiao had a will that could bend iron, and the full measure of an Oni¡¯s stubborn refusal to back down from any challenge. Which befitted the future leader of her clan, Paul supposed. Of course, it did cause problems at times¡­ it had taken a not inconsiderable effort of persuasion on his part to get the school board to accept the personal alterations to Jiao¡¯s uniform. But in end the young oni princess had been allowed own version of her school¡¯s uniform, with vivid pink trim instead of the traditional dark blue. Paul suspected that Principal, Ms Hitomi Mitashi had a lot to do with the school-board agreeing to bend the rules on dress code¡­ she¡¯d audibly squealed under her breath at the sight of Jiao in her version of the sailor-like school uniform. The hot pink of the trim setting off the pale pink of her hair and eyes. Paul shook his head, dispelling his thoughts, as Shoko hopped down the last couple of stone steps, tapping the toe of her new red shoe against the pavement to better settle it in place. ¡°Got everything you need?¡± Paul asked as he retied her ribbon ¡°Yesh!¡± Shoko mummed around the toast in her mouth. Which Jiao deftly caught as it threatened to drop semi-molten butter down her new blouse. ¡°Sorry, Paul-san, yes I¡¯ve got everything!¡± Paul eyed her bulging satchel, and nodded. ¡°So I see¡­ Ok, you two, off you go. You¡¯ve enough time still to catch the bus at the end of road. Remember, be good. You¡¯re the first Yokai to openly attend school, people will be watching.¡± Jiao nodded. ¡°We understand. No starting fights.¡± Paul smiled fondly. ¡°Yup¡­but there¡¯s nothing wrong in finishing them either!¡± Jiao laughed, her serious mein breaking in an instant. ¡°You sound like my brother Paul-san!¡± ¡°I somehow doubt Tatsuo would thank you for the comparison¡­ at least, not out loud!¡± Jiao laughed, nodding as she and Shoko hurried off. Paul watched them go, thinking that it was slightly surprising that the young leader of the small Oni clan wasn¡¯t present. On the other hand, ever since the yokai had stepped out into the light of public gaze, he¡¯d been rather busy setting up his and Katsu¡¯s kendo school. Katsu, with her father¡¯s assistance, had managed the finances to found the school Tatsuo was nominally the instructor for. In the weeks after opening it¡¯s doors, several individuals who were prominent in the world of kendo had turned up. Apparently a dojo founded jointly by an Oni and a Goddess of Battle had attracted attention, and a number of highly placed competitors had arrived to challenge Tatsuo, and Paul suspected themselves as well. Tatsuo had beaten almost all of them, and those he hadn¡¯t Katsu had defeated. Inari had divided her Divine Pearl or Godhood, and shared it with Katsu, as well as Kiko and Suz-metal, aka Suzue Nakamoto, or Suzue Godesu, the Metal Goddess of Storms, Katsu¡¯s already impressive prowess at martial arts had amped up since her transformation. Paul frowned slightly as he turned to start the long climb back up to the temple plateau, his mind turning to the questions raised by that desperate transformation of three young girls, worrying away at it like a dog with a familiar bone. The process had meant to be temporary. A subdivision of Inari¡¯s power to lower it¡¯s emanations below the radar of section 31 of the special police department, aka the monster hunters. Who were really a hold over, semi cult-like organisation from the Meiji era when the emperor of the time had mandated the modernisation of Japan. Which had included the eradication of Yokai to discourage superstitions and ways of thinking seen as incompatible with scientific progress. An order which they had still been carrying out, until recently. Paul paused to catch his breath and smile, thinking it ironic that at about the same time as that Japan had been turning it¡¯s back on magic, miles away in America Nikola Tesla had been laying the foundations for the scientific study of the nature magic itself, as way of wireless transmitting electrical power no less. Which had in turn many years later, lead to him building the mana convertor which turned electricity into raw magic or mana as he preferred to call. Taking a deep breath, and standing from where he¡¯d been resting on the new bench at the half-way point of the climb, Paul continued on. The problem with magical theory, was that it was essentially just a series of after-the-fact explanations of things learnt through trial and error. It didn¡¯t explain the fundamental nature of magic at all, it was a bunch of ad hoc rule-of-thumb observations tied together with a halfway plausible stab in the dark attempt at explaining them, rather than a theory. Paul as he would readily admit, was a modestly successful author with a pack-rat like habit of retaining eclectic bits of knowledge. But he was by no means a scientist and certainly not the person one would chose to investigate an entirely new field of knowledge. But he¡¯d stumbled across it, and with his treasure trove of weird bits of arcane knowledge he¡¯d done the impossible, breathing life back into something long since relegated to the dusty realms of mythology and superstition. That said, he¡¯d be the first to admit he was greatly relieved that better minds than him were now investigating what he¡¯d found. The University of Kyoto was ranked highly among universities globally. They had some of the best minds in Japan, and quite a few of them had grabbed the metaphorical ball and run with it, once they got over their shock. There was even talk of pulling all the disparate disciplines that were working with magic together into a new Department of Arcane Studies, or Department of Magical studies depending on who you asked. Paul knew because he¡¯d been approached by the University to act as guest speaker at the commencement ceremony in few weeks. Paul was still debating with himself about that. He didn¡¯t feel qualified to be lecturing about anything at a university level! Although, he did have to admit he was probably the only one remotely qualified, simply by virtue of being first to realise that magic could be quantified using science¡­ at least a little. Although that just meant that he was painfully aware of how little he actually knew¡­ which as he thought about it, was probably something of an important point to get across to all those setting out on the trail he was blazing. His mind made up on that question, and having decided to attend the opening ceremony at the end of the week..that is if he could carve out some time to go to Kyoto, he returned back to his original subject. The problem was, as little as he knew about magic, the workings of divine magic were even more opaque to him. From what he¡¯d observed, although it seemed to follow most of the same general rules as the more mortal magic he was half-way familiar with by now¡­ it also seemed to completely ignore others and have it¡¯s own set of principles on top of that. Paul sighed. Kiko being a well-spring in particular was vexing. From what Inari had said, it was a rare occurrence even among the ranks of kami and little understood. In general magic obeyed the laws regarding conservation of energy, aside from the peculiar scaling law that magical fields followed, power falling off as an inverse linear function of distance, and not inverse square law every other energy field did. Paul now freely admitted he was at a loss to explain that as well. Which left him with no idea where the raw magical power or mana that leaked out Kiko¡¯s aura came from. It didn¡¯t appear to have a source, it wasn¡¯t as if her body was making it from the food she consumed. It was just¡­ there¡­ shining from her at an output rate that cast into shade even the new Mk.2 mana convertor installed at the top of the mountain and fed by several high voltage lines from japans national grid. It seemed to violate a few of the laws of physics, and that was hardly the start of it all. Still he reflected as he finally crested the rise and stepped out into the now well tended courtyard in front of the temple, surely someone else could figure it out? Even if it was only really a matter of academic interest. Paul paused catching his breath and looking around. The tenuki work crew busy renovating the roof of the main hall waved, and as Paul waved back he decided to concentrate on more practical matters for now. Because there were certainly enough to occupy his time with! With that resolution in mind, he headed for the Oni village under construction near the old mine area. The Oni having been moved out of the mines once an actual mining engineer had taken a look at the tunnels and pronounced them unsafe for habitation, what with toxic gases, radiation from the naturally occurring minerals, and the ever present danger of an earthquake causing a collapse. The oni had readily quit the mines and with a little encouragement had started building traditional style dwellings in an area that had once served as the workers village. Although the first thing they¡¯d done was rebuild the stone wall that fortified the small plateau. Old habits dying hard Paul had remarked at the time. As Paul¡¯s long legs ate up the distance, it wasn¡¯t long before the sound of hammering and sawing filled his ears. Between the Oni¡¯s strength, and the unbounded enthusiastic energy of the tanuki work crew helping them out, the buildings were going up at a pace a human crew with power tools couldn¡¯t match, and the Oni and tenuki only had traditional hand tools to work with. Of course, the fact that the oni were camping out in tents provided by the JSDF as their new homes went up, and that there was still a frost on the ground in the mornings, probably explained some of their motivation. But Paul rather thought that for once, they were building homes specifically designed for them, rather than making do with make-shift accommodations in places abandoned by humans also probably had something to do with it. For almost all the younger Oni, it would be their first taste of a proper modern home. Paul paused as he rounded the corner and looked out over the half-built village.. Of course, he thought, ¡®modern¡¯ was something of contextual concept¡­ it was true the houses had been built with mostly modern materials, but the style could have been straight out of a film by Akira Kurosawa, set in the Edo era. Well, aside from the power lines running from eave to eave that is. Oni enjoyed their modern conveniences too it turned out, and as long as the power cables were shielded and grounded, they were safe from interference from the ever present mana field. Spying Tatsuo in the distance, Paul waved and picked up the pace. The young Oni leader might have not been present to see his imouto, or younger sister, off to school, and wouldn¡¯t have insulted her by implying she needed him there for emotional support.. but that didn¡¯t mean he didn¡¯t care and Paul planned on soothing his worries, while pretending not to. Tatsuo had a young man¡¯s pride after all, and he wasn¡¯t about to look like we was worried about her at all. Paul smiled to himself as he drew nearer. He fully expected that Tatsuo would find a reason to be in the general vicinity of the school later today, probably around lunch time, so he could quite by chance bump into his little sister. And if he didn¡¯t, Paul would furnish him with one. Hanami Chp.2 ¡°It..it¡¯s ok if you¡¯re scared Shoko-chan. I¡¯m here!¡± Shoko glanced sidelong at Jiao, as they stood next to each other at the school gates. Shoko had learnt a few things from Paul-sama, and she could tell the young oni was scared herself from the way her voice trembled and she stood stiffly, holding her school satchel in front of her. Shoko reached out and took Jiao¡¯s slender hand, giving it a squeeze. ¡°I don¡¯t think we have anything to be scared of, but I won¡¯t be as long as you¡¯re here with me. Thank you Jiao!¡± The young kitsune smiled inwardly as she noticed the tension draining away from Jiao, her posture softening as she relaxed fractionally. Jiao nodded as she reached some silent decision, and she gave Shoko¡¯s hand a small tug. ¡°Ok then¡­ lets go!¡± As the pair of them walked between the school gates, hand in hand, the other children stopped streaming in, to stand and stare at the pair of young yokai. Whispers floated though the air like dry leaves, as the human children saw Jiao¡¯s pale ivory horns ending in the palest seashell pink at the tips, and Shoko¡¯s fluffy fox ears poking out from her reddish blonde hair, and the tip of her fox tail peeking out from under the hem of her skirt. The pair already knew what class they¡¯d be in, the school Principal, Ms Hitomi Mitashi, had sent a letter to Inari over a week ago with the details. As she¡¯d said in it, the young pair would have more than the usual things to worry about, so she thought to spare them the usual worries like finding their classroom. Those ¡®more than usual¡¯ things arrived even before they entered class, in the shape of a group of young boys hanging around the classroom entrance Jiao¡¯s steps faltered slightly as she saw them, but then she ploughed ahead, pulling Shoko along in her wake. The tallest of the group stepped in front of her, blocking the doorway. ¡°Hey look, it¡¯s a beast girl and a mini-demon! Whatcha doing here?¡± Jiao bit her lip, but her voice was steady when she answered. ¡°You¡¯re blocking the doorway.¡± ¡°What? Hey they think they¡¯re going to class like real people! Look at that!¡± The group sniggered and a shorter boy with ears like jug handles remarked from behind the broad back of the the groups leader. ¡°Maybe they think they¡¯re actual people? Hey freaks, only people are allowed to go to school, why don¡¯t you run home to your freak mommies?!¡± Jiao stiffened. ¡°My mother is dead because of humans. They killed her and my father.¡± The boys stopped laughing, and all but the tallest boy who was evidently the leader looked uncomfortable. Oblivious to his followers wavering, he ploughed on¡­ ¡°Aw whatcha gonna do freak¡­ cry? Oh look she¡¯s scared. I bet she¡¯s wetting her panties at us humans!¡± ¡°Nah¡± the sycophantic boy of the group drawled from behind the tall bully.. ¡°Everyone knows yokai don¡¯t wear pantsu!¡± Shoko could see the tips of Jiao¡¯s ears going redder and redder, as she hotly retorted. ¡°I DO to wear them!¡± ¡°Well prove it then, show us yours!¡± The bully jeered, a creepy lewd smile on his broad flat face. Jiao went bright red, flushing to the tips of her horns, reduced to spluttering incoherence. She let out a half-stifled scream as the bully made to snatch at the hem of her skirt. Shoko decided that enough was enough. If Jiao started to fight back, she¡¯d risk seriously harming the young thugs. The young kitsune seemed to blur as she moved, kicking out the legs from under the bully, and punching him in the solar plexus before he even hit the ground. Then, as he lay gasping, trying to breath, she jumped, landing astride him, pinning him down with her legs on his arms, head gripped between her thighs.. ¡°You boys must be so brave.. picking on us. I mean, Jiao¡¯s an oni, she could tear you in half long ways without even straining. And me¡­¡± Shoko leaned down, and smiled at the young bully, her face elongating into a foxes muzzle full of wickedly sharp pointed teeth as she let her human guise slip. ¡°And me, I¡¯m Inari-Okami¡¯s daughter, and we eat bad little boys like you!¡± She leaned back, staring down at the pale faced young boy¡­ and realising she¡¯d maybe taken it a bit far she paused thinking. Then Shoko grinned mischievously, her face sliding back into a more human shape, as she remarked. ¡°Besides, we¡¯re not all the same.. I mean, Jiao wouldn¡¯t be caught dead without pantsu on.. but me. I¡¯ve got a tail, so I can¡¯t wear them at all!¡± The young boy¡¯s eyes went wide, and he looked down towards his toes¡­ realising from where he lay, he could see everything! His face went redder than Shoko¡¯s hair ribbons, and he frantically scrambled to free himself from between her thighs. Shoko raised herself slightly, opening her legs just enough to release her vice grip on his head. She laughed as he scrambled to his feet and flung himself down the hallway, his face a scarlet banner of embarrassment. Jiao looked at Shoko in mild disbelief as she stood up, dusting her skirt down and laughing as the rest of the small gang fled after their leader. ¡°You didn¡¯t have to say that Shoko-chan! Why¡¯d you lie¡­¡± ¡°Wasn¡¯t a lie. I¡¯m going commando as Paul-sama would say.¡± ¡°SHOKO! Really?¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°Yes, really..wanna check?¡± Jiao shook her head, scandalised by her friend. ¡°N.. no! I believe you¡­ Why?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Inari said I should be myself, and pantsu are really uncomfortable if you have a tail. Besides, it¡¯s not like I¡¯m ashamed of my body, unlike humans. Now, c¡¯mon, we need to find our desks before class starts!¡± Jiao followed Shoko, still dazed at her friends daring. Once they¡¯d hung their satchels by the hooks on the side of their desks and sat down, Jiao quietly spoke. ¡°I¡­ I don¡¯t think I¡¯m as brave as you Shoko.¡± Shoko shrugged, and shook her head. ¡°That wasn¡¯t bravery. You know they couldn¡¯t hurt us, not physically. They¡¯re all talk, that¡¯s all¡­¡± Jiao hung her head looking down at the desk, and murmured. ¡°Words can hurt too.¡± Shoko glanced sideways at her friend, then leaned across taking Jiao¡¯s small hand in hers. ¡°Yeah I know, words can hurt more sometimes because they keep hurting as you remember them. But they were just teasing, not seriously trying to hurt this time. So I teased back...well, and frightened them a bit. They probably won¡¯t do it again.¡± ¡°B..but now he knows you don¡¯t wear any¡­ p..p.. pantsu!¡± Jiao¡¯s voice was barely above a whisper on the last word, forcing it out between clenched teeth. ¡°So?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°So that boy, he saw¡­ everything! Aren¡¯t you afraid he¡¯ll think¡­ things.. about you?¡± Shoko laughed, shaking her head. ¡°Jiao.. I¡¯m a kitsune! You know what sort of reputation we have among humans¡­ they¡¯ll think what they¡¯ll think. It doesn¡¯t bother me. But if they try anything, you know what will happen to them! I¡¯ll bite them where it¡¯ll hurts most! That is, if Aimi-chan doesn¡¯t scare them half to death first!¡± Jiao nodded. ¡°Umm.. yeah. She still scares me too sometimes. Ah, we.. we probably shouldn¡¯t mention this to her. Right?¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Right! They haven¡¯t done anything to deserve that.¡± Jiao nodded and then frowned. ¡°Umm.. Shoko-chan, why do you keep saying they and them instead of He and him about that boy?¡± ¡°Huh? Because they¡¯re toransujend¨¡, couldn¡¯t you tell? I mean it¡¯s right there in their aura. Kiko told me that¡¯s what you call them unless they say different.¡± Jiao frowned, puzzled by the unfamiliar word, as she remarked. ¡°Not everyone can read auras Shoko, and what¡¯s a toransujend¨¡ ?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Sorry, forgot.. it means someone who¡¯s physically one gender but their spirit is another, or both. Kiko explained it to me after some of them came to see her while I was there and I couldn¡¯t work out what they were, just that their auras were really pretty with all the colours.¡± A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Jiao blinked, pieces falling together in her head as suddenly some things about the worshippers who came to prey to Inari and Kiko made sense. ¡°Ohhhh¡­.. do you think that one knows what they are yet? I¡¯d heard humans don¡¯t just know, they have to figure it out for themselves.¡± Shoko looked at Jiao surprised. ¡°Humans don¡¯t? Huh¡­ I can¡¯t imagine not knowing yourself like that. I guess that would explain the conflict I sensed in them¡­ I thought they were just embarrassed but wanted to see. You know, like most males. I mean, they were still a bit male, just mixed in with everything else like a swirly rainbow.¡± Jiao shrugged. ¡°Well¡­ if they didn¡¯t know before, they might have some idea now! But maybe you shouldn¡¯t mention it to others, you know what humans are like about¡­ Oh oh! Shh.. teacher is coming!¡± Shoko looked towards the door¡­ she didn¡¯t hear anything but she¡¯d come to realise that Jiao somehow sensed things about to happen before they did. Not always but quite often, and she¡¯d never been wrong as far as Shoko knew. Once the class had settled down and the teacher Mr Hamasaki had taken roll-call, he asked Jiao and Shoko to step up to the front of the class and introduce themselves. Shoko glanced at Jiao, and volunteered to go first, taking a deep breath she launched into the speech she¡¯d practised the night before. ¡°Hi! My name is Shoko, Inarinoko Shoko. I¡¯m a kitsune, and Inari Okami is my mother. I live on the temple mountain, at the shrine, and until Paul-sama arrived we were a secret! Now thanks to him I can come to school. Umm¡­ oh yes.. Jiao and I are part of the Yokai Metal band¡­ I hope we can all be friends!¡± The class applauded politely, some more enthusiastically than others, and one brown-haired girl with large round glasses lifted her school binder up to display a Yokai Metal sticker, her face lit up with broad smile. Shoko wasn¡¯t too surprised that there was at least one fan in the class. According to Rin, their manager and Shoko¡¯s elder brother, sales of Yokai Metal merchandize and records were quite healthy. Shoko moved off to one side allowing Jiao to take centre stage. They¡¯d rehearsed this too last night, but as soon as she spoke Shoko knew Jiao was going off script.. ¡°H..hello. My name is Jiao, Jiao L¨¸ sh¨¡n, of the R¨¬ch¨±sh¨¡n clan. We.. we came from China originally, about thirty years ago we arrived in Japan as refugees, driven from our traditional home by humans who wanted our lands. We secretly found a home in Hokkaido in an abandoned amusement park. Until five years ago when men came to tear that down, and killed all our adults. Now there¡¯s just me and my brother left of our family. The rest of our clan is the same, only the old and the young escaped as the adults who could, stayed and fought to give us time to get away.¡± Jiao stopped briefly to take a deep breath. The class room was filled with thick and heavy silence as everyone stared at the pale and trembling oni. Jiao lifted her head, a defiant look on her face despite the tears that threatened to spill from her eyes. ¡°I...I am not ashamed to admit I am afraid. I¡¯ve been told I should hate humans, or be afraid of them. Oni¡­ we don¡¯t like to admit to being afraid of anything, so we get angry a lot. But¡­ I want to like humans. I don¡¯t want to be afraid or angry any more. It makes me feel sick. So, please¡­ be kind to us¡­ Umm.. are there any questions?¡± For a moment no-one said anything, then the teacher gently asked. ¡°Forgive me Jiao, but is it true Oni are quite strong?¡± Jiao nodded.. then shook her head. ¡°It depends¡­ we¡¯re not all the same. Among my clan I¡¯m considered quite weak, I mean, I could barely lift your desk I think. I¡¯m only two or maybe three times stronger than a human my size. Some of us are much, much stronger. Yuri and Yuko, they¡¯re my cousins, they can crush big boulders with their bare hands! But.. well.. they¡¯re what you¡¯d call body builders. They exercise all the time with heavy weights.¡± One of the girls, who probably had mixed ancestry herself judging by her long blonde plaits shot to her feet, waving a hand over her head. ¡°Me, me¡­¡± ¡°Alright Olsen, you have a question?¡± ¡°Yeah.. um, Hi, I¡¯m Hana Olsen. Can I ask Jiao-chan, have you picked an athletics club yet? And would you consider joining the volleyball club.. please!¡± Half the class groaned audibly, as the young girl glared around at her peers. ¡°Whaaat¡­ if I don¡¯t snap her up for my club, someone will!¡± The teacher shook his head, making patting motions in the air as he spoke. ¡°Alright, settle down now. Olsen, it¡¯s entirely up to Jiao to choose what after school clubs she participates in. She may not feel comfortable playing sports around humans since we are comparatively weak and fragile to her.¡± Jiao stood blinking, although she knew that, Shoko got the impression that until now, Jiao hadn¡¯t entirely accepted that as true, since she¡¯d grown up in her clan, where she was the smallest and weakest one. Shoko at that point made up her mind. ¡°Jiao and I would be happy to join your volleyball club Olsen if you¡¯ll have us.¡± Jiao glanced at Shoko, puzzled, and at an encouraging nod from her, slowly nodded in agreement. Hana grinned broadly, raising her clasped hands above her head in a victory pose. ¡°Yayy! We¡¯re gonna win this year for sure!¡± Shoko grinned slowly, then a thought struck her. ¡°Um¡­ Olsen-senpai? One question¡­ what¡¯s volleyball, and how do you play it?¡± Hana slumped back down to her desk as everyone else laughed. At first recess, Hana Olsen came over to where Jiao and Shoko were sitting, surrounded by a small group of curious classmates. ¡°Hey you lot, scram! I want to have a talk with my new recruits.¡± The other students dispelled with some good natured grumbling and joking complaints, as Olsen pulled up a chair, and turning it around, sat down resting her forearms on the chair-back. Jiao eyed the blond-haired fair skinned girl. She was tall enough almost to be an oni herself, head and shoulders taller that Jiao. Her arms were a study in anatomy, all smoothly curved muscle under freckled translucent skin. Her eyes were a bright blue, like a summer sky, even though her face was more Asian in it¡¯s shape. Jiao figured she had to have at least one parent who was not Japanese. ¡°So¡­ please tell me you were joking, right? You don¡¯t really know nothing about volleyball?¡± Jiao and Shoko shook their heads, and Shoko replied. ¡°Nmn.. not a thing. Sorry. You¡¯ll have to teach us senpai.¡± Jiao nodded, adding. ¡°Please take care of us senpai¡±. Hana hung her head, burying her face in her folded forearms. ¡°Ohh¡­ what have I done? And please, call me Hana¡± Sitting up straight she looked them both in the face. ¡°Ok¡­ well I know you have strength Jiao, but what about you Shoko, what do you bring to the team?¡± Shoko shrugged; ¡°I¡¯m fast, really fast¡­ and um.. oh yeah I can jump way higher than humans!¡± Olsen looked at Jiao, who nodded. ¡°She really is! She can run a mile in under a minute, and she can leap to the top of the Torii gates in one go from standing. That¡¯s about three meters.¡± Hana brightened up, and smiled slightly. ¡°Ok, so probably not a disaster than! You¡¯ve got potential at least. I¡¯m glad I snagged you.¡± Jiao frowned slightly, and then spoke. ¡°About that¡­ why did you Hana-san? Aside from the fact I¡¯m an oni and stronger that anyone else my size.¡± Hana laughed self-consciously, rubbing the back of her neck.. ¡°Ha.. yeah.. about that¡­ Um, I hope you don¡¯t take this the wrong way, but I felt sympathy for you.¡± Jiao tilted her head, looking at Hana perplexed. The taller girl shrugged. ¡°I mean¡­ I¡¯m sort of in the same boat as you. My mother is from North Korea.. uh, you have heard of¡­?¡± Jiao nodded. ¡°I know, I had to study recent history. Uh.. I¡¯m not an expert on human appearance, but¡­¡± Olsen laughed. ¡°Yeah, I know, I look weird. I¡¯m H¨¡fu, half-breed, I¡¯m half Korean, half Norwegian. My dad¡¯s a merchant sailor, he pulled my mother off a makeshift raft she¡¯d used to escape on. They fell in love right away, like a romance novel. They were married by the ships captain and settled in Okinawa because that was the first port they landed at and Mother flat refused to go near the sea again! We only moved here last year because Dad got a new job. He still works at sea, Mom worries but.. well, it¡¯s in his blood.¡± Jiao frowned. ¡°Norwegian¡­ you mean like a Viking?¡± Olsen laughed, nodding. ¡°Yup, very like in some ways.. Dad¡¯s big enough people call him an Oni! Which is really funny because he¡¯s really, really gentle and wouldn¡¯t hurt a fly. Now mom however¡­ she¡¯s scary tough! I get my competitive nature from her she says, as well as her stubbornness, or so Dad says.¡± Jiao laughed slightly. ¡°Tatsuo, my big brother, says I¡¯m more like our father than he is...and father was fierce.. but gentle too everyone says. A proud oni warrior and leader.¡± ¡°Wait, your dad was head of your clan?¡± Jiao nodded enthusiastically. ¡°MmHm! My family has been clan leaders and warriors ever since anyone can remember. Big brother Tatsuo is our current clan leader, but he says he¡¯s only keeping the spot open until I¡¯m old enough. He says I¡¯ll be a much better clan head than he can be. I think he¡¯s probably a bit wrong, he¡¯s a great leader, but as his Master says, he¡¯s a hot head and young still. So he doesn¡¯t always think it through before doing something.¡± Hana nodded slowly ¡°Yeahhh¡­ he¡¯s the one that opened a dojo with Katsu Yamato isn¡¯t he? Before she got turned into a kami..¡± Jiao sighed exasperatedly. ¡°Yes.. that¡¯s him. As I said, doesn¡¯t think things though. The whole clan is still scandalised by him taking up with a human woman! We only just avoided him getting challenged for leadership, again. But I think that was mainly because no-one else really wanted the job¡­ Things are changing rapidly for us, so no-one¡¯s at all sure what to do, and no-one wants to take his position and risk messing up and ruining it for everyone.¡± Hana laughed. ¡°Ok, I can see that. That¡¯s how I ended up being club president last year, despite it only being my first year here! The volleyball club is¡­ well, we need more members if we don¡¯t want to get disbanded, and no-one wanted to take responsibility for that! Although with you two we can at least field a full team now, as long as no-one gets injured or drops out. If it looks like we might start winning, we might even get some more people joining this year.¡± Shoko having been silent listening, grinned. ¡°I think we¡¯re going to have fun Hana-san, and I hope we can all be friends!¡± Hana grinned slightly, and stuck out a hand. ¡°I hope so too Shoko-schan, Jiao-chan ¡­ but mostly I can¡¯t wait to beat the pantsu off the other school teams! You two are going to be our secret weapon!¡± Jiao grinned fiercely and taking Hana-sans hand in both of hers carefully shook. ¡°Me too! For the honour of our school, I¡¯ll do my best!¡± Hanami Chp.3 Paul nodded at the guards at the gateway in the rough stone wall surrounding the plateau on three sides and let himself in though the temporary bamboo gate. He found Tatsuo staring morosely at the remains of what looked like a large bonfire. The young oni looked better than Paul remembered seeing him. He¡¯d put on muscle, but he was also dressed neatly in a traditional slate grey kimono with a matching heavy felted wool hakama and in deference to the cold a rather nice light blue and snowflake pattern haori overcoat in heavy cotton. Evidently Katsu was taking good care of him, or at least, telling him to take care of himself. ¡°Hoi, Tatsuo.¡± Tatsuo answered without looking away from the smouldering embers and half-burnt timber. ¡°Morning Paul-san, what are you doing here today?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Oh¡­ just checking on how things are progressing, and I thought you¡¯d like to know your little sister got off to school safely.¡± ¡°Jiao is a competent girl, why would I doubt she would?¡± Paul grinned slightly. ¡°Didn¡¯t think you did¡­ but what the mind knows and what the heart believes are two different things.¡± Tatsuo nodded in agreement with snort of laughter and then joked. ¡°Hoi, Paul-san. You been eating fortune cookies again?¡± Paul laughed and then, because Tatsuo was still looking glumly at the pile of wood ash and burnt sticks, asked. ¡°Ok, so changing the subject, how are things going?¡± Tatsuo heaved a sigh, and turned to look at Paul finally. ¡°Badly. You see that?¡± Tatsuo waved at the heap of ash and smoking charcoal. Paul nodded slowly¡­ ¡°Yeah¡­ what was that?¡± Tatsuo sighed again. ¡°That..¡± he said, kicking a burnt end of what looked like a timber beam. ¡°Was supposed to be the timber for this weeks construction.¡± Paul blinked, and then asked. ¡°What the hell happened?¡± ¡°What indeed! I don¡¯t know. I mean.. I know what, I just don¡¯t know how. Somehow, a propane heater that was being used to dry plaster in one house, ended up over here, far too close to the stacked timber. So it caught fire last night.¡± Paul frowned. ¡°So... sabotage. Right?¡± Tatsuo nodded, and then turned and gestured Paul to follow him. Paul walked behind the gloomy Oni in silence, until they reached the wall that ringed the village and most of the plateau it nestled upon. ¡°Tell me Paul-san. Could you climb that?¡± Paul tilted his head, wondering where Tatsuo was going with this conversation, but given that the serious young oni wasn¡¯t given to idle chit-chat and pointless questions, he studied the wall for a moment. ¡°Possibly, I presume you mean without being seen?¡± Tatsuo nodded, and then sighed. ¡°There is a trip wire that runs along the top of it, tied to tin cans. We have guards patrolling at random intervals. You see the knee high grass along the base of the wall? That¡¯s hiding caltrops scattered all about there. It shouldn¡¯t be possible for someone to get in, and out, without leaving a trace.¡± Paul regarded the head high wall, with the four foot wide strip of longer grass at it¡¯s base. Slowly he nodded. Anyone jumping down would leave tracks in the grass at the very least, assuming they avoided the spiked caltrops ¡°Yeah¡­ I used to be pretty good at getting into and out of places myself, but that would be a tough nut to crack. Of course, the obvious way would be to walk in through the gate, past the guards.¡± Tatsuo blinked and looked at Paul in surprise. ¡°How? Oh¡­ you mean someone they know, yes?¡± ¡°Yup¡­ a tenuki bringing supplies, an oni they recognise. Heck, even someone dressed in a stolen JSDF uniform. Then of course there are tengu or the like, who could fly in.¡± Tatsuo shook his head. ¡°Someone flying in would have to get past Inari¡¯s wards without setting them off. The gates were shut, no-one came in or out last night. The only way they could come in is over the wall...and we as a clan have gotten quite good at building defences. But we¡¯ve had things happening overnight for a couple of weeks now. Tools going missing, that later turn up in odd places. Material scattered, or broken. We thought it was Kodama at first, but¡­¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Yeah, the little guys are mischievous not malicious. I could believe it if it was just tools being hidden, but they wouldn¡¯t break stuff and certainly they wouldn¡¯t turn to arson. Forest spirits hate fire almost as much as they fear it.¡± Tatsuo nodded in agreement then, somehow without changing his expression, looked hopefully at Paul. Paul laughed shaking his head. ¡°...and you want me to go talk to whoever or whatever is around and ask them if they know anything about this. Ok, ok, enough with the puppy-dog eyes!¡± Tatsuo nodded slowly, gravely, before breaking into a grin, making Paul laugh again. ¡°You¡¯re a goof-ball Tatsuo, in your own way.¡± ¡°I have no idea what you mean.¡± ¡°Yeah, sure¡­ never should have taught you about body language. You¡¯re getting way to good at saying stuff without saying it and you use it against me knowing damn well that I can¡¯t help reading it.¡± Tatsuo held his face stiffly, as he remarked. ¡°You might think that, but I couldn¡¯t possibly comment.¡± Paul bent double laughing, wagging his finger at the grave-faced Oni. ¡°Francis Urquhart you are not! I never should¡¯ve lent you those DVDs.¡± Tatsuo just grinned at him in return. It was short while and something of a walk later that Paul found a gnarled old black walnut tree in the surrounding forest. It¡¯s girth was encircled by a shimenawa rope made of plaited rice straw.. or at least, Paul thought it might be, it could be hemp. It was hard to tell under the moss that colonised every inch of the rope giving it a velvety texture in verdant green. Still, he thought as he found a spot to sit among the tree¡¯s twisted roots, it was pretty much a sure thing that kodama inhabited the tree. Shimenawa ropes around a tree meant it was sacred, and that usually meant a kodama at least lived there. Taking out a bamboo flute he¡¯d borrowed from the village on his way out, he took a breath, and started to play. The melody was tuneless, wandering like a lazy stream sending notes darting among trees, bright in the frosty air. It wasn¡¯t long before he heard the faint echoing sound of the forest spirits, a ko ko k-k-k-ka.. noise similar to wood knocking against wood. Minutes afterwards he had an enthralled ring of onlookers. The kodama were instantly recognisable to anyone who watched a certain popular animated movie. They stood roughly a foot high, pale white to the point of being translucent in the sparkling stray sunbeams under the tree canopy, their faces featureless save for three cartoonish black holes for a mouth and eyes. Kodama don¡¯t speak, although Paul was uncertain if that because they couldn¡¯t or just didn¡¯t, but he¡¯d had some success ¡®talking¡¯ to them before. He had no idea how, but somehow he just¡­ knew what they were trying to convey. Apparently one of the quirks or perks of being Inari¡¯s Herald, at least so he guessed. Or perhaps it was a gift from the Kirin he¡¯d met one winters evening. He¡¯d always had a facility for languages, and for reading what was unspoken. However since that snowy evening, it seemed like his ability was turned up to eleven. Provided he was actually paying attention that is. The narrative has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the infringement. So, he sat and talked, asking questions, as he watched the kodama for responses. It was bit like trying to guess what cards someone was holding, without them saying. The kodama weren¡¯t hiding anything deliberately, but they weren¡¯t being verbally forthcoming either. Their expressions however, were eloquent. After half an hour Paul was fairly certain he¡¯d gotten the gist of it. Someone had been sneaking into the village. They hadn¡¯t been climbing in over the wall however, but instead had been climbing, or possibly abseiling, down the cliff face where the plateau met the mountain¡¯s shoulder. It made sense, the wall enclosed the village on three sides. The side facing away from the mountain was a steep cliff down, not far but difficult to climb due to rocky overhangs. The mountain rose slightly to the west, a continuation of the ridge that plateau was part of, opposite that was the slope down, running diagonally across the mountain face. But at the back of the Oni¡¯s village fastness, was a sheer rock face springing vertically upwards for about a hundred feet, where the ancient miners had quarried away the mountain, widening the natural plateau. Somehow, someone was descending that, bypassing the Oni¡¯s defences. It was a route that gave them easy access to the lean-to shed that backed onto the cliff face, where the tools were kept. That is, if one didn¡¯t mind a hundred foot drop, in the dark, into a village full of not particularly welcoming oni. Paul would be the first to admit he¡¯d done some crazy things in his day, including sneaking into the encampment of a rather nasty warlord and freeing several hostages who were friends of Paul. However, whoever was doing this was crazy enough that Paul was impressed by their courage at least. The oni probably wouldn¡¯t have killed the intruder if they¡¯d caught them, at least Paul thought not. They¡¯d reformed somewhat in recent weeks. But whomever was doing this, wouldn¡¯t know that. Whoever was sneaking in of a night either had some serious confidence in their abilities or were almost suicidally reckless¡­ or both. Paul sighed, realising that he¡¯d have to inspect the top of the cliff¡­ which either meant a long walk spiralling around the shoulder of the mountain, or a somewhat shorter but harder climb. Standing up, as the kodama faded away going back to whatever it was they did, Paul decided to head back to the oni village. He¡¯d need supplies, a packed lunch, and of course he¡¯d need to tell someone at least where he was going, just in case. Upon consideration, he would see if Yuko or Yuri were available to come with him. Having one or two strapping and heavily armed Oni as body guards sounded like a sensible precaution. That, and he could almost hear Inari¡¯s scolding already if he didn¡¯t! It was around midday that Paul paused, they¡¯d been walking a winding path up the mountain, taking advantage of the natural ridge line that Oni village¡¯s plateau was a part of. Paul was feeling a bit winded, ruefully he thought he hadn¡¯t been getting as much exercise as he ought. But still, it was more of a hike than a climb. He looked back over his shoulder at the pair of Oni sisters, and blinked in surprise. Neither of them had said anything, but now he looked he could see they were suffering. Both were sheened with sweat, despite the cool spring breeze. Yuri had fallen back from taking point sometime earlier and now had her track suit top tied around her waist. Her ruby red eyes were glazed and she was breathing hard as she held her axe over her shoulder. Some way behind her, Yuri¡¯s sister Yuko was in a worse state, her jade green eyes were unfocused and she was panting like a greyhound at the end of race. Her iron club trailed limply on the ground, loosely held in one hand by what Paul suspected was sheer ingrained reflex only. Glancing round he spied a mossy bank next to one of the many natural springs. Placing two fingers in his mouth, he whistled piercingly and the waved at the Oni trailing behind him. ¡°Hoi! Rest break!¡± The pair of exhausted Oni needed no second urging, even walking a bit faster than their tried trudging pace of before. As he walked slowly towards the bubbling spring, Paul watched the pair, somewhat perplexed. Sure it had been a hard hike so far, and yes he was rather out of practice¡­ but they were in a state of near collapse from exhaustion. Which seemed rather unwarranted under the circumstances. Once they reached the mossy area, both sisters just fell to the ground like runners at the end of marathon. Paul dug out the canteen from his loaned backpack, and filling it directly from the upwelling, passed it to them with words of caution to drink slowly so the cold water wouldn¡¯t give them stomach cramps. After a couple of energy bars and onigri rice balls each, Yuri at least looked alert enough to hold a conversation. Yuko was flat on her back, eyes closed, her moss-green hair merging with the verdant ground under her. If it hadn¡¯t been for the steady rise and fall of her crop-top clad chest she could¡¯ve been mistaken for a corpse she was so still. Paul sighed, and broke the silence. ¡°Yuri¡­¡± ¡°Paul-sama, I apologise for our sorry state. I am ashamed to say we are so unfit, as to be incapable of protecting you. I¡­¡± ¡°Do not say you¡¯ll atone for it. It was as much my fault for not noticing you and your sisters distress and setting the pace accordingly.¡± Yuri blinked, and then shook her head, sending the sweat-soaked strands of her flaming red hair whipping across her face. Wiping them away she sighed. ¡°Very well Paul-sama. I haven¡¯t the strength to argue with you anyway.¡± Paul smiled, albeit a bit crookedly. ¡°Well, that was the quickest I¡¯ve ever won an argument with an oni, I should¡¯ve thought of this before. Just wait until they¡¯re dropping from exhaustion and they¡¯ll roll over.¡± Yuri snorted. ¡°I don¡¯t think I have the energy to even do that.¡± Paul chuckled. Then sobering he quietly asked. ¡°I would however like an explanation. You pair are probably the strongest oni in your clan.. so what gives? How come that couple of hours hike up a not all that steep path wiped you out?¡± Yuri didn¡¯t answer straight away, she crawled over to the spring, dunked her head, then vigorously shook it sending water droplets flying. Yuko didn¡¯t even stir as the cold water sprinkled over her where she lay. Moving to sit with her back to a tree, Yuri sighed and looked back up at Paul. ¡°I am not entirely sure. I mean, I can guess at the causes, but I¡¯m not sure which if any is more responsible. But to start with, we rose at 5 this morning, before dawn, to do weight training at Silverman¡¯s gym in town. Then before you came, on the way back we jogged from the bus stop at the foot of the mountain to the village.¡± Paul blinked, that climb left him winded, the idea of jogging it after a weights session made his limbs ache just at the thought! ¡°Okayyy.. you two had already burned though most of your stamina already, that makes sense.¡± Yuri shook her head. ¡°No¡­ because we¡¯d normally do combat practice in the afternoon. This shouldn¡¯t have left us like this!¡± Paul stared at the Oni girl for a moment, then shook his head slowly. ¡°You two are gluttons for punishment. Alright, I¡¯ll take your word that you should¡¯ve been able to manage. So what¡¯s the reason for your state of exhaustion now?¡± ¡°I¡­ don¡¯t know. I and my sister have both been ill with something lately. Unable to catch our breath, headaches and lack of strength. Not all the time, it comes and goes. But this feels like that only much, much worse.¡± Paul frowned, the symptoms she was describing sounded familiar, but if it was what he thought it was, it was an even greater mystery why the rest of the Oni were unaffected. Seeking to confirm his suspicion, Paul asked Yuri. ¡°When you go into town, do the symptoms go away?¡± Yuri blinked, then nodded. ¡°Yes Paul-sama, although I hadn¡¯t noticed the pattern before, you¡¯re right.¡± Paul nodded slowly, then as a thought struck him asked. ¡°No-one else in the village is sick like you two, right?¡± Yuri nodded, looking puzzled at Paul. Paul sighed and lay down flat, and after a moment spoke. ¡°I should¡¯ve realised¡­ the clue is in the names. My Mandarin is spotty, but R¨¬ch¨±sh¨¡n means something like sunrise mountains, and every other family name in the clan is something or other sh¨¡n, meaning mountain. Pretty sure that they were originally a mountain dwelling tribe.¡± Yuri if anything, was looking more bewildered by Paul¡¯s explanation. Paul lifted his head, and seeing her expression shrugged. ¡°That plateau sits at about a thousand meters, a third higher up than the temple and much, much higher than the mine you¡¯ve been living in recently. We¡¯re currently about half that much higher again, not high enough to affect a human. Also it¡¯s not hitting the rest of the clan, because they have genes that allow them to cope, but you two are adopted. In fact, I would hazard a guess your parents came from a low land tribe of Oni. You two even look physically different, more bulky with muscle rather than lean and wiry like the others.. um... for Oni that is.¡± Yuri slowly nodded¡­ ¡°I¡­ understand that part of your reasoning, but what is wrong with us? Why are my sister and I ill? Is it some disease that mountain oni are immune to?¡± Paul nodded. ¡°In a manner of speaking, yes. You and Yuko have altitude sickness. We¡¯re up high enough that there¡¯s a bit less oxygen in the air. Which given Oni physique, I suspect that it¡¯s probably something all Oni are more susceptible to than humans. All that muscle and high burn metabolism would have a high oxygen demand¡­ It¡¯s just that the rest of your clan have latent adaptations that allow them to cope better than you two, who don¡¯t.¡± Yuri flopped back down flat with a groan. ¡°So¡­ another thing that marks us out as different, not really of the clan.¡± Paul sat up and shook Yuri¡¯s shoulder, or tried to, as he might as well been trying to shove a bolder aside. ¡°Hey, stop that! Ok you two were adopted rather than born into the clan. But that just means they chose you instead. After all, given that at the time they barely had enough to feed all of themselves, taking on an extra pair says they really wanted you.¡± Yuri huffed, rolling her head to look at Paul through one eye. ¡°You think so?¡± ¡°I know so. Tatsuo trusts you to look after Jiao after all, above all of the others.¡± ¡°That is so. That¡¯s why we¡¯re trying to get stronger, so we¡¯re worthy of his trust.¡± Paul grinned slightly. ¡°Plus, I gather Silverman¡¯s gym is only a couple of streets over from the school.¡± Yuri chuckled nodding. Sobering she frowned at Paul. ¡°Hoi, Paul-sama¡­ do you know how to fix this?¡± Slowly Paul nodded, then reluctantly spoke. ¡°I do¡­ but you¡¯re not going to like it. The only way to overcome altitude sickness in the long term is to train at altitude. You¡¯ll have to work out in the village, or maybe lower down a bit, and work your way up so you body adapts.¡± Yuri groaned. ¡°I thought it might be that, I hoped not. But as you said, we¡¯re training at Silverman¡¯s so we¡¯re near the school¡­¡± Paul was silent for a minute, then spoke thoughtfully. ¡°The diving training centre is only a short walk from the school. They have a pressure chamber there. I don¡¯t know if it works as a hypo rather than hyper bariatric chamber, but it might be worth asking. Or come to think of it, I could try asking Major Yagi. Pretty sure the JSDF probably has to deal with the same problem, maybe they¡¯ll have a better idea.¡± Paul stood, and looked down at the two wiped out Oni. ¡°Look, I¡¯m not sure how much use you two are in your current state.¡± Yuri started to protest, only to be shushed by Paul. ¡°Think Yuri, your sister is out cold more or less, you¡¯re like a wet noodle¡­ be realistic.¡± Yuri sighed, and reluctantly nodded. ¡°I hate it Paul-sama, but yes. We¡­ we should head back down. I mean all three of us, since it might not be safe for you to go on ahead alone.¡± Paul grinned ruefully. ¡°Now who¡¯s reading minds? Ok¡­ compromise? You two head back down, and send someone back up to take your place. I¡¯m reluctant to leave as whomever is doing this is clearly escalating their behaviour, and I don¡¯t want to lose an entire day to this.¡± Yuri grimaced, but reluctantly nodded. ¡°Alright¡­ but you stay here. No forging ahead, or ¡®just exploring a bit¡¯ . You stay here, in this glade.¡± Paul sighed, thinking they were getting far too used to him. ¡°Ok, ok¡­ I¡¯ll behave, because if I don¡¯t you¡¯ll tell Inari, right?¡± Yuri nodded slowly, with a grim expression on her face. Parts of Traditional Japanese Men¡¯s Wear Tatsuo¡¯s Kimono and Hakama Tatsuo¡¯s haori overcoat Hanami Chp.4 The rest of the morning after home room and roll-call was taken up by the welcoming and commencement ceremony, followed by lunch. Shoko and Jiao were the centre of interest for a large number of their fellow students. Several other Yokai metal fans had shyly come forward, led by the girl from their own class, the one with the large round glasses and her brown hair in twin plaits. She¡¯d approached slowly, clutching her school binder with the Yokai Metal stickers on it. Behind her stood a wedge of half dozen other students, some older, each with their own Yokai Metal merchandise, like tribal markers. ¡°Uh-um, sorry to bother you¡­¡± Shoko beamed a broad smile and springing up form the table they were sitting at, took her by her clenched hands and drew the shy young girl over. Jiao had waved the rest of the small group over as well. Leading the shy young girl to sit down on the bench between her and Jiao, Shoko grinned like only a kitsune could. ¡°It¡¯s no bother! You¡¯re very welcome.. um.. I missed your name during roll-call. I was so nervous, I thought I¡¯d forget my own name!¡± ¡°I..I.. I¡¯m Haruko, Isobe Haruko¡­ I, I mean, we¡¯re all f..fans.¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°Oh cool! I¡¯m glad you like our music! Ah¡­ sorry we don¡¯t have any pictures.. that¡¯s what stars do isn¡¯t it? Hand out signed photo¡¯s¡­ I suppose we could sign something else if you like. And talk! I want to know everything about you Haruko-chan!¡± Haruko blinked several times, taken aback. ¡°Ah¡­ I think I¡¯m supposed to say that¡­ which I do!¡± Shoko laughed. ¡°Sorry, sorry! This is the first time we¡¯ve met fans!¡± Haruko blinked again, visibly puzzled. ¡°But¡­ but¡­ you did interviews, all of you¡­didn¡¯t you?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Yeah, but they were interviewers, not actually fans! I mean, we had a script with our answers and everything. So that doesn¡¯t count. Ask us anything!¡± ¡°Ohhhh¡­ you really mean we can ask anything ?¡± Shoko nodded, followed somewhat more cautiously by Jiao. Haruko opened her mouth, but was pipped to the post by a taller, black-haired girl with cheeky grin. ¡°Hi, I¡¯m Nomi ! Your drummer, she¡¯s a real Oni?¡± Shoko laughed at the small pout from Haruko, but she nodded. ¡°Yep! Her names Yuko, she¡¯s sister to our bass player Yuri and they¡¯re Jiao¡¯s cousins. You already know Tatsuo our keyboard player is Jiao¡¯s big brother¡­ and he¡¯s their clan leader!¡± The girls all went ¡®ohhh¡¯ or similar... then Haruko jumped in. ¡°H.. how did you decide to come out, as yokai¡­?¡± Shoko exchanged a look with Jiao, who shrugged, then silently said over Haruko¡¯s head. >>Tell her.<< Shoko nodded. ¡°It was Paul-sama¡¯s idea, but we didn¡¯t ask him first we¡­ we came across Baby Metal on the internet, and I, no, we all loved their music and wanted to do something like it.. so, we just sang and recorded ourselves with what we had to hand. Once we uploaded it, it went viral¡­ which shocked all of us. Then Paul-sama found it and.. well I don¡¯t think we ever decided to come out, we just did ! I¡¯m not sure it ever occurred to us not to¡­ Paul-sama needed a public face for all Yokai, something people would like, as part of his plan to save the temple and all of us living there..and.. well we just wanted to help you know?!¡± Haruko nodded, then looking around, swallowed hard. Reaching up she brushed her plaits aside, and from behind them brown rabbit ears emerged to stand upright and proud. Shoko¡¯s eyes widened, and she breathed out.. ¡°Ohhh.. Usagi-chan!¡± Haruko blushed furiously, pulling her ears down and hiding them in her plaits again. Shoko blinked, and then gently reached out, brushed aside Haruko¡¯s hair, and lifted her long silky brown rabbit ears. Shoko shook her head slowly ¡°Ch¨©sana usagi, don¡¯t hide them, please. They¡¯re beautiful. Be proud of who you are Haruko. We thought we¡¯d be alone, the first yokai at school. But here you are, here you¡¯ve been all along! Pretending to be human and hiding in plain sight.¡± Haruko¡¯s blush deepened. Until the black haired girl, Nomi spoke up. ¡°You mean, here we¡¯ve been, all along!¡± Shoko and Jiao looked around them. Nomi was sporting a pair of cat¡¯s ears and tail, several of the other girls were other sorts of yokai. With a grin Nomi half-sung a line from Yokai Metal¡¯s ¡®Hey, Hey we¡¯re Monsters¡¯ ¡°Hey hey, we¡¯re Yokai, and we¡¯re coming down your street!¡± Haruko and the other girls collapsed laughing, and giggling Shoko started to sing, infectious laughter bubbling up in the cracks of her lyrics. The others happily joined in, laughing as they fluffed lines or improvised ones. The mood abruptly soured as the bully from before and his circle of sycophantic friends, swaggered up. He stopped, a safe distance away Shoko noticed, and eyes went wide. ¡°What do you know?! A whole load of freaks and animals!¡± Shoko sighed, and glared at him. ¡°You back for more? I¡¯m not going to do it with you, you know. Or do you want one of your boy friends to do you instead, and this is your way of getting them worked up?¡± The shocked silence told Shoko that she¡¯d said that out loud. For a moment no-one moved, then with an inarticulate bellow the bully lowered his head and charged at Shoko. Shoko sprang up onto the table, out of his way, as to her he lumbered forwards slowly¡­ Shoko suddenly realised that Haruko was frozen, and would be in his path. For split second Shoko wasn¡¯t quite sure what to do. She could snatch Haruko out of the way, but if she did that the boy would crash head first into the wood and concrete table and bench set. Also, the way Haruko was sitting, with her legs tucked under the wooden slats, if she moved her without warning Haruko would get bruises and possibly scrapes all up the back of her calves. Jiao started to move, glacially slow to Shoko, but obviously intending to intercept the boy. Shoko in that instant decided she would take care of the problem, she¡¯d been the one that provoked him, it was her responsibility. To everyone else Shoko seemed to blur, she was moving so fast. One moment she was standing on top of the table, the next she was standing where the young bully had been, and he was sailing through the air to land in the nearby flowerbed sputtering and covered in dirt, but otherwise unharmed. Shoko stood with her hands on her hips. ¡°Ok, for the last time. No means no! I¡¯m not playing with you any more. You don¡¯t like yourself and you keep taking that out on everyone else. Go away and leave us alone before I have to hurt you.¡± ¡° Nomi shouted... ¡°Don¡¯t you dare think your dad¡¯s important enough he¡¯ll get you out of trouble this time Tomiso! I¡¯m telling Ms horrible racist bigot! ¡° what ¡° iiiwe¡¯re ¡° ¡° all ¡° fix ¡° ¡° Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. ¡°mean hurt ¡° ¡° ¡°see ¡°mean ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡°bound ¡°at all ¡°all?! ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡°can¡¯tbits ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡°else ¡°you ¡°ever ¡°made ¡°Shhhh!! loud ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° ¡° Hanami Chp.5 In hindsight, sending his Oni bodyguards back down the mountain and staying by himself had been a mistake. Granted, they couldn¡¯t stay, altitude sickness could kill if you didn¡¯t deal with it soon enough, but the sensible thing to have done would be to go back with them and post a guard at the base of the cliff, preventing another sneak attack by the mystery abseiler. Not that he could have foreseen that the mystery assailant was some sort of spider demon woman, nor that she could throw bolo-like webbing at him. He¡¯d been trussed up and gagged before he could say a word. Paul reflected that of all the possible ways he¡¯d thought he might meet his demise, being sucked dry and not in a good way, by a BDSM latex bodysuit clad, spider demon hadn¡¯t actually been one he¡¯d thought of. But here he was, tied up in a set of spider-silk restraints that were half cocoon and half shibari, like a fly caught by a particularly kinky spider. Still, he reflected, it wasn¡¯t all bad. The restraints were actually quite comfortable.. In fact if he could just scratch his nose, he could¡¯ve probably nodded off to sleep. Plus his captor was quite easy on the eyes at least, in a rather perverted way¡­ well, if one looked past the extra eyes in her forehead and the lower half that resembled a giant spider, as well as the way her lower jaw had split apart revealing disguised mandibles. Actually¡­ she¡¯d been quite terrifying really at first sight, but once he looked past all that, she¡¯d been a young woman who¡¯d seemed to be rather more scared of him than he was of her. Unfortunately, being reduced to indistinctly mumbling past his gag rather put him at a disadvantage when it came to reassuring her. So, here he was, tied up and suspended between two trees at the edge of the glade, while the spider lady was off hunting down the oni, at least, that¡¯s what he supposed she was doing. Unlike cartoon villains, she hadn¡¯t stayed around to monologue and explain her nefarious plan. She¡¯d quickly and efficiently bound him, and scuttled off back down the trail, presumably to ambush Yuri and Yuko or anyone else that came looking for him. He¡¯d whiled away the time afterwards speculating about her. She¡¯d been a Jor¨­gumo, a type of yokai that according to legend, could shape-shift between several forms, appearing as either a beautiful woman, a giant spider or even a regular sized spider, and something that was half-way between. From what he¡¯d seen of her, in particular her spider half, she appeared to be of the hunting spider persuasion. Which tallied with her slung web-bolo and large forward facing eyes, which in a human face gave her a somewhat unsettling appearance. The main pair of eyes were still spider-like, but trick of their optical properties made them somewhat resemble human eyes, with a white cornea, green iris and black pupil. However upon closer inspection, and he¡¯d had quite a good view as she¡¯d leaned in close to his face peering into his eyes, one could see they looked almost pixelated due to their compound nature. He¡¯d realised the human-like appearance was an optical illusion when she¡¯d shifted slightly, and eyes had seemed to remain fixed on his. A product of the angle of viewing and the way the light refracted and reflected in their internal structure, somewhat like how the eyes in certain paintings seemed to follow one around. Between that illusion, the lack of eyelids, and the fact the main pair were over-sized to almost anime proportions and topped by a ring of smaller, bead-like pairs of eyes, like a tiara on her forehead, she had a decidedly unsettling ¡®uncanny valley¡¯ appearance, even before one took into account her garb. He wasn¡¯t entirely sure what the kinky BDSM latex apparel was about, or what it implied about her, but it certainly wasn¡¯t chosen for it¡¯s practicability or it¡¯s warmth in the cool spring air at this altitude. Although the black latex did match her chitinous lower half rather, Paul thought, making it had to work out where clothing stopped and chitin started, which might have been the point. Still, he rather suspected her choice of clothing was instead somewhere between psychological armour intended to intimidate, and a rather hazy notion of the sort of ¡®tactical¡¯ clothing one would wear to infiltrate somewhere at night. It looked like what someone who had watched one too many cheesy spy movies, would choose to wear on a such ¡®mission¡¯. Well, either that, or she just enjoyed wearing outr¨¦ kinky clothing. That was always a possibility. After twenty minutes of fruitless speculation, the Jor¨­gumo had returned, carrying two cocoons which Paul rather thought probably contained a pair of very pissed off Oni, judging by the size, the way she¡¯d wrapped them up completely and the fact that they were still wriggling despite that. She didn¡¯t appear to be straining at all, regardless of the weight of her two furiously but pointlessly resisting burdens. Placing them at her feet, Paul decided to take a gamble, and bit though the last few strands of the gag he¡¯d been chewing on for the past half an hour. Spitting out the remnants he spoke. ¡°Wait please! For your sake we need to talk!¡± The Jor¨­gumo paused, staring at him. Her voice when she spoke was actually quite pleasant, and rather surprised sounding. ¡°For my sake? Why should we talk?¡± ¡°My name is Paul Holmes, I serve as Inari Okami¡¯s Herald. If any harm befalls me, she is going to be very pissed off.!¡± The Jor¨­gumo shook her head. ¡°And why should I fear the retribution of a faded and dying relic?¡± Paul blinked, tilting his head far as he could in surprise. ¡°Um¡­ you haven¡¯t noticed? The magic here has been revitalised, and it¡¯s on the increase elsewhere. Inari is almost completely restored to her peak.¡± The spider demon reared back, raising her arms and front pair of legs and standing on tip-toe on her rear and back legs. A threat/surprised display in spiders Paul recalled. ¡°No! It¡¯s not so!¡± Paul automatically tried to shrug, but unable to, jerked his head towards the spring the bubbled up near the center of the mossy glade. ¡°Check for yourself, the local mana field..er¡­ the background level of raw magical power that is, is higher than it has been in centuries.¡± The spider demon gave Paul an unmistakable look of exasperation, despite her fixed compound eyes. ¡°If I could feel that, do you not think I would have noticed it?!¡± ¡°Oh. Um, yes¡­ I suppose so. Ok, can you do magic? As in cast spells?¡± ¡°No.¡± ¡°How about shape shifting? If my sources are right, that¡¯s something your kind can do, and I¡¯m sure that has to use magic, right?¡± The spider-woman regarded Paul silently for a few second, before she shrugged. ¡°Yes, I can, or could. Transforming is exhausting and leaves me weakened. I¡¯m not falling for that trick.¡± Paul frowned in frustration. ¡°What trick?! Look, you¡¯ve got us tied up well enough there¡¯s no chance of escape. It was all I could do to free my mouth¡­ and by the way, that stuff tastes foul and I¡¯m not even thinking about where it came from! But it¡¯s not like there¡¯s anyone in earshot to call for help. I would guess that shape-shifting leaves you wiped out because of the relative lack of magical power available, in which case you can test how strong the local field is by how easy it is for you now. I mean, it¡¯s not like we¡¯re going anywhere anyway.¡± Paul hoped she¡¯d go for the idea. If the stiller of the two be-webbed Oni was Yuko then she was in a bad way by now thanks to the lack of oxygen in the thinner mountain air and her insanely powerful metabolisms ferocious demands. She needed to get back down nearer sea-level soon, or risk permanent brain damage or even death. Of course, he couldn¡¯t show concern about that right now¡­ The Jor¨­gumo backed away from her captives, looking uncertain, then sighed. ¡°If this is a trick, I¡¯ll eat you last, and make you watch me devour your friends.¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Upon my honor as a Herald, it¡¯s not a trick.¡± She looked doubtfully at him, then went still as he presumed she concentrated on transforming The shift, when it came, surprised him. It was as if the spider-like legs, thorax and abdomen that took the place of her lower body, simply faded away, revealing a quite ordinary human pair of legs and pelvis. He missed the shift in her face, but the young woman blinked and shook herself as if to check everything was were it was supposed to be. Paul noticed that the extra eyes were now just jewel-like markings on her forehead, and the main pair were quite human, although now brown coloured. Briefly he wondered if this was just an illusion, or if she¡¯d actually changed her physical shape. He also belatedly noticed that quite a lot of what he¡¯d taken as shiny black latex, had in fact been shiny black chitin, and that what she was actually wearing was more akin to an extremely abbreviated bikini top, a zip-crotch thong, and a harness with an excessive amount of straps, buckles and clips. This book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work. Paul swallowed and in an effort to get his subconscious back under control considered the implications. Her attire suggested access to some rather specialist shops, the sort usually found in major population centers, or access to on-line shopping at least. But her lack of awareness regarding how magic had revived, argued against that. Either she was almost terminally mono-focused and didn¡¯t watch the news, or she¡¯d been out of touch somehow. Paul frowned, hadn¡¯t he read once that some spiders hibernated over winter? Holing up in a crevice or somewhere else protected and dry, to spend months in a torpor, barely even alive much less awake. Perhaps Jor¨­gumo did the same? He then swallowed as he remembered that generally the females of such species did one of two things upon waking, either feed voraciously, or mate furiously. Sometimes both at the same time if the male wasn¡¯t wary enough. ¡°Hoki..¡± she said as she approached Paul. ¡°It is easier as you say¡­ more effortless than I have ever known. But that does not prove that you are Inari¡¯s Herald. If you were, you would¡¯ve known this is my family¡¯s lands, and would not intrude with your stinking oni guards, who also would not be building a village upon my grounds.¡± Paul blinked, Inari had said nothing of this¡­ ¡°I can prove that I am her Herald but¡­ I don¡¯t know why Inari failed to mention your ownership of these lands. If you care to check in my coat pocket¡­ the top one on the left above my heart, you¡¯ll find her medallion however.¡± Regarding him distrustfully, she strode over to where Paul hung encased in webbing. Paul swallowed nervously. He was taking a big risk in more ways than one. But aside from her finger-tips lingering just a tad longer than necessary over his chest muscles, built up by hammering hot iron over the winter months, she extracted the triangular golden medallion with Inari¡¯s personal stamp embossed on it. Her face paled as an all-too human expression widened her eyes and sent her eyebrows climbing upwards. ¡°You.. were telling the truth! You are her Herald!¡± ¡°Told you¡­ now can you kindly unwrap us please.¡± The Jor¨­gumo shook her head. ¡°No, I mean I shall free you. But you still have trespassed and at least one of your lives are forfeit in recompense for that transgression of our agreement. I¡¯ll take this one, it¡¯s half dead anyway.¡± The Jor¨­gumo picked up the stiller of the two wrapped oni, which Paul guessed was Yuko. The other cocoon containing a now desperately enraged Yuri practically left the ground as she struggled to free herself, to no prevail. ¡°No!¡± Paul spoke without thought. ¡°It was my ignorance of the agreement that was at fault. Spare those two, they were only doing their job protecting me after all. If you must have a life, take mine.¡± The woman stopped, Yuko¡¯s ominously still and silent form dangling casually form one slender hand. ¡°You, a human, would give your life for an Oni? Why? Humans hate their kind! Why would you value the life of a slave, and a sickly one at that, over your own?¡± Paul again tried to shrug, and failing sighed. ¡°Look Lady, I don¡¯t know where you¡¯ve been to be so out of touch. But things have changed rather. I fixed the problem of magic fading away, so all the yokai could live. Inari and I had words with the emperor, who revealed he¡¯s a Ryu. So, now the yokai can live freely, openly under the protection of Imperial law. Which means they are also have basic human rights...er, rights anyway, of equality, freedom and the right to life. Those oni are not my slaves, they are my friends ¡­ and yes, I would lay down my life for a friend if I had to. That said¡­ I¡¯d rather if no-one dies, and we come to some other solution, because I¡¯m pretty sure this is all just a simple mistake. Inari did not mention anything about you, or an agreement, back when the village was being planned. I honestly think she forgot¡­¡± The woman brindled rather, giving Paul an irritated look. ¡°She forgot ?! My family have held this part of the mountain as ours for centuries!¡± ¡°Be that as it may, have you personally been here anytime recently? I mean, when was the last time any of your family was here?¡± The irate spider demon paused, and shook her head. ¡°That doesn¡¯t matter¡­¡± ¡°But it does! As the magic was fading it affected Inari like growing old in humans, her memory started to fade too. Without a recent reminder to jog her recollection, she won¡¯t have remembered you or your families ownership.¡± ¡°Why should I believe you? You could be saying that as an excuse..¡± Paul frowned, glaring at her. ¡°Are you implying that I, Inari¡¯s Herald, would lie ?!¡± Her face stilled, even as her eyes widened slightly. Herald¡¯s were supposed to be oath bound to tell the truth, acting as they did as the messengers between Kami and mortals. To suggest that he was lying was an affront to his integrity and an insult to Inari herself. ¡°I meant no offense Herald! I apologize.¡± The woman bowed deeply, kneeling upon the mossy ground to press her forehead against a cushion-like tussock. Paul sighed, he understood why Japanese culture, and yokai in particular had developed such elaborate social customs. A culture where death could come swiftly and with little warning as the result of the slightest offense, tended to be very polite and given to highly stylised forms of apology. ¡°Very well. Shall we say that my transgression, born of genuine ignorance, is cancelled out by your offense, I presume born of desperation.¡± ¡°Thank you Sir Herald, I shall relinquish my claim on one of these unworthy ones lives¡­ but wait.. how did you know..?¡± ¡°That you were desperate? I¡¯m guessing until recently you lived elsewhere, a city I would say, and that circumstances compelled you to return to your ancestral territory. Given that, and your actions to defend that, you must have an overwhelming reason for this. From what little I know of your kind, and the way you¡¯re dressed, I could hazard a guess that you need to be here in order to mate and bear offspring, yes?¡± The woman stood, open mouthed and blinking, as she slowly nodded. ¡°I..ah.. yes. That¡¯s true! How..?¡± Paul smiled slightly. ¡°You¡¯ve heard of my namesake, the detective? I grew up with that hanging over me. Suffice it to say, I rather adopted his methods out of self-defence, since everyone seemed to expect it of me.¡± Paul could swear he heard muffled laughter coming from Yuri¡¯s cocoon, despite everything. ¡°Now, if it¡¯s not too much trouble, could you kindly unwrap my friends and I? Only I rather think Yuko has altitude sickness and the longer you delay their return to the lower slopes, the worse it¡¯ll be for her. And trust me, if she dies, Inari and I will take that somewhat amiss.¡± Wordlessly the Jor¨­gumo hurried to free Paul, and then the both of them set about unwrapping the Oni. Yuri was half-way unwrapped when she furiously burst out of the reminder of her bondage, and in one swift movement had her belt knife pressed against the spider-demon¡¯s throat, forcing her head back. Paul held up his hand ¡°Yuri, stop !¡± The furious Oni froze, and glanced at Paul. ¡°Why should I spare this monsters life?!¡± ¡°Three reasons. She¡¯s no more a monster than you are, she was defending her home from invasion. Something I think you can understand. We¡¯ve reached an agreement, so killing her now would serve no purpose and would violate that. I didn¡¯t explicitly give my word, but it would still break it and besmirch my honour as a Herald. And thirdly, because she might be the best chance of saving your sister¡¯s life.¡± Yuri slowly withdrew her knife, frowning at Paul. ¡°I understand all of that, apart from the bit about Yuko?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°It¡¯ll take hours to walk back, and only minutes to lower her down the cliff face. The sooner we can get her back down to sea level, the better. I¡¯m sure I can rig an oxygen tent in the workshop if we need it, but she needs to be in a hospital as soon as possible. Trust me Yuri, I have had some experience at this.¡± Yuri winced, by now she¡¯d heard the story of how Paul¡¯s wife died climbing in the Himalayas. ¡°As you say, I trust you, with both our lives. And if you insist, I¡¯ll trust this...demon, as well.¡± She half turned to glare at the spider woman. ¡°But don¡¯t think you can catch me off-guard twice! One wrong move¡­¡± ¡°Enough Yuri, you¡¯ve made your point. But I think we can trust her now. We can trust you, can¡¯t we?¡± The Jor¨­gumo nodded, carefully. ¡°I swear upon my name as Arakune Tsuchigumo of the Katsuragi, upon my mother¡¯s life and all her mother¡¯s and mothers mothers lives before, I swear upon the Weave itself, I will do you and your friends no harm.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°That¡¯ll do. In return, I swear that I and those that answer to me, shall do you no harm. Unless you offer us harm first of course. I¡¯ll also assume you meant a similar condition in your vow, otherwise it would be unfairly binding.¡± Arakune blinked, and then nodded smiling. ¡°Thank you, I did word that poorly.¡± ¡°No problem. I¡¯ve been acting as the local Magistrate for a few months now. You get used to thinking that way after a bit. Now, if you¡¯ll be so kind as to carry Yuko and lead the way, we¡¯d best be moving smartly.¡± Vows aside, Yuri insisted upon waiting with Arakune as she lowered Yuko and Paul down the cliff-face. Arakune had explained that while she could manage their individual weights easily, Yuko or Yuri at the same time would be too much and even Yuko and Paul¡¯s combined weight was pushing the limit. Paul had a few misgivings about leaving Yuri and the young Jor¨­gumo alone together at the top. He was certain that Yuri still held a grudge about the threat to her sisters life, whether she¡¯d try to kill Arakune as soon as they were down safe, was another matter however. On the one other hand, he had sworn that no harm would befall Arakune at his or Yuri¡¯s hand and Yuri would most likely honour that oath. But on the other hand, she could lie, claiming that she acted in self-defence as Arakune tried to harm her first, and no-one would any the wiser. However he rather thought Yuri¡¯s sense of honour wouldn¡¯t allow her to do that, at least, he hoped so. Still, it was with a sense of some slight relief that he watched Yuri and Arakune descending, once he and Yuko had reached the ground safely. Even as the sight of her in her half-spider form caused a stir among the gather Oni tribe. Paul glanced back over his shoulder at the Oni, equally glad that Tatsuo was absent. In his stead Tatsuo¡¯s Master Aio, the oldest Oni in the clan, was in charge. Where Tatsuo was something of hot-head and inclined to act without thinking things through, Master Aio was the complete opposite. All things considered, Paul was glad he¡¯d be dealing with him. Emotions were likely to be running high and level heads were needed. Arakune shifted on her feet, beating a sort of 1-3-4-2 pattern of opposing pairs. Paul couldn¡¯t help thinking it was the equivalent of nervous shuffling in a human, but it had the effect of making her sway slightly, while rotating on the spot by a few degrees of arc. With a sudden mental shift of gears he realised that with pairs of eyes almost encircling her head, that motion would give her a complete 360 degree field of view, making up for the blind spot since she didn¡¯t quite have eyes in the back of her head. Paul smiled slightly, she was nervous, uncertain and subconsciously compensating, it was a pattern of recognisable and familiar emotions¡­ he could work with that. Briefly the thought flittered through his head. If he ever encountered a yokai that was so alien that they had no point of commonality, no emotions that he could recognise, then he would be well and truly screwed. However, today was not that day. Hanami Chp.6 The P.E lesson had already started when Shoko returned, catching up with her class. She hurried through getting changed in the empty locker room, and ran out onto the playing fields to join the rest of her class. Short skirt flying, Shoko raced to catch up. The girls were doing a running race while the boys were practicing baseball. Shoko zipped out to the track, and caught up with the runners, until she hurtled past the finish line only just ahead of the rest. The P.E teacher blew her whistle. ¡°Shoko Inarinoko, over here please.¡± Shoko bounced over to the teacher, grinning broadly. ¡°Sorry I¡¯m late, I had to take a friend to the school nurse. I have a note if you need it?¡± The teacher, Miss It¨­, sighed. ¡°I see. Very well Shoko, I¡¯ll go over with you afterwards, what I told the other girls before the lesson started, but the important point now is that the proper P.E kit must be worn. Why aren¡¯t you wearing your shorts?¡± ¡°Sorry Miss, but I can¡¯t, I don¡¯t have any.¡± Miss Ito spoke, a look of slight concern on her face. ¡°I see, well I have spares in my office, come with me and¡­¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°No. you misunderstood me. I can¡¯t wear shorts, so I don¡¯t have any.¡± ¡°You.. can¡¯t..? Why not?¡± Shoko sighed, and turning round, flipped her skirt up slightly. ¡°I have a tail. Shorts and panties just don¡¯t fit!¡± Miss Ito made slight squeaking sound, and hastily flattened Shoko¡¯s skirt back down. Shoko turned to say something, and saw behind the teacher the baseball field, with a gaggle of young boys all staring in her direction¡­ well, almost all. The batter was lying on the floor with the boys P.E teacher who was the umpire, standing over him. Shoko guessed she¡¯d distracted him at just the wrong moment. Miss Ito took Shoko by the shoulders and marched her over to the side of the running track, near the changing rooms and gym. ¡°Shoko! That was highly inappropriate! If you lack the appropriate kit you¡¯ll just have to sit out P.E lessons.¡± ¡°B..but Miss Ito, I don¡¯t want to! I mean I¡¯m already a member of the volleyball club and..¡± ¡°Well you can¡¯t play like that! If you want to join in you¡¯ll have to wear track suit bottoms and stuff the tail down the leg or something.¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°I can¡¯t do that either, it hurts and it gets in the way!¡± Miss Ito sighed. ¡°I really should¡¯ve been told about your¡­ special needs, before term started. So we could work something out. I really don¡¯t know what we can do.¡± One of the nearby girls, raised a hand. Miss Ito glanced over and raising her voice slightly called out. ¡°What is it Chihiro?¡± ¡°Um.. sorry Miss Ito, I couldn¡¯t help hearing¡­ but I have sewing club after school today and I have my kit in my bag. I can alter a pair to fit Shoko, Miss. I know I can!¡± Miss Ito nodded. ¡°Thank you Chihiro. Shoko, go with her. But make sure you have the full kit with you next lesson.¡± Shoko nodded, ears drooping slightly as she sighed. Chihiro grinned at Shoko and led her back to the changing rooms. Shoko studied the young girl, unusually she had a head of russet red hair and freckles across her pale skin, despite being obviously Japanese. ¡°Thank you Chihiro, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s possible to make a pair that fits me. That¡¯s why I wear skirts, my tail is too fluffy to fit in trousers or panties. But thank you for trying.¡± ¡°Betcha I can! And it¡¯s ok, I like a challenge. Besides, us fox girls have to stick together!¡± Shoko stopped in shock¡­ ¡°You¡¯re a kitsune?!¡± Chihiro laughed, turning as shook her head. ¡°Oh, oh no, no! I mean¡­ well people like me, with red hair even though we¡¯re not hafu, they call us fox children. Really it comes from the Ainu people, they¡¯re like the native people of Hokkaido and some other islands.¡± Shoko hurried a little bit to catch up with Chihiro. ¡°Oh¡­ I was hoping.. I mean, apart from Rin, who¡¯s my older sibling, and Mother Inari I¡­ I haven¡¯t met any other kitsune.¡± Chihiro turned her head to look over her shoulder at Shoko. ¡°That¡­ I hope don¡¯t mind me saying, but that sounds lonely! I mean, my family is huge! We¡¯ve got relatives everywhere! I have three sisters and a couple of brothers just as home, not counting the oldest pair who are at collage in Kyoto, and my oldest sister who¡¯s married and lives in Toyko. I can¡¯t imagine being the only one¡­ Tell you what, you come home with me after school and I¡¯ll introduce you to everyone and make a few pairs of pantsu and shorts, maybe even some trousers for you! If you ignore the lack of tails and ears, it¡¯ll almost be like we¡¯re an entire family of kitsune!! Sayyy.. what do you normally wear at home anyway?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Miko robes, usually. I do live in a temple, and they had dozens of sets in all different sizes left over after¡­ after all the humans left.¡± Chihiro¡¯s voice echoed slightly as they crossed through the gym hall. ¡°You dress like a shrine maiden, all the time?¡± ¡°Mostly¡­ although sometimes in summer I didn¡¯t. Robes are too warm for summer, so I didn¡¯t wear anything much. It never used to matter since there was no-one to see me.¡± Once they were in the girls changing rooms, Chihiro retrieved an ordinary pair of stretchy shorts from the box of spare kit the teacher kept in her office, and took out her satchel from her locker. Shoko couldn¡¯t help noticing that unlike the others she¡¯d seen, Chihiro¡¯s leather satchel looked hand-made, and rather better quality too. Chihiro noticed Shoko looking as she sat on a bench and took out a neat canvas roll that proved to contain her sewing kit as she unrolled it beside her. Chihiro smiled proudly as she remarked. ¡°My brother Isko does leather and canvas work, he made these for me for the new year.¡± ¡°Are all your family artisans?¡± Chihiro shook her head as she started to unpack spools of thread, a pink tape measure and some other things that Shoko didn¡¯t recognise. Chief of which was something that looked a bit like a large stapler. ¡°Noo¡­ not really, it¡¯s more a kind of family thing. My father¡¯s a doctor, although he says it sort of counts since he does do surgery which involves sewing people up. Mother cooks, I mean professionally¡­ she works at the big restaurant on the sea front. But yeah, all of us have a hobby at least. Ok, get undressed down to your underthings, and I¡¯ll take your measurements.¡± Shoko shook her head as she moved to stand in front of where Chihiro sat on a bench¡­ ¡°No under things here, can¡¯t wear pantsu, and a bra would be pointless as I¡¯m just a chopping board up top! What¡¯s that thing Chihiro?¡± Shoko nodded towards the cream-coloured stapler-like thing. Chihiro giggled. ¡°Oh that¡¯s my Singer-chan.. she¡¯s a hand-held sewing machine, and little sister to my big sewing machine at home. And you¡¯re not alone, being flat. Welcome to the ¡®no boobs¡¯ club! There¡¯s a few of us in the same boat. Still, as my mamma says, wait a few years, they¡¯ll grow in. She should know, she says she was as flat as me at my age and now she¡¯s ..well..¡± Chihiro mimed with her hands cupping the air some way in front of her chest, having put Singer-san down carefully first. Chihiro picked up her tape measure and flipped it around Shoko¡¯s waist pulling her close enough their knees touched. Shoko sighed nodding and softly remarked mostly to herself.. ¡°Yeah¡­ I only have to wait another couple of decades¡­¡± Chihiro glanced up at Shoko from where she was measuring her waist, only hearing what she¡¯d murmured to herself because they were so close together. ¡°Decades?¡± Shoko nodded slowly, not entirely wanting to have this conversation but now she was, finding herself unwilling to lie. ¡°Yeah¡­ kitsune live for aaaaages but we grow slowly. I mean, I won¡¯t get my second tail and be an adult for another twenty years, at least! I might just possibly have some development by then.¡± Chihiro stared at Shoko for a second or two, wide eyed, before blurting out. ¡°H.. how old are you? Shoko sighed. ¡°Eighty ish.. I lost count a bit¡­ Kitsune live ten times longer than humans at least, so each of our years is ten calendar years. Which means I¡¯ve been ¡®eight¡¯ for ten years...I think. I might be off by a a year or two.¡± Chihiro shook her head. ¡°I don¡¯t know if I should be envious of you because you live so long, or commiserate with you because you¡¯re stuck as a little kid for so long! That has to be annoying!¡± If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. Shoko nodded slowly. ¡°Mm-Hm! It is, no-one takes you seriously when you¡¯re little. Also it¡¯s sad. I have had human friends in the past, but they keep growing up faster and leave me behind.¡± Chihiro blinked, and then putting her tape measure down, stood and hugged Shoko, who leaned into the hug as past memories stung her eyes, bringing tears. It was at that point they both heard the changing room door bang, and pair of giggling, chattering voices suddenly fall silent behind them¡­. ----------------------------- Outside Jiao had a lot occupying her mind. She had been concerned about where Shoko was and why she was late to class. She¡¯d thought that perhaps the bully from earlier had done something, but that worrisome thought had been laid to rest when Shoko had turned up. Jiao had then almost had heart attack as Shoko flashed the teacher, and coincidentally half the baseball team behind her. Jiao decided then that she was going to have words with Inari. Goddess or not, she couldn¡¯t get away with letting Shoko run around half naked! Although Jiao admitted to herself that in all fairness, given the long Miko robes she wore, no-one would be any the wiser about her lack of undergarments. School skirts however, were only about half the length of a miko¡¯s kiribakama, the pleated broad trousers that they wore. Also school skirts didn¡¯t have the open gusset at the back that Shoko¡¯s tail poked through normally, and since her tail tended to be curved up because Shoko was fundamentally a happy person, it had the unfortunate effect of lifting the hem of her school skirt rather, making her habit of not wearing panties more than a little risky. Jiao nodded to herself. Something had to be done, and since Shoko wouldn¡¯t listen to her or almost anyone else, Jiao decided that she had to be made to understand¡­ and with that thought Jiao decided to talk to Paul-sama instead, since he would understand and could probably get Inari to agree, and Shoko would obey Inari without doubt! While she rested before the next running race, Jiao considered something else she¡¯d noticed while all the girls were changing together. Everyone had belly buttons, while she didn¡¯t. Thinking back, she¡¯d noticed Shoko¡¯s, when they¡¯d shared a room before. But Shoko was kitsune, and she hadn¡¯t really thought about it. The other girls had pointed out her lack of navel, and Jiao realised she hadn¡¯t had an answer for it, other than it was an oni thing. Still, it made her feel oddly lacking and self-conscious about her belly. Although, now that she thought about it, both Yuri and Yuko did have navels, while no-one else in the clan had¡­ which made no sense since they were oni! At that point, Jiao¡¯s train of thought was utterly derailed as a soccer ball bounced off her head. Looking around, rubbing her head, she saw a group of the boys waving at her. She glared in their direction. One of them shouted. ¡°Hey, sorry about that! It was an accident. Can you kick it back please?¡± Jiao didn¡¯t say anything, but instead kicked the ball hard. It rocketed across the grass in a fast, flat arc, hitting the boy square in the chest. With an audible involuntary exhalation, he abruptly sat down, knocked over by the force of the impact., and collapsed backwards to lay flat on his back, wheezing. The boys stopped what they were doing, and for a moment Jiao thought she was in trouble. But then slowly the boy she¡¯d hit sat back up, grinning. ¡°Hey, we¡¯re looking for a decent striker, you want to play? You¡¯ve got a heck of a kick!¡± Jiao looked around for Miss Ito, to ask her if that was permissible, but not seeing the teacher she made up her own mind. After all, how hard could kicking a ball around be? She did it all the time with the other children back home. Meanwhile, springing to his feet, the boy she¡¯d floored trotted over to where Jiao stood rooted in surprise. The boy stuck out his hand once he reached where Jiao stood, still mortified at what had happened, numbly she took his hand and shook it. ¡°Hi, I¡¯m Hiroshi , Kenji Hiroshi. That¡¯s a powerful kick you have.. oh, no hard feelings by the way. I did hit you with it first after all. Sorry about that, it was an accident.¡± Hiroshi looked down at Jiao, ruffling his short dark hair in embarrassment even while he was smiling broadly. Jiao found herself staring up into a pair of warm brown eyes, brimming over in merriment, as if all the world was joke and he was in on the punch-line. Finding her tongue again she spoke. ¡°Umm.. I¡¯m Jiao. Sorry for hitting you.¡± ¡°Did you mean to hit me with the ball?¡± Jiao didn¡¯t even have time to think about lying before she found herself saying... ¡°S..sorry.. yes¡­ wasn¡¯t supposed to be that hard though!¡± Hiroshi¡¯s smiled just got broader ¡°That¡¯s great!¡± Jiao blinked. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, what ?¡± ¡°It¡¯s great, means you¡¯ve got good aim as well as power! Would you like to play ball with us? We¡¯re short a man this week, and we need a good striker¡­ Ah, sorry sorry. That¡¯s someone who¡¯s job it is to put the ball in the net, they¡¯re the ¡®cannon¡¯ while the rest of the team are defenders and wingers, they¡¯re there to intercept and pass the ball to the striker. Loading the cannon.¡± Jiao shrugged, it didn¡¯t look like a game where strength was all that important, she thought. ¡°Sure, if no one minds.¡± Fifteen minutes later, Jiao was sitting on a bench toweling off the sweat from herself, and utterly out of sorts with the world. Soccer didn¡¯t require strength but it did require stamina ¡­ which she apparently, had just run out of. Humans, apparently, might be a weaker than oni, but they just kept on going, long after an oni would¡¯ve dropped from exhaustion. Which Jiao admitted to herself, was also quite a way after she, personally, would be out of energy. Just at that moment, a voice from behind her sarcastically remarked. ¡°Enjoying your break, princess?¡± Jiao swivelled around to stare up at the person being mean, and at that point all her frustration boiled over. ¡°No! No I am not enjoying it. At all, not one bit! I am sick of being tired and tired of being sick all the time. I don¡¯t want to be small and frail and weak like I¡¯ve been all my life. I don¡¯t even want to be a princess any more! I don¡¯t care what my clan wants¡­.I...I.. I¡¯ve just had enough of it! I just want to be normal! Is that so bad?!¡± The girl standing wide-eyed in front of her, blinking in shock, looked as if something had unexpectedly blown up right in front of her. Which in a way Jiao had. Without saying a word she sat down next to Jiao, and after a moment spoke. ¡°Ok¡­ I¡¯m sorry for being mean. I think you¡¯re having a worse day than I am, by the sound of it. Perhaps just the latest in a whole lot more bad days.¡± Jiao sighed. ¡°Sorry, sorry¡­ it¡¯s been¡­ well it¡¯s been a day at least. Not all bad but..¡± ¡°Yeah, me too. Um¡­ I¡¯m Aoi. Aoi Notomi. Class 2-1, and president of the soon-to-be-disbanded climbing club, which I only just heard about.¡± Jiao sighed. ¡°Sorry again. I didn¡¯t mean to say all that. I¡¯m Jiao L¨¸ sh¨¡n, of the R¨¬ch¨±sh¨¡n oni clan ¡± Aoi smiled crookedly. ¡°Yeah¡­ it did sound like it all just fell out of your mouth. So, you¡¯re really a princess?¡± Jiao shrugged. ¡°Sort of¡­ Tatsuo, my big brother, is our clan leader. Our ¡®king¡¯ in the old language. But males aren¡¯t supposed to rule really, not by themselves, so he¡¯s Regent until I¡¯m old enough to take over.¡± ¡°Huh. I guess that¡¯s close enough, but I wouldn¡¯t go around saying it if I were you.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t. Not usually. It¡¯s something Paul-sama came up with.¡± Aoi shrugged. ¡°Him I¡¯ve heard of. He¡¯s English so I suppose he would think of it like that. Hey...want to come try climbing? Since we¡¯ve got the wall set up we might as well use it while we can. That is, if you¡¯d like to?¡± Jiao sighed, and nodded. ¡°Might as well see¡­ I¡¯ve found out today that oni might be stronger than humans, but not for as long... and I¡¯m not as strong or have as much stamina as a normal oni.¡± Aoi looked sideways at her, and after a moment, asked. ¡°If you don¡¯t mind me asking, what¡¯s wrong?¡± Jiao shook her head. ¡°Don¡¯t mind¡­ but other than being born too small and too early, I don¡¯t know. I¡¯ve just always been small and frail. I spent the first year of life, I¡¯m told, barely hanging on to life and hardly able to breath.¡± Aoi nodded. ¡°My mother¡¯s a nurse at the big prefecture hospital. She works in neonatal¡­ that¡¯s the ward for babies. Sometimes, when they¡¯re born too early, their lungs aren¡¯t fully grown and they¡¯re sick as a result. I guess that could be the case. That sort of thing doesn¡¯t usually get better until you¡¯re adult, if it ever does¡­ which isn¡¯t always the case. Sorry..¡± Jiao shook her head. ¡°It¡¯s ok¡­ I¡¯m mostly used to it. Just today¡¯s bad. I¡¯d hoped coming to school, being among humans, I wouldn¡¯t be the weakest one any more. I was wrong.¡± Aoi laughed slightly. ¡°Well, you¡¯re in the wrong crowd if that was what you were hoping for! You¡¯d need to be over at the side of the field with the rest of the unathletic team!¡± Jiao glanced over at the students who were sitting in the shade of the trees, mostly dressed in tracksuits, in theory waiting between races or for a turn at something¡­ ¡°That¡¯s¡­ not nice, but not inaccurate.¡± Aoi shrugged. ¡°Everyone can do sports, if they want to, they don¡¯t even need to be good at it as long as they¡¯re having fun. But those people don¡¯t want to even try, they¡¯re lazy. I¡¯m sorry I was mean to you earlier, it¡¯s not your fault. You want to, you just can¡¯t. That¡¯s different. It¡¯s not laziness, it¡¯s being trapped in a body that won¡¯t let you.¡± Jiao thought about it a moment. She didn¡¯t entirely agree with Aoi, but she had to admit the tall wiry girl did have a point. She nodded slowly. ¡°Ok, since we have ten minutes left of PE, maybe I¡¯ll give climbing a look at least. Since as you say you already have a wall set up¡­ although I don¡¯t know what that means.¡± Aoi stood up and offered Jiao a hand up, which Jiao gratefully took. Her legs felt leaden stiff while at the same time, wobbly as badly set yokan. ¡°You can have a look at least. Although now Hakuri isn¡¯t in the club, since she moved schools, her dad won¡¯t lend us the equipment, so the club will have to disband. Can¡¯t be a climbing club without a climbing wall.¡± Jiao looked puzzled, but Aoi didn¡¯t explain further until they rounded a corner. Jiao suddenly understood what Aoi had meant by a climbing wall. There was scaffolding tower with a wall built of wood panels bolted to it, which in turn was covered in coloured blobs of.. something. At the base of the tower was a broad padded mat. It didn¡¯t take much to work out that one was supposed to climb the wall, presumably using the coloured blobs. Aoi gestured towards the scaffold. ¡°Ok, that¡¯s a portable climbing wall. The coloured things are hand and foot holds. They bolt onto the wall. Each colour is a different route up the wall, colour coded for difficulty. By moving them around we can make it harder or easier to climb. Climbing requires quite a bit of muscle strength, but unless you¡¯re doing sprints, where the aim is to climb as fast as possible, it¡¯s not about speed so you can rest as long as you can hold on if you need to.¡± Jiao nodded, it sounded like climbing might suit her¡­ although the club being disbanded for lack of equipment sounded like a real problem. ¡°Can I try it please?¡± ¡°Well.. we have harnesses and helmets, and you should be ok for a simple climb in ordinary PE kit, although if you¡¯re serious you¡¯d need a different outfit and proper climbing shoes and gloves.¡± ¡°Climbing shoes and gloves?¡± ¡°They¡¯re for extra grip.¡± ¡°Oh¡­ that makes sense. Still, if it¡¯s ok, I can try?¡± ¡°Sure, lets get you set up and I¡¯ll show you how myself.¡± The remaining part of the double PE lesson, and quite a bit of the recess afterwards, was taken up with Jiao literally learning the ropes of climbing. Aoi turned out to be a good mentor, showing her what to do as she hung by her fingertips from the holds. In the end, as they both lay on the padded mat, Jiao admitted to Aoi she¡¯d had fun. Aoi smiled sadly. ¡°Well, at least the club went out on a high note. It¡¯s just a pity you won¡¯t get to do it any more.¡± Jiao rolled over, propping herself on an elbow. ¡°Is there nowhere in town to do this?¡± Aoi shook her head. ¡°No¡­ the person lending us this equipment runs a private sports club the next town over. That¡¯s the nearest place but they¡¯re open to members only. The wall was on loan to the school while his daughter was here. But now she¡¯s going to a private school, he wants it back. I heard from Hakuri that her dad is set against yokai and doesn¡¯t want his daughter going to the same school as them. I guess he won¡¯t lend us equipment either for the same stupid reason.¡± Jiao felt a stab of guilt. ¡°Oh¡­ this is my fault!¡± Aoi shook her head. ¡°No, no.. don¡¯t think that! It¡¯s Hakuri¡¯s father¡¯s fault for being a pig-headed idiot! To use Hakuri¡¯s words. She doesn¡¯t like it either, she even said she was sort of jealous because she wouldn¡¯t meet any yokai and I would, but it is what it is. So we all suffer for his blind prejudice, but he¡¯s rich enough to afford a private school, and our school can¡¯t afford fancy equipment like this, so there¡¯s nothing we can do about it.¡± Jiao nodded slowly. Inwardly she decided she would talk to her brother and Paul-sama. Perhaps there was something they could do? But she liked having found a sport she could do as well as a human could! She didn¡¯t want to give it up. She liked Aoi as well, she was rough, and a bit rude, but she was kind at heart and didn¡¯t treat Jiao like she was made of spun glass. Hanami Chp.7 Paul watched, concerned, as the paramedics loaded Yuko into the back of the ambulance. Yuri helped lift the stretcher containing her sister, and joined her in the back as the medics closed the doors. Yuko had regained consciousness, much to everyone¡¯s relief, as she¡¯d been borne down the mountainside from the Oni¡¯s half-finished village. She¡¯d been weak and rather groggy, but lucid enough that the worry of brain damage had receded from the forefront of Paul¡¯s mind. He¡¯d insisted on the hospital though, embolisms and blood clots were a potential worry still. Inari had caught up with them as they¡¯d reached the bottom of the steps from the temple. The Jor¨­gumo, Arakune Tsuchigumo, had carried Yuko the whole way down and changed back into her human form upon depositing Yuko on the bench at the bottom of the stairs. She had started to retreat, but had stopped when Inari came hurrying down. Now they were in low-voiced discussion, about what Paul didn¡¯t care. Turning round, Paul called to Inari. ¡°I¡¯m going to head to the hospital as well.¡± Inari nodded, but over her shoulder Paul caught the sneering look from Arakune. He stiffened and glared at her. ¡°Just what is your problem Arakune?!¡± ¡°Why would you waste your time with oni? They¡¯re brutes, barely more than animals. That pair are hardly better than that, despite being half-breeds. Better if that one dies of it¡¯s weakness I say.¡± Inari was looking at Paul and caught the flash of fury in his face before he schooled his expression. Without hesitation, she moved to place herself in Paul¡¯s way as he strode forwards, towards Arakune. Placing a slim hand on his sternum she spoke urgently. ¡°Paul-kun, please..she could not know, please..¡± Paul took a deep, shuddering breath, and taking his eyes off Arakune, who had sensed something and begun to back up, looked Inari in the eyes. ¡°Sometimes the world is better off without some people in it.¡± ¡°That is not a decision for you to make Paul.¡± Paul¡¯s eyes flashed, seething rage boiling up from the depths of his soul. ¡°Why not? Whose decision is it then? Yours? Because you¡¯re a Goddess? So we stand around doing nothing, while another fucking bastard gets to commit heinous acts of evil!¡± ¡°Arakune isn¡¯t..¡± ¡°DON¡¯T tell me she isn¡¯t the same! I¡¯ve been seen far too much not to recognise the type! She¡¯s another bigot, like others I¡¯ve seen. You don¡¯t know, you haven¡¯t left your temple in centuries so you¡­¡± ¡°I have lived far, far longer than you my Herald, and seen more than enough of evil not to know what you speak of. Quell your anger, for in truth are you not more enraged by her calling Yuko weak, implying as it does that your wife was also weak?¡± Paul took a deep breath, and slowly let it out. Leaning forward he rested his chin on the top of Inari¡¯s head, as the tension left his body. ¡°Low blow.. but accurate. I am going into town to the hospital and see how Yuko is, before I¡¯m tempted to start pulling legs off that spider. You talk to her and find out what her problem is. But if she can¡¯t or won¡¯t mind her manners than I will personally squash her like a bug before she settles on this mountain. I¡¯ll tolerate a lot, except intolerance.¡± Inari nodded, then rested her forehead against Paul¡¯s chest, murmuring into his clothing. ¡°I understand, and I¡¯m sorry. I will make sure she behaves and if she can¡¯t¡­ I will not ask you to deal with her but take that upon myself. My hands are stained red enough, even if it was long ago, that a little more won¡¯t matter.¡± Paul snorted. ¡°And what makes you think mine are any cleaner? We really need to talk someday about some things from my past I am not proud of. I promised no secrets between us, and you know I keep my word.¡± ¡°I know Paul-kun, but I also know that those things cause you pain to speak of, and I won¡¯t pry.¡± Paul nodded slowly, and sighed. ¡°Later Inari, later¡­ I¡¯d better go before I lose what few shreds of self-control I have left. Just¡­ deal with that monster before I get back.¡± Inari nodded, letting go of Paul as he turned to leave. Inwardly she sighed. She could tell he was in a great deal of pain, as well as more furious than she¡¯d ever seen him be, or ever wanted to. But he was still in control of himself, somehow, and there were more pressing concerns for now. Although, she noted with concern that he¡¯d called Arakune a monster...something he never, ever did to any yokai that she knew of. Confirming something that Inari had suspected, but never asked about. Paul clearly didn¡¯t go by appearance when it came to deciding what or whom he regarded as monstrous. Counter to all her experience with humans, he judged yokai and human alike by who, not what, they were. Equally obvious, in the past he¡¯d encountered humans that he considered monsters, and judging yokai by that yard-stick, found them more human. Once again, Inari wondered¡­ just who was Paul Holmes, and what had he been before he was her Herald? Arakune watched as Inari¡¯s Herald left, hardly daring to breath lest she attracted his attention. She¡¯d known she¡¯d misjudged and insulted him gravely when she looked at him and saw his eyes go flat and cold, reflecting her death. Inari was Kami, and to be feared for what she could do¡­ but her Herald in that moment had utterly terrified Arakune. She¡¯d frozen, painfully aware that her life hung by a single fragile thread, and unable to think of any way to avoid her doom if that thread parted. She didn¡¯t even understand why, only that she¡¯d infuriated him beyond tolerance and he¡¯d resolved to end her in that moment. But as she listened she came to realise something. Inari¡¯s Herald saw the oni as people, like himself, and thought they were equally worthy of respect. From what was unsaid, she thought that perhaps he saw all yokai the same as well. Arakune felt as if she¡¯d touched a live wire, the shock was so great¡­ counter to everything she knew of humans, this singular man saw yokai as people ¡­ and then he¡¯d called her a monster! Not because of her nature, but because of what she¡¯d said! It was confusing enough that as Inari turned and approached her, Arakune found herself trembling, terrified, her insides feeling as if she¡¯d swallowed ice water. Without meaning to she reverted back to her natural form and collapsed, all eight of her legs failing her in an instant as her hearts fluttered in anxiety. Inari blinked as Arakune paled, reverting back to a half-spider, and collapsed as her legs folded under her, overcome by fear. She had intended to scold the young woman, upbraiding her about her archaic and unfounded disrespect, but now Inari found herself wanting to reassure her. It was obvious that Arakune knew by how narrow a margin she¡¯d escaped death, and perhaps even why. Inari took a mental breath, pausing, as she considered that perhaps a gentler approach might be better. Fleetingly, she wished Kiko was here with her. Her lover was a gentler soul over-all, and much better suited to this sort of thing. Inari had even joked that perhaps she was Kannon, goddess of mercy and compassion, returned. Which Kiko fervently denied, regarding it as presumptuous and not to mention she was entirely the wrong religion for that! Inari had refrained from affectionately teasing her further, not wanting to provoke an existential crisis by pointing out that other religions gods and goddesses were just as real as her. Freeing herself of fond recollections, Inari knelt in-front of the quivering Arakune. ¡°Child, do you understand what occurred?¡± Arakune nodded, and then slowly shook her head, unable to form words as her mind whirled. Inari looked her in the eyes for a moment, then sighed. ¡°You know what, but not why? No, you could not know I suppose. My Herald was married once, not that long ago to him. She was his soul mate, and she died of the same thing that struck down Yuko. By insulting Yuko, you insulted her as well.¡± Arakune placed her hands over her eyes as she bowed her head. ¡°I¡­ I meant him no insult Inari-sama!¡± ¡°And yet you meant insult to Yuko, who he counts as friend as well?¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t know that! How could I? A human who sees oni as friends? Impossible!¡± Inari laughed mirthlessly. Find this and other great novels on the author''s preferred platform. Support original creators! ¡°You will find there is very little that is impossible to my Herald. In just a few short months he has upended the natural order of the world, brought magic back from the brink of extinction, changed for the good how humans see us yokai and many other things. This is a new world you¡¯ve awoken to Arakune. A world of his making, although he¡¯d deny that. If you want to have a place in it, I would suggest you stop antagonising him with your unreasoning hatred.¡± Arakune shook her head. ¡°I don¡¯t hate oni. They are what they are and I don¡¯t know why he hates me for saying it!¡± Inari took a hold of the confused Arakune¡¯s shoulders and shook her lightly. ¡°Arakune don¡¯t be a fool! Have you even met an oni before today?¡± ¡°No. I live¡­ lived, in the city. But I heard about them from my mother.¡± ¡°So you judge them upon what you¡¯ve been told? Without even knowing for yourself what they are like? Do you not see how foolish that is?¡± Arakune stared at Inari, then sighed, hanging her head. ¡°I see it now¡­ they are not as I¡¯ve been told, are they?¡± ¡°Do you think Paul would claim them as friends if they were?¡± ¡°Perhaps¡­ perhaps not. I don¡¯t know him well enough to judge.¡± Inari smiled slightly. ¡°Then perhaps you should get to know him better, and the oni as well. But first I think you owe him an apology, a considerable one.¡± Arakune sighed and nodded. ¡°I¡¯ll ¡­ no.. I don¡¯t know him well enough. Inari-okami, what would you give him if you were me?¡± Inari smiled and then sighed. ¡°Well¡­ if you were thinking of spending the night with him, I would forget that right away. He¡¯s still very much in love with his wife, and has refused even my advances.¡± Arakune blinked, drawing her head back slightly. ¡°Really ?! But¡­ no, never mind. Not my business. Ok¡­ what else would serve? I could offer to serve him otherwise?¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°He¡¯d hate that. Others have offered before you, but he prefers to do things himself. No, if you wish to show contrition, apologise to him, to Yuko and Yuri, sincerely, and then help the oni rebuild their village. Get to know them while you do so, and show him that he was wrong to dismiss you as monster. That will please him.¡± Arakune looked at Inari in bewilderment. ¡°It¡­ it will? Proving him wrong will make him happy? But¡­ I don¡¯t understand!¡± Inari laughed. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, Paul-kun is a very perplexing man. But yes, he would be happy to find you are not a monster after all.¡± Arakune couldn¡¯t help herself, she glanced over her shoulder at her spider body, and then looked back at Inari, a sceptical look on her face. ¡°He has noticed I¡¯m an Jor¨­gumo, a spider-demon?¡± Inari nodded. ¡°Yes, but to him, that¡¯s less important than how you behave.¡± Arakune shook her head. ¡°Why do I care what he thinks of me?¡± Inari smiled to herself, while keeping her face still¡­ the phrasing had not escaped her notice. ¡°Because he is a man of singular determination and force of will. He is quite capable of reordering the world to achieve his goals, having done so once already. A man to be wary of indeed, but a good one. A man that it¡¯s hard to not find attractive.¡± ¡°Sounds like someone it would be better to have as a friend, or at least, not an enemy. But he called me a monster, and humans kill monsters.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°I think he¡¯s not so decided yet. If he wanted you dead, you would be already. Paul-kun is not man to wait to do things that he sees as needful. But I do think you had better set about proving you¡¯re not a monster, before he comes back.¡± Arakune nodded slowly. ¡°Very well¡­ if I must I¡¯ll concede some of my domain to the Oni.¡± Inari blinked. ¡°Your domain?¡± Arakune sighed and nodded. ¡°Yes Inari, mine. As the last of my family, that side of the mountain is mine by ancient agreement between you and my ancestor. Paul-dono did mention you might have forgotten, but there should be records if you do not believe me.¡± ¡°No, no.. I do not doubt your word Arakune. I apologise for having forgotten, but¡­ why did you wait so long to return?¡± Arakune shrugged. ¡°I had a good life in the city, as did my mother before me and her mother before her. We had a source of magic that sustained us, and we thought that it had dried up elsewhere. But, with that gone, I risked what I thought was certain death to return to our old home, hoping to find it¡¯s wellspring still existed.¡± Inari laughed. ¡°Well¡­ it is..and it isn¡¯t, as we have a new source. But.. how did you not hear of magic¡¯s renewal before?¡± Arakune shook her head. ¡°I slept... like my smaller cousins, I sleep during the winter months and my plans were laid before I slept last. I¡­ did not believe the signs I felt as I journeyed here, I didn¡¯t want to believe in case I was wrong. And I rarely listen to the news., I¡¯m not as long lived as you Inari, but I¡¯ve long enough to find the scurrying affairs of mortals tiresome. What they do doesn¡¯t concern me, save how it affects my business. So, no I had not heard nor did I let myself see, and I¡¯ve made a fool of myself as result.¡± Inari nodded slowly. She¡¯d been the same herself after all, unconcerned with a world that didn¡¯t seem to have a place for her any more. That had changed, just as Arakune¡¯s would¡­ and thinking of that she decided what to do about her. ¡°Arakune, I apologise for my mistake. If I had remembered then this misstep could have been avoided. So, this is much my mistake as yours. But, it would be too much to ask the Oni to move now¡­ they have been driven from their home far too often before, to ask them now and they are too far along in building their new home. So, instead, how about we discuss compensating you for giving up that land? The oni won¡¯t want anything higher up the mountain, so you have that, but what about an opportunity lower down as recompense?¡± Arakune studied Inari. ¡°An opportunity? What kind of opportunity?¡± ¡°You mentioned you ran a business?¡± Arakune shifted uncomfortably.. ¡°Umm.. yes. I...ah...provided certain services to businessmen, and women.¡± Inari interrupted. ¡°You were a courtesan?¡± Arakune took a deep breath, remembering who she was talking to and shook her head, throwing aside modern squeamishness about sex. ¡°No, adjacent but not that. I was a professional dominatrix and shibari mistress. I ran a small club also that provided a safe space for like-minded individuals. But.. well, you don¡¯t need to know what happened but I lost my business, and with it my source of magic.¡± Inari nodded. She¡¯d been vaguely considering an idea for a few weeks, but now it crystallised as Arakune spoke. ¡°Good. I have an idea. Would you consider owning and running a Ryokan here, a suitable recompense?¡± Arakune blinked, surprised by the offer. ¡°A Ryokan? But, I don¡¯t know anything about running an inn? And where would you even put it?¡± Inari smiled. ¡°Walk with me, I¡¯ll show you. But it seems running businesses in these modern times is lot more complicated. Paul-kun was explaining it to me, there are tax forms and inspections and many other things I know nothing of¡­ and if we are to run a place for travellers to stay a while at the temple I would need to either hire someone who knew how to do this, or learn myself. But, it occurred to me that perhaps you might consider taking this off my hands as recompense instead, and that way we both benefit. You have ownership of the Ryokun, and I don¡¯t have to concern myself with it¡¯s running. Of course¡­ to keep it legal and make sure that it still counts as part of the temple complex, I would need to retain ownership of the grounds and charge rent, but that would be nominal¡­¡± Arakune studied Inari as they walked back up the stairs to the temple. ¡°A nominal rent? How nominal?¡± ¡°A tithe, a tenth of profits per year perhaps? Payable as a donation to the temple.¡± ¡°Half that, and of net profits¡­ and I¡¯ll agree once I see what I¡¯m getting.¡± Inari chuckled. ¡°Very well, but I don¡¯t think you¡¯ll be disappointed. We already have several guest houses, and there is much room to build more as well as room for a second, larger, bath-house and other facilities. I can talk to the local tenuki clan and get a discount for the construction work.¡± Arakune nodded, her mind already turning over the possibilities. If she had a stable source of magic here, she wouldn¡¯t need to drain the chi from her clients as she had before. She could run a respectable inn, redeeming her reputation, and keep her proclivities as a hobby instead. It would be much more enjoyable if she didn¡¯t need her playmates to survive on¡­ and if she snacked from time to time, no more than a nibble to taste, well that was all part of the fun! Certainly, it beat camping in the woods on a wet and windy mountainside and living off whatever wildlife she could catch in her webs! Her idea of roughing it up until recently had been a cheap no-stars love motel, never mind a tent in the wild! And now Inari was offering her not just a place to stay, but a livelihood as well as a way to a more respectable place in a society that would accept her as yokai. For that, Arakune thought, she would not just tolerate the oni and make her apologies, she would abase herself to them if asked, and happily so! Paul was still fuming as he headed for the local general hospital. Arakune was a bigot right out of the pages of history, regarding oni as sub-sentient. He hoped Inari could talk some sense into her, but he wasn¡¯t pinning much on it. It was bad enough that the yokai were facing prejudice from humans, without other yokai adding to it! Still, something bothered him about what she¡¯d said. She¡¯d called Yuri and Yuko, hafu, literally half-breeds. There were stories about oni men raping human women and impregnating them and a few about oni women being seduced by human men¡­ usually ending badly for all concerned. But he¡¯d dismissed them as just that, stories, made up to paint oni in a bad light, or occasionally to poke fun at certain strong individuals as supposed half-breeds. Paul wracked his brains as he rode, mostly to distract himself from his fuming bad mood. Just supposing Arakune was at least right about Yuri and Yuko being half-human, it seemed unlikely she¡¯d lie about that meaningless detail, and surprised he hadn¡¯t known, so clearly it was an obvious thing¡­ somehow. Still, Paul thought as he sat waiting at the traffic lights, resting one leg down and drumming his fingers on the handlebars of his bike. Ash had persuaded him to buy a motor bike to putter into town on, but considering the lack of space to park it when not in use and the lack of funds to afford it, he gone for something smaller than her custom machine. He¡¯d gotten a good deal on a small Honda Cub. A second-hand Super-cub to be precise, which was somewhere between a motor scooter and a ¡®pure¡¯ bike as far as he was concerned. Still, he ruminated, there had to have been some basis for the old legends of humans and oni having children. Although, now that he really thought about it, the word ¡®oni¡¯ having derived from the old kanji character on, meaning to hide or conceal, it implied that ancestral oni at times had been just as much refugees as their modern descendants, and it wasn¡¯t too much of a stretch to connect oni with European legends of trolls and orcs. So one could imagine some proto-hominid, maybe related to Neanderthals or something like Paranthropus robustus, as ancestors of all of those. Which having been driven out of Africa ahead of the spreading H. Sapiens, went into hiding and evolved to utilise the much stronger prehistoric mana field to boost their metabolism and increase their strength. The various differences between trolls, orcs, oni and other related sorts could be explained as regional variations of the same human sub-species, living hidden from the rest of humanity for thousands of years. Which, he supposed, would mean that technically they weren¡¯t yokai as such. Being more corporal than spirit or magic based as they were, but also they would possibly be cross-fertile with humans. Although how had Arakune known that, seemingly just by looking at them¡­ Paul swore under his breath suddenly¡­ the answer of course had been almost staring him in the face. Oni had no heso, or belly button. Whereas the sisters did have one. He had no idea why that would be, from a biological point of view, nor even why oni didn¡¯t have one. But until now he¡¯d dismissed it as a quirk of the local clan¡¯s make up, which obviously the sisters didn¡¯t share. But, given that Arakune could seemingly tell at a glance, it was probably that. Paul carefully accelerated, pushing his little Honda to it¡¯s max, and leaving the legal speed limit in the dust. Yuko¡¯s half-human ancestry was important medically. He wasn¡¯t sure if it would make a difference, but it wasn¡¯t something to take chances on. For all he knew, she might react badly to some drug or other because of it! Hanami Chp.8 Shoko stared at the pair of older girls that had entered the changing rooms, as they looked at her and Chihiro. For moment no-one said anything as everyone except Shoko blushed tomato red. Finally the blonde haired one with dark tan makeup blurted out. ¡°Sorry, we¡¯ll go somewhere else!¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°It¡¯s ok. You can come in, I¡¯m not bothered.¡± The other girl with dark blue hair and black lipstick contrasting with her whitened face squeaked, her eyes widening to the point where they looked like they might fall out her mascara ringed sockets. The ¡®gyaru¡¯ or heavily made-up ¡®gal¡¯ of the pair giggled nervously. She shook her head, sending her permed ringlets tossing like brass-wire springs. ¡°Ohhh.. noo.. we couldn¡¯t! We¡¯re¡­ exclusive. We¡¯ll find somewhere else private. But you two carry on, have fun now!¡± The pair exited, the more outgoing gyaru of the pair still laughing as the gothy one buried her face in her companions shoulder. Shoko blinked, then looked at Chihiro. ¡°Well¡­. That was weird!¡± Chihiro finally found her voice. ¡°Shoko! I..you...we..I mean they¡­Oh Shoko!!¡± Shoko tilted her head, one hand on her hip looking at the furiously blushing Chihiro in puzzlement. ¡°What? What did I do?¡± ¡°Ohh.. nothing much! You were just standing there, in front of me, half naked¡­¡± Shoko frowned. ¡°I don¡¯t get it...¡± ¡°They thought we..we..were On''nanoko aik¨­-ka ah girl lovers¡­ Yuri love.. you know?¡± ¡°So?¡± ¡°So! You.. you invited them to stay and watch!¡± Shoko blinked, Chirhiro¡¯s voice had descended to a pained whisper she was so upset¡­ ¡°That¡­ wasn¡¯t what I meant. I should go after them and explain?¡± Chihiro shook her head violently, almost toppling over sideways with the force of it. Instinctively Shoko put her hand on the sitting girls shoulder to steady her. Chihiro swallowed, and then spoke. ¡°Don¡¯t! I¡¯m pretty sure that¡¯s why they came in here, because they are! I mean, that was Emiko and Yua¡­ Emiko is the Goth one and everyone knows she¡¯s yuri.. but um,m.. Yua and Emiko are enemies¡­¡± Shoko laughed slightly. ¡°I guess they¡¯re not now! Uh, why were they? Enemies I mean...¡± Chihiro shrugged. ¡°Emiko¡¯s a goth, Yua is gyaru¡­ they¡¯re kind of opposites. But they¡¯re in the same class and sit near to one another. They spent all last year ignoring each other or glaring.¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°Well¡­ love and hate are yin and yang. Maybe they didn¡¯t talk because they¡¯d fallen for each other but didn¡¯t think the other one would?¡± Chihiro giggled. ¡°Yeah, maybe, or maybe they thought people would make fun of them?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Why would they? I mean, why would people make fun of them? Isn¡¯t it normal to have high school crushes?¡± Chihiro didn¡¯t answer right away, turning her attention back to her sewing as Shoko sat back down next to her. After a moment of strained silence, Shoko nudged Chihiro¡¯s hip with hers, knowing better than to jog her elbow. ¡°Chihiro¡­ did I say something wrong?¡± ¡°N..no.. Um¡­ how do you feel about girls? Do you like them?¡± ¡°Huh? I guess I like them more than boys. I mean, they¡¯re soft and pretty and they smell nice. Boys are kind of.. stinky, sometimes. They¡¯re rough too. Not that there¡¯s anything wrong with that from time to time.¡± Chihiro stared at Shoko for second, her hands stilled in surprise. Then she blinked. ¡°No, I mean¡­ do you like, like girls? Shoko flashed a grin at her, there and gone again, fox swift and sly. ¡°I knew what you meant...and I meant what I said. Why, do you?¡± Chihiro gulped, and jerked her head in the smallest possible nod. Shoko grinned and leaned against Chihiro, startling a small squeak out of her. ¡°Hey, Chihiro¡­ do you maybe like me?¡± ¡°M..m..maybe! But I hardly know you!¡± Shoko smiled broadly, and flung an arm around Chihiro¡¯s shoulders, heedless of the sewing as she rested her head on her shoulder, strawberry blonde hair mingling with darker russet red. ¡°Hey Chihiro¡­ you how you fix that problem?¡± ¡°N..no!¡± ¡°We become friends!¡± ¡°F.. friends? Oh.. yes.. friends.. definitely!¡± Shoko grinned mischievously, the tip of her nose fractions of an inch away from Chihiro¡¯s. ¡°Yeah, friends. Then after we¡¯ve gotten to know each other, maybe gone on a few dates, then we can fuck!¡± Chihiro¡¯s eyes widened, then just as she drew breath to exclaim in shock, Shoko licked the tip of Chihiro¡¯s nose and darted away giggling, leaving Chihiro spluttering in a mix of scandalised outrage and baffled amusement. The rest of the day passed remarkably without incident, aside from Shoko lifting her skirt at the slightest provocation and showing everyone the briefs that Chihiro had modified. Jiao had to admit though, that the modified waistband was ingenious, with a double row of hook and eye fastenings and the little tab of elastic, so Shoko could pull the briefs up fitting her tail in the opening at the back, and do it up with minimal difficultly. Their home-room teacher had to stop Shoko in the end, although mostly because one of the bolder girls had asked to stoke Shoko¡¯s tail and had then exclaimed how soft and fluffy it was. This had led to everyone wanting a stroke, which Shoko had been only to happy to oblige, chattering away to everyone. Haruko-chan had even gone so far as to bury her face in the luxuriant fur, sighing happily. The end result was by the end of the day, Jiao and Shoko were surrounded by a small crowd of their peers as they waited at the school gate. It had been previously agreed that they would be met and walked home, at least for the first day. Just in case Inari had said, and nobody had dared ask in case of what. As the other children streamed past them, making their individual ways home, Jiao and Shoko stood happily talking with their new friends. Mostly Shoko though, Jiao couldn¡¯t help reflecting that was probably always going to happen with the more outgoing kitsune. Still, she reflected glancing over at Aoi, Shoko wasn¡¯t the only one who¡¯d made friends. Jiao was just about to say something to Aoi, when she spotted her older brother Tatsuo making his way down the street, next to him walked Kiko, resplendent in Miko robes and surrounded by a subtle glow. Jiao sighed slightly, she¡¯d been hoping Paul-san would be the one to meet Shoko, but apparently being a living goddess was no excuse not to, even if it was somehow embarrassing. Still, she could understand Tatsuo¡¯s scowl as the children bowed at Kiko on their way past. Jiao squinted a bit, and again sighed. Kiko was floating again.. her feet an inch off the ground as she walked. She¡¯d been doing that a lot lately. Inari had remarked it wasn¡¯t unusual for newly minted Kami, it took them a few years or so to get their feet back on the ground after ascending. ¡°Hey Shoko!¡± Jiao called, ¡°Kiko¡¯s here!¡± Shoko stood on tiptoes, peering over the crowd, and spotting Kiko, took off at a run, flinging herself into Kiko¡¯s eagerly open arms with a glad cry. Jiao couldn¡¯t hear what they were saying, although the tone was happy enough. Then Shoko let go, and tugging on the sleeves of Kiko¡¯s robes Jiao heard her saying; ¡°Come on! You have to meet everyone!¡± Jiao sighed, and glanced at Aoi; ¡°You want to meet my brother?¡± Aoi nodded, not taking her eyes of the imposing figure making his way over to them. Tatsuo was dressed in his usual kimono and matching hakama, with the haori Jiao had made him over winter. Jiao walked swiftly over to him, and bowed slightly, which Tatsuo returned. The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. ¡°Oniisan, this is Aoi. She¡¯s a friend. Aoi, this is my Oniisan, Tatsuo.¡± Aoi blinked, and bowed at the tall Oni, taking in his brick red skin and silver white hair with the obsidian-like horns jutting through his bangs. ¡°Tatsuo-sama, it¡¯s an honour to meet you!¡± Tatsuo made a wordless sound of ascent, and bent his head fractionally in return. He then looked at Jiao with a raised eyebrow. Jiao grinned. ¡°She¡¯s president of the climbing club, at least for the moment. The club¡¯s being disbanded because the father of one of the girls leant them a climbing wall, but he¡¯s a bigot and withdrew his offer along with his daughter when it became known that yokai would be attending the same school.¡± Tatsuo grunted, his scowl deepening. ¡°And this affects us how, Imouto-san?¡± Jiao smiled up at her brother, not at all put off by his expression¡­ which in truth was more or less his normal resting face. ¡°I like climbing! It¡¯s a sport I can do.¡± Tatsuo raised an eyebrow. Jiao was well known among their tribe for preferring quieter activities like reading, over any sort of sport. He turned his attention to Aoi. ¡°This¡­ man, who donated equipment. His name?¡± ¡°Mr Gyfoko, sir!¡± Tatsuo nodded. ¡°I¡¯ll talk to him. If he isn¡¯t reasonable, something else will be arranged.¡± Jiao hugged her brother around his waist. ¡°Thank you Oniisan! You¡¯re the best! Where¡¯s Yuri and Yuko? I thought they¡¯d be here?¡± Tatsuo shook his head. ¡°There was a problem. Yuko is in the hospital, her sister and Paul-san are with her. She¡¯ll be well, but they want to keep her in over-night to be sure.¡± Jiao frowned minutely, at what hadn¡¯t been said. ¡°What happened?¡± ¡°Yuko went too far up the mountain, she was struck with what Paul-san called altitude sickness.¡± Jiao¡¯s eyes widened. ¡°That¡¯s what..¡± Tatsuo cut her off, nodding. ¡°Just so. That is why he is with her, he fears history repeating itself, although Yuko is stronger.¡± Aoi interjected. ¡°Excuse me.. you did say altitude sickness? Just¡­ I didn¡¯t think there were any mountains near here high enough for that?¡± Tatsuo glanced at Aoi, but Jiao jumped in and explained. ¡°Oni are different from humans. We can suffer from it at lower altitudes than you would. Although not I or anyone from my clan. We have almost human levels of tolerance because we¡¯re from a mountain clan¡­ but Yuko and her sister Yuri are adopted. Honestly though, until now we didn¡¯t know, but they must be from one of the lowland clans, right Oniisan?¡± Tatsuo nodded. ¡°That is so. Although I would have thought their heritage should have helped.¡± It was Jiao¡¯s turn to look at her brother surprised. ¡°Heritage? Oniisan?¡± Tatsuo sighed. ¡°When it was agreed to make them part of our clan, it was agreed by all that nothing would be said further on this matter, and you were too young at the time anyway. But the truth is, they are half oni, half human.¡± Jiao blinked, then shook her head. ¡°Well¡­ it would have been nice if someone had said something to me earlier!¡± Tatsuo shrugged. ¡°It was unimportant. They are oni in all ways that matter, but I thought their half-human blood would protect them better from the mountain sickness, making them like us. It would seem not.¡± Jiao sighed. ¡°We¡¯ll have to find a way to accommodate them. It¡¯s not good building our village near to their limit.¡± Tatsuo frowned. ¡°It¡¯s too late to move it Jiao..¡± Jiao nodded. ¡°I know.. but they¡¯re part of our clan, and we look after our own.¡± Tatsuo grunted, nodding once. ¡°We will talk of this further. But you are right. We will seek a way.¡± Aoi, who¡¯d been listening wide-eyed, hesitatingly raised a hand, causing Jiao to giggle slightly. ¡°Um.. Lord Tatsuo?¡± Tatsuo snorted slightly, amused. ¡°No need to call me lord. Oni don¡¯t do titles.¡± Jiao interjected. ¡°Well, I do. I like being a princess!¡± Tatsuo didn¡¯t say anything, but Aoi saw him roll his eyes and had to stifle a giggle. Swallowing that, but still emboldened, she spoke. ¡°Um.. I¡¯m a bit familiar with altitude sickness, I¡¯ve been rock climbing in high country a couple of times¡­ one of the things that helps with it is having a supply of oxygen while you sleep or during the day if you need it. You can buy oxygen concentrators for that reason..¡± Tatsuo frowned at Aoi. Jiao knew he was just thinking, but also knew how that looked to those not familiar with him. Worriedly she glanced at Aoi, and then relaxed. Her new friend was standing her ground, hands behind her back. After a moment, Tatsuo nodded. ¡°That is a worthy idea. We will have difficulty finding funds for it, but it¡¯s necessary. I shall talk with Katsu when she returns.¡± Jiao glanced at Tatsuo, finding a clue for his grumpiness. ¡°Katsu¡¯s not back yet?¡± Tatsuo shook his head slowly. ¡°No. Katsui and Katsumi are still playing war games with the navy.¡± Jiao smiled. It had been Katsumi¡¯s idea at first, challenging the Japanese Maritime Self-defence Force to a series of exercises, in order to familiarise herself with modern naval warfare. The navy, understandably, had been a bit reluctant to go up against a yokai ghost-ship, or living battleship¡­ especially the reborn Battleship Yamato! Jiao suspected some of them regarded it as being close to sacrilegious, while some she rather thought were secretly scared of the idea, but officially the JMSDF had argued that a living battleship was an unknown quantity, potentially undisciplined, and would need human supervision. So in the end, Katsu had agreed to accompany her ¡®little sister¡¯ or Herald along with some JMSDF officers to act as observers. Tatsuo had offered to go with her as well, but Katsu had pointed out that someone needed to keep the dojo running. Much to his not-so-secret relief. Oni couldn¡¯t even float, much less swim. Tatsuo having experienced drowning once, was understandably reluctant to even go near the water. Which Katsu of course knew but allowed Tatsuo to save face by pretending she didn¡¯t while offering a reasonable excuse not to. Privately, Jiao suspected that both Katsu and Katsumi were almost certainly thoroughly enjoying themselves somewhere out at sea, and had completely lost track of time. With the Yamato family being so engaged in shipping and sea trade, it was hardly surprising that Katsu was as much at home on deck, as she was in a kendo dojo. Being out on the battleship she was linked with, pitting her wits in simulated combat against much more experienced officers, would be like catnip to her. Kiko glanced over at where the pair of oni and a young girl stood talking earnestly, glad that Jiao had found herself a friend outside of her clan. Laughing Kiko allowed Shoko to drag her over to the gaggle of children that the young kitsune had evidently impressed. Excitedly Shoko called out. ¡°Everyone! This is Kiko, Inari¡¯s.. um¡­ special friend!¡± Inwardly Kiko sighed, blushing slightly¡­ they would have to have another talk about appropriate sharing it would seem. But for now, she regarded the awestruck children. Of course they knew who, or rather more importantly, what she was. Kiko by now was fairly sure that everyone had heard of her, and the fact that she kept floating an inch above the ground was something of a rather annoying clue. ¡®Still¡­¡¯ she thought.. ¡®given Shoko¡¯s lack of tact, that could have been worse. At least she didn¡¯t call me Inari¡¯s Love Goddess like last time!¡± Kneeling down in front of the children Kiko smiled. ¡°I see Shoko has been making friends¡­ come and say hello and introduce yourselves. I promise, I don¡¯t bite.¡± The small voice in her head couldn¡¯t help mentally adding ¡®well, only Inari that is.¡¯ Causing her to smile slightly at herself. Goddess of healing and compassion the reporters had dubbed her, but under that, she was just as human as they were¡­ perhaps more so in some cases! Kiko listened as the children excitedly chattered away, noting that more than a few of them were yokai themselves, just not open about it, and apparently fans of yokai metal. It also became apparent from the half-finished sentences, that Shoko had had an adventuresome first day at school, mostly centred around pantsu or lack of and the acquisition thereof¡­ Shoko proudly showing off her modified briefs...much to the amused dismay of her friends, again. Kiko laughed at the way one of the older girls scolded the unrepentant Shoko for flashing her briefs, once again! While the girl that had affectionately scolded Shoko, introduced herself as Chihiro and explained how she¡¯d modified the briefs to fit, Kiko noticed a young boy hanging around some distance away. He looked like he wanted to join in, but didn¡¯t quite dare. Shoko catching the direction of Kiko¡¯s glance, darted over to the lad, and dragging him by the tie, pulled him over. Kiko couldn¡¯t help noticing how the group went silent and a few of the larger ones, moved to stand between him and some of the smaller or younger children, while directing looks at him that by all rights, should have reduced him to a smoking grease stain on the floor For his own part, the young boy looked as if he¡¯d rather be anywhere else but there, and yet seemed helpless to being led around by Shoko. Shoko grabbed the young lad by the shoulders, like he¡¯d bolt and run, and pushed him front of Kiko. Then loudly she announced. ¡°Kiko, this is my new friend Tomiso, he was an enemy, but we made friends!¡± For a moment there was shocked silence¡­ and then a tsunami of protest burst forth from the group. Kiko gathered that Tomiso was, or had been, the local school-yard bully and the others were just a touch less than forgiving about it. Kiko could see the anger mounting in the young boy, as well as the pain welling up in his eyes. Abruptly she stood and clapped her hands to gain everyone''s attention, accidentality causing a rain of golden, heatless sparks of light to burst forth from her and shower everyone near by. Hiding her embarrassment at her slip, Kiko spoke adopting the ¡®gentle but firm¡¯ tone she¡¯d had practised rather a lot lately. ¡°Now then, I understand how you must feel, but Shoko says Tomiso is her friend now, so.. Tomiso, do you have anything to say?¡± Kiko pretended not to notice Shoko elbow Tomiso in the ribs, and mouth ¡®like we practised¡¯ to him. Tomiso nodded, and turned to face the group. ¡°I¡­ I¡¯m sorry! Shoko explained what I was doing was bad...I knew that anyway!...and..and I shan¡¯t do it again, but if I do she said you were to tell her and she¡¯d beat me up for it to reminded me! I¡¯d let her do it too!¡± The lad paused, then heaved a sigh. ¡°Not that I could stop her anyway.¡± Kiko resisted the urge to cover her face with her hand. Although she had to admit, for all it¡¯s graceless awkwardness, that did sound like a heart-felt apology, albeit one drafted by Shoko. The group of children stared truculently at Tomiso, until the young rabbit eared yokai that Shoko had introduced as Usagi-chan, and then corrected herself and called her Haruko, stepped forward and held out her hand. ¡°Peace?¡± she asked. Tomiso nodded. ¡°Ok, peace¡­ sorry for what I called you.. I¡­ I like Yokai metal too. Just¡­ I didn¡¯t want to admit it.¡± The others followed Haruko-chan¡¯s lead, and clustered around Tomiso, who seemed a bit bewildered and overwhelmed by it all. Kiko felt a tug at her sleeve, and looking down saw Shoko looking up at her. Wordlessly she beckoned Kiko to lean down, and then whispered in her ear. ¡°Tomiso¡¯s one of those¡­ not all boy not entirely a girl. Their aura¡¯s all the colours! But they don¡¯t understand what they are, so can you talk to them.. please?!¡± Kiko blinked, parsing what Shoko had said, then nodded. ¡°You think he, um it¡¯s best to stick to calling Tomiso by male pronouns for now until he says otherwise¡­ Oh that¡¯s a point, do you think his family might not be supportive?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Nuh-uh¡­ his dad beats his mom and sometimes Tomiso, when he¡¯s drunk. He doesn¡¯t like yokai either, Tomiso was copying him but I set him right. He¡¯s not a good person. Tomiso is, once he stops being stupid.¡± Kiko sighed. Officially there wasn¡¯t anything she could do. But as Inari had been showing her lately, Kami could safely ignore official channels quite often, although Kiko shuddered to think what Inari would do if she found out about this. She had some decidedly archaic views regarding retribution and punishment. ¡°Leave it to me Shoko, we¡¯ll make sure Tomiso is safe and then I will take care of his father. Do you think Tomiso might like to come home with you?¡± Shoko bit her bottom lip.. ¡°Chihiro¡¯s invited me home with her¡­ her family is Huuuge! They¡¯re all fox-haired like her, and they¡¯re artisans like her too! Bu.. but I guess there¡¯s tomorrow¡­¡± Kiko shook her head. ¡°No, it might be an idea to show Tomiso what a happy family is like.. ah, Chihiro¡¯s is, isn¡¯t it?¡± Shoko nodded emphatically. ¡°Oh yes, very much so! Ok, I¡¯ll ask her if it¡¯s alright.¡± Shoko zipped away to where Chihiro stood, grabbing her and talking excitedly. Kiko could see the bemused look on her face, but the russet-haired girl nodded, glancing at where Tomiso stood with a look of faint concern. Shoko stood on her tip-toes and shouted, waving her hand above her head, even though she wasn¡¯t more than a handful of yards away. ¡°Kiko! Chihiro says it¡¯s ok! Her family are used to her inviting friends over!¡± Kiko nodded, and watched as Shoko dragged Chihiro over to Tomiso to tell him he was going to be visiting¡­ She couldn¡¯t help thinking that there was lot of Inari in Shoko, unrefined as yet, but still just as meddlesome. All for the sake of goodness of course. Shoko did her best to be helpful, even if she wasn¡¯t asked to. She couldn¡¯t help wondering if Shoko¡¯s friends knew what they were in for.. Hanami Chp.9 Paul Holmes stood at the entrance to the hospital, paralysed by a feeling of overwhelming dread. Rationally, circumstances weren¡¯t the same, or so he told himself. But that did little to overcome the emotional storm raging inside his heart. The last time he¡¯d been in a hospital he was recovering from frostbite after carrying his wife¡¯s body down from the mountain she¡¯d died on. It had taken him several weeks to be well enough to leave, and he¡¯d never been able to bring himself to step back inside one since. Although the few times he¡¯d needed to, there hadn¡¯t been the opportunity. But, as he¡¯d approached this one, now, that unique, distinctive smell that all hospitals seem to share had come wafting out as the automatic doors opened, and the all-too familiar sense of grief and loss had come crashing down on him like a thick black tsunami of tar, sucking him down with it¡¯s undertow, drowning him in his own personal hell. ¡°Sir? Excuse me sir.. do you need help?¡± Paul blinked, shaking himself almost convulsively, and scrubbed at the tears he hadn¡¯t even realised were sliding down his cheeks. He looked around for the source of the soft, feminine voice he¡¯d heard. Standing just beside him was a young woman dressed in a doctor¡¯s coat and uniform. Her pale blue eyes were filled with a look of concerned compassion as they peered out from under silver-white bangs. Paul shook his his head again. ¡°Ah.. sorry, sorry.. just¡­ bad memories. Someone I lost.¡± ¡°My condolences on your loss. I can show you to the garden, if you¡¯d like to sit and recover?¡± Paul drew a deep breath, and exhaled slowly, albeit somewhat shakily. ¡°No¡­ I think I¡¯ll be alright. It caught me by surprise, that¡¯s all.¡± The woman slowly nodded, still looking doubtful. Paul noticed her name badge as a thought occurred to him. ¡°Excuse me, Dr Yukinoko? There is perhaps something else you can help me with though? I¡¯m looking for a patient that was brought in about ten, fifteen minutes ago. Where might I find her?¡± ¡°I¡¯m not sure¡­¡± ¡°The young Oni girl with altitude sickness..¡± ¡°Oh!¡± The doctor looked at Paul, and he could almost see the cogs turning over as he went from ¡®potential patient¡¯ to ¡®relative¡¯ and then enlightenment as she recognised him, all in the span of a single breath. There were times when being notorious was a pain in the butt, however, this wasn¡¯t one of them. ¡°Ah! You¡¯re Inari¡¯s Herald, yes?¡± ¡°Paul Holmes, yes.¡± Dr Yukinoko bowed, then held out her hand. Paul inwardly smiled at the slightly awkward melange of western and Nipponese traditional greetings, but copied her, shaking her cool, almost cold, hand as he bowed. ¡°A pleasure to make your acquaintance sir, I am the hospital¡¯s senior doctor.¡± ¡°Charmed¡­ and thank you for your concern and compassion. I understand hospitals have rules regarding visitors, but I was hoping¡­¡± ¡°Oh, of course! We can certainly make an exception ¡­ umm.. shall we call you a visiting consultant? After all, it¡¯s not every day we have an oni as a patient. I was hoping you might share your knowledge?¡± Paul smiled wanly. ¡°Well¡­ I¡¯m hardly an expert, but I¡¯ll gladly share what I know to help out.¡± ¡°Thank you! So, this way please, and we can talk on our way. Please, tell me what you know about the patient. Any detail can be a clue¡­¡± Paul nodded, firmly putting aside his feelings for later. ¡°Well¡­ please bear in mind I am not a medical professional, although I¡¯ve had some training and some rather rough in-the-field experience, but here¡¯s what I¡¯ve observed¡­¡± By the time they reached the third floor room where Yuko was, Paul had laid out what he knew, and his suspicions along with his reasoning. Dr Yukinoko had even outlined some potential tests they could do to confirm or deny those hypothesizes, should it be necessary. Yuko was lying quietly in the hospital bed, evidently sedated, wearing an oxygen mask. Beside her bed Yuri was sitting on the edge of her chair, her hands clasped tightly in her lap. She stood up as Paul entered the room, relief washing over her strained face. ¡°Paul-dono! I am glad to see you!¡± Paul nodded, and looking at Yuko asked. ¡°How is she?¡± Yuri shrugged. ¡°She can breath with that mask on, but they gave her something to sleep¡­ they¡¯re talking of doing tests Paul-dono. Please, we need to get her out of here!¡± Paul blinked, turning to look at Yuri. He could see she was worried, but she also looked terrified¡­ in fact, she look as scared as when they¡¯d first met, which he¡¯d later learnt was the first time she and her sister had been face-to-face with a human. They¡¯d been fully prepared to die, sacrificing their lives in order to buy the rest of their clan some time. Paul frowned, it wasn¡¯t just her sisters condition that had Yuri biting her lip hard enough to draw blood. Something else was wrong¡­ ¡°Yuri¡­ they need to run tests in order to work out how to make your sister better. It¡¯s not like before, I promise.¡± Yuri shook her head. ¡°I...I know Paul-dono¡­ but¡­¡± Paul sighed. ¡°I understand. I know it¡¯s not the same, but I can¡¯t help remembering being in hospital after my wife died as well. We tell ourselves it¡¯s not the same, but the heart doesn¡¯t listen. You¡¯re scared of what the humans might do to Yuko, even though you now know they¡¯re trying to help.¡± Yuri nodded slowly, drawing in a deep shuddering breath. ¡°There...there were stories, of what was done to yokai like us. Experiments¡­terrible things..¡± Paul nodded. ¡°I know¡­ it¡¯s hard for you to trust humans at the best of times, and this is not the best of times.¡± ¡°Erm¡­ excuse me¡­¡± Paul glanced to his side at Dr Yukinoko, as Yuri startled slightly, looking at the doctor as if she hadn¡¯t seen her enter. Which, all things considered, might be the case. Dr Yukinoko closed the hospital room door softly and sighed. Then turning around she took a deep breath in and blew, exhaling though pursed lips as if she was inflating a balloon or blowing out a candle. Her breath ¡®smoked¡¯ forming condensation in the air. The temperature in the room dropped perceptibly, despite the air conditioning, and where she exhaled small snowflakes formed, drifting down to the ground, vanishing before they reached it. Paul blinked, and then smiled. ¡°Oh of course¡­ Yuki no ko¡­ snow child. I take it you¡¯re descended from a Yukion''na, a snow woman?¡± The doctor nodded. ¡°My mother. Please miss, I understand your distrust of humans, but can you trust me at least?¡± Yuri nodded, a shy smile dawning on her face. ¡°That helps¡­ knowing that someone sympathetic is in charge.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Thank you doctor, for sharing your secret with us.¡± Dr Yukinoko shrugged, looking at the floor. ¡°It¡¯s not as much of a secret as it used to be. With all the changes, I¡­ I felt brave enough to tell some of my trusted co-workers. Still¡­¡± ¡°You can trust us. Yokai are free to be open about what and who they are, but that also means they are free to choose as well. If you choose not to go public, then we¡¯ll respect that and say nothing.¡± ¡°Thank you. I used to be afraid all the time, that I¡¯d be discovered and lose my job or worse, my licence!¡± Paul nodded. ¡°I understand. Now, there¡¯s laws. Unfair dismissal, discrimination and so on¡­ and probably any number of lawyers just itching for a case like that, so they can make their reputation. It¡¯d be like blood in the water to a lot of very hungry sharks...¡± The doctor laughed softly. Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions. ¡°That is¡­ somehow reassuring. Even though it shouldn¡¯t be.¡± Paul laughed, nodding. ¡°I know that feeling, but a pack of ravenous attack lawyers are a good thing, as long as they¡¯re on your side.¡± Dr Yukinoko giggled, a soft sound almost like crystalline wind chimes, and nodded. Yuri looked between the pair of them and quietly remarked¡­ ¡°I used to find humans terrifying¡­ and now I find that the one thing that scares them is other humans?¡± Paul chuckled. ¡°There are worse things than death, and being embroiled in a legal tangle is one of them. The law is deep, twisted and arcane, but lawyers are humans who¡¯ve mastered it and made it their weapon of choice. It¡¯s never wise to challenge them on their own ground, and worse still when they duel in a courtroom. Trust me, the Oni way of resolving disputes is much less painful, and quicker!¡± Yuri nodded, once, a faint smile playing around the corners of her mouth. ¡°I will heed your words of wisdom Paul-dono.¡± The doctor, who¡¯d stepped outside for a few moments while Paul and Yuri talked, put her head around the door. ¡°Yuri? We need to run some ¡­ examinations, on your sister? Do we have your consent to do so?¡± Yuri blinked, and looked at Paul, who in turn looked at the doctor and inquired. ¡°What sort of examination?¡± ¡°I¡¯m concerned that despite the oxygen her blood saturation levels are not good. I¡¯d like to run a CT scan with contrast and maybe a MRI scan, to see if we can determine if there¡¯s any lung damage.¡± Yuri looked helplessly at Paul who nodded. ¡°The doctor wants to use a couple of machines that can peer inside Yuko¡¯s body without hurting her or opening her up. She¡¯s worried that not enough oxygen is in her blood stream and thinks there might be damage to her lungs. Altitude sickness can sometimes cause blood clots, or rarely a gas bubble to form in the blood, blocking it¡¯s flow.¡± Yuri nodded slowly, as she absorbed the information, and then glancing at Yuko nodded again. ¡°Very well¡­ but.. why ask me? If it is necessary thing?¡± Dr Yukinoko sighed. ¡°If there was no relative or guardian available, and the patient is unable to give consent then yes, we would proceed in the best interests of the patient¡­ but you are here, and as it was necessary to sedate Yuko, you have to make her choices for her. But, we will respect those choices. You can say no, even to something we feel is necessary. Unless her life is in immediate danger in which case we will act to save it, and argue later. That is, unless you explicitly tell us to let her die, and it¡¯s clear that there is no hope for recovery.¡± Yuri nodded, indicating her understanding, and then sighed. ¡°Paul-dono, I may have to ask you to help me understand the things they say¡­ But for now, doctor, I agree to your wishes.¡± ¡°Good, then lets get started.¡± Several hours later found Paul outside, sitting on the sea wall watching the sun set over the peninsula to his left. The coast here faced North west, towards the mainland. Sheltered as it was by the bulk of the land from the Pacific weather, it made for good fishing, safe harbours and usually tranquil waters. Paul felt anything but tranquil, despite the mild early spring weather. Tatsuo had been and gone, leaving to collect Jiao from school. Which was not something he was inclined to beg off from as it was her first day. He seemed to blame Yuko¡¯s condition on Paul and Arakune in equal measures. Paul got the impression it was only the fact that they were in a hospital that prevented Tatsuo from fully expressing his displeasure. In the end Yuri had walked her tempestuous clan leader out. Not that his emotional state was obvious, unless you knew what you were looking at, as Tatsuo was being stiffly formal and stoic about it¡­outwardly anyway. Inside Paul could tell he was seething with rage and fury, not to mention sick with concern. Paul sighed, it was an odds on certainty that he would at the very least get shouted at by Tatsuo later, for endangering Yuko and Yuri¡¯s lives. Which was why Paul was basically avoiding going home just yet. As he really did not feel up to the young oni¡¯s blustering fury just yet, no matter how stoically expressed it might be. Emotionally, he was wrecked¡­ he¡¯d put aside the feelings stirred up by all this, and now that particular set of Pterodactyl like chickens had come home to roost. Despite the beauty spread out before him in shimmering carpet of golden waves and fiery pillars of sunset-lit clouds, Paul¡¯s soul echoed to the high and frozen bleak keening of the mountain wind he remembered all too well. He had only to close his eyes, and he would see the last sunrise he¡¯d shared with Kate, listening as he poured his soul into describing what she could no longer see, her quietly laboured breathing grower ever softer, slower¡­ until she¡¯d slipped away, as he clung to her, desperately trying to hold her soul in her body by sheer force. Paul took a deep shuddering breath, and exhaled gustily. Yuko is not Kate. She will recover. He told himself forcibly, ignoring the traitorous part of himself that insisted otherwise. Yuko had lung clots, which in time would clear, and the scars would heal. Although she¡¯d need an enriched oxygen supply n the meantime, something he already had an idea how to achieve without her carrying gas cylinders around. Paul sighed deeply and shook his head. Knowing himself all too well, he decided to go look for something to do, rather than mope on an obscured and isolated part of the seawall at the far end of town. It would be far too easy for him to sink into depression again, and there was far too much that needed doing for him to waste his time indulging his ¡®shadow self¡¯ by wallowing in guilt that he knew logically and rationally wasn¡¯t justified. Not that rational logic made any difference about how he felt though right now. There were times, Paul reflected, when he wished he could punch his sense of duty right in the face. Then boot it and his depression out of his head and let them thrash it out between themselves some place else other than the confines of his skull. He snorted at the fanciful notion, idly wondering if Inari knew of some magic that would allow him to actually do that¡­ although he guessed probably not. Inari¡¯s magic tended to the pranks and pratfalls end of the spectrum, with illusion being her mainstay. Conjuring up embodiments of elements of a person¡¯s psyche probably wasn¡¯t something she could do¡­ Although he had to admit, it might be. He¡¯d barely begun to scratch the surface of what was, and wasn¡¯t possible, and Inari had been around for thousands of years and probably forgotten more than he¡¯d ever know. So who knew what titbits of arcane lore she had tucked away in the dusty corners of her metaphorical storehouse of memory. A shadow passed between the setting sun and Paul, too swift to be a cloud, too large to be a bird. He glanced up from his contemplation of the shoreline, and his eyes widened in surprise as a few thousand tons of antique steel glided effortlessly high in the air over the trees and rocks of the peninsula, flying as if gravity was politely ignoring it. Its trajectory curved downwards, flattening out to almost level until her keel kissed the waves sending up glittering sprays of gilded salt spray either side of the long, low, grey sleek shape. Paul watched as the yokai Battleship Yamato touched down in the bay and began to steer for port, with an indefinable but definite air of smugness about her. He sighed, levering himself to his feet, and remarking to the air and the universe in general. ¡°Well, I suppose that was bound to happen sooner or later. Some twerps shown Space Battleship Yamato to Katsumi, and now she flies. That¡¯ll piss off both the navy and the air force. How de-bloody-lightful! Oh well, a Herald¡¯s work is never done, I¡¯d better go see if I can smooth things over. Again. Although I swear, if those pair manage to get the hat trick and piss off the army somehow, I bloody well will tell Inari I quit¡­ at least for the weekend. Ha! Come to think of it, Inari might well join me in playing hooky rather that face that mess alone.¡± Paul was still grumbling, albeit only in the privacy of his own thoughts, by the time he arrived at the dock where Yamato was tying up. He watched as the gang plank lowered itself, and the trio of JMSDF officers descended, followed by the raven-haired Katsu and the white haired but otherwise identical Katsumi, both clad in superficially identical white Imperial Japanese navy dress uniforms, circa 1940¡¯s ¡­ although with non-regulation skirts as the IJN didn¡¯t have women officers back then. Paul frowned as he noticed that Katsu¡¯s skirt was a sensibly modest knee length, whereas her ¡®sister¡¯ Herald¡¯s skirt was barely thigh length and slit up both sides. Katsumi was turning out to the polar opposite of Katsu in many ways, including being a shockingly forward flirt!¡­ although harmlessly good natured so far at least. Paul suppressed the urge to shudder at the the idea of a yandere Katsumi! Paul found himself frowning as he studied the faces of the navy officers. They had a certain look about them that he recognised. That of someone who has seen things he now wishes he could forget, but knows that he will not ever unsee. Wordlessly they passed him, heading for the shore-side contingent of naval brass, headed up by a full admiral. Paul had a brief desire to be a fly on the wall during that debriefing, but wisely decided to leave them to it. Instead he buttoned the stone-faced Katsu and the ebullient Katsumi, and with a nod, waved them over. Both girls stopped in front of him, and saluted almost professionally, causing Paul to blink and reflexively return the salute, although using the Royal Navy version. He scowled. ¡°Alright, enough tomfoolerly, none of us are actual naval officers so cut it out.¡± Katsu shook her head. ¡°Forgive me Paul-dono, but you are incorrect. I was given a temporary commission at sea in order to lead task force one, and it has not yet been rescinded. I am still accorded the rank of Captain, and thus Katsumi is my X.O. and therefore Commander.¡± ¡°And I bet that caused nightmares for the admiral, fitting a Goddess into the chain of command. Anyway, how did the exercises go?¡± Katsu nodded fractionally. ¡°I would say they went well, although there still points we need to improve upon.¡± Paul raised an eyebrow. ¡°Then why did your observers look like they¡¯d sailed through hell and back? Surely you didn¡¯t freak them out that much by flying?¡± Katsumi grinned, almost bouncing on her toes. ¡°You saw that Paul-san! That was glorious! Such freedom! Why had no-one ever told me of this Space Battleship show before?!¡± ¡°Probably because they knew you¡¯d do that¡­ so if it wasn¡¯t defying the laws of gravity, what happened. Katsu?¡± Katsu in unconscious mimicry had taken up a parade-ground stance, her arms crossed behind her back, feet firmly planted apart. ¡°Sir.. the exercise proceeded as planned until the first engagement. Upon sounding battle stations an unexpected phenomenon occurred, causing some considerable consternation among the observers.¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Stop ducking the question Katsu, what happened? In plain terms please and dropping the military act.¡± Katsu looked sheepish, ducking her head slightly. ¡°Sorry, two weeks worth of being immersed in their world has rubbed off...which was the point I suppose. Um¡­ to put it simply. When we went to battle stations, the crew showed up.¡± ¡°What?!¡± ¡°Ghosts of the former crew of the Battleship Yamato manifested themselves. They came right out of the walls! I¡­ I met my grandfather!¡± ¡°Ok, I say again.. what?! Katsumi did you¡­¡± Katsumi was already shaking her head in denial before Paul finished his sentence. ¡°It wasn¡¯t me! They just¡­ answered the call. It felt weird, but somehow I acted as a gateway for them to return from the Land of the Dead! I didn¡¯t even know I could do that. Actually, I still don¡¯t know how. I mean, they just heard the alert, and came!¡± Paul stood and stared at the pair of young girls for a moment, even the normally stoic Katsu looked a bit wild eyed at the recollection. He had no idea how that must have been for the trio of officers suddenly dropped into the midst of a ghost story. ¡°Okayyy¡­ well that would explain the haunted looks. Um.. what did they appear like? Not all...ghastly?¡± Katsu shook her head. ¡°No, they were somewhat translucent as they appeared, but that lasted a moment only. Afterwards they just looked...normal. Alive. They even had the ships mess up and running¡­ I think it was that normality that was so unnerving to the observers. As if anyone could be a ghost and you¡¯d never know walking past them¡­ The crew seemed to know in general that the war had ended, and that they were dead. But as Grandfather said, there was nothing in their Oath to the Emperor that said their sworn duty ended, ever. So, when we sounded quarters, they took up their posts again. I.. I was glad of my Grandfather¡¯s instruction. When they left, he said they would return whenever they were needed. He¡­ seemed to look forward to it.¡± Paul nodded slowly¡­ ¡°Ok¡­ that sort of makes sense. The oath anchored their spirits, so they couldn¡¯t move on. Sort of like binding them to their duty. Hm.. I think the current Self Defence Force might want to review the oath of service, otherwise this could happen again with more modern spirits. Which would be something of an ethical nightmare. Come to think of it, work contracts might need rewording too. I mean, if you die on the job, it¡¯s a bit much to make you report for work the next day, no? Katsu¡¯s eyes widened at the implications.¡± ¡°That¡­ couldn¡¯t happen, could it?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Who knows¡­ we¡¯re in uncharted waters here. But there are enough abusive companies out there that would jump at the idea of forcing their staff to turn up for work despite being dead! I¡¯d rather not find out it¡¯s possible the hard way. The idea of zombies striking for workers rights is just too weird¡­ and likely to end badly for everyone maybe.¡± Hanami Chp.10 Kiko stared at the Sato residence from across the street. Tomiso¡¯s home looked more or less identical to the other houses of the street, and this street was just one of many like it. However, Kiko could feel it wasn¡¯t the same. It was hard to describe, but it felt cold, and unfriendly to her. Kiko sighed, trying to sort though and make sense of her feelings. Since becoming a Goddess she¡¯d developed a sensitivity to auras, but unlike Inari or Shoko, she didn¡¯t see auras, she felt them. This made sorting out what she herself was feeling, and what she was sensing from the aura of a person or place, somewhat difficult to distinguish. Although that really wasn¡¯t really the problem in this case, more the opposite. The tension and off-kilter feeling in that house was palpable from clear across the street¡­ leading to Kiko¡¯s current problem, as she really didn¡¯t want to immerse herself in it, or even examine it too closely. Still¡­ she felt she had a duty, not just as a Goddess, or informal co-parent to Shoko, but as a human being and nominally rational adult. In her view, there were just some things that needed to be dealt with, and since she had the power to take care of it, it fell to her to do so as anything else would be negligence by her. Despite her reluctance to wade into a cess-pool of rank emotions, festering hatred, resentment and¡­ sadness? Kiko frowned, there was something off-key but she couldn¡¯t place a finger on it. Like hearing an out of tune instrument in an orchestra, but being unable to tell which one. She shook herself, and after a quick glance for traffic, stepped resolutely across the street and up to the front door. She went to press the doorbell, but stopped as she took in the dented metal plate and missing button, almost as if it had been punched repeatedly until it broke. Taken aback slightly, she knocked on the door politely¡­ and reeled as her senses were assaulted by the vision of a man, obviously drunk, furiously hammering on the door late at night. Kiko took a half step back, just as the door opened revealing a young woman, who looked rather older than her years. She was dressed in sweat pants and shapeless baggy grey sweater that hid her figure. She looked care worn, her face pinched and skin grey, her eyes dull and almost lifeless as she looked down away from Kiko. Kiko¡¯s eyes widened¡­ without asking she could feel the bruises hidden under her concealing clothing, the cracked rib that wasn¡¯t healing right, and the soft tissue tears and bruises internally that spoke of abuse and even rape perhaps. But where she expected fear, she sensed a feeling of confinement, of something just barely held in, squashed down deep inside of her spirit. Without a word Kiko reached out, and very gently placed her hand on the woman¡¯s cheek. Her power sprang forth unbidden, and Kiko allowed it to flow down her arm and into the woman, healing and revitalising as it went. Ms Sato gasped, and looked up in shock at Kiko, seeing her truly¡­ without warning tears started to form in her eyes as Kiko took a step forward into the house, firmly closed the door behind her and enveloped Mrs Sato into her embrace.. By the time Reo Sato had sobbed out her story, the tea that Kiko had made had grown cold. Kiko sat, turning over what she¡¯d learnt in her mind as Reo was in the bathroom, taking a moment to fix her makeup and calm herself. Mr Sato had been a family friend of Reo¡¯s parents, and was much older than her. He had been the ¡®cool uncle¡¯ to her in middle school, buying her drink and covering for her when she skipped school. It had been inevitable that they ended up having sex, despite her age. Reo had desired Jun, and he¡¯d been too weak and drunk to resist. However, at the end of that summer Reo had discovered she was pregnant, and Jun in an uncharacteristic display of maturity had taken responsibility for it. Reo¡¯s parents had disowned her, kicking her out of the house, so they had married and moved to this small out-of-the-way town called Kami to avoid the scandal. Reo kept the child, that had gown up to be Tomiso, she had felt she had to. It was after that, things had soured. Kami didn¡¯t offer much in the way of jobs with prospects, and Jun tried to drown in alcohol his growing resentment at being nothing more than an unimportant low-grade salary-man in a small coastal town. Reo¡¯s pregnancy had been difficult, meaning she couldn¡¯t do much, and her recovery afterwards was slow. Jun¡¯s parents had been strict, and he saw the slovenly state of the house as a sign of Reo¡¯s moral failure. After that, it had been a downwards spiral, with Jun venting his frustration and resentment upon Reo, blaming her for everything that went wrong. It wasn¡¯t long before he¡¯d seemed to take a sick pleasure in being violent with her...and rough sex had turned into something darker, more violent. Although, strangely enough, never actual rape. Mostly because Reo had confessed in a shameful whisper that she perversely desired Jun to mistreat her.. that she felt she deserved Jun¡¯s ill-treatment as punishment. So, they stayed together, despite everything. Kiko sat, wondering what to do next. She¡¯d thought she had some notion of what was wrong, but this was so much more than she¡¯d anticipated. As she considered what to do, and struggled with her own feelings, she heard the key in the lock and the front door opening. ¡°Reo! Where are you?!¡± That rough male voice had to be Jun¡¯s, Kiko hesitated, uncertain what to do or say, and was caught out as Jun came into the living room. ¡°Who the hell are you and what are you doing here? Where¡¯s my wife?¡± Kiko stood up, noting that although she wasn¡¯t that tall, she was still only a hairs width shorter than Jun. Which made Reo taller than both of them. ¡°I am Kiko Kobe, Goddess..¡± ¡°The fuck you are! What are you doing here you crazy woman?¡± Kiko blinked, Jun wasn¡¯t drunk, although he had been drinking she could tell. He was just normally belligerent. She frowned, she could feel his resentment and foul mood but under that lay... fear? There were other details she could sense, such as he wasn¡¯t even slightly attracted to her which was odd. That problem had become so common-place she almost automatically expected it. There was something about her divine power that tended to attract men, and some women, like moths to a lamp. She narrowed her eyes, concentrating, and suddenly a vision of a naked Jun writhing in ecstasy underneath a golden skinned muscular youth fell into her mind. Her eyes flicked to Jun¡¯s collar where a faint smear of gold body paint remained. Things fell into place for her, and she sighed. ¡°Jun, I came here because of your son¡¯s behavior at school, but having talked to your wife and seen you, I understand why he behaved the way he did. There is a common problem with all three of you.¡± Jun stepped forward, and round the sofa attempting to intimidate Kiko, then stopped as he saw her fully. Kiko glanced downwards, and saw that she was emitting a soft golden glow and her feet were hovering an inch off the ground, again. Jun¡¯s eyes widened, bulging as he beheld her in her divine splendor. Kiko sighed slightly. ¡°Well, I suppose that shortens the conversation since I don¡¯t need to convince you of my nature, or explain how I know certain things about you.¡± Jun¡¯s gaze snapped up to meet her eyes as he exclaimed. ¡°What? What things?¡± Kiko didn¡¯t need any divine power to see the jolt of fear at being found out, run though him. But her extra sense did give it context. Jun Sato was bisexual, queer tending towards being feminine, and terrified for being thought less of a man by those around him. ¡°Well, that you¡¯re bisexual heavily leaning towards gay for a start and only pretending to be heterosexual. That you can only become aroused with Reo by imagining she¡¯s a young boy, which is why you prefer her slender and ah¡­ from behind. You fantasise about being more womanly... and would never admit that to anyone.¡± Jun stared at Kiko opened mouthed for a moment, before almost collapsing on the sofa. After a few seconds longer he shook his head, and glared at Kiko. ¡°Reo told you that?!¡± ¡°She didn¡¯t need to. She did however tell me about your resentment towards her, and how you feel like she¡¯s responsible for ruining both your lives. Her injuries told me how you take that out on her, and lately on Tomiso. I would guess you¡¯re afraid he¡¯s turning out like you, which honestly, he is¡­ he¡¯s also a bully at school. Which is why I¡¯m here because he decided to try and bully Inari¡¯s daughter, Shoko, who is very obviously a kitsune.¡± ¡°D..damned yokai¡­¡± Kiko held up a hand, stalling whatever Jun had been about to say. ¡°Save it¡­ I might be a goddess but I¡¯m still human enough to get angry if you start insulting Inari and my friends as well. I understand you¡¯re just lashing out, and the idea of someone who can be either gender, or none, unsettles you in particular. However, I am inclined to help you, and your family, but I shan¡¯t if all you¡¯re going to do is blame defenseless yokai for your troubles and vent your bile on those that don¡¯t deserve it.¡± ¡°What if I don¡¯t want your help?¡± ¡°Then I¡¯ll report you for domestic violence and child abuse. You¡¯ll lose everything, and worse, Inari will hear of your misdeeds ¡­ and trust me, I am the much better option here! You don¡¯t want to find out what she¡¯ll do to you. She has some very archaic notions about revenge and justice and would blame you for your son bullying her daughter.¡± Jun took a deep breath, and sat glaring at her for moment. She could feel he was prideful man on top of everything else, bound by what he thought of his duty and responsibility. He was not weak, despite everything. She got the sense that he was simply caught in an intolerable position, torn between what was his nature and what he thought he had to be and do, to be called a man. He wasn¡¯t irredeemable, but a few more months, never mind years, of this crushing pressure, of being trapped in a role he wasn¡¯t suited to, and he would do something to cross that line. If you discover this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. ¡°Jun? Darling¡­¡± Kiko heard Reo¡¯s voice behind her. She saw the flicker of emotion across Jun¡¯s face, as she sensed the love he felt for her.. Not desire as a man for a woman, but rather the sense that they were, once upon a time, best friends. In that moment she had an idea. ¡°Reo, Jun¡­ I think I know how to help the both of you, but it¡¯s going to require some changes to you both.¡± Jun nodded as Reo walked over to him. ¡°I¡­ I accept we need help. I couldn¡¯t...didn¡¯t know what to do, how to fix myself and be a proper man. Please, help me¡­ stop me desiring other men so I can be a husband and father for real and not have to pretend.¡± Reo looked at Jun, searching his face, then she sighed. ¡°Oh¡­ Jun! I am so, so sorry! I think I¡¯ve always known you were different, but.. well I never thought...I mean you seemed happy with me?¡± ¡°I was my love, because it¡¯s you...I.. I tried to ignore how I felt about¡­ that. But it¡¯s why I started drinking at first, liquid courage.¡± Kiko clapped her hands to get their attention...sending forth another spray of golden sparks, to her mild irritation. ¡°Yes¡­ well before you both start spilling any more of your intimate details, I said I would help both of you. Jun, your mortal body is a bit out of sync with your inner spirit, as is yours Reo. Which is perhaps why you were drawn to each other.¡± The couple looked at her in confusion, causing Kiko to sigh inwardly. Clearly Jun was actually the more self-aware of the pair, despite his denial and self-repudiation. ¡°Alright, since evidently neither of you are consciously aware of what I¡¯m talking about. Jun, you¡¯re trying hard to be a manly man, based on what you think is socially acceptable for a man to be and to meet what you think of as societies expectations of a good husband and father. Am I right so far?¡± Jun nodded wordlessly, a pained expression on his face. Kiko¡¯s respect for him went up a notch, as he unflinchingly faced the truth as she spoke it deliberately baldly. Kiko sighed, and shook her head. ¡°Reo¡­ honestly, you¡¯re even more of a mess. The technical term for what¡¯s different about you, that you feel is so wrong you need to use Jun as a proxy to punish yourself with, is gender dysphoria. Jun¡¯s mostly happy enough being outwardly male, although his nature is more gentle and womanly, but Reo, dear, you feel like you¡¯re wearing an ill-fitting costume, except it¡¯s your body. Am I right?¡± Reo¡¯s eyes widened, as she slowly nodded, Jun looked at her, as if he was seeing her for the first time. ¡°I..had no idea Reo! I always saw you as the perfect woman that I had ruined!¡± Reo opened her mouth, but no words came out. Kiko shook her head. ¡°That is, when you didn¡¯t blame her for everything going wrong Jun..¡± ¡°No..no! You¡¯ve got it wrong Goddess! Well¡­ partly wrong. I blamed myself more for being too weak to resist her! Tempting me was just¡­ well it¡¯s in a woman¡¯s nature to tempt.¡± Reo shook her head. ¡°No Jun, no.. I wanted you desperately, to prove to myself that I was a woman, despite how I felt! It was all my fault¡­ I think I sort of knew you were gay, mostly, and thought if I could get you to bed me that would prove how much of a woman I was! Then it became something else¡­ I do truly love you, even now! I was trying to be the perfect wife for you!¡± Jun nodded. ¡°I love you to...I just...I don¡¯t lust after you. I¡¯ve tried and tried...but your body is the wrong shape for me. Even though I love you as a person..just, not sexually. But¡­ I liked the younger you, the tomboy rascal always getting into scrapes, the tough fearless you that... that would try to protect me..¡± Reo sighed, nodding. ¡°I know...the thing is, I know I can¡¯t satisfy you, truly. But I crave what you do to me, really. Even¡­ even the bad bits. I just wish I could make you feel the way you make me feel.¡± Jun turned to Kiko. ¡°You said you¡¯ll help. Change me goddess...make me a proper man.¡± Kiko shook her head, clearly she wasn¡¯t getting through to Jun! ¡°That I can¡¯t do. I can heal your body, but I can¡¯t do anything much for the soul.¡± Kiko held up her hand as Jun was about to speak, silencing him. ¡°What I can do is change your bodies so they fit your souls. Your relationship is still strong, despite everything. I think if I can do that, it¡¯ll remove some of the tension caused by the conflict between self and appearance, and with some couples therapy, you can work on the rest yourselves. I¡¯m not a fix-it-all person after all.¡± The pair wore almost identical looks of confusion as they looked at Kiko, who sighed. ¡°Ok, I see I have to explain in more bold terms. I mean, I can make you, Reo, rather more male, and you Jun, a little more womanly. I don¡¯t think either of you would want me to change you all the way, but I can give you what you desire most, and can¡¯t get from each other at the moment. How does that sound?¡± Reo exclaimed. ¡°Wait¡­ do you mean I¡¯ll have a...um.. man¡¯s body?¡± Kiko shook her head, then made a so-so gesture, willing herself not to blush. ¡°From the waist down, yes.. but not entirely, just the most important bit. You¡¯ll have the best of both worlds.¡± Jun¡¯s eyes widened, and flicked down Reo¡¯s body. He licked his lips and then asked. ¡°Um, do we get to chose the..ah.. details?¡± Kiko had to bite her bottom lip not to laugh, as she nodded. Reo glared at Jun. ¡°Hoi, my body, my choice!¡± Jun blushed ducking his head mumbling an apology. Kiko, watching the by-play, realised that Reo had been repressing more than one aspect of her nature. She¡¯d been allowing Jun to be the dominant one in the relationship, but she¡¯d overshot the mark and become almost a parody of the submissive wife. Which it would seem, was also not entirely to Jun¡¯s taste, as likewise, he¡¯d been trying to be a manly, dominant male...which was not his true nature either. Kiko couldn¡¯t help thinking that the entire mess could¡¯ve been prevented if they had just been honest to both themselves and to each other right from the start. That, and occasionally actually talked about their feelings. While the couple were mutually reassuring each other and discussing details, albeit very much euphemistically. Kiko thought hard about what she should do. She knew enough to know that she didn¡¯t know enough to be tampering with how Jun and Reo felt. She could however change their physical forms laughably easily, thanks to Inari¡¯s instruction¡­ and Paul-san had more than once demonstrated that the power of suggestion was no small thing. She could give them bodies that matched their idea of what was masculine and feminine, and their feelings would shift to match simply because they¡¯d think they ought to. Kiko tapped her foot on the floorboards, and once Jun and Reo were listening, she spoke. ¡°As I said, I can change your bodies somewhat, although I think you¡¯ll find that with that comes with some changes as to how you feel. You¡¯ll need to be honest with each other though, talk about it and tell each other what you want, how you feel. Physically and emotionally. But you¡¯ll need to allow yourself to settle into it, by giving yourself to permission to feel whatever, however, you feel. Do you understand?¡± Jun nodded, as did Reo after a moment. ¡°Ok, with your permission, you first Reo.¡± Reo stepped away from Jun, giving his hand a reassuring pat as it lingered on her arm. She nodded firmly at Kiko, squeezing her eyes shut. Kiko did her best not to laugh as Reo so obviously steeled herself for an unpleasant experience. Shaking her head and not-quite suppressing a smile, Kiko leaned forward and exhaled over Reo, allowing the mana to flow out with her breath, and over and into Reo. Reo made a small squeaking sound of surprise, as he body shifted form. She grew taller still by an inch or so, and her clothing stretched slightly as lean, hard muscles formed around her bones. Then she gasped, bending double and cupping her crotch in both hands. ¡°You might want to go change into something more loose, Reo. But I think you¡¯ll find it¡¯s just as you wanted.¡± Reo nodded, and in a slightly strained voice thanked her, before hurrying past Kiko to the bedroom. Kiko turned her attention to Jun, who swallowed nervously. Kiko smiled, and adopting a softer, reassuring tone. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, it won¡¯t hurt. Reo was uncomfortable because some of her clothing was suddenly a bit tight. Something we all forgot about but should¡¯ve been obvious.¡± Jun laughed nervously as he nodded. ¡°Um.. yeah...if you made it as big as we talked about, it would.¡± Kiko bobbed her head, partly in agreement, partly to hide her blush. ¡°You¡¯ll have to help her with that, picking out under things and so on¡­it¡¯ll mean a lot of shopping for women¡¯s clothing. Something you have a secret passion for, yes?¡± Jun nodded, and then raising his voice. ¡°Reo, honey¡­ borrow a pair of my boxers for now. We can go shopping later.¡± ¡°Thank you dear!¡± Jun looked back towards Kiko, and sighed. ¡°Ok¡­ go ahead..¡± Kiko crooked a finger, indicating he was to follow her. With some trepidation Jun let him self be lead out into the hallway. Kiko indicated he was to stand in front of the full-length mirror ¡°This is how you look now Jun.. and this is how you should look.¡± Kiko passed her hand over the mirror, briefly infusing mana into the glass and silver, forming a simple spell to reflect Jun¡¯s true nature. Jun gasped as his reflection changed, his face becoming less lined and care-worn, his hair was fuller and longer, tumbling down past his shoulders in a glorious shiny blue-black waterfall. His body was less hunched, leaner, and fitter, with subtle flaring of the hips and chest. ¡°I¡­ you¡­ I look like a nightclub host! Um.. did you mean to make me look cute?!¡±¡± Kiko giggled, she couldn¡¯t help it. ¡°Yes, well¡­ decades of stress trying to be the wrong sort of man will take a toll on you. Jun, you are not a macho sort of man, any more than you¡¯re a hard drinking sort of person. You have a gentle soul, you are a loving caring nurturing sort of man, with a strict three beer limit on how much you can drink.¡± Jun laughed, albeit somewhat bitterly, but still. ¡°So that¡¯s how it is? Reo would be better off..¡± Kiko gently slapped the back of Jun¡¯s head, just a tap to gain his attention, but it startled him into staring at her. ¡°Listen to me. You DO NOT need to be anything other than what you are. For who knows what reason, she loves you, as you are, not what you¡¯ve been killing yourself trying to become. So, I¡¯m giving you a chance. I will reset what the years have done to you, make you look like your reflection there, and for that you will stop being an idiot, and focus on becoming more yourself and forget about trying to become what you think everyone thinks you should be. Because honestly, I can tell you, nobody but you cares about it.¡± ¡°But¡­¡± Jun started to protest, only to be quelled by a glare from Kiko. ¡°Look¡­ I know you have this idea that people would look down on you if you were to act the way you feel. That they expect you to behave ¡®like a man¡¯, whatever that is. But even before I became a Goddess I knew that wasn¡¯t true, and now I know what people are thinking, what they¡¯re feeling, around me all the time.. I know absolutely that it isn¡¯t true. Most people honestly don¡¯t think all that much about it, about what sort of person other people are. They just accept that that¡¯s what they are, and move on with their day. Your friends might be a bit surprised if you change, but probably will want to know how you regrew your hair more than anything.¡± Jun stood, blinking owlishly for moment, then sighed nodding in mute acceptance of reality. ¡°As you say Goddess¡­ I..I think I suspected that. People really don¡¯t think much about what or who is around them, not unless it affects them.¡± Kiko nodded. ¡°Yes¡­ it¡¯s both a little bit sad, and a bit liberating to know that the people around you, don¡¯t think about you all that much. Now then¡­ shall we sort out the mess you¡¯ve made of yourself worrying about nothing important?¡± Jun nodded slowly. ¡°If you think this worthless man is worthy of it..¡± Kiko took two steps forward and enveloped Jun in a hug. ¡°Oh hush.. no-one is worthless, least of all you. There, there, you¡¯ve tried so very hard all for the sake of your family. Of course you¡¯re worthy. But you can rest now, be yourself from now on.¡± She stepped back, and gently turned Jun to look again in the mirror. Puzzled Jun looked at her, then gasped as he realised his actual appearance was what was reflected there, no spell needed. ¡°Thank you Kami-sama! Thank you!¡± Kiko shrugged. ¡°It¡¯s a start, the hard work is up to you two. You might not be a conventional couple, but you are very much a pair.¡± Kiko paused as a thought occurred to her... ¡°Um¡­ Tomiso is at a friends house right now. Perhaps he could stay overnight while you two get reacquainted with each other¡­ but you¡¯ll need to talk to him in the morning. He has a similar nature to you both, not unsurprisingly .¡± Jun turned to say something to Kiko, and stopped, staring past her. Kiko turned, and saw Reo stood, leaning on the doorpost, smiling as she looked at Jun. Kiko swallowed¡­ there was something very masculine about Reo now, and not just the obvious bulge at her crotch. She exuded self-confidence and strength. Kiko was more than a little shocked at the transformation in her attitude, which she knew she wasn¡¯t entirely responsible for. What she¡¯d done was like pouring water on a desert, from which had sprung a profusion of blooms. ¡°Jun honey¡­ come here. Uh...Kiko-sama, words can¡¯t express how much we owe you, but right now could you, um¡­.¡± Kiko nodded, feeling her cheeks going scarlet. ¡°Yes, of course. I¡¯ll show myself out now¡­ umm.. good luck.¡± Reo laughed, low and throatily. ¡°Oh, Jun is going to need all the luck I think¡­he owes me a lot of payback and I intend to collect it now.¡± Kiko could see Jun swallow from where she stood, equal parts of fear, arousal and fascination on his face. As she hurried outside, Kiko couldn¡¯t help wondering if perhaps Tomiso might be better served by staying at a friends for a week¡­ it might take that long for his parents to work out things between them. Either way, he was going to come how to a very different relationship dynamic, one that she hoped would be healthier and happier for everyone. Once they stopped behaving like horny teenagers that was. Hanami Chp.11 Chihiro¡¯s home turned out to be a low, rambling old place, that had evidently started life as a farm house and been expanded, added on to and modernised until there were only hints of the original structure. It was a sprawling, hodge-podge of different buildings all smooshed together and sprinkled with carvings and art. There were various wind-chimes at almost every door, and the shutters on the windows were gaily painted although no two matched. Shoko loved it at first sight! Chihiro called out as she was changing her shoes for indoor slippers. ¡°I¡¯m home! I brought a couple of friends with me Mother!¡± As Chihiro passed Shoko and Tomiso guest slippers to wear indoors and stowed their outside shoes in a pair of cubby holes in the long rack by the front door, Chihiro¡¯s mother appeared at the end of the long corridor that went from front to back through the house. ¡°Oh! Hello there! Make yourselves at home. Chihiro, dinner will be ready soon, why don¡¯t you show your guests your room in the meantime, or there¡¯s the family room if you¡¯d prefer.¡± Shoko blinked, surprised at the lack of reaction. ¡°Umm.. hello, Mrs Kitsy¨­na. I¡¯m Shoko¡­¡± Chihiro¡¯s mother crouched so she was looking eye to eye with the much smaller kitsune. ¡°Hello Shoko, welcome. I¡¯m glad my little fox cub¡¯s made a new friend, she can be a little shy..¡± ¡°Moooom!¡± ¡°Oh hush little cub¡­ you know it¡¯s true.¡± Chihiro sighed and nodded. ¡°I know, but you don¡¯t have to tell everyone!¡± The tall red haired woman chuckled, her face crinkling around her eyes and the corners of her mouth. Turning her attention back to Shoko she smiled. ¡°Hope you don¡¯t mind, but we do tease each other a little in this family.. oh, and please, Call me Anui if you prefer¡­¡± She stood up and turned her attention to Tomiso who was hanging back, looking a little lost and hesitant. ¡°Well, my my, who¡¯s this handsome young man?¡± Tomiso blushed, but bowed and stammered out. ¡°Pleased to meet you, I¡¯m Tomiso Sato.¡± Anui bowed politely in return. ¡°It¡¯s our pleasure to have you here.¡± Tomiso hesitated, his face scrunching up in scowl. ¡°I apologise, I didn¡¯t bring a guest gift¡­¡± Anui smiled again, something she seemed to do a lot Shoko thought, and patted Tomiso on the head. ¡°That¡¯s alright, we¡¯re not that formal here, and your presence is gift enough. Now then, now that we¡¯ve introduced ourselves, please do come in. I¡¯ll bring you all some juice and cookies to hold the wolves at bay until dinner is ready.¡± Once they were in Chihiro¡¯s room, sitting around the low table on cushions Tomiso looked between Chihiro and Shoko, before asking. ¡°Um¡­ Chihiro, is your mother always like that?¡± ¡°Like what?¡± Chihiro replied warily. Tomiso shrugged, trying to put into polite words what he meant to ask. ¡°She¡¯s¡­ she¡¯s¡­ I dunno. She didn¡¯t even blink when she saw Shoko!¡± Chihiro giggled. ¡°Well why would she? I mean yokai and Inari have been in the news for weeks now¡­ everyone knows about Shoko now. Although, I think if I had come home with a kitsune even before anyone knew about yokai being real, she wouldn¡¯t have reacted any different. That¡¯s just who she is. Nothing flusters her.¡± Tomiso stared at Chihiro for a long second or two, and then sighed, looking down. ¡°I think I like your mother Chihiro. She smiles like she means it.¡± Chihiro frowned at Tomiso in concern. ¡°That¡¯s because she does¡­ doesn''t yours?¡± Tomiso shook his head slowly, but didn¡¯t elaborate because at that moment Chihiro¡¯s mother knocked on the door, and entered carrying a tray baring a plate of assorted biscuits, glasses and two pitchers, one of juice and one of barley tea. Once Anui had left, an awkward silence filled the air, filled with unspoken questions. Eventually Shoko sighed a little and asked. ¡°Do you like video games Chihiro?¡± Chihiro sat up a little straighter and nodded. ¡°I do yes¡­ I have a console or my PC to play on. What about you Tomiso?¡± Tomiso nodded. Shoko smiled slightly. ¡°I got playing when Aimi-chan showed me how. Um¡­ don¡¯t freak too much, but she¡¯s a ghost, she used to haunt the toilet of the supermarket, because it used to be girls school and that¡¯s where she died..¡± Tomiso¡¯s eyes went wide in alarm, as he blurted out. ¡°Wait¡­ you¡¯re friends with Hanako-san?!¡± Shoko nodded then out her finger to her lips. ¡°Shh.. don¡¯t call her that! It¡¯s a mean name. But yes, that¡¯s what people used to call her.¡± Tomiso looked at Shoko.. ¡°But¡­ she¡¯s a ghost? And she can¡¯t hear us...can she?¡± Both Tomiso and Chihiro looked around nervously, as if a ghostly specter would pop out form the wall at any moment. Shoko giggled. ¡°Your faces! Nooo¡­ she can¡¯t hear us. Only Paul-sama can summon her because he bound her. But it¡¯s not nice to call people by mean names behind their backs. Also, you can slip up and accidentally say it when they can hear you. That would hurt her feelings and she¡¯s a friend and a fellow band member in Yokai Metal.¡± Tomiso and Chihiro stared at Shoko with wide eyes, as Shoko shrugged. ¡°When people aren¡¯t being mean to her, she¡¯s really very nice.¡± Tomiso shook his head. ¡°Ok¡­ but how does a ghost play video games?¡± ¡°Very well...Ha! No, she has to be bit careful because if she touches the controls it makes it go wrong, or it used to. She has gloves now that Paul-sama came up with. She even has a smart phone now!¡± Chihiro blinked, looking like she wasn¡¯t sure to believe Shoko or not.. ¡°Okayyy¡­ what sort of games does Ha...Aimi-san play, and for that matter what do you like?¡± Shoko smiled slightly. ¡°Oh, she likes first person shooter games, Ghost Patrol, Black Ops three.. those are the ones she¡¯s playing at the moment. I prefer ones where you get to explore and run and jump.¡± Tomiso grinned. ¡°Sounds like you in real life Shoko¡­ and I guess horror games would be too much like work for her?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°No but¡­.umm.. Promise not to tell anyone?¡± The other two nodded, agog to hear what Shoko had to say.. ¡°Well, Aimi-chan hates horror games and films.. they scare her.¡± Both Tomiso and Chihiro leaned back, almost identical looks of disbelief on their faces. If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. ¡°Noooo¡­¡± ¡°No way!¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Yes way! Really¡­ she¡¯s scary to other people, but she¡¯s a weakling when it comes to scary stuff herself¡­¡± Tomiso shook his head, almost laughing. ¡°No no. no way¡­ how does that even work? I mean, does she jump if she sees herself in the mirror?¡± Shoko laughed shaking her head. ¡°Aimi-chan doesn¡¯t have a reflection, except in the mirror she haunts. But I dunno.. she¡¯s really scary herself, I mean, she scared people to death literally... but I frightened her with a toy spider once!¡± Tomiso laughed, and even Chihiro giggled, then blushed putting her hand over her mouth, saying; ¡°I shouldn¡¯t laugh. I don¡¯t like scary things either! I¡¯m not sure I¡¯d want to meet her.¡± Shoko patted Chihiro¡¯s wrist. ¡°It¡¯s ok¡­ unless Aimi-chan is angry or she just woke up, she looks normal apart from the old fashioned school uniform.¡± Tomiso tilted his head to look at Shoko in puzzlement. ¡°Whaaa¡­ ghosts sleep?¡± ¡°Well, what else did you think they did during the day? She sleeps and eats like us too¡­ I mean, she doesn''t have to eat, but she enjoys it. She likes cheeseburgers and spicy fries for example. Yokai aren¡¯t that different you know!¡± Tomiso leaned back, propping himself with his arms behind his back. ¡°Huh¡­ I never knew. I guess yokai are just¡­ people...right?¡± Shoko nodded, then frowned¡­ ¡°Well¡­ yes. That¡¯s true. But you know how not all humans are the same, they have different customs and how some humans are bad people and would hurt or kill you maybe? Well, yokai can be like that too. So, you can¡¯t just think they¡¯re automatically safe. It¡¯s not a fairytale.¡± Tomiso and Chihiro nodded slowly together. ¡°Right..¡± ¡°Gotcha.. like you have to be very polite to someone with tattoos because they might be yakuza and you don¡¯t want to insult them!¡± Chihiro looked at Tomiso. ¡°How do you know about Yakuza?¡± Tomiso shrugged. ¡°Mom told me¡­ some of her cousins are in a ¡®family¡¯. I¡¯ve never met them, and it¡¯s not likely I ever will, but she told me to be careful, same as she told me to look both ways when crossing the street.¡± Chihiro nodded slowly. ¡°Good advice. I¡¯ll remember that. Be very polite to yokai and tattooed people.¡± ¡°Well, at least until you know them well.¡± Shoko added. Then changing the subject she asked. ¡°So, what sort of games do you play Tomiso?¡± Tomiso, caught off guard, mumbled something while blushing. Shoko raised an eyebrow as even her sharp fox ears didn¡¯t catch what he said¡­ ¡°What was that Tomiso? I didn¡¯t hear you?¡± ¡°I said I like fashion designer games. Ok?!¡± Chihiro looked between them, bewildered. ¡°But...I didn¡¯t know they made them for boys?¡± Pouting Tomiso mumbled. ¡°They don¡¯t. Ok, so I like girly games.. now drop it¡­¡± Chihiro smiled¡­ ¡°Hey Tomiso¡­ you¡¯re not the only one. You wanna play Top Idol Fashion three with me? I got it yesterday..¡± Tomiso stopped sulking in an instant and Shoko was sure if he¡¯d been a kitsune his ears would be quivering in excitement and his brush would be all fluffed up. ¡°Can I!?! I heard it has an expanded dress options menu and even coordinated accessories!¡± Chihiro nodded, grinning, and then added. ¡°Annnnd¡­ you can even print out the patterns if you want to make them yourself. I mean, they¡¯re meant for dolls, but there¡¯s supposedly a mod that allows you to scale them up to proper dress sizes.. or so I heard on the forums!¡± ¡°Coooollll!! Lets play that.. Um¡­ unless you want to play something else Shoko?¡± Shoko shook her head, then smiled. ¡°No, it¡¯s okay. Maybe you two can come up with some ideas for band costumes for Yokai Metal.¡± Shoko laughed hard enough that she collapsed sideways at the identical looks of gleeful anticipation and excitement on Tomiso¡¯s and Chihiro¡¯s faces. ------- Tatsuo scowled at the grey metal sided building. Some would¡¯ve called it ugly industrial, but he considered it uncompromisingly honest in it¡¯s function. It was, after all, primarily a gym and as such all it needed to be was a space to exercise in. He glanced over his shoulder at the half dozen other oni behind him. Tatsuo suppressed the urge to grin, they were all looking very stereotypically oni, or at least, what they thought humans thought oni looked like... Which basically meant they were dressed like samurai mixed with low-level yakuza thugs. There was a lot of bare chests and arms involved, showing off their muscles. Tatsuo had picked the most ¡®built¡¯ of his people to accompany him. If he¡¯d had the option he would have also included Yuri and Yuko, since they were most familiar with human gyms, but obviously he couldn¡¯t. ¡°Hoi, you lot. Remember, no fighting...we¡¯re here to send a message, not wreck the place.¡± There was a chorus of agreement, and some good natured grumbling at the restriction as they followed Tatsuo. He was mildly impressed by the receptionist, aside from her being decently muscled for a human, she had the guts to stand her ground when a half dozen oni squeezed their way in through the front door one at a time. ¡°Um¡­ sir, sirs.. miss...ah¡­ this is a members only gym¡­¡± Tatsuo nodded, and slapped a stack of papers down on the desk. ¡°I know. We registered online. Our first months fees.¡± He added a small stack of 100 yen notes next to the printed forms, and then stood there, arms crossed. He¡¯d expected this first clash, and was prepared. Now he would see what his opponent had instructed his employees to do. Tatsuo tried to contain his disappointment when the only slightly flustered receptionist accepted the forms and the fees and processed them, handing out locker keys and membership badges along with a clearly memorised speech. Oh well, he thought, this was only the opening move. For the next half hour, the Oni rambled around the gym, trying out the machines and generally looming over the other gym members and showing off making the other patrons feel¡­ inadequate. Tatsuo found the indoor fixed climbing wall, and because Jiao said she enjoyed it, tried it out himself. It didn¡¯t take long for him to decide he preferred to keep his feet firmly on the ground¡­ but he could see why his much more slightly built Imoto-chan would like it. It was while he was sitting on bench, recovering from the experience, that a man in an expensive track suit and a bad comb-over hairstyle, approached him. ¡°Excuse me¡­¡± Tatsuo without looking at the man, took a long pull from an overpriced sports drink from the clubs vending machine, and then growled out¡­ ¡°You, you¡¯re excused. You may go.¡± For second the man stared owlishly at Tatsuo in confusion. Tatsuo leaned back slightly, his feet planted wide apart and his back straight against the wall with his eyes closed. He knew without a shadow of doubt his people would be gathering behind the gym owner. ¡°Ah.. I meant, I need to talk to you, sir.¡± ¡°Huh. Well, I don¡¯t need to talk to you. Who are you?¡± ¡°My name is Mr Gyfuko, I¡¯m the owner of this club.¡± Tatsuo grunted, thinking he was going to enjoy what came next. This was the man that had refused to continue lending the school the portable climbing wall the climbing club depended upon, simply because yokai would be attending. Meaning specifically Jiao. ¡°Huh. Nice place you have¡­¡± ¡°Yes, thank you. But I¡¯m afraid I¡¯m going to have to ask you people to leave. You¡¯re intimidating the other patrons and causing a disruption.¡± Tatsuo opened one eye and swept the half dozen oni present with baleful glare. ¡°Hoi¡­ have any of you threatened anyone?¡± They all shook their heads. ¡°You¡¯ve all been polite like I told you.¡± The oni all nodded, and seeing that Tatsuo opened both eyes and leaned forward, resting his elbows on his thighs. ¡°I don¡¯t see what the problem is then.¡± Gyfuko swallowed, and glanced around the gym. There was noticeably less people present than when the conversation had started, and considerable less than when the oni had walked in. Tatsuo raised his voice. ¡°Hoi, anyone here got a problem with us?¡± Silence, only broken by the clank of barbells being used as the remaining few concentrated on working out. Tatsuo grunted and leaned back against the wall, regarding the sweating gym owner coldly as two of the larger oni moved to stand either side of him. ¡°Looks like no-one here has a problem with us. So, why should we leave? Unless, you¡¯re the one with a problem.¡± ¡°N..no I¡­¡± ¡°Huhhh¡­ maybe you don¡¯t have problem with us. Maybe you have a problem with yokai in general, is that it? I heard you transferred your daughter to a private school. Expensive things those, must have had a good reason to do that. Perhaps you don¡¯t like the idea of her mixing with the yokai at school, like my Imoto-chan¡­ Is that your problem then?¡± Gyfuko stuttered, trying to find the words to deny what was true¡­ and failing as his brain seized up in panic. Tatsuo stood up, looming over the track-suited Gyfuko, glaring down at his sweaty, badly disguised bald spot. ¡°But no.. no sensible business owner would allow his own feelings to get in the way of business, would they? After all, there are laws about that now. Discrimination against yokai is illegal now. So, even if you did have a problem with us, you couldn¡¯t just refuse to allow us into your nice club, with all the nice people some of whom maybe feel the same way you do. Not without getting lawyers involved and whole lot of bad publicity.¡± Tatsuo smiled, slowly, displaying his shark-like serrated teeth. ¡°It¡¯s nice gym you have here, decent facilities. I¡¯ll have to bring my imoto-chan here often to use the climbing wall. Of course, the rest of my clan will want to use this gym too, daily probably. I¡¯m sure that won¡¯t bother your patrons, will it?!¡± Gyfuko went wide-eyed and Tatsuo knew he¡¯d landed a critical hit, as surely as if he¡¯d seen the blood spurt. ¡°Of course¡­ perhaps if someone returned the portable climbing wall to the school, maybe made it a gift instead of a loan...and promised to keep funding the climbing club as well. Well then, I wouldn¡¯t need to bring my little sister here after all, would I?¡± Gyfuko swallowed, a sickly sallow look on his pale face. He wiped a hand across his brow, and shook the glistening sweat off. ¡°I.. ah.. suppose that could be arranged. Sir.¡± Tatsuo smiled broadly, and laughing clapping the man on his shoulder, causing him to stagger a bit. ¡°Good man! I knew you¡¯d see reason! Well, I suppose we¡¯ll be off then¡­ oh, I think we¡¯ll cancel our memberships, apart from mine. It seems the machines here aren¡¯t up to an Oni¡¯s strength.¡± One of the smaller oni Tatsuo had picked, on hearing her cue, lifted a barbell that bent under the combined load of all the weights she could fit on it. With a grin she did a couple of one-handed bicep curls, then dropped it causing the entire gym to shudder from the impact. Gyfuko stared bug-eyed at the relativity slender oni girl, and then slowly looked around at her much more massive fellows before looking at Tatsuo. He fumbled behind himself and sat down heavily upon a weights bench. Tatsuo nodded and the oni started to file out, collecting their refunds on the way. Just before Tatsuo left himself, he turned to look back at the shaken Gyfuko. ¡°Good talk. Let¡¯s not have to do this again. You hear?¡± The gym owner nodded like a broken puppet. Unable to meet Tatsuo¡¯s eyes. Once outside Tatsuo dropped the stern stone-faced act, and joined the other oni in their good cheer. ¡°Lets go get something to eat and drink, what do you say?¡± The cheer was answer enough, and as Tatsuo lead the way he couldn¡¯t help thinking that although humans were on the whole a puzzle to him, one he was slowly beginning to understand, there were aspects that were quite familiar. The movie he¡¯d watched with Katsu around new years, had opened his eyes. It had been called ¡®The Yakuza¡¯ and that had been his introduction to that world, one that had more than a few parallels to oni culture. He¡¯d watched many more similar movies since then, not as many as his beloved samurai movies, but enough that Katsu had threatened divine punishment if he actually did something illegal and made him promise not to turn his tribe into a crime family. Tatsuo had readily promised, although he¡¯d noticed at the time that there was something of a loop-hole in that promise. As long as he didn¡¯t do anything illegal but more the opposite, such as ¡®shaking down¡¯ a bigoted gym club owner, he suspected that Katsu would only be slightly annoyed at him since it was for a good cause. At least, so he hoped. Otherwise he¡¯d be nursing a few bruises tomorrow. Tatsuo smiled to himself. Not that he minded sparring with Katsu when she was angry at him¡­ sure she usually beat him. But the sex afterwards was more than worth it! She was, after all, a Goddess, and only outwardly cold and stoic. Once she let go of her self-control, Katsu was a raging tempest. Tatsuo smiled fondly, thinking he was yet to properly greet her after she¡¯d been away for far too long. Hanami Chp.12 Yuri wandered through the darkened corridors of the hospital, not going anywhere, but unable to stay still. All her life her sister had been beside her, they¡¯d never been apart from each other for more than a few hours as long as she could remember. But in the last three days all Yuko had done was eat and sleep. The few times she¡¯d tried to talk, she had been so painfully out of breath Yuri had told her to stop¡­ Yuri had never spent so long inside, not counting when the oni clan had lived in the old mine workings. Although some of those caves were so vast, they didn¡¯t really feel like being inside, and in the dark you couldn¡¯t see the walls anyway. Leaning against a wall she contemplated one of the vending the machines that dotted the corridors. She felt vaguely hungry, but the idea of eating yet another plastic wrapped meal made her feel a little queasy. She wondered how the humans that worked here could stomach it, The cafeteria served just about tolerable food, to humans it probably tasted fine, but that wasn¡¯t open at this hour. Wandering aimlessly Yuri found a window seat partly hidden behind the large potted plant, and sat to stare out into the darkness. In the distance a few lonely lights twinkled far away on the vast black ocean, like ancient lost stars in the sky. Yuri sighed, she felt as equally alone and isolated as those tiny pinpricks of light far out to sea¡­ The doctors said Yuko had lung damage, caused by a blood clot. It would heal, eventually. The Yukion''na doctor in charge of her sisters case had suggested that perhaps Kiko-sama might improve that, although Yuko had been reluctant to ask her for special favours. It seemed wrong to impose on their relationship. Yuri had disagreed, but in the end had given way to her sister. It was after all, her choice. So here she was, in the middle of what would normally be her watch during the small hours of the night. It was the least popular watch, and usually Yuri and Yuko volunteered for it. Her body was so accustomed to the routine she couldn¡¯t sleep, so she wandered the halls night after night. Occasionally during the past three nights Yuri had nodded in greeting to the nurses and doctors, but she rarely spoke to them. She was conscious of the fact that whatever their mysterious tasks were, they were far too important to interrupt with idle chatter, and she¡¯d never been much of a talker anyway. She was jolted out of her darkly maundering thoughts by a clatter of what sounded like metal falling and a soft thump followed by a woman cursing quietly in what sounded like English. Puzzled Yuri got up and following the sound of the almost monotone swearing, walked round a corner. Sprawled on the ground next to an over-turned wheel chair was a blonde haired woman in blue military-looking overalls. She was struggling to get a wheelchair upright and herself in the chair, but for some reason she hadn¡¯t noticed one the wheels was tangled in the stems of the potted plant that was lying on it¡¯s side next to it. Without thinking Yuri strode forwards quickly, and squatting down next to the woman on the ground, murmured; ¡°Allow me to help you, please.¡± The woman turned to look in Yuri¡¯s direction, and Yuri had to stifle a gasp. One of her eyes was completely missing, a raw red socket was all that remained, the other eye was clouded over with a milky blue/white film. The skin around the eyes was puckered red and unnaturally smooth, scared by a burn it looked like, that slashed across her left cheek, the bridge of her nose and most of the brow above the remaining eye. Lt Amanda Fielding, formerly of the dock landing ship USS Ashland, lay on on the floor cursing her luck. Her life had been ruined in a moment when a steam hose blew, blasting superheated steam across her face, and knocking her over the railings in the engine room, to land on the steel deck plating three floors below with a broken spine. In the six months since then, she¡¯d struggled with physical therapy, the blow to her head had also ruptured the inner ear on her left side, leaving her with intense vertigo to contend with as well as being paralysed from the waist down. Then, a month after Christmas, she¡¯d heard of the impossible. An actual, genuine, goddess of healing, in some flea-bite town in the middle of nowhere. She hadn¡¯t believed it, but as she listened to news, there was more and more stories with credible evidence coming out of this sleepy fishing village. On top of that, there were reports of what the news was calling a revitalisation of ¡®magic¡¯ if one could credit, with creatures straight out of Japanese mythology popping up everywhere. Even the Japanese government had gotten into the act, passing laws to give the mythical creatures human rights. Amanda hadn¡¯t entirely believed it, but on the chance that it was real and somehow this purported goddess could help her, she¡¯d insisted on being transferred from the base hospital in Sasebo to the local hospital in Kami. She¡¯d arrived the day before yesterday, and her doctor promised they put in a request for an audience. It had taken her half a day to grow bored, and in the end had given into her itchy feet¡­ which much to her annoyance were literally itchy. The doctors told her it was just the severed nerves trying to reconnect, but it was maddening unless she distracted herself, which is why she¡¯d been wheeling herself around the corridors late at night, that and practising using the damned wheelchair. At least, she thought it was late. She wasn¡¯t familiar enough with the noises of this hospital to be entirely sure of when the shifts changed over, but it was certainly quiet enough to be late at night. Which was quite the problem since she¡¯d bumped into something and the wheelchair had gotten snagged on something, leaving her stranded. She was damned though if she¡¯d just lie here and wait to be rescued in the morning, if she couldn¡¯t the goddammit chair upright, she¡¯d crawl back to where she thought her room was. She was just chewing on the bitter taste of that thought, when she felt the floor vibrate under her finger tips and heard heavy footsteps. From a point a short distance away, and she thought about level with her head, a soft, light tenor voice in oddly accented Japanese asked; ¡°Allow me to help you, please.¡± Amanda sighed. ¡°I don¡¯t really have a choice, do I?¡± The female voice, she was fairly sure it¡¯s owner was female, sighed. ¡°Well, I could go and fetch one of the nurses. Or I could try to untangle your wheel chair for you and let you do the rest¡­ umm.. did you know your leg is bleeding from a scrape?¡± Amanda bit back several choice profanities and instead somewhat tersely said; ¡°No, I didn¡¯t. I haven¡¯t been able to feel anything below my waist for the last six months.¡± Amanda could hear the sound of panic in the woman¡¯s voice. ¡°Ah.. sorry, sorry¡­ of course you¡­ I mean. Ah, um.. let me sort that chair out!¡± She listened to the wet tearing sounds of plant life being ripped apart, and then her heart sank as she heard the sharp sound of tearing metal. For moment there was horrified silence, and in a heavy flat voice Amanda asked. ¡°Ok..what did you do?¡± The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. ¡°Ah..um¡­ I think I.. broke.. the wheel. Maybe I can push it back together!¡± Before she could say anything, Amanda heard the unmistakable snapping sound of something critical breaking, followed by the anti-climactic pattering sound of ball-bearings falling to the carpet. ¡°Just.. stop.. before you break it any more. Geeze, how the hell could you.. you know what, never mind. I¡¯m an engineer, I should know better than to ask how some untrained, unqualified muscle-bound moron could break something! You¡¯re not a Marine by any chance are you?¡± ¡°Ah..no. I¡¯m an Oni. My names Yuri of the R¨¬ch¨±sh¨¡n clan.¡± Amanda stared in the direction of the voice, which frankly sounded like it ought to belong to some half-scared school-girl, aside from it being about an octave too low, one who¡¯d taken far too many steroids perhaps. ¡°You¡¯re a what now?!¡± ¡°Oni. Um..¡± ¡°I know what an Oni is! Are you shitting the poor blind cripple? Is that it?¡± ¡°No, I really am an Oni..ah.. here.¡± The hand that wrapped around Amanda¡¯s forearm was strangely hot, and big enough to engulf her wrist and half her forearm easily. She could feel sharp claw-like fingernails just pricking the soft skin of the inside of her wrist, and then her whole arm was lifted slightly and placed against what felt like smooth stone. Amanda had once held a polished fossil ammonite, and it felt similar to this. Bewildered, and slightly alarmed by the implicit strength she¡¯d felt, she exclaimed. ¡°What the hell is this I¡¯m feeling?¡± ¡°Um, sorry, that¡¯s my horn, on my right.¡± Amanda spider-walked her fingers across the horn, and finding it attached to a head, explored. The girl¡¯s hair was surprisingly soft and felt like it was probably long, it had weight to it as she lifted it slightly. ¡°Would you mind if I... felt, your face that is. So I can picture you?¡± ¡°I think that¡¯s the least I owe you after I broke your chair!¡± ¡°Hospitals chair, not mine. I¡¯m still being fitted for a custom job..¡± Amanda traced her finger tips across the broad, square planes of what she guessed was probably an almost mannish face¡­ and then stopped in surprise as she encountered something unexpected. ¡°You have weird¡­ things on your mouth.¡± ¡°Thash my usks..itsh ¡®ormash fo ush.¡± Amanda jerked her hand away. ¡°Sorry! That was rude¡­ wait tusks? Like an orc?¡± ¡°It¡¯s ok¡­ you have no idea how often I¡¯ve been poked by small children in the last few days. I think I¡¯m getting used to it. At least they don¡¯t try to hit me with rocks like Oni children¡­ and what¡¯s an orc?¡± Amanda couldn¡¯t help herself, despite the way it pulled at her skin, she blinked in shock. ¡°They what?!¡± ¡°That was a joke...mostly. Oni children are just like human children, only stronger.¡± ¡°Kids huh. Orcs are fictional creatures, I think, from Lord of Rings¡­ and you have no idea what I¡¯m talking about so never mind.¡± Yuri sighed, hard enough that Amanda could feel it tickling the hyper-sensitive skin of the burn scar. ¡°I¡¯m going to have to pick you up and carry you to where we can get you help. Sorry. Only the blood is dripping on the floor and you¡¯ve got dirt from the plant pot all over it.¡± ¡°Aw crap! Yeah, we need to get that treated. Ok, you can carry me. It¡¯s not like I¡¯ve got any dignity left anyway.¡± Amanda suddenly felt two strong arms, each probably as big as her useless legs, snake under her and lift her up effortlessly. The world spun and she had to fight the urge to retch from the sudden motion. She went bonelessly limp as she fought her stomach. Once her equilibrium settled marginally, Amanda found herself being smoothly carried, her head resting against what felt like two large pillows stuffed with firm foam. Well fuck, she thought, if I was gay I¡¯d be in heaven right now! ¡°What did you say your name was again?¡± ¡°Yuri...and no I¡¯m not.¡± Amanda had to stifle a giggle. ¡°Names Amanda. Let me guess, you get that question a lot?¡± Yuri grunted affirmatively before elaborating ¡°Far too often. Humans are annoyingly predictable sometimes.¡± ¡°Yeah. I get that. By the way, I¡¯m not like that either. Despite being an engineer.¡± ¡°Huh?¡± Amanda carefully shrugged. ¡°It¡¯s a male profession, and I¡¯m told I look like a butch dy..er lesbians. So, yeah. I get you.¡± Amanda felt the shift in muscles, and guess Yuri was looking down at her. ¡°You do?¡± ¡°Do what?¡± Yuri sighed, almost tectonically. ¡°Look like a ¡®butch¡¯ lesbian?¡± ¡°Er.. yeah¡­to my crew-mates. Why how do I look to you?¡± Amanda felt the buzz of Yuri¡¯s sub-vocalised contemplative hum rumble through her shoulder bones before she answered. ¡°Delicate. Fragile, but not weak.¡± ¡°You¡¯re fucking kidding me, right?¡± The world swayed slightly as Yuri shook her head. ¡°No. Most humans look frail to us. You¡­ you¡¯re like a finely made blade. Delicate, but not weak. Fragile if used wrongly, but able to bend and spring back if used correctly.¡± ¡°Well...um.. thanks. For the compliment. At least I think it was one.¡± Yuri half shrugged and then remembered what she was doing, and ended up sighing. ¡°Not a compliment, truth. You asked, I told you how you look to me.¡± Amanda rested her head against the firm pillow of Yuri¡¯s chest. ¡°Right. I did. I should know better. Mind if I ask a personal question?¡± ¡°No.. I might not answer though.¡± ¡°Fair enough. What are you doing in hospital? You don¡¯t seem sick¡­¡± Amanda felt the slight hesitation in Yuri¡¯s stride, and then the shift of her chest as she sighed silently. ¡°I¡¯m not. My sister is. She has lung damage from altitude sickness. She¡¯s¡­ not dying.. but I¡¯m told recovery will be slow and she may not ever be fully well.¡± ¡°That sucks. Especially if she¡¯s as buff as you.¡± ¡°Buff?¡± ¡°Tall, built like a brick out...er , you know, strong¡­ are all Oni like you?¡± ¡°Oh. No, some are much taller, better muscle tone and physique. Yuko and I work out more though, trying to catch up so we can be of more use to our adopted clan. Tatsuo, that¡¯s our clan leader, says we don¡¯t need to prove ourselves¡­ but, we owe them for taking us in when they could hardly find enough food to feed themselves.¡± Amanda lay quietly for moment thinking. ¡°You guys are refugees, aren¡¯t you?¡± ¡°All Oni are, the clan came over from mainland china, settled in the north of Japan. Then were driven out again, only young women, old men, and children escaping as everyone else stayed to fight and die. Yuko and I met the clan as they struggled to find somewhere safe to live afterwards. Tatsuo said, no Oni left behind means everyone, even those not of the clan. So we were adopted, found a mine to live in and turn into a fortress...the Paul-sama, Inari¡¯s Herald found us, made us friends and pledged his life to protect us. Now we¡¯re free and safe. We¡¯re building a village to live in the sunlight and clean air.¡± Amanda listened in astonishment, silent for a moment afterwards until softly said. ¡°Fuck.. just when you think you¡¯ve had it bad, you meet someone who¡¯s had it worse.¡± Yuri grunted. ¡°Everyone has troubles. Always enough to fill their plate. What about you?¡± ¡°Aw.. nothing like that. Grew up on the wrong side of the tracks, narrowly escaped jail, joined the navy, worked my way up until a steam pipe blew out. I caught the edge of the jet, that¡¯s what melted my face, and the force blew me over the railing to fall, breaking my back and pelvis on the floor below.¡± ¡°What you said. That sucks. That would be death for an Oni.¡± ¡°You kidding? That would kill you?¡± Amanda felt Yuri shake her head. ¡°No¡­ but not being able to walk would. No oni would want to live like that. Relying on others to live.¡± ¡°Well that¡¯s stupid. As long as you¡¯re alive, there¡¯s always some way you can be useful. Besides, I¡¯ve still got two arms that work. I can get around, more or less.¡± ¡°True. But still¡­ it.. it¡¯s hard to accept¡­¡± Amanda felt a drop of something warm splash on her bare arms. ¡°Hey.. hey there, are you crying?¡± ¡°No..¡± Amanda felt another couple of drops fall on her, followed by a loud sniff. ¡°You are crying! What¡¯s wrong? Tell me, maybe I can help you, ok?¡± Yuri sniffed again, ¡°I...I¡¯m afraid. For my sister. She¡¯s...not good. She can hardly talk, she can¡¯t do anything she¡¯s so weak. I¡¯m afraid she¡¯ll..she¡¯ll¡­¡± Yuri¡¯s chest heaved as she sobbed, burying her face against Amanda as she curled in on herself, until she was half crouched., cradling Amanda in her lap like a child¡¯s teddy bear. Amanda reached up, and wrapping her arms around Yuri¡¯s neck, pulled her tighter against herself, making wordless reassuring sounds in her ear. ¡°Shhh, shhh, it¡¯ll be ok. I¡¯ll talk to her. Tell her to keep living, that she can¡¯t give up yet.. Don¡¯t worry, it¡¯ll be fine.¡± Yuri sniffed, loudly, as Amanda awkwardly patted her back. Idly she couldn¡¯t help noticing that oni, or at least this one, smelt quite nice. Sort of like warm earth or a big cat¡­ it was a comforting scent. Suddenly a voice spoke, one of the nurses Amanda guessed. ¡°Are you alright? Can I help you?¡± Yuri almost bolted upright, but remembering Amanda just in time, only twitched. Amanda sighed, thinking; of all the times¡­ ¡°Yeah, not dying. My friend is just having a moment. I¡¯m going to need patching up, but it can wait a minute or two. A little privacy please.¡± ¡°Ok, I¡¯ll just be over th.... I mean just around the corner. Call me when you¡¯re ready.¡± Amanda could just barely hear the nurse¡¯s footsteps on the carpet. No wonder she could sneak up on us. If I get a place of my own I¡¯m having wooden floors, one of those nightingale floors maybe. She thought. ¡°Hoi, Amanda. Did you mean that, about being friends?¡± ¡°Uh, yeah, sure¡­ and your sister too, if she likes. It¡¯s not like I have anyone else to hang out with around here, and oni don¡¯t sound too different from Marines.¡± Yuri sniffed, and chuckled slightly. ¡°Yeah, we even like the same crayons..¡± Amanda froze for a second in disbelief, and then laughed loudly. ¡°Hoo boy.. so even you guys have heard that dumb joke!¡± Hanami Chp.13 The week after Shoko and Jiao started school, and at the end of a very long day, Paul was carrying a soundly asleep Shoko back home, when Inari met him at the bottom of the steps up to the temple. She was perched on top of the stone Torii gates, in Shoko¡¯s favourite spot, waiting. Inari waved and hopped down as light as cherry blossom on the breeze. Softly she spoke. ¡°I¡¯ll carry her if you like Paul. Little fox cubs grow heavier the longer you hold them.¡± Paul nodded, a smile on his face. ¡°That¡¯s a universal truth Inari. They had band practice today and she¡¯s worn herself out having fun.¡± Carefully they transferred Shoko to Inari, tucking her in Inari¡¯s obi so she could carry her piggy-back fashion despite her being a limp heavy bundle. Once that was done, they started up the long climb. Paul eyed Inari for bit, wondering why she was wearing traditional robes when normally she preferred modern clothing. Raising an eyebrow he sent a questioning look at her. Inari smiled slightly. ¡°I received a delegation of priests earlier. It seemed¡­ inappropriate, to grant them an audience wearing jeans and a turtle-neck sweater.¡± Paul chuckled quietly. ¡°Yeah, that might just rattle them a bit. I would¡¯ve though. Some of them need to get out of their temples a bit more often.¡± Inari snorted but didn¡¯t comment. She was well aware that in Paul¡¯s opinion she herself didn¡¯t out often enough. It was something she was working on...slowly. ¡°So, what did the priests want anyway?¡± Paul asked after a moment. ¡°That¡¯s what I wished to speak to you about. They¡¯ve asked for our help with a problem, or rather a potential problem.¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Somehow it¡¯s always that.. nobody turns up just to say hi, how are you? So what is it this time? Some kind of dispute between yokai and humans, or between two different yokai? Or are dealing with another wild yokai causing issues?¡± Inari shook her head, then paused checking if she¡¯d disturbed Shoko. Reassured that her small and precious cargo was still asleep, Inari continued in a hushed voice. ¡°Neither, they¡¯d like us to travel to the shrine at Nasu, in Tochigi Prefecture. The Sessh¨­seki ... Killing Stone in English, has split.¡± Paul looked quizzically at Inari. ¡°Killing Stone? That¡¯s not one I¡¯ve heard of. Enlighten me oh wise and wonderful Goddess.¡± Inari tried to stifle her giggles with her free hand, not quite successfully, as she produced a most undignified and rather-less-than divine snorting sound. Mock glaring at Paul she continued. ¡°I shall pay you back for that later... but to ¡®enlighten¡¯ you my Herald. Sessh¨­seki contains, or at least it was said to contain, the spirit of Tamamo-no-Mae, transformed and bound within the rock.¡± ¡°I take it Tamamo-no-Mae wasn¡¯t one of the good guys?¡± ¡°No¡­ she was a nine-tailed fox spirit, a distant cousin of mine, who meddled in human politics far too much. The rumour was that when she reached the end of her thousandth year as a spirit, instead of ascending to the Celestial court she ate a powerful demon¡¯s heart, gaining his powers at the cost of corrupting herself and becoming evil.¡± ¡°Hmm¡­ that¡¯s possible?¡± Inari shrugged carefully. ¡°Perhaps¡­ although if anyone could, it would be her. She was a skilled sorceress even before she became a nine-tail. I do not know if she became evil though. She was...odd, even for a fox spirit long before then. She liked to play with the mortals, but she could be compassionate too. We lost touch soon after she gained her ninth tail, and over a thousand years is long enough that even we may change.¡± Paul sighed, nodding. ¡°So, to sum it up¡­ there is possibly the spirit of a nine-tailed fox spirit loose somewhere in Tochigi Prefecture. She might be evil and demonic, or she might not be, but she likes interfering in human affairs¡­ I¡¯m guessing she ended up in the stone because backed the wrong political side in her meddling, right?¡± Inari sighed, nodding. ¡°That is one of the reasons we¡¯re not supposed to. Her method was to pose as a concubine or wife of a King or Emperor and enchant him, sending him mad. To my knowledge, she has brought down several dynasties that way, the Shang dynasty in China, the Banzoku of India and others in the last three thousand years. But she met her match a thousand years ago in Emperor Toba, who threw off her charms at the cost of his health, and ordered her killed. She supposedly tried to escape the warriors hunting her by possessing the boulder at Nasu. But the emperors men bound her spirit into the stone so she couldn¡¯t leave it. All she could do was make it emit poisonous gas, so it became known as the Killing Stone.¡± Paul frowned. ¡°Nasu? That¡¯s known for it¡¯s volcanic hot springs isn¡¯t it? Are you sure the Killing Stone isn¡¯t just a volcanic vent with a boulder on top of it?¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°I think not¡­ it could be yes, but that still doesn¡¯t mean the story about Tamamo-no-Mae isn¡¯t true. If I were her, cornered and trapped, I would look for a defensive position. Such a natural phenomenon would serve very well indeed. But according to the legend, she didn¡¯t anticipate the Emperors chief Exorcist sacrificing his life in order to bind her.¡± Paul sighed, nodding. ¡°So, I need to head up to Nasu to check out what¡¯s going on, and see if she really was there and where she went if she was.¡± ¡°Yes, I think it would be best to start there and work towards to Toyko. If she is once more abroad, she¡¯d head towards the city. There¡¯s not that much distance between them, and she would be attracted to the crowds and the fact it¡¯s the seat of government nowadays.¡± ¡°Oh yes, we do not want her picking up where she left off again. Ohhhh¡­ Dammit! You know we might be partly responsible for this? The Tokyo main mana generator went online a week ago, and when did the boulder split?¡± Inari looked appalled as she said. ¡°Four days ago, the priests said. You think that it might have given her enough strength to escape?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a bit coincidental if not¡­ the mana generator is in Tochigi Prefecture¡¯s National park, on the outskirts of Toyko, which is not that far from Nasu. Give her three days to build up her strength and the timing is about right.¡± ¡°Just so¡­ I..I will go with you Paul-san.¡± Paul blinked, and looked at Inari, as she bit her lower lip. ¡°You sure? I mean you¡¯ve made great strides in overcoming your fear of crowds, but this is Tokyo, and unlike last time, we¡¯ll have to spend a lot of time mingling while we search.¡± Inari gave a single determined nod in reply. ¡°I have to. Tamamo-no-Mae is family, even if she is only distantly related. Also, she won¡¯t believe you represent me unless I¡¯m there. She¡¯s been sealed under a rock for a thousand years after all.¡± ¡°Yeahhh¡­ she¡¯s going to be just a touch out of step with modern society. Heck, did people back then know that us ¡®round-eyes¡¯ even existed?¡± ¡°They did not, there were rumours of demons that lived far away at the edge of the world¡­ but she wouldn¡¯t know anything about the Western world.¡± Paul nodded slowly. ¡°So¡­ the quicker we can get on her trail the better. She¡¯ll learn and adapt, get better at blending in and hiding in a crowd the longer she¡¯s allowed to roam free.¡± Inari sighed. ¡°Agreed¡­ and once this crisis is dealt with, I shall compile a list of those things long forgotten that might reawaken now that magic is once again quickening.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Yeah¡­ should¡¯ve thought of that myself. I should probably send out an email to the other teams around the world building mana generators, warning them to watch out for that. We do not want Gogmagog waking up under London for starters.¡± Inari looked questioningly at Paul, who shrugged. ¡°An unkillable giant of English legend, supposedly butchered and beheaded, then buried under the South gate of the old City Walls. Which would put him somewhere under the heart of modern London now. He was supposed to have been bound in iron so he was unable to put himself back together. But iron rusts, and when the team at the University of London bring their mana generator online, it might be enough to revive the giant, if he actually exist. Blast it.. it¡¯s like dealing with radioactive waste this is. Stuff gets buried and forgotten but it¡¯s still dangerous for thousands of years.¡± Inari nodded. ¡°I remember that problem! Long ago ways were sought to bind dangerous spirits that could not be destroyed. Even the Elder Kami could not find a satisfactory solution for this¡­ they knew that every thousand years or so someone would have to renew the seals and bindings.¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Let me guess¡­ it¡¯s been about a thousand years since anyone checked up on those?¡± ¡°At least that and more, yes. I think we need to tell the Emperor and warn people. Perhaps assemble teams to go an examine the old sites and see if anything else is stirring or has escaped.¡± Paul muttered, mostly to himself. ¡°Who you gonna call¡­ us, apparently. Ok, I¡¯ll start making plans and sending emails as soon as we get Miss sleepy-head washed, fed and in bed. You work on compiling that list.¡± Inari nodded. ¡°I¡¯ll do that Paul-san, where were you up to in her bedtime story? In case you can¡¯t join us in time.¡± Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. Paul nodded. ¡°Chapter twelve, Maid Marian rescues Robin from the Dungeons of Nottingham Castle. Don¡¯t forget to do the voices.¡± Inaril chuckled, fondly looking over her shoulder at Shoko¡¯s sleeping face. ¡°I shall try to perform to your standards oh master story teller, and only hope not to fall too short of them, as I¡¯m sure my audience will be hard on me if I do.¡± Paul huffed in amusement. ¡°I¡¯ve had harsher literary critics, but not many. Good luck.¡± -------- It was several hours later that Paul felt a soft weight across his shoulders, and looking up from where he was sitting in front of his computer, saw Inari¡¯s smiling face leaning over him. He smiled back, and moved to stretch, wincing at at the stiffness of his upper back and shoulders. Inari made a slight ¡®tch¡¯ noise and proceed to massage his shoulders as she asked. ¡°How goes it my Herald?¡± ¡°Ugh, slowly. I¡¯ve sent a warning email to the other research teams and posted a copy to the mana generator builders forums. Probably everyone will have got it by tomorrow. Not long after that though the Emperor himself emailed me, asking me to compile a list of potential hazards to be passed on to many Inari gave his shoulders a slight shake. ¡°them Paul sighed, leaning back into Inari¡¯s massage. ¡°is ¡°Do you not have some apprentices Paul-san? They are not that far behind you surely?¡± ¡° ¡° ¡°that Inari laughed, skipping away from Paul as he turned to glare at her. ¡°Now you¡¯re learning, oh Herald mine¡­¡± ¡°In-ar-i ! Ooo.. you just wait until I catch you!¡± --- In the pre-dawn¡¯s light Chiyo¡¯s ¡®fairy¡¯ wings glimmered with a soft golden glow, partly refracted light from the transparent hardened keratin, partly a side-effect of the mana engrams impressed into their surfaces, the dense mana field refracting the light. It had taken almost a month to rebuild her wings, a quirk of genetics inherited from a yokai great-grandfather, after they¡¯d been mutilated by Section Three of the Special Police divisions Department, aka the Monster hunters. In the end Inari and Kiko had managed to trick her body into molting and regrowing her wings. But it had been at her behest that Paul had used gold and silvered steel wire inland into the still soft new tissue to create a series of built in spells, activated and powered by a special harness she would wear. Chiyo fidgeted as she stood between the other two girls, Akio to her right and the older of the three gave her a sharp glance. Chiyo stilled with a sheepish grin. Although not without rolling her eyes, causing Dorothy, or Dot as she preferred, to giggle. ¡° Akio took a step forwards and saluted. ¡°1st Special Wands and Talismans Platoon reporting for duty, sir!¡± Paul raised an eyebrow. ¡°not All three girls nodded, Dot had a grin that was distinctly Cheshire cat like. Akio spoke up, trying to put on a serious face. ¡° ¡° just needed ¡°Very well, squad leader. Form up and prepare to be inspected.¡± Akio saluted and took two steps backwards, to stand in line with the other two. Akio he studied a moment longer, from the tip of her leather witches hat, to the shiny toes of her ¡®Doc¡¯ martin boots. He noticed the holster at her hip, identical to the ones carried by the the rest of the trio and nodded at it, holding out a hand. Akio unsnapped the strap and presented Paul with the wand butt first. He was surprised at the weight, then recognized the Damascus pattern of the iron unique to Inari¡¯s mine. Holding it up, he sighted along it, studying the clear crystal tip and the deep blue tourmaline ball at the butt end. ¡°Your work Akio?¡± A proud grin flashed across her face almost too quick to be noticed, and she nodded. ¡°Sir, yes sir. All three wands sir.¡± Paul leaned back fractionally, peering back along the line to where Dot stood with staff taller than she was leaning against her shoulder. ¡°I take it Dot made the staff though?¡± Dot took one step forwards, snapping her staff to attention. ¡°Yes sir! Heavy weapons specialist sir! The staff is a channel for my portable mana generator plus some heavy duty mana batteries.¡± Dot swept her cloak side to reveal what looked like at first glance a pair of bandoleer cartridge belts slung criss-cross across her chest and held in place with bejewelled belt buckle. However, upon a second glance each of the ¡®cartridges¡¯ was in fact a mana battery, and the buckle was a miniature mana generator, converting kinetic energy into piezoelectric and thence into mana. With every breath Dot took and every movement she made, it would generate a small amount of mana which would be stored up. Given time, it would amount to some serious magical firepower. Dot despite being youngest, or perhaps because of, had shown a capacity to channel mana somewhat beyond the others. The staff would allow her to sling high powered magic that would otherwise overload and melt the wands. Paul only hoped it wouldn¡¯t be necessary. Paul handed Akio¡¯s wand back to her, and she holstered it with a precise movement. Taking a step or two back he addressed the trio of witches turned technomages. ¡°Alright, you¡¯re probably wondering what the hell you¡¯re doing here at this hour. Well, I¡¯m trusting you three girls with a mission of the utmost importance. One that will require you to use your skills, knowledge and most importantly your brains to achieve. You¡¯ve made great strides in the past weeks, and I am trusting you to operate independently. Apart from Maaya, who will be with you to provide adult supervision as required by law. She has my phone number of course, but you three will be on your own, without guidance, representing both Inari and myself. Do you understand?¡± Akio answered, as oldest and group leader. ¡°Yes sir! You can depend on us.¡± ¡° The trio of young girls shared a brief glance and then Akio, eyes forward again, nodded. ¡°As crystal Paul-sama!¡± ¡°wasnotI not The girls shared a look, then shook their heads. Paul grinned broadly. ¡°Alright then.. Maaya is waiting with the minivan at the bottom of the mountain. Off you go.¡± ¡° ¡° All three nodded, then turning on their heels, Dot and Akio took off at a smart run, while Chiyo activated the spell engrams in her otherwise only decorative wings, and as the spell lessened her weight, she took to the sky. Returning inside, Pail gently slid the door shut, and then slid down to the floor with his back pressed against it. Sitting curled up with his head between his knees. After a moment he felt the vibrations of Inari¡¯s bare feet, silent against the floorboards. He looked up as she knelt in front of him, placing her forehead against his as she embraced him. ¡° ¡°I know that Inari, I know¡­ I still have a horrid feeling about this.¡± Inari sighed. ¡°not Paul shuddered. ¡°You know.. I appreciate the thought, but that isn¡¯t helping. It just makes me want to keep them safe from harm even more.¡± Inari sat back, and gave Paul a gentle shake. ¡°wantalsowant Paul sighed, and slowly stood up, nodding. ¡°I know, I know¡­ but it doesn¡¯t make it any easier. I worry, not that I would tell them that.¡± Inari huffed, half-way between laughter and exasperation. ¡°What makes you think they don¡¯t already know Paul-san¡­ and love you all the more for it! Now, come along, we need to make our own preparations.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Still... firearms training at their age? Is that even legal?¡± Inari shrugged. ¡°Apparently so, they are something called ¡®air-soft¡¯ guns. I am told they fire pellets, which your apprentices have crafted out of compressed powdered herbs, infused with magic to turn them into powerful sleeping spells.¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°Those three never cease to amaze me. Magic stun guns no less¡­ whatever next?!¡± Hanami Chp.14 Inari had slept for the entirety of the bullet train ride to Tokyo, Paul couldn¡¯t help reflecting that perhaps a dawn start for her was a bit much for Inari since she really wasn¡¯t a morning person. She¡¯d curled up against him in her seat, using his arm as a pillow, causing Paul to be grateful he could type one handed. He made good use of the time, and the free wifi, to do some research on the problem facing them. They were travelling incognito, mostly to avoid undue attention from the press. With Inari¡¯s modern clothing, a simply tailored pant suit, a pair of non-optical ¡®fake¡¯ glasses and a little magic to change her hair colour and hide her ears and tail, she did not look like an ancient Kitsune Goddess, but like a rather young business woman. Paul smiled to himself, The entirety of his disguise was a pair of dark glasses and a rather decent suit he¡¯d ordered a month ago from London. Aside from being rather better tailored than a standard off-the-rack suit, although not entirely bespoke since that would¡¯ve required a fitting actually in London, it had some rather non-standard features. It had been pricey, but the anti-ballistic Kevlar and ceramic plate lining alone was probably worth it. Although he wasn¡¯t so sure about the integrated shoulder holster for a hand gun. Paul had wrestled with his conscience at the time. He was firmly of the belief that carrying a gun, ¡®just in case¡¯ was often a self fulfilling prophecy, causing the very reaction that lead to conflict. On the other hand, he was also acutely conscious of the fact that as a mortal he was hopelessly out classed physically by many yokai, not to mention magically. When push came to shove, he¡¯d be unable to defend Inari, indeed, it would be more likely the other way around. He had some ability with ¡®magitech¡¯ as it was becoming to be called popularly, and granted as a new way of doing magic many yokai no understanding of it, leaving them open to unconventional spells, but he was still only a newbie. He lacked the intuitive understanding and reflexive use of the ¡®weapon¡¯ that made a difference in combat. So¡­ although it was wildly illegal, some weeks ago he¡¯d used the machine shop to make himself a gun. Specifically a copy of a Colt Python with which he was reluctantly familiar.. The stubby .357 caliber revolver easily fitted in the pocket-like shoulder holster without a visible bulge, and he hoped the silk lining would disguise it¡¯s presence to magical senses as well. The gun itself was somewhat unusual, he¡¯d machined the barrel out of the unique steel produced in the mine, incorporating crystals in the hammer mechanism and firing chamber, in effect turning the gun into a version of the earlier ¡®bomb¡¯ mana generator. He¡¯d etched circuit-like runes into the exterior of the barrel, enhancing it¡¯s accuracy, range and durability as well as wrapping it in protection so it couldn¡¯t be interfered with magically. All of which was powered by the kinetic energy created by the explosion of the gun powder, converted to mana and stored in the steel of the gun itself. He even had the option of loading it with blanks, just to act as an energy source. Turning chemical energy, into kinetic, which the crystals built into the firing chamber turned into piezoelectric and finally mana. Mana which, when he moved a sliding bit of the guns embellishments completing a ¡®circuit¡¯ would be ¡®fired¡¯ from the guns barrel as a highly dense packet of pure magical energy. A literal magic bullet, able to smash it¡¯s way though any spell he and Inari both could imagine, and as disruptive to purely spiritual or magic non-corporal beings as a physical bullet would be to anything else. However, it wasn¡¯t the gun that eventually decided him on carrying a weapon, even like now when it was almost certainly necessary. It was the bullets currently residing in a hidden pocket in the suitcase, that swayed him. Part way through January the Mineral Sciences department of Kyoto University had managed to analyse the sample of mana crystals he¡¯d sent them. They had, as he¡¯d expected, turned out to be common quartz, but only mostly. Critically, they had trace amounts of certain rare earth metals doping the crystal, as well as an odd twist to the lattice that apparently suggested they¡¯d grown in a strong electrical current. It wasn¡¯t long after he received the report, that the company Paul had contracted started growing synthetic crystals. But as well as copying the recipe of the naturally occurring crystals, Paul had asked them to make a number of batches of small crystals, varying the make-up of the rare earth minerals that doped the quartz. He¡¯d hoped to find a version that made crystals that converted electricity into mana more effectively. The majority of the small crystals either did nothing, inert as plain quartz, or only worked weakly. However one had done the unexpected. Instead of converting electricity into mana, it did the exact opposite. Paul had studied the black quartz crystal, already knowing exactly how to use it. He¡¯d ordered another batch of two dozen of that exact formulation, and when they¡¯d arrived soon afterwards, had machined them down into bullets. Silver plated by plasma ion deposition to increase conductivity and with a copper ¡®receiver¡¯ ring to allow them to fit snugly into the barrel of the revolver he¡¯d made, when fired they would work as a frangible round, shattering into dust upon impact. Used on a human, they¡¯d pack much less punch than a conventional round, being significantly lighter and combined with far less powder in the cartridge to create a ¡®less lethal¡¯ round that would leave a heck of a bruise but not kill. However to a yokai they¡¯d be devastating. The crystal dust would start voraciously absorbing the yokai¡¯s innate mana field, turning it into electricity. The unfortunate target would be simultaneously tasered and have their mana, essential to life and health for many, sucked out of them. He hoped a single bullet or round would be enough to take down even a powerful yokai, without killing them. But if one ever needed to be stopped permanently, then a second or third round would probably do that. The only problem was, there had been no reasonable way of testing the modified rounds. It was all just theory. Paul just hoped it never would be needed, and only reluctantly carried the gun in order to protect Inari. He sighed, as much as he hated compromising his ideals, he would do that and more in order to protect his found family. He also hoped he wouldn¡¯t get caught carrying the gun. Although he¡¯d taken some precautions with that possibility in mind. Such as adding decorative embellishments to make it seem to be a replica of a gun from a particular vampire anime and painting the tip red to make it resemble an airsoft gun, which were legal. He¡¯d also built a fake valve into the butt of the grip, of the type for an airsoft CO2 canister, to further that deception. On top of that he¡¯d incorporated a hidden pin that disabled the firing mechanism, so even with the safety off, all that would happen should a stranger try to fire it, would be a click and nothing. He didn¡¯t want to think about the number of laws he was violating¡­ not that it usually bothered him to do that in pursuit of a higher goal. But Japan was a long, long way from being the sort of places he¡¯d had to do that before and despite the necessity, he felt somewhat guilty about it. Paul was distracted from his twinging conscience as the train approached Tokyo station and Inari stirred awake. ¡°Hmm¡­ are we there yet Paul-san?¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°Sorry, no. Just arriving at Tokyo, from here we¡¯ll catch the train to Shin-Shirakawa, and change there to get a local train to Kurodahara. It¡¯ll be another couple of hours at least. We¡¯ll arrive at lunch time or there about,¡± Inari sighed deeply, more frustrated and annoyed than anything Paul thought. ¡°I hope Tamamo-no-Mae is there. After all this, I¡¯ll want to take my temper out on something!¡± Paul chuckled slightly. ¡°I almost feel sorry for her¡­ but only almost. If it¡¯s any consolation, I¡¯m told the food is quite good at the at a top notch hotel we¡¯ll be staying at overnight, with all expenses paid by the government.¡± ¡°Ohhh¡­ you didn¡¯t mention that part. I might want to do some shopping while we¡¯re there.¡± Paul shook his head laughing slightly. ¡°His Imperial Highness anticipated that. He told me in his email, to tell you to try not to break the national budget please. Since all reasonable expenses not directly related to the task in hand, will be coming out of his pocket. Albeit indirectly.¡± Inari pouted slightly. ¡°He¡¯s doing that so I¡¯ll owe him, and won¡¯t spend as much as I¡¯d like to.¡± ¡°Well, you could look at it like that¡­ or you could consider it as pre-payment for taking care of something that threatens the stable working of government. I¡¯m sure he¡¯s aware of Tamamo-no-Mae¡¯s reputation as well¡­. As is probably his wife too come to think of it.¡± ¡°Ha! Yes.. she would pose a threat to his marital peace perhaps. So we¡¯re doing him a personal favour as well!¡± Paul looked at the gleefully mischievous look on Inari¡¯s face, and suddenly felt a bit worried on the Emperors behalf. At the very least, Inari was contemplating double billing him. As a Goddess of prosperity, wealth and businesses, she had literally written the book on wheeling and dealing over a thousand years ago, and hadn¡¯t lost one whit of her acumen since. But he had the feeling she wouldn¡¯t limit herself to just that. ¡°Inari-sama, don¡¯t get too carried away on fleecing him. We do have to actually earn whatever expenses you¡¯re thinking of racking up.¡± Inari pouted again, crossing her arms and pointedly not looking at Paul. ¡°Spoil sport!¡± she muttered. Her playful tsundere mood lasted until the train doors opened and Inari was confronted with the packed crowds of the tail-end of the morning rush hour in Tokyo station. With a tiny ¡®Eep!¡¯ sound she shrank against Paul, clinging to his arm hard enough that without the ballistic lining he¡¯d have worried about bruises. Shifting his grip on their rolling suitcase¡¯s handle, he wrapped his arm around Inari, sheltering her from the press of bodies, and before she could dive back into the relative sanctuary of the carriage, he strode forward half carrying her. Paul wasn¡¯t unusually tall for a European, but in Japan his hairs breadth taller than six foot frame meant he towered over just about everyone else. His somewhat angular face with a beak of a nose and craggy jaw was ideally suited for biblically epic frowns of patriarchal sternness, such as the one he adopted now causing the crowd in front of them to shuffle aside, parting like the Red Sea being intimidated by Moses. Once they had found their platform, and after a tense ten minute wait, boarded the express train to Shin-Shirakawa, Inari collapsed limply in her seat. ¡°And here I was, thinking Osaka was crowded. I think I have found my own personal circle of Hell.¡± Unauthorized usage: this narrative is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. ¡°Courage mon coeur, le diable est mort.¡± ¡°What?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°A quote from a book I liked. It means..¡± ¡°I do speak French¡­ dear heart.¡± Paul winced inwardly, he¡¯d momentarily forgotten she¡¯d learnt French from traders sometime in the 18th century. Seeking to change the subject Paul suggested. ¡°I know, why don¡¯t we play a game to pass the time, now that you¡¯re awake.¡± Inari regarded him suspiciously for a moment, then shrugged. ¡°As you like my Herald. But we don¡¯t have a shogi board¡­ what else do you play?¡± Paul smiled slightly. ¡°Well, I¡¯m not about to suggest Hanafuda, aside from the fact I¡¯ve only got a pack of western playing cards, we both know who¡¯d win that!¡± Inari grinned sweetly, like a sweet old grandmother who was a ruthless card shark once at the table. She nodded in agreement. ¡°Very well Paul-san, pick a game you know and I¡¯m less familiar with. You can teach me for once.¡± Paul nodded slowly, it would be a change to teach her, rather than getting his ass kicked at Shogi which Inari was nominally teaching him. ¡°Ok¡­ have you heard of Gin rummy?¡± Inari regarded him suspiciously. ¡°Nooo¡­ why?¡± Paul grinned, taking out the deck of cards from his pocket. ¡°Ok, allow me to educate you then¡­¡± By the time they had arrived at Shin-Shirakawa, taking two hours to go from central Tokyo to the outskirts, Paul was certain that Inari had indeed been ¡®economical with the truth¡¯ when she implied she¡¯d never played gin rummy before, the score being 14 sets to 5 in her favour. Ruefully he made a mental note to never play cards with Inari again, and certainly not for any kind of wager. She hadn¡¯t cheated, he thought, but then she didn¡¯t need to with several lifetimes worth of experience under her belt. Inari was somewhat better mentally prepared for the crowded station this time, merely standing close to Paul rather than needing him to metaphorically drape his non-existent cape around her. Which was just as well as the small local train was packed. None of the bench seats lining the carriage were free, so with a sigh Paul resigned himself to standing for the thirty minutes the short journey would take. They were only a few minutes away from their stop when beside him Inari stiffened, a look of furious outrage on her face. Paul glanced at her, then noticed the pudgy balding man standing behind her with a leer on his face, and more importantly, where his hand was. As Inari started to turn, Paul dropped his hand on the man¡¯s shoulder, his thumb finding the pressure point in the hollow of the gropers collar bone, and leaned down to murmur in his ear. The man grunted, his face twisting in pain as Paul gripped tightly and spoke. ¡°If you don¡¯t remove your stinking perverted hand right now, I promise you, you¡¯ll never have the use of that arm ever again.¡± Inari had started to open her mouth, then stopped, mentally changing gears as she saw Paul already dealing with the creep. ¡°Paul-san. What should we do with this dishonorable wretch?¡± Paul sighed, and shook his head. ¡°I know what you¡¯d prefer, but we¡¯re on a job. We don¡¯t have the time for you to play. We¡¯ll turn him over to the authorities.¡± Paul leaned down to whisper in the man¡¯s ear. ¡°You groped the wrong ass man, under any other circumstances, my partner here would take your hand off at the wrist at the very least, if she didn¡¯t rip your balls off and make you eat them. But we¡¯re busy today. So, be grateful, cooperate with the nice policeman when we turn you over and confess to everything, then go sit in your nice safe jail cell and just pray we¡¯re too busy to come back and take care of you ourselves. Understand?¡± The man nodded, beads of sweat breaking out on his forehead. Paul released the man¡¯s shoulder, patting it with a smile that didn¡¯t reach his eyes. ¡°Good, oh look, this is our stop. Now be a good little man and come with me.¡± Paul paused, and looked at Inari, who jerked her head in a fraction of nod. ¡°You go ahead, I¡¯ll wait. But first...¡± Inari reached up and gripping the man¡¯s ear, twisted bringing his head down to her, bright blood beading around her thumbnail as it dug into the soft tender tissue of his earlobe. ¡°Just one more thing, you lyana buta, if you even think of touching another woman again in that way, I¡¯ll find you, and make you suffer!¡± Inari jerked her hand down, causing the man to hiss in pain. Turning away, she ignored the stares of the few passengers nearest who¡¯d witnessed the altercation. It only took a few minutes for Paul to find a police box and officer on the station, and to fill in the required forms to go with his recorded statement.. The man, utterly intimidated, mumbled out his confession, adding several other incidences of sexual assault to his account. Paul suspected he probably wanted a nice long jail sentence, correctly figuring he was safer off that way. Once that was done, Paul went looking for Inari, finding her sitting with her hands clasped in her lap, eyes shut, outside the provincial train station. ¡°You ok now Inari?¡± Inari opened her eyes, and smiled up at Paul. ¡°Quite, thank you Paul. I would¡¯ve done something intemperate and brought attention to us.¡± ¡°You¡¯re welcome¡­ so what did you curse him with?¡± Inari opened her eyes wide, and fluttered her eyelashes trying to look innocent. Paul just raised an eyebrow. Inari laughed. ¡°Why would you think I¡¯d lay a curse on that disgusting pervert?¡± ¡°Come off it, I saw you get a drop of his blood you know. I might not know much about magic, but I do know what you can do with that. So, is he going to be found dead tomorrow?¡± Inari chuckled. ¡°Oh no.. that would be far too crude and unrefined of me.¡± ¡°Riiight.. so what did you hit him with? Is his prick going to turn black and drop off?¡± Inari slyly smiled. ¡°Something like that, his manhood will indeed wane as the moon waxes, vanishing altogether by the next full moon. Then his body will change as the moon wanes and by the next full moon he¡¯ll be a new woman¡­¡± Paul blinked. ¡°How very.. poetic. He¡¯ll be one ugly woman though.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°Oh no, she¡¯ll be irresistible, to a certain sort. She¡¯ll be fated to attract other perverts such as he was, as spoiled meat attracts flies. Not only that, but those with pure hearts will be repulsed by her without knowing why.¡± Paul studied her for a moment, then shook his head. ¡°Ok, can¡¯t say he didn¡¯t deserve it, but that¡¯s a bit over the top isn¡¯t it? All that will do is keep traumatising him..her.. whatever.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°All good curses have a clause to them. All that one has to do to change back, is to do for another woman what you did for me. That same applies to all those he transfers the curse to.¡± ¡°Wait, what?¡± ¡°I added a twist to it. Anyone molesting her, will also be cursed.¡± Paul stared at Inari for moment, then sighed loudly. ¡°Inari-sama¡­ I can¡¯t say that I blame you, but have you any idea how many people that will affect potentially? I thought the idea was not to panic people¡­ spreading a cursed plague is rather the complete opposite of that!¡± ¡°They won¡¯t know I did it!¡± ¡°They won¡¯t need to know that, to blame yokai. Still, I suppose that¡¯s one way of dealing with the problem of train creeps¡­ and who knows, maybe patent zero back there might just stay locked up in their apartment instead.¡± ¡°Ehhh! Well that would be a complete waste of a perfectly decent curse!¡± Paul chuckled, then sobered as a thought struck him. ¡°Hey Inari¡­ do you recall telling me sometime before Christmas that rape and sexual harassment was just one of those things that women had to endure?¡± Inari sighed, and nodded. ¡°I do, and I regret saying it¡­ now!¡± Paul smiled. ¡°You¡¯ve come a long way in a very short time. Good work.¡± Inari beamed, and skipped slightly. ¡°Thank you, although I think Kiko deserves the praise most, she has been teaching me modern ways of thinking. Although, I still don¡¯t know why such as that pervert would be so brazen..¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Two reasons, firstly Japanese society teaches people not to make a fuss¡­ and secondly look around us. I would wager the majority of these people are tourists. They¡¯ll only be here a short time, and the probability of him being caught normally would be very low. So I imagine ordinarily he could get away with it as long as he¡¯s quick. You notice he waited until the train was nearly at the station, he¡¯d probably normally do a quick grope and then bolt for the station exit, to disappear in the crowd.¡± Inari sighed and nodded. ¡°I see¡­ Um...Paul? Isn¡¯t there rather a lot of people?¡± Paul blinked, and then turned around watching the crowd. ¡°You¡¯re right¡­ there does seem to be a bit of a crowd, can¡¯t tell if that¡¯s unusual though...Tell you what, lets go ask for directions to the hotel and buy something to eat for lunch at that place across the street, and see what they say.¡± A few minutes later the pair were sitting on bench under a tree, having walked a short distance in the direction of the hotel they were booked at, munching on Teriyaki. Paul finished, wiping his mouth on the napkin, before speaking. ¡°Your intuition was right by the way, the shop-keeper confirmed that there¡¯s more tourists than usual for this time of year. Seems they¡¯ve been drawn here by the news of the Killing Stone splitting. There¡¯s even some self-styled yokai research team out looking for Tamamo-no-Mae, which I would normally say good luck to them, but finding her might not be too healthy.¡± Inari nodded, finishing off the last bite of the fish shaped pastry filled with spicy red bean paste, before wiping her hands and mouth. ¡°So, what do we do? All these extra people will make it much harder. Any traces will be muddied hopelessly.¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°Well, first we check in at the hotel, then we wait until nightfall. The volcanic hot springs are closed after ten. They don¡¯t want people wandering around after dark, leaving the tourist trails. Which is exactly what we¡¯ll do. With luck not all that many people will have gotten too close to the actual boulder, so we can start there. Where we go after that depends on what we find out, but I think our best bet to while away the time until the area is shut is to chat with the locals, see if they¡¯ve noticed anything unusual. Tamamo-no-Mae can¡¯t have been wandering around without being noticed., if she¡¯s here. At the very least she¡¯d need modern clothing to blend in, and if we¡¯re lucky someone will have seen her before she acquired some.¡± Inari nodded, then looked sombre. ¡°You realise if she noticed anyone seeing her, she¡¯d kill them probably.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°I know, that¡¯s why I¡¯ll be checking if anyone has gone missing or turned up dead. She won¡¯t know that people seldom disappear without the absence being noticed. If we¡¯re lucky, there will be CCTV footage.¡± ¡°How will we obtain that?¡± Paul grinned. ¡°We¡¯ll ask the police.¡± Out of an interior pocket he produced a pair of small leather bifold wallets. Inari flipping open the one he handed to her, saw her likeness similar to how she was dressed now, alongside a name that wasn¡¯t hers, and very real looking police badge. ¡°When did you¡­?¡± ¡°A few weeks ago. I figured we might need some sort of official identification at some point, so I had a quiet word with people and got us those. They¡¯re completely legit, we have personnel files and everything. The only fakery was a few details, like our names and your photo, because you couldn¡¯t wear what you normally do in it. So we are now senior detectives in the Special Directive Unit, Division four.¡± Inari raised an eyebrow. ¡°There¡¯s a division four?¡± ¡°There is now¡­ it exists on paper. It¡¯s something the Prime Minister and I have been quietly putting together. Modernising the system of the Seven Great Lords acting as Magistrates for inter-species legal disagreements and investigating cases where yokai are involved. It¡¯s a bit before we planned on starting, but those badges give us the authority we¡¯ll need with this case.¡± Inari stared at her I.D for a moment, then clutched it to herself, grinning broadly. ¡°We get to be detectives! Eeee!¡± Paul blinked¡­ ¡°Ok, not the reaction I expected...glad you¡¯re looking forward to this though!¡± Inari nodded gleefully. The good mood lasted until just after one, when they got to the hotel. The very apologetic girl on reception informed them that they were overbooked, and that their adjoining rooms were unavailable, but the hotel could offer an upgrade to a double. Paul glared down his nose at the young women, but before he could say anything, Inari placed her hand on his arm, and reassured the receptionist. ¡°We¡¯ll take the room. Paul-san, we¡¯ll work something out.¡± ¡°Ok. I¡¯ll go find somewhere else to stay.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°No¡­ you saw how busy it is. There won¡¯t be anywhere, and before you say it, it¡¯s still too cold at night to sleep outdoors. We can make this work.¡± Paul thought about arguing for a moment, then sighed. ¡°Alright, but you get the bed. I¡¯ll sleep in a chair or on the floor. I¡¯ve done worse.¡± Inari nodded, although once they were alone in the room, Inari sat on the bed and patted it beside herself. ¡°There is more than enough room for both of us, and it¡¯s not as if we haven¡¯t shared a bed before now.¡± Paul shrugged, then shook his head. ¡°I know, I know it¡¯s just¡­ different, ok. Before it didn¡¯t matter if we did, the only people who knew, would understand. This is¡­ well, people would draw the wrong conclusions.¡± ¡°They would think we were having a workplace affair, yes? But what does it matter if they do? Neither of us are using our real names after all.¡± ¡°I know just¡­. Oh I don¡¯t know. I¡¯m not happy about people thinking that you¡¯re that sort of woman¡­¡± Inari leaned back slightly, staring at Paul as she chuckled. ¡°Paul-san¡­ are you seriously worried about my reputation?!¡± Paul ducked his head, smiling slightly. ¡°I suppose I am, sort of. More about the reputation of your cover identity. Ichika isn¡¯t like that.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°How do you know that? She doesn¡¯t exist after all. Sometimes Paul-san, you grow too attached to your stories. Ichika Tanaka is whomever I want her to be, surely?¡± Paul sighed and nodded, smiling wryly. ¡°You¡¯re right of course, you can be whomever you want to be. Have fun with it¡­ just not too much. But, yes, your personnel file is just a sketch, with redacted making up most of it. We transferred in from The Public Security Intelligence Agency after all.¡± Inari grinned. ¡°Oh yes.. we are soooo badass!¡± Inari laughed, a fox-like yipping sound, that caused Paul to laugh as well. Hanami Chp.15 It was almost exactly eleven o¡¯clock when the minivan, driven by Maaya, hit Tokyo traffic. For fifteen minutes they crawled through the streets, covering a few hundred yards at most. Akio sighed. ¡°How much longer mom?¡± Maaya gripped the steering wheel just a tiny bit tighter than necessary, and took a deep breath to try and calm herself. She¡¯d learnt to drive on the rural dirt tracks and country roads around her home, in a car that was older than she was. This rental minivan was strange to her, making her hesitant, and the city traffic was nerve wracking. ¡°Akio.. for the third time I tell thee, I do not know!¡± Akio huffed, slouching down in her seat. As squad leader, and eldest, she¡¯d claimed ¡®shotgun¡¯ and was in the front seat beside her mother. Sullenly she muttered. ¡°Paul-sama said we had to be there at noon, sharp! This is taking too long, we won¡¯t be there in time.¡± ¡°You don¡¯t know that Akio.¡± ¡°But I do! All three of us were stationed not far from here. I can see the roofline of what was Section 3 from here, I know where we are, and where we¡¯re going. I even know what the traffic should be like this time of day, which is not this snarl-up, and I say we¡¯re not going to get there on time!¡± Without thinking Maaya snapped. ¡°Well, if you know so much young lady, mayhap you and your friends should get out and walk!¡± ¡°Alright, we will!¡± Before her mother could protest, Akio had unbuckled her seat belt and gotten out. Chiyo nudged Dot awake and they both hurried after their leader, ignoring Maaya demanding they return immediately. Akio glanced over her shoulder at her two squad-mates. ¡°Chiyo, fly ahead and recon. Dot, with me. Something¡¯s caused a traffic jam. Lets see if we can do something about it.¡± They set off at a jog as Chiyo went airborne in an iridescent rainbow flutter of fairy-like wings. The throng of pedestrians parted in front of them, people turning to stare at the unlikely sight of a pair of young girls dressed in what could only be described as steampunk witches costumes crossed with combat gear, hurried past. Akio stopped a couple of intersections further along as Chiyo fluttered down in front of them ¡°Report.¡± ¡°There¡¯s an Tsukumogami holding up traffic two intersections ahead.¡± Akio nodded. Tsukumogami were a sub-set of Yokai, specifically they were ¡®haunted¡¯ objects. Things that had absorbed so much mana they¡¯d taken on a sort of pseudo life of their own. Really old or especially powerful ones even had souls, or so Inari had told them. Their behaviour was unpredictable, but only sometimes dangerous, mainly they behaved as their former nature dictated, in some way or other. ¡°Any idea what it was before it came alive?¡± Chiyo nodded. ¡°It looks like it might have been one of those lucky cat statues once. It¡¯s just sitting there, in the middle of the street, waving a paw.. but it¡¯s huge! It almost fills the road.¡± Akio mused aloud ¡°Right¡­ maybe not dangerous but no-one will know what to do about it. Any police presence?¡± Chiyo nodded. ¡°They¡¯ve got the intersection sealed off, and are directing traffic around, slowly, but not much else. That¡¯s what¡¯s causing the traffic snark mostly I don¡¯t think they know what to do either. Are we going to deal with it?¡± Akio hesitated, they had a lot more equipment but they weren¡¯t supposed to hurt yokai now. For a moment she tried to work out what the best course would be. Into the silence Dot spoke up. ¡°We could use a talisman to seal it. That would make it return to it¡¯s former size and shape. Moving it should be a lot easier then.¡± ¡°Good idea¡­ that should work. Ok lead the way Chiyo.¡± In the end, sealing the Tsukumogami proved easier than getting past the police cordon, and that had been no more difficult than Dot and Akio distracting the police officers, while Chiyo had flown over their heads right up to the giant porcelain statue and slapped on it¡¯s forehead the yellow talisman that Akio had drawn up after studying the Tsukumogami for a few minutes. There was a soundless explosion of blue light that dissolved into a fluttering cloud of blue glowing transparent illusionary butterflies, that burst outwards and scattered in every direction. Each carrying their own small charge of mana in the form of a quanta of pure luck. Akio was glad there wasn¡¯t any casino¡¯s or parlors nearby, she didn¡¯t want to be responsible for bankrupting them. While the police and onlookers gawked at the display, Chiyo flew back to where the other two stood. Moving aside her cloak she revealed a cheap porcelain ¡®lucky¡¯ cat statue, it¡¯s paw waving up and down slowly as the sunlight fell on the tiny solar panel. ¡°That was it?¡± Akio said in disbelief. ¡° Tsukumogami are supposed to take centuries to form, that can¡¯t be more than a couple of years old at most!¡± Chiyo nodded, and turning it around took the back off as all three craned forward. Inside the statue was a tiny coil of hair thin copper wire with a mana crystal on top no bigger than a pea. Dot deftly removed the miniature solar powered mana generator. ¡°Hm.. some craftsman made this, I¡¯d struggle to make one this small.¡± ¡°But.. how could it accumulate so much power? And where did they get the crystal?¡± Chiyo asked, just ahead of Akio. Dot shrugged. ¡°It was probably sitting on the dragon track or layline, right under our feet. Mana attracts mana, so it would act like a lightening rod every time there was even a tiny quake. I¡¯m more worried about the crystal. Paul-sama is supposed to be the only one who has a supply of synthetic crystals, which this is clearly a scrap of, recut and polished.¡± Akio nodded, it¡¯s surface didn¡¯t have the faint nacreous sheen to it that the natural mana crystals had. Looking around she spotted a senior police inspector, and tucking the statue under her arm, headed over to him, closely followed by the other two. ¡°Excuse me, Inspector.¡± The man looked around, then down at the young girl under the leather witches hat. He raised an eyebrow, then frowned¡­ ¡°I know you¡­ you¡¯re section three¡¯s witch, aren¡¯t you?¡± Akio stiffened, inhaling sharply though her nose. ¡°Not. Any. More! Section three is dead, or in jail. I work for Inari now. Helping resolve problems with yokai peacefully if possible, instead of hunting them. We three are the Special Wands and Talismans squad.¡± The inspector nodded. ¡°Good. Never did like those bastards. What can I do for you?¡± Akio held the statue out to him. ¡°This was the cause of the Tsukumogami, ah.. the haunted object. It¡¯s been modified with a mana generator which because it sat right over a layline picked up quite a big mana charge.¡± ¡°Okayyy¡­ and you three dealt with it. What do you expect me to do, say Good job?¡± The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. Akio shook her head¡­ then nodded fractionally. ¡°Well, that would be nice for once, but no.. the mana crystal the generator used is synthetic, which is supposed to be a tightly controlled substance made by a single company.¡± The inspector raised an eyebrow, and then nodded. ¡°Right, I get it. Somebody somewhere has been smuggling them out of the factory and selling them on the black market. I see why you¡¯re handing this over to us.¡± Akio nodded. ¡°Exactly. Tracking down the theft isn¡¯t our job, even if it is of mana crystals. Dot, give the nice inspector the evidence.¡± ¡°Awww.. I wanted to study it¡­ it¡¯s really well made.¡± Reluctantly Dot passed the inspector the mana generator, which he handled gingerly. Dot smiled at the inspector. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, it¡¯s harmless without power, and we already discharged the mana field. As long as you don¡¯t hook it up again it¡¯s safe.¡± ¡°Right, thanks¡­ ah, were you all wearing those gloves when you handled it?¡± All three glanced down at their dove grey silk and cotton gloves, and nodded as one. Akio spoke up. ¡°It¡¯s part of our uniform, and a safety precaution.¡± The inspector smiled slightly. ¡°Smart, that¡¯ll prevent contamination as well. If we¡¯re lucky we should be able to lift DNA and finger prints off it. That is, if they survived..?¡± Akio nodded. ¡°They should have, the talisman returned it to it¡¯s original state before it¡¯s transformation. That would include anything on or in it.¡± Just then Maaya came up behind them ¡°Girls.. we are going to be late!¡± Akio took out her mechanical pocket watch and muttered an oath under her breath. The police inspector raised an eyebrow. ¡°Somewhere you need to be?¡± ¡°An important meeting at the Environmental ministry.¡± ¡°Would a police escort help? Returning the favour. Since you helped us out.¡± Maaya stepped in. ¡°Thanking you! Yes, that would be most helpful!¡± The inspector laughed, and gestured over a patrol officer. ¡°Right, lets get your squad underway again then.¡± Ms Etsuko Fumi sat in the foyer of the Environmental agency, one finger tapping against the file folder she was holding. She was very far from happy, but she was also far too tired to be emotional about it. Her boss had handed her the urgent request to compile a dossier of potential hazard sites, for magic of all things, and formulate an action plan to survey those closest to residential areas. She¡¯d panicked at first, thinking that somehow the Ministry had heard about her late aunt¡¯s fake exorcism racket, back when she was a child. But no, it turned out it was an actual legitimate order straight from the Imperial Throne itself¡­. Which had then ricocheted around the Ministry since no-one wanted to admit they had no idea how to deal with it, until it got stuck to her since she was too junior to refuse it. So she called her landlady and asked her to feed her cat, before settling down to work all night and quite a bit of the morning after, in order to meet the noon deadline when she was supposed to present the data to some specialist team that was arriving. Now here it was, ten minutes after noon, and no sign of the ¡®specialists¡¯. Etsuko felt very aggrieved, having sacrificed her sleep for this. But she told herself sternly, she was a professional so she wouldn¡¯t allow her feelings to show. The background hum of hushed voices suddenly went up a notch as something unusual happened near the front of the foyer. Etsuko stood up and made her way over, just in case it was her expected party arriving. What she saw, however, was completely unexpected. Two young girls and a somewhat older woman, dressed in ridiculous costumes that made them almost look like witches, were arguing with the security guards. The older woman gestured towards the road where a minivan and police car were parked in the miniscule space reserved for visitors. Etsuko Fumi experienced a sudden sensation akin to vertigo, her stomach dropping down into her office shoes, as she realised that she was holding a folder dealing with magic and the witches outside were more than likely the specialists she¡¯d been told to expect. With a leaden weight where her heart should be, Etsuko stepped outside and approached the trio. ¡°Um.. Excuse me. Would you be Ms Maaya?¡± The older woman nodded, glancing at her. ¡°I am, are you Ms Fumi?¡± Etsuko nodded, and bowing slightly, presented her business card. The security guards, realising that the suspicious looking persons were in fact expected, withdrew a short distance to stand darting distrustful glances at the small group. Ms Maaya indicated the older of the two girls. ¡°My daughter, and squad leader Akio.¡± Akio bowed fractionally, as Etsuko frankly gawked at her. Under her cloak the girl was wearing black combat gear, although the holster at her hip appeared to be holding what looked like a magic wand. The smaller of the two girls smiled up at Etsuko from under the rim of her broad pointy hat, and shouldering her staff, stuck her hand out. ¡°Hi, I¡¯m Dot! Looking forward t¡¯working with ya!¡± Etsuko shook the young girls hand limply, finding the country accent slightly baffling but charming. Somewhat dazed, and at a loss what to say, Etsuko asked; ¡°I was told to expect four of you?¡± Before she could answer, Akio put her fingers to her mouth and whistling loudly as she looked upwards, waved. There was a sudden rush of wind and in a shower of sparkling diamond bright points of blue and gold light, a third young witch descended upon actual fairy wings! Etsuko stood staring, her mouth hanging open in shock, as Ms Maaya closed her eyes and hung her head while shaking it slowly. Akio spoke while grinning. ¡°This is our aerial recon specialist, Chiyo. She¡¯s part Yokai on her mother¡¯s side. We¡¯re 1st platoon Special Wands and Talisman¡¯s squad. At your service!¡± Ms Etsuko Fumi suddenly felt a very strong and utterly unprofessional urge to go home and pretend like this day had never happened. She had some beer in her fridge, perhaps after enough of those she might forget about all of this. Taking a deep breath, she bowed fractionally and despite the reluctance she felt, she said. ¡°Please, follow me. A presentation has been prepared for you, along with information documents.¡± The presentation went smoothly, much to Etsuko¡¯s surprise. The girls were attentive, listened quietly while taking notes, and politely asked pertinent and quite intelligent questions. Really, thinking back to her meeting last week when the section head had been visibly bored and quite off-handed, she wished all her meetings were more like this. She was quite hopeful as they broke for lunch, until she remembered what was next. The young.. specialists, as she refused to think of them as witches, were due to meet the field surveyor team. Etsuko groaned internally, she knew the team leader and rather wished she didn¡¯t. Mr Ito Kage was ¡­ difficult. Hastily she amended her thought, honest even to herself as she was. Ito-san wasn¡¯t a bad person, but he was a huge mountain of a man, or mountain man, with a loud boisterous personality to match. He loved being in the countryside, and was passionate about his work. But he had absolutely no patience for what he thought was foolishness, zero respect for common courtesy, and being summoned to head office would put him a terrible mood. Especially since after last time when he¡¯d turned up in his overalls, the boss had insisted that from now on Kage would wear appropriate business attire to attend meetings. Etsuko was sure that Ito-san would tell these witc¡­ specialists exactly what he thought of them, and in none too polite terms as well if he didn¡¯t like them. Her only hope was if he believed in magic¡­ she stopped, thinking of the no-nonsense and practical-to-a-fault Kage Ito and shuddered. Perhaps she should consider looking for a new job? She¡¯d certainly need to once Ito insulted the specialist squad and she was blamed for the mess. ¡°Etsuko!¡± As if summoned by her thoughts, Ito appeared in the doorway of the break-room they were using. Inwardly Etsuko groaned, of course he¡¯d be early, she thought. What have I ever done to offend the gods? Kage Ito strode over, making the floor tremble under his feet slightly, which was how he earned the nickname of ¡®Earthquake¡¯ Kage. ¡°Afternoon Etsuko, are these the specialists I¡¯m supposed to be babysitting today? They look like they need one.¡± Before the wincing Etsuko could say anything, Dot jumped up and stuck her hand out. ¡°Hiya Mister! I¡¯m Dot, pleased ta meetcha!¡± Ito stared down at the small girl smiling up at him from under the huge broad-brimmed pointed hat, shouldering her over-sized staff. He grinned and engulfed her small hand in his bear-paw like work-roughened one and shook gently. ¡°Happy ta see ya too, little one! You a witch then?¡± Dot nodded, then shook her head. ¡°Naw, we were witches. Me and the rest of ta squad are Paul-sama¡¯s ¡®prentices now, learnin¡¯ magitech. We¡¯re the 1st platoon Special Wands and Talismans, we¡¯re here ta help ya!¡± Ito laughed, shaking his head. ¡°Glad to see ya then! Been telling the idiots here there¡¯s more ta working in the field than numbers! But do they listen? Naw, o¡¯course not!¡± Etsuko sagged in her seat in relief. There was definitely more to these girls than was apparent at first sight. Etsuko hadn¡¯t missed the brief look that Akio had directed at Dot before she¡¯d jumped up to greet Ito. Clearly she¡¯d directed her squad mate to charm the mountainous man because they had similar country accents. Although as she thought about it, the youngest girls accent hadn¡¯t been as obvious when she¡¯d talked to her briefly. Upon consideration, she felt guardedly optimistic about the next few days, She had no idea who, or what their master Paul-sama was like, but he¡¯d obviously instilled some modicum of the social skills necessary for working life in his apprentices, namely, how to adapt to work with different people and meet them half-way. Etsuko gave a tiny sigh of relief¡­ now, as long as they were even as half as competent as they looked when it came to dealing with whatever unlikely monsters they¡¯d meet, there might even be a chance they all might survive this. Although inwardly Etsuko resolved that she, personally, would be staying as far back from whatever they faced as she could, and would run at the first sign of danger. She¡¯d seen enough horror movies to know that it was always the office worker who refused to believe in magic, ghosts or yokai, that ended up dying first! Usually because they so busy saying ¡®this can¡¯t be real¡¯ or words to that effect, when they should be running. With that thought in mind, Etsuko decided to collect her running shoes from her work locker before they left. Right now, she was very grateful to her past self for resolving to get more fit by running on the treadmills of an evening in the Ministry¡¯s gym. Granted it had only been since the New Year, but she¡¯d already noticed improvements in her speed and stamina. She hoped it wouldn¡¯t be necessary, but had every intention of leaving any monsters eating her dust, unlike the women in the horror movies, and sensible shoes would be essential for that. Thinking a bit further on that she wondered if she¡¯d have an opportunity to pay a brief visit to one of ubiquitous 100 yen stores, to pick up a few things like a torch and a self-defence weapon like a taser or a baton... just in case. It wasn¡¯t that she didn¡¯t trust the young witches. She just hated the idea of being the same as one of the helpless Orokana k¨±ki atama women in the horror movies that always needed to be rescued, or ended up dying horribly. Hanami Chp.16 Chihiro was waiting for Shoko at the school gates, as had become her habit the past couple of weeks. She hopped down off the waist high wall she was sitting on, and was about to tackle-hug Shoko when she noticed that the little kitsune looked far from her normal cheerful self, trudging along at a slow pace. Falling into step alongside Shoko she nudged her with her shoulder. ¡°Hi¡­ you¡¯re late, what¡¯s wrong? How can I help?¡± Shoko sighed.. ¡°You really do live up to your name, thousand questions!¡± Chihiro grinned broadly. ¡°So my mamma tells me nearly every day!¡± Chihiro¡¯s grin faded as she looked in concern at Shoko who, for once, wasn¡¯t smiling back at her. ¡°Seriously Shoko, it¡¯s not like you to be this down. What¡¯s wrong?¡± Shoko sighed. ¡°Inari¡¯s gone on a trip with Paul-sama.¡± ¡°Oh¡­ and you¡¯re missing them already?¡± Shoko glanced at Chihiro then back down at her feet before nodding fractionally. ¡°Yes, but that¡¯s not all of it. Inari almost never leaves the temple, she¡¯s almost a hikikomori, although she¡¯s getting better.¡± Chihiro frowned, puzzled. ¡°But¡­ her going out then is a good thing. Isn¡¯t it?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Nuh-uh¡­ it means something has happened somewhere. Something very bad that she has to deal with. That¡¯s the only thing that would get her to leave the temple.¡± ¡°Oh!¡± They walked together in silence as they entered the school. Shoko was just putting her outdoor shoes away in her locker when Chihiro paused in putting on her school slippers, remarking. ¡°Hey, Shoko¡­ it¡¯ll be alright, won¡¯t it? I mean, I know you¡¯re worried, but Inari will keep Paul-sama safe won¡¯t she?¡± Shoko frowned at her friend and then shrugged. ¡°Yes, but¡­ I¡¯m worried about Inari too.¡± ¡°Why? She¡¯s a Goddess, what can hurt her?¡± Shoko shook her head, ¡°She¡¯s kind of mortal too...and I don¡¯t know. But she¡¯s still weak after everything that¡¯s happened. I¡­ I just wish they taken me along too. I..I don¡¯t want to lose Inari like I lost my mother.¡± Chihiro blinked. ¡°They be fine, I¡¯m sure¡­ But I thought Inari was your mother?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°No, technically she¡¯s my grandmother, but she raised me after her daughter, my mother, sent me to be safe with her in the country during the war.¡± ¡°During the.. oh, of course! Sorry! It¡¯s easy to forget how old you are, you know.¡± Shoko smiled slightly. ¡°Yeah, I know, I forget too sometimes. Sometimes I remember something, then realise how long ago it was. I don¡¯t remember much about the war, or my mother. I was just a very small fox cub back then. So Inari¡¯s the only mother I¡¯ve ever really known. She and Rin are all the family I have, so if anything happened... Well, Rin says they¡¯re not fit to be a parent of any sort and I...I kind of agree with them. So I don¡¯t know what I¡¯d do¡­¡± ¡°Well, I know what I¡¯d do. I¡¯d ask my mother to set another place at the dinner table and ask you which side of the room you want your futon on.¡± Shoko stood, shocked into stillness for a moment. ¡°You¡¯d do that? For me?¡±¡± ¡°Yes, of course. Us fox girls have to stick together after all. Besides, Momma has so many of us, one or two more won¡¯t make much difference, right?¡± Shoko grinned broadly and flung herself at Chihiro, hugging her tightly. ¡°I love you Chihiro! Thank you! ...only¡­. would that mean we couldn¡¯t get married?¡± Chihiro¡¯s eyes went wide, as in shocked tones she exclaimed. ¡°Shoko! No! We couldn¡¯t, we¡¯re both girls and too young¡­ and you¡¯re teasing me again!¡± Shoko flashed a broad grin at Chihiro, before she ran, laughing, strawberry blonde hair flying behind her like a pennant in a high wind, only to pause half turning at the bottom of the stairs and call out over her shoulder¡­ ¡°C¡¯mon, race you!¡± ¡°Shoko, wait! You were teasing, right? Really?¡± ¡°You¡¯ll be late for cla-aa-ass!¡± ¡°Shoko!¡± Chihiro only just made it in time to class, red faced and panting she collapsed down into her seat one row behind Shoko. Out of breath, she had no time to talk before lessons started. She¡¯d hoped Shoko¡¯s dark mood had dispelled, but she noticed throughout the morning that Shoko kept staring out the window, a worried look on her face. Jiao, who sat next to Shoko, had to keep nudging her to turn her friends attention back to their lessons. It was during the second period of the morning, during History, that things went really wrong. The history teacher noticed Shoko¡¯s abstraction, and called on her specifically. ¡°Miss Shoko...if we could have your attention please. What can you tell the class about the Pacific war?¡± ¡°Hm.. sorry sensei. Not much since I was only little at the time.¡± ¡°Miss Shoko, we¡¯re talking about the Pacific war, that ended in 1945¡­not whatever you were day dreaming about!¡± Shoko glared at the teacher, needled by her tone of voice. ¡°I know.. I was five and living with Inari after my mother sent me to safety.¡± The teacher stared at Shoko in disbelief as the class laughed. ¡°Do you seriously expect us to believe you are eighty years old young lady!¡± Red faced, Shoko jumped to her feet and yelled at the teacher and everyone else. ¡°I don¡¯t care what you believe, I am eighty years old. I¡¯m a kitsune, we age differently...and what I remember of it was boys putting on uniforms and preparing to die defending their homes, and girls the same age as you all, serving as nurses in converted schools and being drenched in blood up to their elbows¡­ and I can tell you one more thing about your stupid human war. My mother died because of it. She died trying to protect her city and all the stupid ungrateful humans in it instead of being safe, with me! Because we¡¯re not human, we¡¯re kitsune and even if you hate us, we¡¯re bound by our oaths and my mother was a temple guardian, sworn to protect her home. So she died when they dropped an atomic bomb on it! She burned, and I heard her scream all the way from here! ¡± With a broken sounding sob, Shoko ran. The slam of the doors ring in the shocked silence behind her exit. Chihiro jumped to her feet, bobbed a bow at the frozen, white faced teacher, and with a muttered ¡°sorry!¡± ran after Shoko, closely followed by Jiao. Jiao caught up with Chihiro in the schools atrium, just inside the main doors, finding her standing still with her eyes closed, and no sign of Shoko anywhere. ¡°Chihiro, where¡¯s..¡± ¡°Shh!¡± ¡°What are you doing?¡± Chihiro sighed. ¡°Listening. I can¡¯t see her¡­ I mean, I saw her vanish into thin air just as she ran down the stairs. I guess Kisune can turn invisible, or something¡­ so I was listening to see if I could hear her crying.¡± Jiao nodded, and closed her own eyes the better to listen. After a moment, they both exclaimed; ¡°That way!¡± and opened their eyes to see they were pointing in more or less opposite directions, one outside, one in. This story has been stolen from Royal Road. If you read it on Amazon, please report it Chihiro blinked, and Jiao muttered something that would have earned her stern words of disapproval from her brother if he¡¯d heard it. ¡°How?¡± Jiao shrugged. ¡°Kitsune magic or echoes.. one or the other. I¡¯ll go this way, you go that. Try not to make things worse, human.¡± Chihiro didn¡¯t have a chance to ask Jiao what she meant by that before the small Oni headed off at a run. She sighed, and started to head in the direction the sound had come from, at least to her ears, it had sounded like it was coming from somewhere outside, near the bushes at the back of the quad. Chihiro frowned as she stood in front of the dense bushes. Now that she could hear it more clearly, the crying sounded more like a dog whimpering¡­ a dog, or a fox cub! She thought, her eyes going wide. She had no idea what Shoko would look like as a fox, but it stood to reason, if she had reverted to her most basic form she¡¯d be a cub and not a full grown fox. Therefore she¡¯d be quite small, and well able to wiggle though the dense bushes¡­ Chihiro got down on her hands and knees, looking for a way into the densely interwoven bush that something as small as fox cub could get though, and after a moment she spotted a shadowy tunnel-like gap among the wrist thick stems, almost entirely hidden behind the small portable shrine that lived at the far end of the quad. It made sense to Chihiro that that was where Shoko had chosen to go to ground. It would have a sense of familiarity, and appeal to her instincts. Without hesitation she pressed forward, having to get down on her belly and slither like a snake to squeeze into the narrow gap. The branches snatched and scratched at her, tugging at her hair and clothes. She could hardly breath for the dank leaf mould and dirt she was forced to scrabble through. It grew dark under the bushes, thick leaves above her creating a green twilight dim enough she could barely see the tiny passage twisting and turning in front of her, forcing her to navigate it¡¯s serpentine path by feel alone. Chihiro pressed on, partly out of concern for Shoko, partly because she was certain that she couldn¡¯t turn around or reverse her course without becoming hopelessly ensnared. Some small, quietly panicking part of her at the back of her mind wondered if she got stuck here, would she even be rescued, or would she die here, lost and forgotten? If she was fated to die like a rabbit in a snare, would her ghost wander the schools grounds forever? Suddenly, Chihiro¡¯s hands met not soft black earth but air, and she found herself sliding down a slope, ever faster, until she was tumbling freely forward in the darkness. With a crash she burst out of the bushes, and rolled a short distance across soft springy grass. For a moment, she laid still, her thoughts still swirling like the glitter in a snow-globe. She took several deep breaths, staring up at the wide open blue sky above her. Chihiro blinked, behind the school was a road and some houses, not a grassy meadow. Sitting up, she looked around. In three directions was open grassland, wide and undulating, with no sign of houses, roads or even the sea¡­ the fourth direction, the way she¡¯d tumbled, was a dark forest looming upwards. Behind which she could see the misty purple tips of mountains. On top of that, the air was warm, with summers breath upon it, and not the moist chillness of spring. For a moment Chihiro drank in the sight. Ever since a certain animated movie had come out, with her namesake protagonist, she¡¯d harboured a secret dream, tucked away in a corner of her heart, of finding a way into another world or realm. Now it looked like her dream had come true, because this was not anywhere near the school, and she doubted it was even the same world! Still, she thought, no point her being foolish about it! Digging into her skirt pocket she removed the spool of scarlet ribbon she¡¯d been intending to trim her sewing project with. Snipping off a length, she backtracked along the trail of flattened grass she left in her wake, until she found the opening in the brush with freshly disturbed earth. Tying the length of ribbon to a branch at the entrance, she felt confident she could find her way back. Turning her back to the forest, she scanned the seemingly endless meadow, the only movement was the rippling grass, undulating like the ocean in the breeze, and the nodding heads of wild flowers dotted here and there. Chihiro held her breath, listening with all her might, but there was no sound except the rushing rustle of wind against leaf. ¡°Shoko! Where are you little fox?¡± She listened again but all she heard was faint echoes of her own shout¡­ and then after a moment, a faint far-off whimper. ¡°Keep calling! I¡¯m coming!¡± Chihiro waded though the verdant grassy green sea of vegetation, stumbling as she found that the grass hid many small hollows and dips. On cresting a small rise, she spotted a flattened patch of the tall grass, with a dark blob in the centre. Heedless of the pitfalls she ran, until she flung herself forward into the nest of crushed grass stems, landing on her knees next to a small whimpering bundle of fur and misery. Chihiro scooped up the unhappy fox cub into the hollow of her lap, and started petting her, babbling soothing nonsense as her deft fingers wandered over the small shivering form, looking for signs of injury. Her hands stilled as she found the cubs left hind leg, and the matted area sticky with freshly dried blood. ¡°Oh Shoko, what have you done to yourself? Never mind, we¡¯ll get the school nurse to treat it as soon as we get back. Now¡­ how am I to carry you?¡± Taking her jumper off, she used several safety pins from her pocket to improvise a sling, and tucked the shivering unprotesting fox cub into it. Slowly she stood up, one hand on Shoko¡¯s scruff in case she panicked and tried to flee again. But the little fox cub just settled deeper into the sling until only the tip of her nose showed. Carefully Chihiro sent off, grateful that the waist high grass made retracing her steps easier. As she walked she thought. It felt like summer here, possibly even late summer. Underneath her fur, Shoko was skin and bones, her rusty pelt was grey, almost black in places, with dirt. Chihiro strongly suspected that time was passing differently here. For her it had only been minutes since Shoko ran off, but this little fox cub showed signs of months of neglect and sickness. Possibly because she¡¯d been here, wherever here was, for ages longer. She picked up the pace, although days here could be minutes back home, it could also work the other way around, and minutes here could be days back home. She really didn¡¯t want to worry everyone by vanishing for days! Finding the bit of scarlet ribbon tied to the branch that marked her entrance into this world, Chihiro stopped to consider. She couldn¡¯t scrabble through the thick undergrowth carrying Shoko the way she was. There¡¯d barely been enough room for her, much less a bundle slung around her waist or on her back. Chihiro decided, she would have to make a stretcher and pull it behind her. Mind made up, she searched for fallen branches to make it. It didn¡¯t take her long to find what she was looking for, and using more lengths of red ribbon from the spool she lashed together a sort of A frame, no wider than she was. Unbundling the worryingly still fox cub, she slid her jumper over the frame, then with a few rough stitches from the sewing kit she always had with her, she closed the bottom end of her jumper turning it into a bag. She slid the little fox cub inside though the neck hole, and tied her in place using the arms so she wouldn¡¯t fall out, or the sweater slide off the frame. That done she spent a few minutes braiding the remaining ribbon into a sort of rope, and lashed that to the point of the A frame before tying the other end around her waist. Taking a deep breath, and grateful now for the first aid lessons where she¡¯d been taught how to make a stretcher, Chihiro set off along the rough path. As she dragged the stretcher behind her, using her finger tips to guide her along the trail of disturbed dirt and leaf litter, she clambered on all fours up the steep slope. By the time she reached the top, her lungs were burning from the effort. She just lay in the dirt there a moment, catching her breath and all too aware that the next part was the hardest. Now that she was moving slower, her eyes had time to adjust to the darkness and she found that there was a faint shimmer of sickly green light coming from the leaf litter, some sort of bioluminescent fungus growing in the rich humus. Navigating by this uncertain light was easier, she could see where she¡¯d been by the faintly brighter patches of dirt she¡¯d scuffed up, and there was just enough illumination to discern the twists and turns of the tunnel-like passage. Chihiro had to force herself not to hurry, getting snagged here would be a disaster. Less haste and more speed was very much the way forward. Eventually, after what seemed like hours of torturous inching through malevolent undergrowth, Chihiro burst out into the sunlight with a sob of relief. The quad looked no different. With rising hope, Chihiro untied the stretcher and picking up the fox cub out of it, she abandoned it half in and half out of the bushes, in favour of running for the school nurses office with the little fox cub in her arms. Chihiro slammed open the doors with her shoulder calling out. ¡°Please, help.. Shoko¡¯s sick and injured!¡± The school nurse started up from where she had been sitting at her desk, and peered at Chihiro over her glasses. ¡°That¡¯s not Shoko.¡± ¡°It is! She¡¯s a kitsune, this her in fox form!¡± The nurse opened her mouth to answer, but was interrupted by the swish of the curtains drawn around the bed being opened. ¡°That¡¯s not me Chihiro!¡± Chirhiro stared, open mouthed, at Shoko peering through the gap in the curtains. She shook her head. ¡°Well¡­ if you¡¯re here, then who¡¯s this?!¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Don¡¯t know... but you¡¯re right about her being a kitsune! Where¡¯d you find her?¡± Chihiro opened her mouth to try and explain, but she found herself slumping to sit on the floor as the world spun around her and went black. When she came round, Chihiro found herself lying in the other of the two beds in the nurses office. She sat up abruptly and looked around, panicking for moment. There was a soft ¡®yip¡¯ from the bottom of the bed, and the kitsune cub from before lifted her head from where she was nestled in hollow in blankets at the bottom of the bed, between Chihiro¡¯s ankles. Chihiro leaned forward and petted the small cub between the ears, noticing the bandage around it¡¯s bad leg. ¡°Hey little one, feeling better?¡± The little fox cub didn¡¯t answer, but the way it lay grooming itself seemed to indicate yes. Chihiro leaned over and tugged the curtains open a few inches. There was no sign of the nurse, but Shoko was sitting in the next bed over. ¡°Hey Shoko?¡± ¡°Hiya Chihiro! You ok now? You had us worried falling down like that!¡± ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m ok¡­ bit sore due to the scratches, but ok. Can you talk to this little one?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Yes and no¡­ if she could talk I could, but she¡¯s only a baby and not talking yet. Where did you find her?¡± Chihiro sighed, and explained about the gap in the bushes and how it led to another world. Shoko listened raptly, her eyes growing wider and wider until she exclaimed at the end. ¡°Oh I wish I¡¯d been there with you! Mother Inari¡¯s told me stories about openings to other worlds like that. They used to be.. well not common, but not unknown. Back when magic was stronger, they¡¯d sometimes open at random for no good reason. There were even some that could be predicted, like the tides. But she said there hasn¡¯t been any in ages ¡­ I guess thanks to Paul-sama, that¡¯s changing and they¡¯re coming back.¡± Chihiro blinked, stilling for a second, then smiled slowly. ¡°So¡­ that¡¯s where the stories come from is it? I got lucky and found the first one¡­¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ small shrines usually got placed in front of where regular ones would open, marking the spot, warding off evil spirits, or just for good luck. You got lucky, ¡®cause it didn¡¯t close before you came back.¡± A shiver went down Chihiro¡¯s spine at the idea of being trapped in that realm for who knows how long. Thinking back, she didn¡¯t recall seeing any other living thing apart from the fox cub¡­ not even insects now that thought about it. ¡°Do places like that always open to the same realm, or can they swap? Like¡­ I don¡¯t remember seeing anything else living there, aside from the cub, and I wonder if she might not have wandered in from somewhere else?¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Mother Inari told me that some realms can act like shortcuts, they have multiple openings to different places. Some of the openings stay fixed on one side, and switch from place to place at the other. Like the doorway in that anime, you know, the one with the moving castle.¡± Chihiro nodded, she¡¯d seen that film. ¡°So, she could be from anywhere really, or even any when! She got lost and ended up there with nothing to eat.¡± Shoko nodded slowly. ¡°Yeahh¡­ not that a cub that age could hunt anyway. I¡¯m not sure she¡¯s even old enough to change forms yet, and that¡¯s the first thing you learn!¡± ¡°Huh¡­ well. I guess I¡¯d better ask my momma if she can stay, since she¡¯ll need someone to look after her!¡± ¡°Inari could do that!¡± ¡°You said Inari is busy.. besides, maybe I was supposed to find her! But either way, you can come round and play with your new baby sister anytime.¡± Shoko slowly smiled.. ¡°Baby sister¡­ yeah I¡¯d like that. Although she¡¯s kinda more like your daughter, since you found her!¡± Chihiro¡¯s eyes went wide. ¡°I¡¯m too young to be a mother! Besides, she¡¯s a kitsune, if she¡¯s to be anyone¡¯s daughter, she¡¯d be yours!¡± ¡°Hoi! I¡¯m not old enough either! In kitsune years I¡¯m the same age as you! Besides, that¡¯d make her our daughter anyway!¡± Chihiro grinned mischievously. ¡°Ah, so you¡¯ll take responsibility then? I can¡¯t wait to explain to Inari when she gets back, that you have a daughter with me now!¡± Chihiro had to laugh at the look of horrified dismay on Shoko¡¯s face. Revenge for all her teasing, was indeed sweet. Hanami Chp.17 The food was, as advertised, excellent. Paul and Inari had split up and spent the remainder of the afternoon carefully sniffing around for clues about Tamamo-no-Mae, if she had emerged from the Killing stone, and where had she gone afterwards. They¡¯d reconvened for dinner at hotel¡¯s restaurant. Paul was still wearing his suit, but Inari had changed into a red silk sheath dress slit up one side to above her hip, that could only be described as slinky boarding on indecent. Paul was quite sure she wasn¡¯t wearing much else under it aside from some perfume. Inari appeared to be oblivious to the looks she was getting, some of jealousy or disapproval but mostly lustful admiration. However Paul could tell she was subtly preening from all the attention. Inwardly he sighed, Inari would be Inari, regardless of circumstances, and asking her not to attract attention was a futile exercise. So he made the best of it as he could, ignoring the looks as if they were alone in the dining room. Once they had selected their choices from the menu, Paul having helped Inari with the menu, and they were afford the relative privacy of a discreet table in the corner, Paul murmured in a voice intended not to carry. ¡°Well, I have proof that Tamamo-no-Mae was indeed in the stone. There¡¯s CCTV footage of her, or rather an unknown woman, in ancient garb leaving the area shortly after the stone split.¡± ¡°Hmm?¡± Paul sighed, perhaps he should¡¯ve waited until after they¡¯d eaten. The dishes were all new to Inari, and she was dedicated to broadening the culinary horizons of her experience. ¡°I managed to get a look at the security footage for the entrance to the park, or rather the copy given to the police. Mostly it covers the parking lot, but just after the time it¡¯s estimated the rock split in two, you can make out this figure drifting through the field of view.¡± ¡°Drifting?¡± Inari looked at Paul, tilting her head slightly in puzzlement at his choice of words. ¡°Yes, drifting is the best way to describe it. The police think it was prank, or publicity stunt, but the woman in what looks like ancient robes was...well ghost like is the best description. Her body seems to sort of fade away at the bottom. The police seem inclined to think that the park management discovered that the boulder had split earlier in the day, and decided to use the myth to boost visitor numbers, which it has done by the way. They think that the park manger had someone on staff fake the footage. A view which is somewhat supported by the fact that it somehow ended up in the hands of some news reporters.¡± Inari smiled. ¡°But of course you disagree Paul-kun.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°I¡¯m no expert on video trickery, but the park manager was livid that the footage leaked. I watched the footage of his interview. He was genuinely annoyed and embarrassed by the whole business, and not at all happy by the sudden influx of visitors. Looking over the police report, the park was doing fairly well before all this and had no need to increase visitor numbers. I mean, it¡¯s not like it affects their funding really. So, he had no motive to create a fake sighting of Tamamo-no-Mae. I think we can safely proceed on the assumption that she¡¯s still around...I¡¯m not sure alive is quite the right word though.¡± Inari shrugged. ¡°She may not be a ghost, there¡¯s a number of ways she could be incorporeal and still alive. If she was a normal nine-tail, she could make herself immaterial. If she exists as a Spirit, she may not be able to fully manifest herself yet, and if she¡¯s truly an Akuma, a demon, than she could be projecting herself into the mortal realm as a Reisu.¡± Paul frowned. ¡°Reisu?¡± ¡°A shadow, or shade, a projection of a demon. Sometimes it means an angry ghost, but that¡¯s not the case here.¡± ¡°Oh. In English we¡¯d call that a wraith. Which is a type of ghost technically I suppose. Either way, she was here, sort of¡­ but there¡¯s no sign of her afterwards as far as the police know. I also checked for missing person reports, and there¡¯s none of those.¡± Inari paused to swallow, and then asked. ¡°Could she have left already? If she was invisible she could just walk onto a train and leave.¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°No, because there are a couple of eye witness accounts of her in town, and fully visible. Some convenience store employees saw her. The police don¡¯t know about those. I don¡¯t think they¡¯ve bothered to investigate this matter all that much. Although if they did they¡¯d probably dismiss those eyewitnesses too. They still seem to be operating under the assumption that yokai and other magical phenomenon aren¡¯t real, despite everything on the news. Old habits I guess.¡± Inari nodded slowly. ¡°I have found in my experience that officials in every era are slow to change their minds, even in the face of overwhelming evidence otherwise.¡± Paul chuckled and nodded. ¡°Truth! That¡¯s the same everywhere I¡¯ve been. Still, back to the point, if Tamamo-no-Mae was wandering through the streets late at night, fully formed, it would imply that whatever state she started in, she¡¯s absorbed enough mana to be solid now. Which would mean she¡¯s not leaving town, not without money or someone to give her a lift¡­ and the latter is pretty unlikely all things considered. Most people wouldn¡¯t be inclined to trust such an oddly dressed woman enough to offer her a ride. Although if they had, it would be all over social media by now, and there¡¯s nothing of the sort I¡¯ve been able to find.¡± Inari nodded and paused in her demolition of the food. ¡°Agreed, and also, there¡¯s a sighting of what might be her from yesterday, but wearing modern clothing.¡± Paul took a sip of the wine before asking. ¡°What makes you think it was her?¡± Inari grinned at Paul. ¡°There¡¯s not too many kitsune wearing business suits around. A vendor of hot bread buns told me there was a woman at his stall yesterday, wearing a smart business suit, but with fox ears and tail, with black hair and fur. She bumped into someone behind her and they briefly popped into sight.¡± Paul chuckled. ¡°Fair point, as you say, not too many black haired kitsune around. Although careless of her to let her disguise slip like that.¡± Inari shrugged.. ¡°That can sometimes happen if one is very low on magic. Anything that breaks one¡¯s concentration can cause the spell to waver. Although, that would mean she doesn¡¯t have a sufficiently large enough pool of mana to maintain a spell automatically, if she¡¯s having to keep even such a simple disguise spell running by focusing on feeding it directly.¡± Paul nodded slowly, thoughtfully. ¡°Okay then, the good news is she¡¯s here and weak. The bad news is she¡¯s already found someone to assist her.¡± Inari raised an eyebrow, subconsciously mimicking Paul¡¯s often-used expression. Seeing the unspoken question Paul explained. ¡°She¡¯s using a disguise spell to hide her ears and tail but not her clothing, which appear to be real. So she has a source of modern clothing, and since I doubt she somehow suddenly acquired the ability to pick out a decent fitting set of business attire, not to mention the money for it, she had someone to help her do that.¡± Inari nodded, adding. ¡°Also, she paid with something called a cash app on a smart phone. Or so the stall vendor said. I¡¯m not sure I would know how to do that, not without your help Paul. So someone is helping her, for whatever reason.¡± Paul considered for a moment, then slowly nodded. ¡°That makes sense, it¡¯d probably be quicker than her memorising the various values of modern currency. Which more than likely means someone set up a smart phone with a pre-paid cash app on it for her, or at the very least explained how theirs worked before loaning it to her. Either way I don¡¯t see her figuring that out by herself so quickly. So I agree, she¡¯s getting help.¡± Inari took a moment to swallow before answering. ¡°Hmm.. yes, and since the stall holder described her as ¡®well turned out¡¯ it might even be another woman¡­ although there are some men with enough fashion sense to put together a decent looking business casual ensemble for a woman that fits her well.¡± Paul paused mid-bite, nodding in agreement. ¡°That¡¯s probably more common nowadays, but still not all that common. Still, given that she has assistance in blending in, that¡¯s going to make finding her all that more difficult.¡± Inari stared off into the distance for a moment, thinking. ¡°We did not part on the best of terms, but still, we were not enemies. Perhaps we could instead of hunting her down, arrange for her to come to us?¡± ¡°I¡¯m listening, how would you do that?¡± Inari gestured with her fork as she talked. ¡°Even if her magic is depleted, she would still be able to sense a certain spell I could cast, to let her know I was here and desired to speak to her.¡± Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit. ¡°Something like one of your origami messenger foxes?¡± ¡°Nothing as showy, just a¡­ ripple? Yes, a ripple in the local mana field as you would call it Paul.¡± Paul smiled, albeit somewhat lopsidedly. ¡°So, tugging on a strand of the spiders web, sort of. Now why does that remind me of a certain someone...¡± Inari rolled her eyes. ¡°You have still not entirely forgiven Arakune have you?¡± Paul made a one handed gesture, as if tossing a small something away. ¡°Lets just say she¡¯s on probation. Anyway, supposing we can attract Tamamo-no-Mae¡¯s attention, then what?¡± Inari looked down at her empty plate for moment, lost in thought. She sighed, then in a quietly pensive tone she replied. ¡°For the sake of our former friendship, I would at least like to hear her out. Perhaps she could be made to see reason¡­ perhaps the rumours about her in the past were exaggerated by her enemies. Even so, I would like to know the truth of it from her own mouth.¡± Paul nodded slowly. ¡°Fair enough¡­ I am assuming that should you need to, you can at least bind her again?¡± ¡°If needs, then yes. I would prefer not to destroy her if possible.¡± Paul nodded firmly. ¡°Agreed, that¡¯s purely a last resort. There¡¯s been enough of that already.¡± ¡°And yet, you have crafted and are carrying a weapon for that purpose?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Pragmatism. Not all yokai are going to agree to live and let live, and it it comes down to a choice between either us or them dying, I chose them. However, I¡¯d rather not kill anyone or anything, and the gun I am carrying should make that possible. I hope.¡± Inari sighed, nodding. ¡°One may wish for peace, but only if one is prepared to fight. It is as it ever has been.¡± Paul sighed, sadly nodding in agreement. ------------ Paul and Inari were making their way upstairs to their room, when the hotels receptionist approached Paul. ¡°My apologies sir, an urgent note was left for you at the desk.¡± The young woman proffered a small tray with a sealed cream coloured envelope upon it. Paul thanked her, and waited until she was gone before opening it. His eyebrows shot up as he quickly scanned the letter inside. ¡°Well, blow me¡­ she¡¯s stolen a march on us!¡± ¡°Paul?¡± ¡°See for yourself Inari.¡± Paul offered Inari the letter which she read. Greetings Herald of Inari, I address you in hopes that you may carry my words to my cousin. I am desirous of a meeting with you Herald firstly, so that I may plead my case to one who is impartial, and that you may state that case in fairness to Her. I ask that you intercede for me, in the name of the Kinship between your mistress and this humble one and for the sake of both of us, the daughters of foxes. If you would agree, I wish to meet you at the stone that was my prison for so long. Come at the hour of the rat. But please, come alone, as I am afraid of my cousin¡¯s temper. Signed: the one whom you seek. Paul raised an eyebrow. ¡°What¡¯s your read on this. Is she on the level, or is this a case of; ¡®won¡¯t you step into my parlour¡¯ said the spider to the fly.¡± Inari looked up quizzically from the note. ¡°You think it a trap?¡± ¡°Hmm lets see, come alone she says, to somewhere she¡¯s entirely familiar with, at an hour after midnight¡­ to make it complete all she¡¯d have to do is add ¡®don¡¯t tell anyone about this¡¯ and she¡¯d be done.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°She would never be so obvious if she intended you harm. Besides, what purpose would that serve?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know, maybe use me as a hostage to prevent you from interfering?¡± Inari again shook her head. ¡°Paul-kun, sometimes you overthink matters. She would never dare harm a Herald. Not even she would be so foolish, especially if she desired my cooperation. No, I think her entreaty is just what it seems to be.¡± Paul looked at Inari for a moment, unconvinced and dubious. Then shaking his head, he sighed. ¡°Riiight¡­ Oh well, we wanted her to come to us. Might as well take advantage of it. Even if it is a trap, no reason why we or rather I, can¡¯t pull a fast one and trap her instead.¡± ¡°We, my Herald. I shall be there too.¡± ¡°Not gonna argue with that, just hang back. I want her to think she¡¯s got me right where I want her to be. All nice and confident she¡¯s outsmarted us.¡± ¡°I¡­ think I understand you Paul¡­ you want her to think all is going according to her plan, so she does not notice yours, yes?¡± Paul grinned. ¡°You know me so well Inari...yes.¡± ¡°Very well my Herald¡­ although you realise that means she knows we are seeking her, and where we are.¡± Paul grinned slowly. ¡°I was rather counting on that actually. I suspected that trying to hunt her down would be well nigh impossible, so I figured why not make a few waves, and see what turns up.¡± Inari stopped and half turned to look at Paul. ¡°You.. were thinking of entrapping her even before we arrived?!¡± Paul shrugged as they resumed walking towards the elevator. ¡°I write mystery novels remember¡­ This sort of thing is my staple.¡± Inari hung her head, laughing ruefully. ¡°In truth, I had forgotten! My efforts to help must seem childish to you!¡± Paul took Inari¡¯s hand, causing her to look up at him as he spoke. ¡°Don¡¯t sell yourself short, you¡¯ve been a great help. You can charm information out of people much better than I can, and your mind is just as sharp as the best detectives. After all, as the author I already know what the answer should be, so my detective skills aren¡¯t as good as my creations make it seem. And besides that, you are always a lovely companion to have no matter what we¡¯re doing.¡± Inari smiled, blushing slightly. ¡°Silver tongued as always Paul-kun. But your sincere flattery is always welcome...and I am glad I am of use to you. Perhaps, once this is over, I might assist you more in your Magisterial duties as well?¡± Paul grinned. ¡°Well, I won¡¯t say that I wouldn¡¯t welcome that, but it¡¯s tedious at times and there¡¯s an increasing back-log of cases to be investigated, that I just didn¡¯t have time for. So be warned.¡± Inari laughed, shaking her head. ¡°I suspect I will have cause to regret that offer then, and long for the tranquil yesterdays before you arrived¡­¡± Paul chuckled, knowing full well Inari didn¡¯t mean a word of it, judging by the look of eager relish on her face. ---------- Once Inari and Paul had changed into clothing more appropriate to sneaking around unobserved in the dark, they quietly left unobserved through the hotels garage. The volcanic springs park was a reasonable walk away, so Paul and Inari jogged the distance in silence. They did not look out of place in their matching track suits and baseball caps, running side by side. Paul smiled slightly as they passed some other late night joggers, pleased that their cover meant they did not look out of place. He even noticed one of them with small backpack not unalike the one he was carrying. Once they reached the park gates, they paused. Inari for one didn¡¯t need to fake being out of breath. She was bent double, hands on her knees, breathing heavily. ¡°Huff, ha... Paul-san¡­ people do this¡­ for fun?¡± ¡°Some people do. Granted, I¡¯m not usually one of them, but I do a lot of walking to give myself time to think. People jog for health reasons usually, but yes, some do it for fun, enjoying the endorphins it produces. Runners high they call it.¡± Inari stood back up slowly. ¡°There are some things I will never understand about modern society. In times past, running usually meant one was being chased. It was not done for fun.¡± Paul chuckled. ¡°I know, humans are weird. I mean, what other species gets high off something that means your life is in immediate danger?¡± Inari glared at Paul. ¡°I suspect you¡¯re enjoying this all just a little too much!¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°I¡¯d be a liar if I said I wasn¡¯t, but it¡¯s not my only motivation. I sympathise with your distress too, I¡¯m a bit better at it than you, but I¡¯m definitely going to pay for this tomorrow. Jogging isn¡¯t my forte either.¡± Inari sighed. ¡°Well, at least there¡¯s hot springs we can soak in¡­one of the compensations for being mortal once more.¡± Paul studied the park thoughtfully. Then nodded to himself. ¡°Alright, we¡¯ll slip in, and then find you some where to hide and rest, while I head up the trail to the meeting. If I need help, I¡¯ll call.¡± Paul held up his cell phone, which had a ¡®panic button¡¯ app that would call a preprogrammed number if one double tapped a large red button icon on the screen. Inari took her phone out of her pocket, double checking it was turned on and had a signal. Some minutes later, Paul was feeling rather less confident as he ghosted along the path towards the overlook point that was the closest part to the former Killing Stone. He stuck to the grassy verge of the gravel path, trying to remain silent. He thought his analysis of the situation was correct, but there was always the possibility of the unknown making a hash of plans. Inwardly he sighed, there was not much he could do except trust his own judgement, which had always been something of an issue at times, as he was well aware depression could warp your perception of a situation, without you even realising it. Shaking his head to clear it of distractions, Paul approached the observation point. Pausing he took out a small bird watching monocular he¡¯d bought earlier in the day, and switching on it¡¯s light amplification night sight mode, studied the surrounding area. There was no sign of anyone, although the off-the-shelf monocular used light amplification, not infra-red and thus couldn¡¯t see through things, so there was the possibility of a potential lurker just being really well hidden. Still, there wasn¡¯t much cover either. Carefully he approached, stopping when he noticed something resting on the railing in front of the viewing area. Paul frowned, the envelope propped up on the wooden railing looked from a distance to be similar to one the one at the hotel, inviting him here. However, it had all the subtly of a big X painted on the floor. Paul slipped from his pocket a small black crystal bullet he¡¯d removed from it¡¯s casing, and flipped it across the distance to land near to the envelope. Anticlimactically, nothing happened. If there had been a spell of talisman nearby, the mana would have been shorted out and drained away by the crystal. Paul picked up the crystal, and tapped it against the envelope, just to be sure, but nothing happened once again. Deciding it was probably safe, he opened it and removed the single folded sheet of paper from inside. He frowned, written on the sheet was a single line of Kanji: ¡°I¡¯m sorry. Sorry for what?¡± he mused out loud. ¡°This!¡± Paul moved as fast as he could, springing to one side...only to slam into a wall that wasn¡¯t there. He bounced, hard, and went flying back to crash onto the wooden floor. Head reeling from the unexpected blow, he stared dazedly as one of the trees nearby shifted, and became a smartly dressed women in a business suit, with black hair, fox ears and a fan of tails. Her heels clicked as she walked over to him, and bowed fractionally. ¡°I truly am sorry, from what I can tell you are responsible for the return of magic, and my freedom. But I¡¯m afraid I cannot have you interfering in what comes next. If it is of any consolation, you will soon be free of your enslavement to Inari.¡± ¡°Wait.. what are you talking about?!¡± Tamamo-no-Mae shook her head. ¡°Again, sorry...I don¡¯t have the time to explain. Please do not try to cross the circle, you¡¯ll only hurt yourself again. Goodbye.¡± Turning, she took a step, and her form flowed like water, shifting until Paul was watching his exact duplicate leaving. ¡°Well¡­ bugger me! That¡¯s how she does it. She can shape shift.¡± Carefully standing up he tried reaching out and tapping at the air. Finding the edge of the circle, he stood in thought for a moment. He had some resources with him, it was matter of how best to apply them. He could just use his python revolver in ¡®magic bullet¡¯ mode and try to shatter the barrier with a concentrated packet of mana. However, that ran the risk of a ricochet, with him inside the rather too small area. Now that he thought about it, he no idea what something like that would do to a human, and had no intention of testing it on himself. Paul bit at his bottom lip, thoughts racing. Tamamo-no-Mae had said he¡¯d be free of his ¡®enslavement¡¯ soon¡­ which did not bode well for Inari. Logically, she was the greater threat to whatever plans the black kitsune had, and Tamamo-no-Mae had a reputation for ruthlessness. Glancing down in thought, he noticed that at this point, the pathway was wooden slats overlaying the ground, with bare dirt only an inch or so below the planks. In a flash of inspiration he saw how to get free. He took out the small spool of plain copper wire he brought with him in case he needed to create a binding circle of his own, and looped the end around the reverse mana crystal, before unspooling a couple of yards of wire. Finally he pushed the spool though the gap between the planking, using his finger tips to bury it in the ground. Making sure he was standing on the wooden planking, as far from the buried spool as he could, he laid the crystal on the ground, and flicked it, sending it sliding across the plank until it encountered the barrier. There was fizzing crackling sound and the sharp smell of ozone as the crystal started to drain power form the magic spell, converting it to electricity which was ground to earth via the copper wire. Nervously Paul watched as the copper wire started to smoke, then glow red. There was sharp crack, as the wire burned out, arcing across as it failed. But at the same time, the barrier failed with faint flicker of light and a shimmer like a heat-haze that dissipated almost as soon as it was visible. Paul reached out carefully, and found no resistance. Wasting no time, he set off after Tamamo-no-Mae at a flat out run. Hanami Chp.18 Finding Tamamo-no-mae and Inari proved to be easy¡­ getting to them less so. Both stood facing each other in an open area of gravel and volcanic rock, surrounded by blazing circles of fox fire, Inari¡¯s a deep azure blue while Tamamo¡¯s was a deep blood red. Where the circles of smoke-like spirit flames touched each other, midway between the two kitsune, the very air itself seemed to burn with a pure white light. Evidently Tamamo-no-mae¡¯s duplication of his appearance had been sufficiently convincing that Inari had stepped out of her concealment, at which point Paul guessed one or the other had gone on the attack. From his standpoint, a dozen or more yards away, they appeared to be at a stalemate, standing glaring at each other, tails fluffed up to form clouds behind them, one white one black¡­ Well Tamamo was glaring, Inari had her eyes closed and was standing legs braced, her hands in a position of prayer, with her left hand on her elbow and her right upright in front of her lips. Paul frowned, it was hard to tell in the uncertain light from the combatant¡¯s foxfires, but Inari seemed to be chanting under her breath, and sweat was beading across her forehead. Tamamo-no-Mae wasn¡¯t showing any visible signs of strain that he could see, but Paul could see the scuff marks in the dirt where she¡¯d been forced back, and she was leaning into whatever magic Inari was throwing at her as if it was a strong head-wind. They seemed more or less evenly matched¡­ and equally oblivious to his presence. Paul took a deep breath, partly to steady his nerves, partly because he was winded from running, adrenalin having lent wings to his feet. His thoughts raced like chain lightening. On the one hand, shooting at Tamao-no-Mae, even if he didn¡¯t hit her, would be catastrophic for her. At the very least it would poke a hole in her shields, if not collapse them completely, and Inari¡¯s magic would hit her full force since it was doubtful Inari had even noticed his arrival and would be taken by surprise by Tamamo¡¯s sudden vulnerability. Paul didn¡¯t relish the consequences of Inari accidentality killing Tamamo, any more than he did the idea of it being his fault. On the other hand¡­ the way both of them seemed to struggling, it was impossible to tell who¡¯d win. Inari was still a long way from her full strength, and who knew how strong Tamamo was. So the fight could go either way, and while Inari was inclined to spare Tamamo her life, there was no guarantee that she would be equally merciful in return¡­ Ideally, Paul mused, he needed a way to separate them, and render Tamamo unable to fight without exposing her to the current magical firestorm raging around them both. The shifting hints of skulls embedded in the encircling foxfire didn¡¯t bode well for her survival, their form reflecting the casters intent. In a flash of inspiration, Paul realised he had a way to do that. He had an ace up his sleeve, or rather several blank talisman cards and a fountain pen full of silver conductive ink in his tracksuit pocket. Drawing out both he began to inscribe the ¡®circuit¡¯ to a spell within the raised bump that was a circle of iron wire layered between the front and back halves of the card. It took him a scant few moments to complete the talisman, it had to be something simple because the talisman itself would last a fraction of a second at best. Paul blew on the ink to dry it, then held the card between his first and second fingers, before taking a deep breath and letting it out slowly to centre himself and steady his aim. With a sharp flick of his wrist, he sent the card spinning through the air sideways like a frisbee. The talisman curved in flight, as Paul held his breath hoping his aim was true. Gracefully it arced, spinning, until it intersected the midpoint between the two combatants, where their respective spell circles met and flared with a flickering white light. The talisman burned like a magnesium flare, an eye searing silver/blue/white as it hit the area of super-saturated magic. The iron circlet absorbing the randomised mana, powering the silver-inked ¡®circuit¡¯ turning it into an organised pattern of magic, microseconds before the talisman overloaded and vaporised. With a soundless blast of intangible energy the spell blasted outwards¡­ cancelling out any and all magic within range. Both Inari and Tamamo-no-Mae dropped like puppets with their strings cut. Almost before they hit the ground Paul was running forwards to check on first Inari and then Tamamo. He breathed a sigh of relief finding both of them singed but mostly unharmed and unconscious. He hadn¡¯t been certain it would even work. The ¡®anti-magic¡¯ spell generated a mana field that was essentially the inverted frequency of the mana it absorbed, so it couldn¡¯t cancel out anything stronger than it was. However, by aiming it where he had, it was powered by the combined energies of both Inari and Tamamo-no-Mae, overwhelming both. He¡¯d taken a leap of faith that their magic was enough alike that both would be affected by the talisman. He¡¯d also gambled that it wouldn¡¯t have any adverse effects, that pulling the rug out from under them wouldn¡¯t cause them to go into shock or something. But both seemed well, aside from being unconscious. Even without taking the magical effects into account, it had been like setting off a flash-bang grenade between them. Paul removed from his backpack a pair of old fashion iron hand-cuffs, albeit ones engraved with a talisman of binding in inlaid silver, and cuffed Tamamo with them. If she tried using magic to escape, she¡¯d be in for a nasty surprise. At least, he hoped. He hadn¡¯t had any time to test them, only completing them hours before they¡¯d set off that morning, and although they had a tiny scrap of mana crystal set into the binding talisman, it was just barely enough to do the job of restraining her, he hoped. Just as he was checking the cuffs were securely on, he heard Inari groan behind him. Hurrying over to her, he helped her sit up. ¡°Wha.. what happened? Did she escape?¡± ¡°No.. sorry Inari, but that was me putting a stop to the fight before it ended in one or both of you being hurt.¡± ¡°How? By blowing both of us up?!¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°Anti-magic talisman, tossed at the point where yours and hers spells intersected. It blew up almost immediately, but it nullified any active spells so it was safe enough.¡± Inari frowned, shaking her head. ¡°Why though?¡± ¡°You said you wanted her alive, if I¡¯d just taken down her barrier without warning you, I wasn¡¯t sure you¡¯d be able to pull your punch in time..¡± Inari sighed, then slowly nodded before wincing at the motion, ¡°Aii, ow! Fair enough¡­ I¡¯m not sure I would¡¯ve been able to sheath my claws fast enough if her warding circle collapsed without warning. Although my head rather wishes you¡¯d chosen another way. Why do so many of your solutions involve blowing something up?¡± Paul dug into a trouser pocket, producing a travel sized bottle of pain killers, and offered her the water bottle from his backpack.. ¡°Sorry Inari, lack of time and resources to come up with anything more elegant. So¡­ now what do we do? Um... apart from get out of here in the next ten minutes. Because I¡¯m betting the activity here hasn¡¯t gone unnoticed.¡± Inari winced, but silently agreed, carefully nodding as if worried her head might fall off. She glanced at Tamamo-no-Mae and sighed. ¡°We¡¯ll have to carry her¡­ it¡¯s unlikely she¡¯ll recover soon. She badly underestimated my strength, and while I couldn¡¯t force a victory, she was just barely holding her own when you brought things to an abrupt end. Since she was fully committed, she took the blow heavier than I did.¡± Paul remembered Inari¡¯s expression of total concentration, and suspected she was perhaps glossing over how nearly she¡¯d come to being beaten. He glanced over his shoulder at the still form laying crumpled on the ground and asked. ¡°That¡¯s not going to do her any permanent harm, is it?¡± Inari shook her head carefully, before standing, with Paul¡¯s assistance. Once she was on her feet she answered. ¡°No, her aura is dimmed, but it¡¯s not rent asunder anywhere. She should recover, but slowly. I misdoubt she¡¯ll be awake before tomorrow. It will take days before she has the strength to walk, and probably weeks before she even has a fraction of the power she did have. Thankfully, I have your strength to call upon my Herald, that is if you permit? With it I should be able to remain on my feet for a while longer.¡± ¡°Sure, if I can help then by all means.¡± Inari took Paul¡¯s hands in hers, staring into his eyes. For a moment Paul felt a sensation similar to lying in a bath as the water drained out, as if gravity suddenly increased, making his limbs feel heavier with leaden weight. Even his thoughts seemed to be sluggish and ponderous. At the same time Inari stood up straight, her tails and ears perked and her eyes shone. After a moment Inari let go and stepped back, subconsciously hugging herself. With an effort Paul shook his head to clear the cobwebs, and mused. ¡°Once we¡¯re back, I could supercharge the onsen at home with mana. If you soaked in that, it should help speed your recovery.¡± Inari grimaced, ¡°If I must. I know you mean well, but last time I tried that it felt like ants crawling all over me. Although I do not deny it¡¯s effectiveness, I¡¯d rather not.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°I hear you¡­ we¡¯ll save that for if there¡¯s an emergency and let you recharge slowly instead.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t there another way?¡± ¡°Not unless you want to try standing in a shielding circle, and charge directly from the big mana convertor by sticking a cable in your..¡± ¡°Paul!¡± ¡°Mouth! I was going to say mouth. Really Inari, what did you think I was going to say?!¡± ¡°Oh...nothing, sorry. I¡¯m tired, exhausted, and sore all over. I feel like I should be scorched black and still smouldering, like that cartoon with the American kitsune¡­ er.. coyote.¡± Paul huffed in mild amusement. ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m feeling a bit like Wily.E as well¡­ but since neither of us are going to feel better anytime soon, we¡¯d better grin and bear it, and get moving or we¡¯ll be sleeping on hard jail beds tonight instead of in a comfy hotel bed. Oh.. damn! I just realised, we¡¯re going to have to smuggle her in as well. While she¡¯s unconscious, which is not going to look at all suspicious, really!¡± Unauthorized usage: this narrative is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. Inari closed her eyes, and Paul could lip read her swearing a rather pungent profanity under her breath. ¡°I do not have the energy to weave illusions of even the most basic kind. We¡¯ll just have to smuggle both of us in unseen, or people will know there are a pair of kitsune staying there, and probably manage to work out whom.¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Guess it¡¯s down to me then¡­ hopefully by the time we get back I¡¯ll have thought of something. Meantime, we¡¯ll carry her between us and with a bit of luck if anyone sees us they¡¯ll not notice the profusion of tails and think she¡¯s just worn herself out and we¡¯re helping her home.¡± As they reached park gates, they had to duck out of sight behind the visitors kiosk as a pair of police cars pulled into the parking lot. Waiting until the officers had entered the park to investigate, Paul lifted Tamamo-no-Mae onto his back and carried her piggy-back as they sprinted as best they were able, across the asphalt and out on the pavement, hurrying out of sight around the curve of the road. Once they were safely away, Inari slowed and stopped, panting, as she sat down on the low stone wall with an air of finality. ¡°Go¡­ leave me behind¡­I¡¯m done.¡± Paul didn¡¯t say anything, just lowered Tamamo-no-Mae to the ground, propping her up against the wall before he too sat, slumped, next to Inari. ¡°Not going to happen.. although that¡¯s partly because I¡¯m not sure I can carry on much further either. For a little thing, she weighs a lot.¡± Paul blinked, glancing down at the unconscious form of the black-haired kitsune, sprawled on the ground, or at least, on the fan of her black furred tails. ¡°Come to think of it, is it just my imagination, or is she smaller than she was? I mean, her clothes fit her before, but now she looks like a kid playing dress up in her Mom¡¯s business suit.¡± Inari glanced downwards, and then nodded. ¡°She was using magic to change her appearance, this is what she truly looks like. Although she is fully adult, despite her size.¡± ¡°Huh.. oh yeah, I recall reading somewhere that people long ago tended to be smaller. Lack of proper nutrition and so on¡­ or something anyway.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°No, she¡¯s just small, always was.¡± Paul smiled rather lopsidedly. ¡°Pity we don¡¯t have any kids clothes, put her in something pink and cute and I could get away with carrying her anywhere just about¡­ you know, indulgent father with worn out kid cosplaying as a kitsune. What could be more natural?¡± Inari chuckled weakly. ¡°You had best hope she doesn¡¯t wake up at that point. If memory serves me, she was ever sensitive about her height and would be vastly offended by being made to seem even more child like.¡± ¡°Right¡­ no jokes about that subject then unless I want to provoke her.¡± At that point the sound of a phone ringing interrupted them, Both Inari and Paul patted their pockets, and more or less at the same time realised the sound was coming from Tamamo-no-Mae¡¯s jacket pocket. Inari removed a silk bag from Tamamo¡¯s inside jacket pocket and handed it to Paul. Paul slid out a smart phone, admiring the improvised shielding. The bag had talismans of protection sewn into it, although it looked like it started life as a ¡®lucky fortune bag¡¯ from one of the local gift shops. The phone¡¯s screen showed ¡®Known Contact¡¯ as calling, Paul guessed that was probably the default I.D if the number was known at least. He pressed accept, and even before he could say anything a young women started speaking. ¡°Tamamo, where are you? Is everything ok? What happened? You¡¯re not back, are you alright?¡± Paul interrupted the spate of frantically worried sounding questions. ¡°This is detective inspector P¨­ru H¨­muzu, to whom am I speaking?¡± ¡°Detective Inspector¡­ where¡¯s Tamamo, is she alright?¡± ¡°The young lady this phone belongs to was found unconscious¡­ again I ask, to whom am I speaking?¡± ¡°Ah.. Ms Izumi Asuki, I¡¯m a friend of Tamamo¡­ is she alright?¡± ¡°She doesn¡¯t appear to be injured, Her name is Tamamo?¡± ¡°That¡¯s correct, Tamamo Maeno. What happened? Can I see her? Do I need to call a lawyer?¡± Paul raised an eyebrow in an unspoken question to Inari, who nodded. ¡°Since she appears to be in good health, although unconscious, it would be best if she was allowed to recover and wake up at home. Do you know where she resides?¡± There was a moments silence and then Izumi answered slowly. ¡°Um¡­ she¡¯s.. she¡¯s staying with me at the moment.¡± ¡°I see¡­ do you have transport of your own Asuki-san?¡± ¡°I have a car, yes¡­ should I come and collect her?¡± Paul smiled. ¡°That would be best, yes, far better for her to wake up with you, rather than strangers¡­ We¡¯re located between the Cheesecake workshop centre and the 7-11 by the entrance to the Nasuonsen Shikanoyu Hot Spring preserve. Do you know where that is?¡± ¡°Yes! I work near there at the Hotel View Palace. I can be there in a few minutes, I just need to leave work first.¡± Paul nodded, thinking that explained how Tamamo knew where they were. ¡°Good, if you need permission from your supervisor I can talk to them?¡± ¡°Thank you, no, I should be alright. There is someone here to cover for me and it¡¯s nearly the end of my shift anyway.¡± ¡°Good, I will see you shortly Asuki-san.¡± ¡°Can I ask what happened first please?¡± Paul sighed slightly. ¡°I think that is a discussion best had in person, and not over the phone. But I can say she¡¯s not in any trouble with the police.¡± ¡°Oh, okay¡­ I will see you in a few minutes then.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll be waiting. Goodbye.¡± Paul hung up, and let out a heavy sigh. ¡°Phew¡­ well that was tap dancing around the truth rather. Still, another little fish on the line and hopefully reeled in.¡± Inari grinned tiredly, and nodded. ¡°And best of all, we won¡¯t have to walk back to the hotel.¡± ------- Paul recognised Izumi Asuki, when she drove up a quarter of an hour after the phone call. She had been the hotel receptionist who¡¯d informed them about the mistake with room bookings, resulting in him and Inari sharing a room with a double bed, instead of two single rooms. Which now that he thought about, was somewhat suspicious in of itself, almost as if someone had been trying to distract them. Judging by the way her eyes widened, she¡¯d recognised him too, although he suspected she hadn¡¯t before when he¡¯d used the Japanese version of his name. She half turned, evidently intending to bolt for the safety of her car parked by the 7-11, but two strides of Paul¡¯s long legs placed him beside her. He flashed his badge at her, stopping her in her tracks. ¡°Please don¡¯t run, it¡¯s late and I¡¯d really rather not. Just remain calm and hear me out.¡± ¡°Who are you, really?!¡± ¡°Paul Holmes, Herald to Inari Okami, and yes, actually a detective inspector with division four of the special police department. I just used a transliterated version of my name. Look, the person you know as Tamamo Maeno, is actually Tamamo-no-mae, the black fox spirit who¡¯s been sealed in the Killing Stone until recently.¡± IzumiI glared at him. ¡°I know! What have you done to her?¡± Paul sighed, glad Inari and Tamamo were out of sight at least. ¡°She and Inari were fighting...actually I don¡¯t know why or who started it, but I stopped it. Regretfully that knocked both of them out, Inari came round first, Tamamo should come around in a few hours, but other than probably one hell of headache, she¡¯s unharmed.¡± Izumi looked at him doubtfully. ¡°If you¡¯re Inari¡¯s Herald, why would you knock her out?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Unavoidable. Fastest way of ending the fight, and the plan was to talk to Tamamo, not fight. Which is why I called you, hopefully you can stop her from panicking when she wakes up.¡± Izumi still glared at him, suspicion written large across her heart-shaped face as she narrowed her hazelnut coloured eyes. ¡°Why should I trust you at all?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Logically, you shouldn¡¯t.¡± Seeing the surprise on her face he continued. ¡°I mean, you have no reason to believe me when I say I have no intention of harming Tamamo. Also I have no idea what she¡¯s told you to gain your help, and although I think you¡¯re doing so of your own free will, logically I can¡¯t afford to trust you in return. However for the moment our objectives align. I want to get off the street, and somewhere warmer. I also want everyone to calm down so we can talk, which is technically in my job description after all. Both of which are beneficial to Tamamo, whom I imagine you want to protect right now.¡± Izumi regarded Paul, somewhat less doubtfully. ¡°Ok.. but aren¡¯t you working against Inari then?¡± ¡°Not at all, before it all went wrong she wanted to talk to her cousin. And even if I was, what of it? I¡¯m not her slave, regardless of what Tamamo thinks. I don¡¯t have all the emotional baggage Inari does, and I¡¯ve read what history there is of Tamamo while trying to be objective. After all, one man¡¯s terrorist is another man¡¯s freedom fighter. The difference is motive and methods. So I¡¯m more inclined to be lenient than Inari anyway.¡± ¡°I don¡¯t understand¡­ why would you want to help Tamamo?¡± Paul sighed¡­evidently Izumi was overwrought, and he wasn¡¯t getting through to her. So with a degree of calmness in his voice that he didn¡¯t entirely feel, he explained. ¡°Probably because I can read between the lines. The stories say she¡¯s evil, she seduced and drove men mad¡­ but history says that the men she targeted were cruel and corrupt rulers and the people who benefited from their deaths were the ordinary folk freed from their tyranny. So I¡¯m inclined to give her the benefit of the doubt. At least enough to hear her out for myself before making any kind of judgement. But to do that, she has to talk, not fight.¡± Izumi sighed, shaking her head. ¡°Whatever¡­ can I see her now?¡± ¡°Sure, follow me¡­ just don¡¯t do anything rash please. It¡¯s late, I¡¯m tired and I really would prefer it if there was no more ¡®excitement¡¯ tonight.¡± Izumi laughed, rather despite herself Paul thought, as they walked in direction of where Inari and Tamamo were resting, hidden. ¡°I understand. This isn¡¯t good for my heart either.¡± Paul glanced sharply at her. From the slight hint of anxiety and bitterness in her voice he had the feeling that she¡¯d meant that literally, and not in an exaggerated sense. ¡°Forgive me for asking, but do you have health issues? I ask in case it¡¯s a risk¡­¡± Izumi didn¡¯t answer right away, but after a few moments silence she sighed, and nodded before explaining. ¡°Tamamo said she could help me, not right away, but after he¡¯d regained her strength. But, yes¡­ I was stabbed two years ago, in the chest. A.. an affair that ended badly. The icepick nicked my heart, then later there were complications, an infection. My recovery didn¡¯t go well and my heart was damaged. I¡¯m well enough to work, but anything that makes my heart beat harder could lead to the scar tissue tearing. Which makes the scarring worse, and too much would be very bad.¡± ¡°I see, thank you for explaining. I¡¯ll take that into account and try to avoid anything that could hurt you. I¡¯ll also have a word with Inari or Kiko..ah, that¡¯s the Goddess of healing you might have heard of in the news?¡± ¡°I have heard¡­ you¡¯re offering to help me?¡± Izumi glanced sideways at Paul, doubt, hope and confusion in equal measure warring across her face. Paul shrugged. ¡°Sure, why wouldn¡¯t I? You¡¯ve done nothing wrong here. I can¡¯t promise anything, but I¡¯ll ask if they can help you.¡± Izumi blinked, surprise filling her face. ¡°Oh¡­ you¡¯re nothing at all like I thought you¡¯d be!¡± Paul chuckled, shaking his head. ¡°I suspect I probably don¡¯t want to ask what you thought I¡¯d be like. At a guess it wasn¡¯t very complimentary.¡± Izumi hung her head, a blush staining her cheeks. Paul mentally revised her age downwards by about a decade as she mumbled an embarrassed apology. Considering the degree of stress she must have been under, forced to work despite a life threatening condition, victim of an assault which she clearly was reluctant to talk about, it was no wonder he¡¯d overestimated her age at first. As soon as she saw Tamamo, propped up against the tree trunk, half covered in the fan of her tails, Izumi rushed to her side, dropping to crouch next to her she took hold of one limp hand. For a moment she stared worriedly at the unconscious kitsune. Izumi looked up at Inari as she approached. ¡°What have you done to her? She¡¯s.. smaller!¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°I did nothing. This is how she truly looks. She was always embarrassed at her lack of height and her child-like appearance, so she used magic to make herself seem taller and more grown up. This is how she is truly, without that.¡± ¡°Oh¡­ she¡¯s not harmed?¡± ¡°She¡¯s not taken any lasting hurt. Although she will have a bad headache, and be sore from this, and she won¡¯t have the strength to do much for a few days. Nor will I for that matter, but I am used to doing without much magic and she is not, which is why she sleeps and I¡¯m just about able to stand.¡± Paul blinked as Inari spoke, he hadn¡¯t considered that point. That Inari would¡¯ve developed a resilience to the lack of magic over the centuries since it had started to fade. A resilience that Tamamo would lack of course. He frowned, mentally revising what he¡¯d assumed. ¡°Forgive the interruption, Inari, Izumi, but we need to move Tamamo to some place warmer, and I need to set some things up to aid her recovery.¡± Inari gave Paul a sharp glance, but didn¡¯t ask what he meant, only nodded in agreement. With her and Izumi¡¯s assistance Paul managed to lift Tamamo once again onto his back, and carry her to where Izumi¡¯s little car was parked. Where it became obvious that Paul was not going to fit, not with two nine-tailed Kitsune in the car as well. Paul sighed. ¡°Looks like I¡¯m walking back¡­¡± To his surprise Izumi shook her head. ¡°No Holmes-san. Sorry, but if you¡¯ll allow me, the hotel has a taxi service on retainer for staff use. I will call them and use my code to order you a taxi back.¡± ¡°I¡¯m not going to argue with that, I¡¯m at my limit here as well. Put Tamamo in our room please. Inari, if you can keep watch over her a little while longer... Sorry if I sound bossy, but I¡¯m too exhausted to be polite.¡± Inari smiled, fondly Paul thought.. ¡°Forgiven my Herald, I¡¯m too tired to mind anyway.¡± Paul chuckled, shaking his head slowly. ¡°Right, well, I¡¯m going to get a coffee from that 7-11, and wait for the taxi inside. Try to avoid any more excitement tonight, please.¡± Inari chuckled weakly. ¡°I¡¯ll try, Paul-kun. I make no promises, but I¡¯d prefer it to be peaceful from now on too.¡± Hanami Chp.19 Paul mused to himself that this was the second time in recent months he¡¯d found himself in a hotel room with a knife pressed to his throat. He¡¯d been guarding Tamamo, but the convenience store bought coffee had worn off somewhere around four in the morning, and he¡¯d drifted off. Despite reassurances from Inari that it would be a day before Tamamo roused, he¡¯d been woken up in the grey pre-dawn light by the cold sensation of metal against his adam¡¯s apple. Evidently Tamamo had recovered more swiftly than Inari had promised. Paul glanced to the heap of blankets next to the bed. The tip of Inari¡¯s nose peeking out reassured him that she was well¡­ but he wasn¡¯t about to get any help. Inari was a heavy sleeper at the best of times and she¡¯d been almost asleep on her feet by the time he¡¯d made his way back to the hotel room. Paul sighed, and studied Tamamo. She had both hands on the knife, and her arms were already trembling, and sweat was beading on her brow. Gently he took hold of the knife tip, noting in passing it was one of those touristy souvenir penknives, and with one hand he slowly moved the knife away from his throat. He could feel her resisting, but even in his own exhausted state, it was feeble at best. ¡°A word of advice, if you¡¯re going to kill someone, it¡¯s best to pick a knife that isn¡¯t dull, and do it quickly before they wake up.¡± Paul shoved Tamamo, barely exerting any strength, but nonetheless rocking her back on her heels from where she was crouched on the edge of bed, sending her tumbling back against the pillows. She swore in what sounded like ancient Japanese, and yanked the blanket up around herself until only her face was showing. As he studied her, Paul realised that she didn¡¯t seem to be all ¡®there¡¯. Her eyes were glassy and staring, and not tracking his movements. It was if she was seeing something other than the nondescript corporate bland hotel room and himself. Heaving a sigh as he belatedly realised the obvious. Paul muttered sarcastically to himself. ¡°Well, of course the ancient demonic kitsune suffers from PTSD and night terrors¡­ what else?!¡± Slowly and carefully, so as not to trigger her again, Paul reached into the drawer of the night-stand and took out the cheap ceramic incense burner and complimentary incense provided by the hotel. Tamamo flinched and buried herself deeper into her blanket cave as he lit the incense stick and blew out the small flame. Moments later the smell of sandalwood filled the air. Paul could see Tamamo¡¯s shivers subsiding, but she made no move to emerge from her den. Moving carefully he took out the snacks from their suitcase, including the inevitable fried tofu that Inari insisted on, and laid them along the edge of the bed. After a moment a small, white hand slid out from under the edge of the blanket and quickly grabbed the ¡®offerings¡¯. Paul sat back in the bedside chair, and listened to the sounds of dainty but rapid nibbling. After a few moments he remarked to the heaped blankets. ¡°You know¡­ the plan was to just talk to you. I don¡¯t know if you¡¯ll believe me, but I actually don¡¯t want to hurt you.¡± ¡°Liar!¡± ¡°You do know you¡¯re talking to Inari¡¯s Herald, right? Not allowed to lie in my official capacity.¡± ¡°Mother of deceit and her outsider lying lackey!¡± Paul snorted, amused despite himself. ¡°Oh come on, is that best insult you can come up with? Still, it¡¯s been a rough few days for you, I should make allowances.¡± For a few moments a confused and distrustful tension filled the air, and then in a voice dripping with skepticism and distrust, Tamamo asked. ¡°What do you want?¡± Paul chuckled. ¡°Funny, I was going to ask you the same thing. The hotel kitchen will be open for breakfast soon¡­ and since I doubt you¡¯re up to walking, I was going to ask what you¡¯d like me order for you from room service.¡± Paul could almost feel the confusion growing, as Tamamo showed her face from under her ¡®fort¡¯, distrust warring hunger, but curiosity and confusion were evident as well. ¡°Food?¡± ¡°Yes, bacon and eggs maybe?¡± Tamamo opened her mouth, and then shook her head. ¡°No, it¡¯s a trick!¡± She dived back under the covers, leaving just a narrow slit of darkness with two golden eyes burning with hatred and suspicion showing. Paul inwardly sighed, almost, he thought. ¡°Well, I¡¯m hungry. If there¡¯s anything special you¡¯d like to order, now would be the time.¡± ¡°No!¡± Paul shrugged and picked up the phone for room service. It wasn¡¯t long before there was knock at the door. Paul was careful to make sure that his back wasn¡¯t entirely to the room, and he was between the bed and doorway as he took care of the delivery. Tamamo¡¯s nose appeared as he took the covers off what the hotel called a ¡®full English¡¯ breakfast. He studied that for a moment, then shoveled half the scrambled eggs and most of the bacon onto a side plate, and placed that within easy reach of Tamamo. By the time he¡¯d polished off the sausages with fried egg and beans¡­ which he had to admit, weren¡¯t half bad, Tamamo had emerged fully and was sitting up in bed nibbling on buttered toast after demolishing all bar a few stray molecules of the bacon and eggs he¡¯d given her. They¡¯d eaten in silence, but he¡¯d noticed that her eyes were focused and clear now¡­ although still full of hooded misgivings. After a few moments Paul asked. ¡°Feeling more ¡®here¡¯ now?¡± Tamamo glared at him. Paul sighed, and without looking directly at her remarked. ¡°It¡¯s called Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. I recognise the symptoms from having worked with refugees and combat veterans. It¡¯s nothing to be ashamed of, you¡¯re not broken or weak if that¡¯s what you¡¯re thinking. It¡¯s actually a way for the mind to try and process terrible experiences bit by bit... but sometimes it gets hung up. Things will remind you of what happened and the memories will overwhelm you, making it seem like you¡¯re back there and then. But that¡¯s ok in a way. It¡¯s possible to create more positive associations.. er.. calming and happy thoughts and experiences, things that will slowly overwrite and defuse the trigger...what sets it off...until little by little it blunts the keen edges of the memory. I can help if you¡¯ll let me.¡± ¡°Why would you help me?¡± Paul smiled wryly. ¡°Because I suffer from it as well, so I know what it¡¯s like intimately. If I can lessen someone else¡¯s pain than I will do my utmost to do so. I know what it¡¯s like, and I don¡¯t want anyone else to suffer the same way.¡± Tamamo bristled, quite literally. ¡°You can¡¯t possibly know how I¡¯ve suffered!¡± ¡°Nope.. probably not. But I¡¯ve seen more than my fair share of war zones, and likewise you can¡¯t know what it was like for me to watch the love of my life slowly dying in my arms, the bleeding inside her skull destroying everything she is¡­ was, and not able to do a damn thing about it, until she drew her last breath and left me alone, stranded miles away from anywhere up a mountain in the killing cold of an unforgiving dawn, and with all the reasons to carry on living cooling in my arms.¡± Tamamo stilled, staring at Paul¡¯s twisted smile, grief shining through it like the razors edge of a candy-coloured switch-blade knife in a dark alley. She sighed, shaking her head slowly. ¡°I¡¯m sorry¡­¡± ¡°It¡¯s ok. We all have our own stories. Some of which are tales of woe. My pain isn¡¯t your pain.. but still there¡¯s enough similarities that maybe we can help each other.¡± She chuckled bitterly, shaking her head. Taken from Royal Road, this narrative should be reported if found on Amazon. ¡°Inari has a poet for a Herald¡­ imagine.¡± ¡°Author actually, I write books. Trust me, you don¡¯t want to read my poetry. So.. what were you trying to achieve?¡± Tamamo sighed. ¡°It doesn¡¯t matter now¡­ I¡¯m defeated even before I¡¯ve begun.¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Not necessarily. Look, I don¡¯t know much about you, but what I do know if looked at another way, could be construed as you trying to do good as much as anything.¡± Tamamo laughed bitterly. ¡°Me? Doing good? I¡¯m the evil demon hearted Kitsune, I seduce men and drive them mad, making them my play-things. Maybe I¡¯ll seduce you and steal you away from Inari¡¯s bed into mine instead.¡± Paul grinned lopsidedly. ¡°Yeah.. good luck with that. Inari¡¯s been trying to seduce me too, to no avail. And honestly the whole ¡®Rwar! Fear me!¡¯ thing is getting old. You¡¯re not the first yokai that¡¯s tried it, and it didn¡¯t work then either. Come to think of it, turns out that particular vengeful ghost was actually a pretty nice girl under it all, just been treated really badly and was acting out. All it took was a bit of politeness and feeding her her comfort food. The spider demon woman wasn¡¯t half bad once I got to know her either. Inherited some very fucked up ideas from her mother, but to her credit, she¡¯s trying to overcome her bigoted upbringing. So.. yeah.. cut it with the scary monster act Tamamo, you¡¯re not fooling me.¡± Tamamo blinked, staring at him is disbelief. ¡°You¡­ you¡¯re a very odd Onmyouji !¡± ¡°A.. what?¡± Tamamo frowned, her lips moving silently as she considered her words. Paul had no idea what magic she¡¯d worked to learn modern Japanese, but evidently some translations it struggled with. ¡°A sorcerer? A master of the Five Elemental arts and commander of spirits.¡± Paul laughed. ¡°Nope, not one of those. I just talk to people¡­ for a fairly broad definition of people that is. But yes, I apparently accidentally bound Aimi-chan to me, so I guess that last bit is true. And yeah, I dabble a bit in magic, trying to learn how to make it work after I figured out how to bring it back.¡± Tamamo¡¯s eyes went wide, and she sat up, wincing as abused muscles protested, but still leaning forward on her knees as she urgently demanded. ¡°So it was you who brought it back! How? Tell me what rite or secret magic you used!¡± Paul laughed. ¡°No magic rites needed. I used science¡­ frankly, I¡¯m not even sure I can do magic directly myself. But I do know how to ink Talismans, and how to create a mana generator...ah, that¡¯s a device that turns electricity into raw magical power.¡± Tamamo¡¯s arms gave out, causing her to flop unceremoniously onto her stomach with a surprised huff. ¡°No magic? Just this.. science thing¡­ Izumi said that¡¯s the understanding of how the world works but¡­ I don¡¯t get it?!¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Well¡­ with almost all the magic gone I was able to trace where the last little bit of it was coming from under Inari¡¯s mountain. From observing that I was able to study how the natural processes created it, and then duplicated those on a much more powerful scale using technology to copy what nature was doing. That¡¯s all¡­ I still don¡¯t really understand how, or rather why, it works the way it does. But I¡¯ve managed to figure out some of how to do stuff with it, just by poking at it and seeing what happens.¡± Tamamo stared at Paul for moment, then rolled over on to her back, grinning up at him. ¡°You reinvented being a Onmyouji. And solved a puzzle that has been vexing the best of them for a thousand years.¡± ¡°Well to be fair, I did have an advantage. When magic was everywhere, it was impossible to know where it was coming from, and without knowing that there was no way anyone would be able to work out how it was being created, because you have to observe the process up close to get it.¡± Tamamo chuckled, then sighed to herself. ¡°If I had only known before¡­¡± ¡°About that...what were you trying to do?¡± Tamamo shrugged slightly. ¡°Hide, mostly.. work my way into a position of influence over someone important.¡± ¡°Ah, the usual... then what?¡± Again she shrugged. ¡°I don¡¯t know. It would depend. Free the oppressed. Izumi said there is this thing called a glass roof? Something to do with making sure women don¡¯t get too powerful.¡± ¡°Oh! Glass ceiling ¡­ which isn¡¯t an actual physical thing, just in case you thought that.¡± Judging by her rueful expression, Tamamo had thought that. Paul smiled slightly and carried on. ¡°Ok, well...I¡¯m doing a bit of shaking things up myself. There¡¯s this thing called human rights¡­ basically a sort of contract between the rulers and ruled, guaranteeing fair treatment. Well, I got the Emperor to agree to extended human rights to cover yokai. Actually, we will probably have to call it something else, but essentially they have the same rights and legal protections as everyone else. That¡¯s just for starters, I¡¯ve got some vague notions about other things I can do to improve life for everyone.¡± Paul glanced down, and found Tamamo¡¯s unblinking gaze staring up at him. ¡°Um¡­ yeah¡­ I mean if you want to go all out for women¡¯s equality, be my guest, but using some other method rather than seducing people. That¡¯s kind of sleazy and a bit degrading for you I¡¯d imagine.¡± ¡°I.. you...what?¡± Paul sighed, reflecting he did seem to get that reaction a lot lately. ¡°Ok. Which part did you get lost on?¡± ¡°All of it! You managed to persuade the emperor to change the law, so yokai are treated the same as humans?!¡± ¡°Well¡­ yes¡­ although it might have something to do with the Emperor being a Ryu.¡± ¡°I knew that! I mean The Imperial family line has always been. It didn¡¯t make a difference then, why should it now?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Different Emperor, different attitude. He¡¯s actually a pretty decent bloke...ah, which reminds me. I really need to call him and tell him you don¡¯t pose a threat...er¡­ you don¡¯t do you? I mean, I¡¯d much rather we were both on the same side you know. But I¡¯m planning on shaking up the social order somewhat.. just.. my way, not yours.¡± Tamamo stared at Paul for a moment. ¡°Call the emperor... on your phone?!¡± ¡°Yes¡­ we kind of need to be able to do that in order to work together. He genuinely wants to make the world, well, Japan anyway, a better place. So, he¡¯s got me on speed dial same as I¡¯ve got him¡­ we talk you know, bounce ideas off each other¡­ ¡± Tamamao¡¯s eyes looked like they were about to fall out of her face, they were so wide. Paul sighed. ¡°Look, it¡¯s not that big a deal. It all came about because there was this group of monster hunters going around eliminating yokai because of some crackpot notion that they were holding the country back from progress, but neither of us had any idea who they were, or how far into government they¡¯d wormed their way. So he needed someone from the outside who he could trust, and I needed someone who could get stuff done that I could trust...and I see I¡¯m just making this worse. Just¡­ don¡¯t think about it too hard, ok? You¡¯ll get used to the madness after a bit!¡± Tamamo slowly nodded, ¡°Uhhh...huhhh¡­ Forgive me if I misdoubt that. But...yes, I think I want to be on ¡®your side¡¯ if you¡¯ll have me. If only because I want to study your ways. You have done much.. much more than I could imagine.¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Right place at the right time¡­ after which it was just a case of hang on for dear life and a lot of frantic improvisation! Hm, and speaking of time. His Imperial Majesty is probably sitting down to breakfast about now. I should call him and let him know you¡¯re ok.¡± Paul took out his phone, and after entering his pin, pressed the button of an anonymous contact, with a small dragon icon next to it. ¡°Good Morning sir¡­ yes, it¡¯s me. I thought I¡¯d better call you to bring you up to speed, as I promised. The bad news is, Tamamo-no-Mae is indeed real and had indeed escaped. The good news is she¡¯s not as bad as she¡¯s made out to be, more of an activist than a terrorist, and she¡¯s amiable to working with, rather than against. We¡¯ve reached an agreement I think.. oh¡­ Ok hang on a moment.¡± Paul cupped his hand over the phone. ¡°He wants to talk to you directly¡­ you ok with that?¡± ¡°He wants to talk to me! Of course, how could I say no?!¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°He asked not ordered. That means you have a choice.¡± Tamamo stared wild eyed at Paul for a moment, then held out her hand silently asking for the phone. Paul spoke into it. ¡°Ok, she¡¯ll speak to you sir.. handing you over.¡± Tamamo took the small slab of glass and metal as if it would suddenly turn into a venomous snake and bite her. Holding it up to her ear, she found to her horror that her mind went blank¡­ then a dry male voice spoke to her. ¡°Before you panic Tamamo-no-Mae might I suggest we forgo the usual formalities. It¡¯s far too early in the morning for it, and by the time the proper rituals are observed my breakfast will have gone cold. Is that agreeable to you?¡± ¡°Ah.. yes your Imperial majesty, Emperor by divine..¡± ¡°Please¡­ just sir will do. Otherwise we¡¯ll be at this all day.¡± Tamamao gripped the phone as if it was her life-line, the rushing sound of her blood loud in her ears as she felt like her world was dissolving¡­. ¡°Ah¡­ yes.. sir. As you command.¡± ¡°Hmm. Paul-san tells me you are not as the legends say...is he right?¡± ¡°I¡­ don¡¯t know the legends..sir. I do not harbour ill-will to your Imperial.. to your rule, not specifically...I..haven¡¯t been here long enough to form an opinion of it.¡± ¡°I see. I trust Paul-sans judgement, as chaotic as he might be at times, he has good intentions. If he says you can be trusted enough to work with, then that is good enough for me. Please, do not prove us both wrong.¡± ¡°N..no! Sir. I will serve as best I can, It.. I¡­ I have never been in accord with one such as yourself...sir. I promise, I will not disappoint you if you do not betray me.¡± ¡°Then that is good enough. You may hand the phone back to Paul-san.¡± Wordlessly Tamamo handed the phone back, dizzy from the rush of events overturning her world, she missed the brief conversation Paul had until he put the phone away. ¡°Well¡­ I think you¡¯d better get some rest. You look as though you¡¯re about to faint. Probably the result of suddenly finding yourself in rather rarefied heights¡­¡± ¡°Hmm.. yes. Is that.. how you normally speak to him?¡± ¡°Well, yes¡­ unless of course there¡¯s other members of the government in hearing range. Then it¡¯s all formal and so on. Personally, I think he likes having someone he can just chat normally to. We even talk sports sometimes. He¡¯s a baseball fan, I tease him cricket¡¯s better.. You know, just two men talking shit. Poor guy doesn¡¯t get to do that with anyone else. I¡¯d imagine it¡¯s a bit lonely being Emperor.¡± Tamamo just closed her eyes and scrubbed at her face with her palms. ¡°He is the Emperor!¡± ¡°I know...and he¡¯s also just someone who enjoys a good beer and a baseball match.¡± ¡°How can you just say that?!¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Because it¡¯s true. Look, Inari said I see things differently. I see people, as people. Ok, yes he¡¯s the Emperor, and a Ryu or dragon.. but he¡¯s also a person, not some symbol of state or something. He¡¯s a bloke, who likes doing normal things like everyone else. This is true of all yokai. They¡¯re more alike, than unalike, mostly. That¡¯s the key point to all this. They are people who do people like things. We all eat, sleep and shit the same way.¡± Tamamo found herself nodding slowly, trying to see the world Paul¡¯s way, were yokai and humans were all the same, more or less¡­ Her philosophical musing were brought short by a rather urgent sensation. Swinging her legs over the edge of the bed she tried to stand, and found herself in Paul¡¯s arms as her knees buckled and she pitched forward. ¡°Whoa, steady. What¡¯s wrong?¡± ¡°Ah¡­ you know you said we all eat, sleep and do the rest the same? Well, I¡¯ve slept, eaten and now I think you¡¯re about to find out if the rest is true, because I don¡¯t think I can walk even a short distance.¡± Paul¡¯s face reddened. ¡°Oh¡­ right. Ok, I¡¯ll help. I¡¯ve done worse before now. But lets not mention this to Inari when she wakes up.¡± ¡°Agreed! But can we hurry please!¡± Hanami Chp.20 It had been several days since Amanda had met Yuri. She¡¯d introduced Amanda to her sister Yuko the very next morning, and they¡¯d had a long talk, spanning most of the morning. Amanda had left Yuko feeling rather more thoughtful, but cautiously hopeful. Which was hardly surprising since she¡¯d given her a lot to think about regarding the nature of ability, or lack of, and the desire to live. Amanda had felt awkward sharing her own struggles, during the dark days immediately after the accident. Although in a flash of morbid humour she¡¯d pointed out that every day was a dark day for her. That had surprised a laugh out of the stoic Oni girl. After that, they had talked more freely. Yuko had confessed that she¡¯d had thoughts of ending her life too¡­ but she felt that it would be a betrayal of her sister, and the doctors trying to treat her. Amanda had agreed with that, although as she pointed out, Yuko really needed to find a reason to live, for herself, not just others. It was mid-morning, a few days after they¡¯d talked, that Amanda went to visit Yuko, and found that she had a visitor. She had no idea who the strange woman was¡­ at least the laughter she¡¯d heard coming out of Yuko¡¯s room had been feminine. As soon as she knocked and slid the door aside, she felt the woman¡¯s presence, like a summers sunlight on her face. ¡°Oh.. hello Amanda. This is Kiko, Kiko, this is Amanda.¡± ¡°Hiya Kiko¡­ wait, Kiko? The Kiko?!¡± The woman¡¯s laughter sounded like a combination of bird song and a stream burbling over rocks on a spring day. ¡°Ah, I see you¡¯ve heard of me then!¡± Amanda nodded, cautiously. As Kiko continued. ¡°Yuko told me you asked to be transferred here from the military hospital to meet me?¡± ¡°Um..yeah. I know that was presumptuous of me but¡­ ¡± ¡°It¡¯s okay, I understand. You were desperate for a miracle, since nothing short of one could heal you. Well, shall I take a look at you and see what I can do?¡± Amanda nodded slowly. She had thought she was prepared for this, but now it was upon her, she was suddenly afraid. Scared that she¡¯d be told no, that she couldn¡¯t be helped, or worse, wasn¡¯t worthy of it somehow. She knew she wasn¡¯t necessarily what many would call a good person. She smoked too much, drank like a sailor when she was on shore leave, and had rather more casual sex with multiple partners than most people would regard as virtuous. She could feel the sweat slicking her palms as she rubbed them on her pants legs. ¡°Umm, now? I mean, don¡¯t I need to make an offering or do some sort of atonement for past sins first?¡± Kiko laughed softly, almost musically. ¡°Oh no.. not really. Well, not unless you want to that is? Do you?¡± ¡°Fuck no! Oh cra.. um, pardon my language!¡± Kiko laughed. ¡°I was a collage student until not that long ago. A little swearing is not going to make me faint, trust me. Which is just as well, because my beloved Inari has a bit of a potty mouth at times!¡± Amanda chuckled, then did a mental double take. ¡°Wait, what? You and Inari? You¡¯re a couple?¡± ¡°Of course. I mean, she¡¯s at least five thousand years old, and a kitsune who can change shape and gender at will.. So naturally she¡¯s rather flexible when it comes to who or what she¡¯s attracted to. Inari loves who she loves...and never mind the details.¡± Amanda couldn¡¯t help herself, she whistled in awe, then blushed. ¡°Sorry, sorry¡­ I¡¯m... I¡¯m just impressed you landed someone so awesome, but I guess since you¡¯re a goddess as well...¡± ¡°Oh no, I was as human as you are when we met. And yes, she is. I wake up every day wondering how on earth I could be this lucky!¡± ¡°Huh, well, maybe there¡¯s hope for the rest of us then. Even crotchety old engineers who spend way too much time being ¡®just one of the boys¡¯...maybe!¡± Kiko laughed. ¡°Oh yes, even you¡­ and you¡¯re not that old. You¡¯re, what, high side of thirty?¡± ¡°Pretty good guess, 38 last birthday. Mind if I ask how old are you?¡± Amanda could feel the smile in Kiko¡¯s voice as she answered. ¡°Twelve years your junior, next birthday. Although with everything that¡¯s happened, I feel like I¡¯ve lived a couple of lifetimes longer than that.. Oh and I¡¯ve only been a Goddess since last December, although I¡¯ve been studying hard to make it up to the next rank.¡± ¡°Huh? There¡¯s ranks?¡± ¡°Oh yes, certainly. A newly ascended God or Goddess, that is, one who wasn¡¯t born as a kami, starts off as fifth rank. Someone like Inari is a Goddess of the first rank, and the ranks are subdivided into stone, then copper, bronze, silver, gold, sapphire and diamond, as well¡­ So, technically I am a Goddess of the fifth rank, with a bronze seal. Not quite as junior as it gets...but not far off. Then there are those Kami who were born of other older Kami and are on a different scale altogether, although there¡¯s a quite a bit of overlap between those ranks and those of the ascended Kami.¡± Kiko ran out of breath, judging by the inhale. Amanda jumped in. ¡°Ok, that¡¯s¡­ complicated. Sounds a bit like the ranks in the navy, with NCO¡¯s and officers, which technically is straightforward, but there¡¯s enough exceptions and sideways career tracks that it gets complicated.¡± ¡°An astute observation, yes it¡¯s rather similar¡­ although it¡¯s all rather moot since Inari is the only original Goddess still extant as far as we know. The Celestial Realms, the home of the Kami, is sealed, maybe no longer even exists.¡± ¡°Riiight¡­ you weren¡¯t some sort of academic before your promotion were you?¡± Kiko laughed. ¡°My turn to apologize! You¡¯re right, I was, as well as being a Miko¡­ a shrine maiden. I was studying to be a historian of religious texts and a librarian specialising in conservation. I get a little carried away and drop into lecture mode still, for which I apologise.¡± Amanda shrugged. ¡°Hey it¡¯s ok¡­ if it means you know what you¡¯re doing, then I can stand a lecture or two.¡± ¡°Well¡­ to be utterly fair, I only know what I¡¯m doing some of the time. But in your case it won¡¯t matter because your body knows how it¡¯s supposed to be. I¡¯m just lending it the energy to heal. It¡¯s when I have to get creative, and go beyond just fixing what¡¯s broken, that things get complicated.¡± Amanda chuckled. ¡°I get it, DNA and stuff. You just have to RTFM and we¡¯re good. Now if I wanted an extra pair of arms, not that I do even it would be useful, but that would make it more difficult, right?¡± Kiko laughed. ¡°Precisely! And RTFM?¡± ¡°It means Read The Fu¡­ Fricking Manual. And yeah, I thought as much. I¡¯m an engineer, and the body is a machine when you get down to it. Granted, 4 million years worth of kludges, workarounds and legacy shit, but still¡­¡± Kiko laughed, giggling until she snorted in a very un-goddess-like manner. ¡°Oh that¡¯s too true! Yes, precisely! But at the same time it¡¯s wonderfully resilient and has multiple backups. So fixing it is quite possible.¡± You might be reading a stolen copy. Visit Royal Road for the authentic version. Turning sober suddenly, Amanda asked. ¡°Alright, I¡¯m sold. Can you patch me up?¡± Kiko¡¯s voice was just as serious. ¡°With your permission, I¡¯ll take a look. But I think it¡¯s quite likely.¡± Amanda chuckled and in her crisp ¡®officer¡¯ voice replied. ¡°Permission granted, scan when ready!¡± ¡°Done¡­ and yes¡­ The damage to your spine is finicky but doable, but you¡¯ll have quite a bit of muscle weakness afterwards because I¡¯ll need to prioritize fixing what won¡¯t heal by itself given a bit of time and exercise. The eyes and your inner ear are easiest, it just matter of making them regrow missing parts. But yes, I can fix it all. I can even remove the scars if you wish, but again, that¡¯s a low priority, apart from anything that would affect functionality of course.¡± Amanda sat for a moment, her nose running as her non-existent tear ducts tried to cry. She rubbed at her nose and eyes trying not to. ¡°I...I had hoped.. but I didn¡¯t really believe it possible¡­ thank you!¡± Amanda twitched as Kiko suddenly wrapped her arms around Amanda¡¯s shoulders, hugging her. ¡°It¡¯s ok, you¡¯ve been helping Yuko, I¡¯m just returning the favour. Although I would¡¯ve helped even if you were a complete stranger. I have the ability, so why would I not use it?¡± ¡°Right, yeah. When you put it that way, you¡¯d have to be a complete a-hole not to¡­ Ok. So.. what do we do now?¡± Kiko sounded thoughtful. ¡°Well¡­ I¡¯ve been working with Yuko to remove the clots and heal the damage to her lungs. That¡¯s delicate work and slow going. It takes time for lung tissue to regenerate. So, it would be best if we used another room to avoid any ¡®spill over¡¯ affecting that.¡± ¡°Ok, that makes sense. My room, it¡¯s in the other wing and down a floor. Would that be far enough away?¡± ¡°Uhm, yes I think so. Do you need help pushing or can you manage?¡± ¡°I think I can manage for one last time!¡± Kiko sounded cautious as she spoke, slight hesitating. ¡°I should warn you not to get too eager. I can fix the nerves, but your muscles might not support you at first. You¡¯ll need to exercise to build your strength back up and strengthen new nerve connections. So, please don¡¯t be disappointed when you cannot walk all that well right away.¡± Amanda sighed. ¡°Yeah, I should¡¯ve guessed I wouldn¡¯t be dancing straight off the bat. Thanks for the reality check, I mean that sincerely actually. Thank you. I was getting carried away.¡± ¡°Well, miracles I can do straight away, the impossible just takes a little bit longer.¡± Amanda was still chuckling at that by the time they reached her room. Healing Amanda took the rest of the morning. Kiko had concentrated on the more important and difficult areas first, tackling the finicky business of reconnecting spinal nerves first. Amanda had found it difficult to stay still during that, as it had caused the worst case of pins and needles she¡¯d ever felt. Still, once Kiko had finished, Amanda found she could at least feel her legs, and with some considerable effort move them a little. She couldn¡¯t help grinning. ¡°Gonna need someone to do P.T.¡± Kiko hmm¡¯ed thoughtfully before saying anything. ¡°You know¡­ we could solve two problems at once if Yuko agreed to do that.¡± ¡°That¡¯s a pretty good idea. Giving her something to do would help. Ok, eyes next? Oh, and if you¡¯ve got enough left in the tank afterwards, could you get rid of the scarring? I was never anything much to look at, but I don¡¯t want to spend the rest of my life looking like a Halloween fright night special.¡± Kiko chuckled. ¡°I shall see what I can do, at the very least I should be able to make them less noticeable. I would have to heal them a little anyway, so you can blink without it hurting. I¡¯ll have to bandage your eyes first though, we don¡¯t want anything getting into them and getting trapped while they¡¯re regrowing!¡± ¡°Fuck no! Ok, there¡¯s some gauze still in the night stand. I think.¡± Kiko moved to stand behind Amanda after bandaging her eyes, placing her hands on Amanda¡¯s temples, either side of her head, Kiko¡¯s slim hands about parallel with Amandas eye sockets. The process itself caused tiny star-bursts of light in the darkness, phosphine sparks caused by random nerve firings. The equivalent of pins and needles for visual nerves. ¡°There, done. Do you want me to unwrap your bandages or do you want to do it?¡± ¡°You do the honours please¡­ I¡¯m not sure my hands are steady enough!¡± Kiko softly asked. ¡°Nervous?¡± ¡°Hell yes! Of course.¡± ¡°It¡¯s ok, I can tell it worked already, even the scars will only be faintly visible and will fade completely in a week or two.¡± Amanda sighed, and nodded. ¡°Ok, can we¡­?¡± ¡°Of course. Just a minute.¡± Amanda closed her eyes until she felt the bandages fall away, and then with butterflies in her stomach slowly opened them to look Kiko in the face. She saw the look of shock and surprise cross Kiko¡¯s face. Worried Amanda snapped. ¡°What?¡± ¡°Your eyes, I didn¡¯t expect them to be so beautiful¡­ they¡¯re the bluest I¡¯ve ever seen.¡± She could feel the blush on her cheeks, glancing downwards. She blinked in dismay as she saw herself. ¡°Shit! I¡¯m skinny! Why did no-one tell me I¡¯d lost so much weight?¡± Kiko laughed, shaking her head. ¡°That¡¯s not entirely true¡­ here, let me¡­¡± Amanda couldn¡¯t help admiring the young goddess as she glided across the room, then she felt her eyebrows rising as she noticed that Kiko was walking an inch or two above the ground, and seemed to have a faintly pinkish-gold aura surrounding her. Kiko noticed Amanda¡¯s astounded expression as she wheeled the full length mirror across to her. ¡°What? Oh.. bother! Sorry, I haven¡¯t quite got the hang of that, I can¡¯t help floating.¡± Amanda smiled. ¡°Yeah.. leave it alone.. Goddesses should look like you do!¡± Kiko blushed, and fussed with the mirror, getting it lined up just right. Amanda studied her reflection in surprise. Her legs might be wasted and skinny, but her arms and shoulders had clearly benefited from six months worth of heavy exercise! Amanda pulled up her sweatshirt and t-shirt, and whistled as she took a look at her abs. ¡°Whoa.. I¡¯m jacked! Guess it really is an ill wind that blows no good.¡± Kiko blushed and looked away. ¡°Um, yes¡­ well, your core muscles had to do a lot of the work holding you up I¡¯d imagine, and of course your arms would be getting a work out.¡± ¡°Yeah...I mean I knew that, just hadn¡¯t realised how much.¡± Amanda grinned, and continued. ¡°Well, wanna walk with me to go see Yuko? I mean...I should probably take my wheelchair, but wanna give me a hand walking that last bit so I can show off for her?¡± Kiko laughed, nodding, and helped Amanda navigate down to Yuko¡¯s room. Which turned out to be rather necessary since she knew the way blind, but trying to do it sighted proved unexpectedly difficult. As Amanda put it, she had a different set of navigational beacons to go by. Once outside Yuko¡¯s room, Amanda set the brakes on her chair, and borrowed Kiko¡¯s shoulder to lean on. Three steps towards the door and she was beginning to sweat, by the time she¡¯s knocked on the door and entered her legs were trembling from the effort of staying upright, despite Kiko¡¯s assistance. Two more steps towards the surprised Yuko. And her legs gave out on her. Kiko tried to hold her up, but Amanda was too heavy for her. They were saved from an embarrassing tumble by Yuko diving forward and scooping Amanda up in her arms. ¡°Amanda! What the hell do you think you were doing?!¡± ¡°Er.. showing off the fact I can walk?¡± Yuko sighed. ¡°Look at you, you look like you¡¯ve skipped all the leg days! What made you think you could just get right back up after six months of sitting on your ass?¡± Amanda hung her head and mumbled. ¡°Guess I just got carried away.. I mean, c¡¯mon. I just got my legs back! How could I not try?¡± Kiko laughed. ¡°Oh Yuko.. let her alone, you¡¯re no better. I mean the first thing you did after I healed you was take a deep breath! Then you spent the next minute coughing.¡± Yuko grinned sheepishly, as she put Amanda down in the chair next to her bed, and went to fetch the wheelchair from outside. Amanda didn¡¯t comment either, she was too busy seeing Yuko for the first time. Why hadn¡¯t anyone said she had green hair, she wondered. Amanda also couldn¡¯t help thinking that Yuko cut an impressive figure, dressed as she was in a sports bra sort of crop top and yoga leggings. Amanda shook her head. She wasn¡¯t gay, she told herself firmly¡­ but if anyone could convince her to play for the other side, it would be Yuko. Her back muscles.. no, her whole body was a work of Art! Kiko noticed Amanda¡¯s gaze, and smiled slightly to herself. Despite what Amanda had said to Yuri, as told by Yuko, she could see the colours of Amanda¡¯s aura, and had noticed what she was just beginning to realise about herself, if the way that thread of colour was brightening was any guide. Kiko thought about saying something, but then decided not to. It was far too easy to meddle and not entirely a good idea. Better to let them work it out for themselves, and enjoy the process of discovery. Besides, if she said anything, it could get awkward, especially if Amanda decided that she didn¡¯t want to act upon the possibility. Still, Kiko thought to herself, it was going to interesting watching their relationship bloom, if it did. They would make such an adorable couple! Even if they decided to remain just friends it would be sweet! Kiko giggled quietly, secretly thrilled at the idea¡­ and then caught both Amanda and Yuko staring at her. Embarrassed and bit flustered, she coughed and composed herself. ¡°Ahem, I was just saying to Amanda that she would need someone to help her, or at least keep her company, during her physical therapy.¡± Amanda picked up her cue. ¡°Yeah¡­ wanna be my work out buddy Yuko? Help keep me motivated?¡± Yuko¡¯s look of delighted surprise couldn¡¯t be any more obvious an answer. ¡°Um.. yes! If you want me too I would be happy to! Ah.. that is.. if you wouldn¡¯t be discouraged by me that is? Oni are a lot stronger than humans and¡­¡± ¡°Nah. That would just make me work harder trying to keep up, you know. If you promise not to let me slack off, I¡¯ll spot you, deal?¡± Amanda smiled lopsidedly at Yuko, and stuck her hand out. Yuko carefully enfolded Amanda¡¯s hand in hers, making sure the points of her nails only dented the skin of Amanda¡¯s wrist. ¡°Deal. Please take good care of me.¡± ¡°Likewise! Tell you what, there¡¯s a small gym downstairs, wanna go hit that now? Burn off some of the carbs from lunch?¡± Yuko visibly perked up at the idea, a bright smile wreathing her face. ¡°You¡¯re on! Let see how much you can bench press, your shoulders are almost broad enough for an Oni¡¯s!¡± Amanda grinned and flexed her arms, causing Kiko to chuckle. ¡°Ok, I¡¯ll leave you two muscle-heads alone, I have other people to see today.¡± Amanda abruptly sobered, and looking seriously at Kiko bowed from the waist. ¡°Thank you Goddess¡­ if there¡¯s ever anything I can do, just ask. I owe you more than I can possibly say.¡± Kiko blushed, and shook her head. ¡°I won¡¯t say it¡¯s nothing, because it¡¯s not, at least not to you. But really, seeing you well again is worth the effort. Be well Amanda Fielding, grow strong and make the most of your life.. oh and have fun!¡± Amanda laughed. ¡°Hear that Yuko? As the Goddess commands, lets go have some fun!¡± Kiko was still chuckling as she walked down the hall¡­ she didn¡¯t get why some people regarded exercise as ¡®fun¡¯ but it was obvious that Yuko and Amanda were kindred spirits in the respect. Hanami Chp.21 The school principle Ms Mitashi sipped at her cup of chamomile tea. She found herself very much in need of something to steady her nerves, having just had a rather fraught conversation with the genuinely distraught teacher Mr Hibaki, over the incident with Shoko. She¡¯d had to reassure him that she was convinced that he hadn¡¯t intentionally discriminated against Shoko on the basis of her species, that she understood he¡¯d missed the orientation and awareness briefing before school started entirely by accident, specifically a minor car accident that had unexpectedly taken up that day. She had to admit, she hadn¡¯t checked back with Mr Hibaki that he¡¯d read the summery he¡¯d been sent, and thus hadn¡¯t realised it omitted details on Shoko¡¯s age. Which in hindsight was perhaps not wise even though it was school policy not to include students personal details in documents that would leave the grounds and thus their confidentiality couldn¡¯t be assured. Now she was mentally preparing herself to discuss matters with Shoko and convey the sincere apologies of her teacher to her¡­ hopefully forestalling any further upset. Inari was a quite understanding parent, but Ms Mitashi really didn¡¯t want to find out the limits of that. Aside from anything else, for all that she was an ancient fox goddess, she was also a warm and likeable young woman who was doing her best to overcome some serious problems of her own. Ms Mitashi did not want to cause her trouble. Deciding that it would be better to go and talk to Shoko, rather than ask her to come to her office, Ms Mitashi finished the last of her tea and walked down to the nurses office and the school sick room. She stopped just outside her destination as the faint sound of laughter drifted though the green painted door. Ms Mitashi looked thoughtful, wondering what the source of hilarity was. She knocked, and entered. Inside Shoko and her friend Chihiro were sitting on the same bed, being watched by Mrs Fubuki the school nurse. Between the two girls was a young fox cub, almost mummified in a bright yellow blanket. Shoko was holding the cub still while Chihiro was holding what looked like a bottle of milk and attempting to feed it¡­ although quite a bit of the milk had been relocated over them both. Both young girls looked guiltily at Ms Mitashi, while the school nurse looked ready to leap to their defence. Ms Mitashi sighed, shaking her head. ¡°I am going to assume there¡¯s a perfectly reasonable explanation for this, which I¡¯m sure we can discuss after that young cub has eaten it¡¯s fill. Chihiro, that is not how you feed a young one. Shoko, for now I will say that your teacher is rather upset at their mistake and wishes you to know that he apologies sincerely. Now¡­ pass me the little one and let me show you how this is supposed to be done¡­ Oh and Mrs Fubuki, could you fetch us some more towels, as I rather think they¡¯ll be needed.¡± Wordlessly Chihiro handed the bottle to Ms Mitashi who sat herself on the edge of the bed between the two girls, and put the wrapped up cub on her lap. She tested the temperature of the bottle on her wrist, and nodded. ¡°I hope this isn¡¯t baby formula?¡± Mrs Fubuki shook her head. ¡°No, I ran out to the vets surgery nearby and bought some puppy formula milk. I was told it¡¯s close enough for a young fox cub.¡± Ms Mitashi nodded, smiling as she deftly manoeuvred the cub into a semi-upright position and presented it with the bottles nipple, by inserting a finger to open it¡¯s mouth and slipping the nipple in. Moments later the young cub was happily suckling. Without taking her eyes off of the young thing in her lap, Ms Mitashi quietly asked. ¡°Now, perhaps one of you might like to tell me why we have a young fox cub here? This isn¡¯t a relative of yours Shoko, is it?¡± Shoko grinned nervously¡­ ¡°Mayyybe¡­ I¡¯m not sure. I mean, she is a Kitsune. But she isn¡¯t anyone I know, and she¡¯s too young to talk so I can¡¯t ask. Chihiro found her.¡± ¡°Chihiro, would you like to tell me how that came about?¡± Chirhiro took a deep breath. ¡°It started when Shoko got upset in class Ms Mitashi, you see when she ran off, I ran after her...¡± By the time Chihiro had finished recounting the tale of her adventure through a magical portal into another realm, and how she found her way back with what she¡¯d thought at the time was her friend Shoko, the little cub had finished the bottle and fallen asleep again. Ms Mitashi looked at the pair of young girls thoughtfully. ¡°Well, I must say. You have had quite the day you two. Shoko, if you are upset at anything in school, could you promise to come to me please? Rather than running off to hide somewhere.¡± ¡°Yes Ms Mitashi!¡± ¡°And you Chihiro, were very brave and resourceful¡­ but perhaps in future you might consider enlisting some adult assistance first?¡± Chihiro nodded, slowly. ¡°I¡¯m sorry Ms Mitashi¡­ I only thought of that after I wriggled into the bushes and then it was too late to turn around.¡± ¡°I see, well I¡¯m sure this has been a learning experience for both of you, so I shan¡¯t record your absence from class. However, that leaves us the question of what to do with this little cub? Shoko, I don¡¯t suppose you¡¯d know how likely it is that her parents will be looking for her?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°I¡¯m sorry Ms Mitashi sempai, I thought there weren¡¯t any other kitsune outside of Hokkaido! But I do know if they¡¯re alive they won¡¯t ever stop looking for her. No kitsune would.¡± Mitashi considered what she knew of Inari, and nodded slowly. ¡°Yes, I can believe that. So¡­ until proven otherwise I think we should assume she¡¯s possibly an orphan, although we should definitely make all efforts to find her parents, But it does raise the question of who should look after her, at least for the meantime.¡± Chihiro raised a hand slowly. ¡°Ms Mitashi sempai¡­ she trusts me. I could make her a sling and take her to class with me, she won¡¯t be any trouble I promise! Please!¡± Ms Mitashi smiled slightly. ¡°I somehow doubt that¡­ quite apart from anything else I¡¯m sure your friends would be thrilled to see her, and will likely want to spoil her. But the school does have a policy regarding students with children in their care, younger siblings and so on, permitting them to bring them into school if no other alternative daycare is available. Although we¡¯ve never actually had to put it in action before. I think this may count as a test run, if you wouldn¡¯t mind helping us with that?¡± Chihiro made a quietly little ¡®Eee!¡¯ sound and nodded. Then asked; ¡°Ms Mitashi sempai, may I have permission to rummage in the lost and found box, to find something I can make a sling out of for her?¡± ¡°You may indeed. I believe it¡¯s home economics next for you two? So I will come with you to class and explain to your teacher that this counts as a class project. I would also suggest you find a few minutes to phone your mother and inform her of who you¡¯ll be bringing home with you. I¡¯m sure she¡¯d appreciate that.¡± Chihiro nodded, then looked slightly crestfallen. ¡°Oh¡­ but she won¡¯t be home tonight since she¡¯s working the evening shift¡­¡± Ms Mitashi considered for moment. ¡°I take it you¡¯ve never had a puppy in your family, have you?¡± Chihiro shook her head. Ms Mitashi sighed. ¡°Very well then, if you wouldn¡¯t mind waiting in my office for a little while after school, I¡¯ll drive you home and help you get set up and see that you know what you¡¯re doing. A kitsune can¡¯t be that different...surely?¡± Ms Mitashi looked inquiringly at Shoko who shrugged. ¡°I don¡¯t think so¡­ I don¡¯t remember being a baby of course, but Mother Inari has told me stories. She said that the first year or so all they do is eat, sleep and play, more or less in that order. You¡¯ll need toys to keep her entertained, and lots of hugs¡­ she¡¯ll want to sleep next to you, Chihiro. Oh.. and she said that little kitsune are smart and very curious, so she¡¯ll probably figure out doors and things quickly.¡± Ms Mitashi smiled fondly. ¡°Not so very different than some puppies I¡¯ve raised then. Very well, I¡¯ll help you get her settled in Chihiro, I¡¯ll call the vets once you¡¯re in class and arrange for them to meet us at your home to check her and don¡¯t worry about the bill. Then we shall all have to think about finding her parents. Shoko can you ask Inari for me..¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Mother Inari is in Tokyo. I have her number but she said not to call unless it was an emergency because she and Paul-san would be busy. Kiko is looking after me, but I don¡¯t think she¡¯d know how to find them.¡± Ms Mitashi paused a moment, thinking, as she pressed her lips together to avoid saying something thoughtlessly. She had to remind herself that not only were they Kitsune, but Inari and Shoko stemmed from different eras, with different attitudes. Evidently Inari expected Shoko to be capable of looking after herself, with a little help, at least for a day or two. She nodded to herself. ¡°Very well. Hm¡­ Kiko-sama is acting as Inari¡¯s archivist isn¡¯t she?¡± Shoko nodded, frowning, then her face lit up as she realised what Ms Mitashi was suggesting. ¡°Oh! Of course! Kiko-san might not know herself, but I bet she¡¯d know how to look in the archives and find answers there! She might even be able to discover who her parents are!¡± Ms Mitashi smiled. ¡°Exactly right Shoko. Now do you see the importance of keeping records, girls?¡± Shoko and Chihiro both replied. ¡°Yes, Ms Mitashi sempai!¡± ----------------- Lunch time found Chihiro and Shoko on the roof of the school building, sitting at a table surrounded by what seemed like most of the girls at school, while the young cub stood on the table, absolutely glorying in the amount of attention she was receiving. She¡¯d also proven old enough to be eating solid food¡­ and so far her appetite appeared to be both omnivorous and endless. Shoko was fairly sure the small cub had eaten almost her entire body weight in titbits from everyone¡¯s bento boxes. This tale has been unlawfully obtained from Royal Road. If you discover it on Amazon, kindly report it. She¡¯d been cosseted and fussed over to her little hearts content, and pampered until her coat gleamed a glossy chestnut red, with golden highlights and cream colouring on her round little belly. Tomiso had even shyly produced from his pocket a hairclip in the shape of a tiny pink bow, and clipped it in the cubs fur next to her ear. The collective sigh at that sight was almost enough to ruffle her tail as she sat there, proudly beaming at everyone it seemed. The next few minutes ended up being devoted to taking pictures, until the cub grew bored of that. Shoko noticed that Usagi-chan, as she¡¯d dubbed Haruko Isobe when they first met and the nickname has stuck, was sitting off by herself with a large sketchpad on her knees and a spill of coloured pencils on the bench next to her. ¡°Whatcha doing?¡± Usagi-chan startled, nearly dumping everything to the floor, her long rabbit ears instinctively going flat. She still kept them hidden outside of school but when she was with her school-friends she now freed her ears from their hiding place among her braids. ¡°Oh! Shoko! Don¡¯t sneak up on me like that!¡± ¡°Wasn¡¯t sneaking, I waved at you twice!¡± Usagi-chan sighed. ¡°Sorry, sorry¡­ I get so caught up in drawing sometimes.¡± Shoko tilted her head looking at her friend. ¡°You a part of the art club as well as music?¡± ¡°Sort of¡­ promise not to laugh at me?¡± ¡°Never!¡± Usagi-chan smiled timidly. ¡°I draw anime and manga art¡­ I want to be an illustrator when I grow up.¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°That¡¯s cool!¡± Usagi-chan nodded, then sighed, causing Shoko to frown and ask.. ¡°That is cool, isn¡¯t it?¡± ¡°My parents don¡¯t think so. They think I should get a proper safe job in an office. They say artists never make any money and it¡¯s not a respectable profession.¡± ¡°Ha! Inari is.. or she was¡­ a patron of artists and poets. Or so she¡¯s told me. I bet she¡¯d be your patron too¡­ you can¡¯t be more respectable than that!¡± Usagi-chan giggled, looking down at her sketch book and stroking her ears. ¡°That¡¯s silly¡­ Inari being a patron of a manga?!¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Well, why not? It¡¯s art isn¡¯t it? Besides, I bet she¡¯d like manga or anime more than she likes what they call ¡®modern art¡¯¡­ She likes funny stories you know. Um.. can I take a look?¡± Usagi-chan hesitated, then shoved the sketch book at Shoko. The book was open at the sketch of the young cub with her bow in her fur. It was only a rough unfinished sketch but it caught the proud and pleased expression she¡¯d worn quite well. Shoko lifted the corner of the page, then looked at Usagi-chan ¡°Can I look at the rest?¡± Usagi-chan hesitated, then nodded, although Shoko could see she was nervous. As Shoko leafed through the pages, she saw sketches of her friends, of places around town, but also of fantastical things even by her standards, like vast whales swimming through the sky above the familiar skyline of the port, or what she guessed was perhaps Amaterasu leaning down from a cloud to buy an ice cream from a cart. Then Shoko stopped, staring at a portrait of herself in Miko robes. Usagi-chan peered and then realising what page Shoko was looking at tried to grab the book away from her. Shoko reluctantly handed it back as Usagi-chan went bright red and started to stutter out an apology. ¡°Usagi-chan, it¡¯s ok! I like it!¡± Usagi-chan stared at Shoko, blinking, her glasses making her look more owl-like than rabbit. ¡°You¡­ you do?¡± ¡°Umhm! Yes! One question though¡­ when did you see me in robes? I don¡¯t wear them to school.¡± Usagi-chan ducked her head and mumbled something even Shoko¡¯s sharp fox ears didn¡¯t catch. ¡°Hmmm?¡± ¡°I said.. Halloween!¡± Shoko¡¯s eyes widened.. ¡°Oh! That long ago?! Wait¡­ why would you sketch me then? You didn¡¯t know me?¡± ¡°No but I wanted to! Eep! Ah! Umm¡­ Pretend I didn¡¯t say that!¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°Ohhhh¡­. You saw a fox girl and wanted her to chase you did you? Did you find the idea of being caught thrilling? Maybe I should gobble you up right now. Hmm¡­?¡± Usagi blushed all the way up to the tips of her ears, and hiding her face behind her sketch book stammered out in a half-strangled whisper. ¡°I..I..I¡­ I m-might like being...ah.. being eaten.. if it was you!¡± Shoko blinked, and belatedly took a look at Usagi-chan¡¯s aura¡­ and was hardly surprised to find it suffused with the bright energies of love and desire, as well as an undertone of budding, unrealised-as-yet carnal feelings but over all that was the sense of longing, the overwhelming need to be close and belong to her. In other words, a serious crush. Shoko took a deep breath, and let it out slowly, as Usagi-chan sat trembling, hiding her face behind her sketchbook. Shoko was suddenly glad that the young cub was the center of everyone else''s attention, and that if anyone glanced over their way, Usagi-chan would blocked from view by her. Shoko focused on her innate magic for a moment, weaving a ¡®look elsewhere¡¯ spell around the pair of them. Turning her attention back to the cringing Usaki-chan, she lowered her voice. ¡°Haruko, look at me, please?¡± Usagi-chan peeked over the edge of her sketch book, on the verge of tears. She gasped softly as she looked up and stared into Shoko¡¯s eyes, who¡¯d leaned closer unnoticed. ¡°It¡¯s ok little rabbit. I¡¯m flattered. This is your first time, isn¡¯t it?¡± Usagi-chan nodded, hope beginning to leak into her gaze. Then she bit her lip, and in a voice that shook like Sakuranbo, cherry blossoms in the wind ¡°But you, and Chihiro¡­?¡± Shoko chuckled. ¡°Oh, I tease her but we aren¡¯t like that. It¡¯s just pretense. She¡¯s my friend, I could even see her as a sister¡­ but nothing else, even though she¡¯s like you. Because it¡¯s not something she wants.¡± Usagi-chan lifted her head, and in a voice barely above a breath, asked. ¡°Could you, maybe¡­ want me?¡± Shoko smiled. ¡°I hardly know you¡­ but yes. I¡¯d like to know you more, as friends first. We have lots of time. Maybe we could hang out first?¡± Usagi-chan nodded. ¡°Yes please! Um¡­ after school, today?¡± Shoko laughed. ¡°Eager! Yes.. ah¡­although tomorrow, Saturday. I think I¡¯m going to be busy after school today. But yes, a coffee date it is. Do you know the Yokai cafe?¡± Usagi-chan nodded, a smile lighting her face like the sun coming out from behind rain clouds. ¡°Yes! I.. I¡¯ve never dared go in there, but I know where it is. I¡¯ve stood outside often enough!¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°Ok then, as long as you don¡¯t mind me working at the same time?¡± ¡°Working? You work there?!¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Yup! Part-time, but yes. I have a shift there tomorrow afternoon. So you¡¯ll get to see me in my maid-dress. Meet me there at Eleven and we can hang out before my shift. ¡± Usagi-chan¡¯s eyes went wide as her jaw dropped, scarlet staining her cheeks. ¡°M..ma..ma.. maid-dress!¡± Shoko laughed, as Usagi-chan looked like she might faint from an over-active imagination. ¡°Bring your sketch book Usagi-chan, I¡¯ll pose for you if you like.¡± Usagi-chan¡¯s eyes were as wide as saucers, as she nodded hard enough to send her twin braids flying. ¡°Y..yes..please!¡± Shoko grinned.. ¡°Ok, I¡¯ll talk to Kokoro-sama, she¡¯s the boss there, and if we¡¯re not too busy I¡¯ll ask if Etsu wants to join in. She¡¯s a neko, cat spirit girl. She¡¯ll probably like the idea of being drawn, she¡¯s kinda like that, she craves attention.¡± If anything Usagi-chan¡¯s eyes went even wider, as she nodded until her glasses slid down her nose. ----- It was at the end of the school day, when they were sitting outside Ms Mitashi¡¯s office, waiting for her to finish and drive Chihiro home, that Shoko got chance to talk to her friend in private. The wait had given Shoko time to think, and possibly over think. What if Chihiro really did like Shoko ¡®that¡¯ way? What if she was only pretending not to be interested, because she was embarrassed? Shoko knew she could get hints from Chihiro¡¯s aura, but there was a couple of problems with that. Firstly, it was only hints, and secondly it didn¡¯t feel entirely right to peek into her friends feelings like that. So, she waited until they were alone, before bringing it up. ¡°Um¡­ Chihiro, can we talk?¡± Chihiro sighed slightly, Shoko had been acting weird ever since lunch break. She probably thought she hadn¡¯t noticed it, but Chihiro had caught her looking at her oddly, as if she was trying to puzzle something out and she¡¯d looked like she was almost on the brink of saying something once or twice, but then they¡¯d been interrupted. ¡°What¡¯s the matter Shoko? What¡¯s bothering you?¡± Shoko didn¡¯t answer right away, she scuffed at the floor with the toe of her shoe as they sat in silence. Then she stilled, evidently reaching some sort of decision. ¡°How do you feel about me Chihiro? I know I tease you¡­ but would you call me your girlfriend?¡± Chihiro stilled, her mind racing. Shoko being serious was unusual¡­ No, that¡¯s not quite fair. Chihiro thought, she¡¯s always serious, even when she¡¯s joking. She just doesn¡¯t always appear to be. Which means she must really be serious now! ¡°I.. honestly, I don¡¯t know. We¡¯re friends, best friends even. Maybe if we were older we could be girlfriends. But now.. I just don¡¯t feel that way.¡± Shoko sighed, sounding relieved, and she nodded. ¡°That¡¯s what I thought. That¡¯s the problem¡­ when you¡¯re old enough to want a girlfriend, I¡¯ll still be like this. I won¡¯t look old enough for you.¡± Chihiro looked wide eyed at Shoko. She hadn¡¯t even thought of that problem! But Shoko was right, she tried to picture them in a few years time. Shoko wouldn¡¯t look that different, as she didn¡¯t age as fast. But Chihiro tried to imagine herself as a nearly collage girl, dating someone who looked like she belonged in middle school, lower middle school at best... ¡°Um¡­ yeah. I didn¡¯t think of that. If we tried doing the things couples do in public, people would call the police!¡± Shoko chuckled, a small mirthless bitter sound. ¡°Yeah¡­ that happens.¡± Chihiro sighed. ¡°This isn¡¯t the first time is it?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°No, there¡¯s a load of stories Mother Inari¡¯s told me. Kitsune and human love affairs are incredibly difficult in some ways. Plus, just being a kitsune is hard some days¡­ I mean, I¡¯m eighty years old, and I still can¡¯t just go and buy a beer!¡± Chihiro giggled, then bit her lips. ¡°Sorry, sorry¡­ I know it¡¯s not funny for you¡­¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°Yeah, It¡¯s ok. It makes me laugh too sometimes. Although sometimes it¡¯s either laugh or cry. You have any idea what it¡¯s like, trying to make friends knowing they¡¯ll grow old and die before you¡¯re even fully grown up? Humans are just like sakura to Kitsune.¡± Chihiro said nothing but she turned in her seat and pulled Shoko into a hug, resting her chin on the top of her head, Shoko¡¯s ear tufts tickling her cheeks. ¡°It¡¯s ok Shoko. We¡¯ll always be friends. And so what if our time is limited, it¡¯ll still be fun. We¡¯ll make the most of it while we can.¡± Shoko sighed into Chihiro chest, and nodded slightly. ¡°Yeah¡­ there¡¯s something else Chihiro. Um¡­ I don¡¯t know quite how to say this, and please don¡¯t be offended. But I can¡¯t be your girlfriend for another reason¡­ there¡¯s someone else.¡± Chihiro leaned back, looking Shoko in the eyes. ¡°Shoko...are you.. breaking up with me?!¡± Shoko¡¯s eyes went wide, panic stricken suddenly, until Chihiro started laughing at her expression. ¡°Oooo! YOU!¡± Chihiro made an urgent ¡°shh!¡±, nodding in the direction of where the young cub lay sleeping. Shoko clapped her hand over her mouth and nodded. ¡°Sorry Shoko¡­ that was just too good an opportunity. Payback for all the times you teased me.¡± Shoko smiled ruefully. ¡°Yeah, ok. I deserved that. For a moment there I was afraid you¡¯d been serious all along and only pretended to be joking¡­¡± ¡°Couldn¡¯t you tell if I was doing that?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Feelings are complicated to read sometimes, especially if you were lying to yourself as well. Plus, we¡¯re friends. It¡¯s not right to peek like that, I think.¡± Chihiro nodded slowly, then smiled, a sly look on her face. ¡°Soooo¡­. Who is it? Tomiso?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Oh no¡­ he or she¡¯s still trying to figure themselves out. No, it¡¯s Usagi-chan.¡± ¡°Haruko ?!¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°She has crush on me¡­ has done since she saw me during Halloween.¡± Chihiro¡¯s eyes widened. ¡°Really? But¡­ she¡¯s a rabbit girl and you¡¯re a kitsune¡­¡± Shoko smiled a naughty little grin. ¡°Yeah¡­ I teased her about being chased and eaten and she said she wouldn¡¯t mind being eaten if it was me. I have to admit.. I think I like the idea of eating her too..!¡± Scandalised Chihiro exclaimed in a whisper. ¡°Shoko! You¡­. You really are such a kitsune sometimes!¡± Shoko giggled, grinning cheekily. ¡°I know, and you still like me!¡± Chihiro sighed, shaking her head. ¡°I do¡­ so, you two planning on dating? Or are you planning on skipping right ahead to the.. ah.. ¡®eating¡¯ part?¡± Sobering up slightly Shoko nodded. ¡°Yeah, thought it would be best if we got to know each other first. I think we¡¯ll stick to hand-holding at most, for now anyway. I¡¯m following Inari¡¯s advice. It¡¯s the first time for her, so we¡¯re taking it slow and doing it right.¡± Chihiro frowned slightly. ¡°Um¡­ Shoko¡­ does that mean it¡¯s not your first time? I mean you don¡¯t have to say anything if..¡± ¡°It¡¯s ok Chihiro. I already made up my mind not have secrets with you. So.. yeah.. I had a boy friend once, about twenty years ago. It..it didn¡¯t end well. I was still too young for sex, and he kept getting older, and wanted more...um¡­ physical stuff.¡± Chihiro stilled, hardly daring to ask..but still she found the words trickling past her lips, out of concern for her friend. ¡°He.. he didn¡¯t¡­¡± ¡°Oh! Oh no.. no nothing like that. He got frustrated and left me. Found a girlfriend, a human girlfriend, near his own age. It just got rather¡­ shouty, towards the end. That¡¯s all. He never tried forcing me into anything. Never even touched me. We did try ¡®it¡¯ exactly once but¡­ well he couldn¡¯t get.. you know¡­ because I was too young looking, and I just couldn¡¯t¡­ So we just stood there, looking at each other naked, then got dressed and didn¡¯t talk about it ever again.¡± Chihiro sighed in relief. ¡°I was worried there for a moment.¡± ¡°Yeah, no.. the problem was that he wasn¡¯t a pervert! And once we realised we couldn¡¯t do that, he lost interest. Teenage boys¡­ you know.¡± Shoko shrugged and laughed, and if there was trace of bitterness to it, Chihiro pretended not to notice. Chihiro¡¯s face brightened and her eyes went wide as an idea burst into her head like summer festival fireworks! She smiled and looked sidelong at Shoko. ¡°You know¡­ we could try being sisters instead?¡± Shoko blinked, startled out out of her gathering melancholy, glancing in surprise at Chihiro. ¡°Sisters?¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ I mean I said I would earlier, but we don¡¯t need something tragic to happen first. Instead we could just sort of informally adopt each other. My big sister Aoi has a best friend and room-mate at collage who¡¯s family moved abroad. Aoi adopted her, brings her home for holidays and so on¡­ they¡¯re more than best friends, but since they¡¯re not into girls that way, they decided they were sisters. Inu¡¯s nice, nothing like Aoi, but they kinda.. match, you know. Complementary pairs. We¡¯re a bit like that.¡± Shoko nodded slowly, thoughtfully, then flashed a smile bright as summer sunlight on waves. ¡°So, if the cub is littlest sister, which of us is the big sister?¡± Chihiro gave Shoko a slow smile. ¡°You really need to ask? Call me Oneesan, Im¨­to!¡± Shoko had to put both hands over her mouth to muffle her laughter, as she nodded in agreement. Hanami chp.22 Ms Etsuko Fumi sat in the van drumming her fingers on the steering wheel. Of all the ways she¡¯d imagined the day ending, sitting parked in the Kabukich¨­ district, one of the largest and certainly the most infamous ¡®red light¡¯ districts of Tokyo with three underage girls, hadn¡¯t been one of them. They were already gaining suspicious glares from the nearby business owners. Etsuko wasn¡¯t sure if they were going to end up being reported to the local morality committee, or whichever of the dozens of yakuza gangs controlled this street. Of course, it also didn¡¯t help that Akio was sitting cross-legged on the roof of the van, with a map and pendulum, trying to divine the location of the shrine they were looking for¡­ which might not exist any more. The records that had been emailed to her had indicated a potentially troublesome site in Tsunohazu, specifically a shrine in the middle of the swamp where a troublesome demon had been bound. Etsuko didn¡¯t recognise the name, and it wasn¡¯t until she started digging into the land records did she realise the swap had been drained during the maiji period, first becoming a duck sanctuary, then later redeveloped into an entertainment district as Tokyo had grown up around it. She¡¯d groaned and laid her head on her desk when she realised that area was now the Kabukich¨­ district, home to multitudes of seedy bars and hostess clubs, as well as illegal brothels, all controlled by the Yakuza. There was also no mention of shrines actually in the district, although plenty around the edges, some of which were historically important. She¡¯d suggested that perhaps the texts referred to one of those, but apparently the three young witches who used to work for the now defunct division three of the Special Police Divisions Department, were quite familiar with those and adamant that it wasn¡¯t one of them. It had been Kage Ito that mentioned an urban myth of a hidden and haunted shrine somewhere in the heart of the district. One that could only be found by accident, or seen by those with spiritual gifts. Maaya had suggested at that point that the shrine could be warded, hidden from normal mortal gaze. Which apparently their home village was as well. The squad leader Akio seemed confident they could see through that, provided they were close enough. Which meant they had to be in general vicinity of the hidden shrine, and that was what they were currently hung up on. Etsuko had forcefully vetoed the idea of the girls all splitting up and wandering up and down the streets searching for it. It had been only last month a young woman had been abducted of the streets and forced to work as a ¡®hostess¡¯ in one of the underground clubs. Etsuko came back to the present with a jolt as with a slithering thump Akio slid down the windscreen and off the van. She sat down in the front passenger seat with a very disgruntled air. Chiyo cautiously asked her team leader . ¡°No luck then?¡± ¡°No, none at all. There¡¯s too much interference from all the talismans and wards that sprung up everywhere when people found out magic¡¯s real, curse the idiots!¡± The smallest witch, Dot, (which Etsuko had found out was short for Dorothy) leaned over from the back seat. ¡°So, whatcha gonna do then, Akio? Can¡¯t jus give up, right?¡± Maaya chimed in. ¡°Perhaps we should for today. Get a night¡¯s sleep and tackle it fresh in the morning.¡± Akio¡¯s expression turned mulish and she shook her head. ¡°No. I¡¯m not calling it quits just yet. I¡¯ve an idea. Mortals can¡¯t see the place, but yokai probably can, or at least sense it. I know of one who lives around here. We¡¯ll ask her, and now would be the best time because she¡¯s only active after dark. I¡¯ll need you help though Kage, she¡¯s wary of other women, so you¡¯ll need to lure her out. If you¡¯re up for it, baiting a yokai?¡± Kage Ito grinned. ¡°Kinda depends. Is she pretty?¡± Akio laughed. ¡°That¡¯s a very good question indeed!¡± ---------- ¡°So let me get this right¡­ you want me ta be bait for this Kuchisake-onna ? A genuine slit-faced woman? She¡¯s gonna ask me if I think she¡¯s pretty. If I say no, she¡¯s likely ta kill me, if I say yes, she¡¯ll take off her mask and ask me again¡­ and if I say yes, she calls me a liar an¡¯ kills me, but if I say no, she kills me.¡± Akio nodded. ¡°That about sums it up, yes.¡± Kage sighed, rubbing the back of his head. ¡°So¡­ how in hell do I not get killed then? Jus¡¯ askin because I don¡¯t want to die, you understand?!¡± Akio sighed. ¡°Well, most people run away and she doesn¡¯t pursue, but in this case firstly we¡¯ll be there, so if she tries, we bind her. But secondly, if you can convince her you¡¯re not lying, then we won¡¯t need to step in. You can be convincing, right?¡± ¡°Well, if my life¡¯s on the line, then yes. Still don¡¯t see how this gets us closer to findin¡¯ the temple though?¡± Akio nodded. ¡°Because the slit-mouthed woman is one of those odd cases, she¡¯s part yokai, partly ghost, and partly an urban legend. As such, she falls between boundaries, making her unique. Also, she didn¡¯t exist when it was set up, so it won¡¯t be set to block her perceptions as a unique case either.¡± Kage scratched his head in confusion. However Etsuko brightened. ¡°Oh! I get it! It¡¯s like the spam filter on your email, Kage. It can automatically block 90% of spam emails because they¡¯re all more or less the same, so it knows the pattern. But there¡¯s always some spam that gets though because they¡¯re nothing like the others, and of course if the program hasn¡¯t seen it before it won¡¯t know what they are , so you have to block it manually by telling the program, it¡¯s spam. But in this case the slit-mouthed woman is unique, and the blocker doesn¡¯t know her.¡± All three girls nodded in agreement, but Kage and Maaya just looked even more confused. Etsuko belatedly remembered that Kage was known as something of a tech naive, and she¡¯d already realised that Maaya wasn¡¯t used to technology, living in something akin to an Amish community somewhere in the countryside. Akio nodded. ¡°Well reasoned Etsuko, the outer layer of the wards is a ¡®perception filter¡¯ I suppose you could call it. But since Kuchisake-onna isn¡¯t something it¡¯s weavers would have encountered before, it¡¯s likely she wouldn¡¯t be affected by it. So, first we capture her, then we ask her where it is.¡± Etsuko frowned, thinking about it. ¡°And if she won¡¯t tell us? Then what? I know she¡¯s¡­ well, not human. But non-human citizens have rights now. We can¡¯t just force her to tell us¡­ using coercion or torture is illegal now.¡± Akio shuddered and glanced at the other members of her squad. ¡°Yeah.. no. If we were working for division three still that¡¯s exactly what they¡¯d force us to do. But we¡¯re not and we won¡¯t, not ever again. No.. we¡¯ll explain why, and if that doesn¡¯t work, we¡¯ll let her go. We¡¯re only detaining her to give us a chance to talk to her.¡± Etsuko frowned. ¡°Ok, that¡¯s good. I¡¯ve no wish to be part of an illegal vigilante squad.. but then what?¡± Akio grinned. ¡°Wellll¡­ this parts sneaky. We can put a ¡®tag¡¯ on her¡­ a tiny spell that Chiyo can track. See, one thing we do know is that the yokai of Tokyo have a refuge. Somewhere they can hide, that we can¡¯t find them. We know it¡¯s around here, somewhere, and the Akuma shrine is the most likely place. So¡­¡± Kage interjected. ¡°Got it, it¡¯s like putting a radio collar on a wild animal so you can find it¡¯s lair. But what if she don¡¯t go to it?¡± ¡°Then we think of something else¡­ she¡¯s not the only yokai who probably isn¡¯t affected by the wards, just she¡¯s the one most likely to know where it is because she haunts this area. One of her roots is a Onry¨­ of a murdered brothel worker from here. So she has ties.¡± It was a couple of hours later, approaching midnight, when Kage finally spotted a white dressed woman wearing a mask. Inwardly he sighed, he¡¯d been wandering up and down streets near the river for hours, and although he¡¯d been approached by a couple of women, they weren¡¯t the one he was looking for. He stared at the woman, the girls had failed to mention that she had blue eyes and long, long black hair that shone like silk in the street-lights. He stood, almost mesmerised, as she approached him. She was almost close enough to touch before she spoke. ¡°Can I ask you a question?¡± ¡°Uh.. sure.¡± ¡°Do you think I¡¯m pretty?¡± Kage found his head empty of the carefully rehearsed words he¡¯d been turning over time and time again as he¡¯d walked. ¡°Uhhh¡­ beautiful would be a better word. Pretty ain¡¯t strong enough.¡± She laughed, and Kage was sure she was the Kuchisake-onna. The movement of her flesh under the plain white mask didn¡¯t look right. ¡°Flatterer¡­ but.. what about now?¡± He watched her unhook her mask like a rabbit watches a snake, or a deer a pair of approaching headlights, anticipating a similar outcome. But he was startled to see that it wasn¡¯t as gruesome as he¡¯d expected. Yes her mouth had been slit open all the way up to her ears, revealing teeth and jaw bone. But it was a clean cut, and seemed to have healed around the edges. He found himself wondering how she ate and drank, even assuming she did. It was odd, he mused, the slit mouth really should be off-putting but the symmetry and beauty of her face just somehow made it seem almost natural. As if something so achingly perfect had to have a flaw to make it seem real¡­ Belated he realised she was talking. The narrative has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the infringement. ¡°Hmm? Sorry¡­ whatcha say?¡± She blinked, seeming taken aback. ¡°I said¡­ do I look pretty now?¡± ¡°I stand by what I said. You¡¯re beautiful.¡± Her face contorted in rage, and from nowhere a pair of large black iron shears appeared in her hand. ¡°Liar!¡± Kage did the first thing he could think of, taking hold of her face between his hands, he lent forward and kissed her soundly. Dimly he heard the clatter of the shears hitting the ground, but he was preoccupied by the way the Kuchisake-onna seemed to melt against him. After a moment he let go and raised his head¡­ and took in the shocked and bewildered expression on her face. ¡°Ah.. sorry¡­ I¡¯m not good with words, so I couldn¡¯t think of any better way of convincing you I wasn¡¯t lying.¡± Those beautiful blue eyes stared up at him, almost lost looking, and full of conflicting emotions, like a storm tossed sea. ¡°You...you really think I¡¯m beautiful? Even...even after seeing my mouth?¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ I don¡¯t lie. It¡¯s easier that way, less to keep track of. And yeah, you¡¯re hands down the most beautiful women I¡¯ve ever seen¡­ and before you say it, I do get out and have seen my fair share.¡± She giggled, an oddly youthful and girlish sound, and blushed all the way up to her hair. ¡°I like you! What¡¯s your name?¡± Kage grinned, it looked like he was off the hook now. ¡°Kage Ito¡­ can I ask yours?¡± The woman paused, frowning. ¡°I don¡¯t¡­ it¡¯s been so long, I can¡¯t remember it.¡± Kage shrugged. ¡°Well¡­ gotta call you by something and ¡®slit faced woman¡¯ jus¡¯ isn¡¯t polite! Umm.. I know! What do you think of Hana as a name?¡± ¡°Hana?¡­ Blossom? Really?!¡± Kage grinned. ¡°Sure, on account of that pretty smile of yours.¡± Hana¡¯s fingers flew to her mouth, and she blinked. Unnoticed the gaping gash had sealed itself shut, leaving her cheeks whole again. ¡°Oh! That¡­ that hasn¡¯t happened in a long, long time.¡± Hana hesitantly smiled up at Kage, running her fingers across her face as if to reassure herself that it wouldn¡¯t split open again. Kage grinned at her, then his smile faded as he belatedly remembered why he was there. ¡°Uh¡­ Hana. I gotta be honest with you. I was actually out looking for you.¡± ¡°You.. you were?¡± Hana¡¯s eyes darkened and her smile vanished. Kage made a placing gesture. ¡°Easy¡­ I truly wasn¡¯t lyin¡¯ ta you when I said what I said. I was supposed to get you to hold still so the girls I¡¯m working with could ask you some questions. They¡¯d only get rough if it looked like you were fixing to kill me. But¡­ I jus¡¯ plain forgot about the plan when I laid eyes on you. Everything I said was honest reaction.¡± Hana relaxed a bit...and she nodded. ¡°Alright, I believe you. Although I wouldn¡¯t have killed you. I¡¯ve never actually killed anyone, just made them think I was going to. I feed on emotion, fear mostly¡­ killing someone would be a stupid wasteful thing to do. What did you want to ask, and where are these girls you work for?¡± With a rush of air and shower of motes of light Chiyo landed a short distance up the path. Hana stiffened, alarmed again, and without thinking Kage moved to protect her, standing in front of her. ¡°I know you, traitor!¡± Hana hissed from behind Kage. Chiyo raised her hands. ¡°Relax¡­ we don¡¯t work for the monster hunters any more. They¡¯re in jail and our families aren¡¯t held hostage now so we¡¯re free to act how we choose, and we choose not to harm anyone.¡± ¡°Why should I trust you? You betrayed your own kind!¡± ¡°I had no choice! They would¡¯ve hurt my family if I didn¡¯t do as I was told. Besides, ask all those yokai I could¡¯ve turned in, and didn¡¯t. I did try not to go along with those vermin that called themselves people...despite the risk.¡± Kage chimed in. ¡°Easy Hana, easy¡­ they¡¯re good girls really. They were made to do bad things by bad people, but they¡¯re not bad themselves.¡± For a few moments a strained silence filled the air, and then Hana sighed. ¡°Alright¡­ I trust you Kage, mostly because you¡¯re as easy to see though as water from a mountain stream.¡± Chiyo relaxed, nodding. ¡°He is that. Mind if I let the rest of my friends know we¡¯re ok? There¡¯s only the three of us, plus another two who are staying in the van.¡± Hana nodded, stepping a bit further out from the safety of behind Kage¡¯s broad back. ¡°Alright¡­ but only because Kage says so, and you don¡¯t come any closer than that!¡± Chiyo nodded, and then whistled two short piercing blasts. After a moment Dot and Akio appeared out of the shadows and came over to stand in a loose half circle around Kage and Hana. Hana looked nervously at them, shrinking closer to Kage, who without thinking, put his arm around her waist. Akio raised an eyebrow at the scene. ¡°Kage, you were supposed to convince her you weren¡¯t lying, not actually fall for her!¡± Kage grinned sheepishly, laughing slightly. Akio sighed. ¡°I guess there¡¯s no predicting who or when love will strike¡­ Anyway, we need your help. We¡¯re trying to find the Akuma Shrine, to check if the spells binding the demon there are ok, or are wearing out.¡± Hana frowned at the young technowitch. ¡°Why?¡± ¡°It¡¯s our job now, protecting everyone. If the demon breaks free, it¡¯ll be a problem for everyone. So, since we¡¯ve been given an Imperial Directive to check on things like that, we¡¯re starting with the riskiest ones first and that one hasn¡¯t been checked in the last two centuries as far as anyone knows..¡± ¡°I meant, why you?¡± Akio stopped for a moment to consider that, then sighed, looking down at the ground. ¡°Honestly¡­ Atonement. We were made to do a lot of bad things by the Monster Hunters. Yes they threatened our families if we didn¡¯t cooperate, and they bound our powers so we couldn¡¯t use magic unless we were given a direct order from one of them¡­ but we could¡¯ve committed suicide rather than do what they wanted. We could¡¯ve denied them that way, if we¡¯d had the courage. But we didn¡¯t, so now we must pay for that, by helping those we used to hunt. Besides, Paul-sama, Inari¡¯s Herald, asked us to and he was the one who freed us. We couldn¡¯t say no.¡± Hana stared at her for a moment, then sighed. ¡°Alright, I¡¯ll help, if you promise not to harm any of the yokai that might be sheltering there. I can show you where it is. I¡¯ll have to go with you anyway¡­ things may have changed, but you three still terrify yokai beyond reason. Someone has to reassure the poor things you¡¯re not hunting them.¡± Akio nodded slowly. ¡°Ok, agreed. And thank you. We aren¡¯t looking for a fight, but if the resident yokai attacked out of panic we¡¯d be forced to defend ourselves. I¡¯d rather it didn¡¯t come to that. You letting them know we¡¯re coming and we mean no harm, should prevent anything bad happening.¡± ------ It was an hour past midnight, and the three girls plus Maaya and Etsuko were sitting in a small raman bar in the Shinjuku Golden Gai district. Kage and Hana were at the Akuma temple, reassuring the resident yokai and assorted other beings that they weren¡¯t about to be raided by the Monster hunters of division three. Hana had assured them that Kage would come to no harm. The Golden gai area was made up of six long, narrow and winding lanes, and countless tiny, twisting and even narrower alleyways and passages interconnecting them in a bewildering maze. A preserved slice of pre-modernisation Tokyo. Allof which were lined with odd shops and eateries of all sorts, none much wider than their doorways, catering to the entertainers, poets, writers, and other artistic sorts that thronged to the area seeking inspiration, authentic ambiance or rather dubious substances, all crammed into the wedge of life between Shinjuku City Office and the Hanazono Shrine which marked the outer edge of the Kabukich¨­ district. Etsuko was watching the three girls eat, each were on their third or fourth helping and their separate table was piled high with empty bowls. It was probably just as well they were the only customers in the place, not that it could¡¯ve held any more it was so small, or the cook and owner probably couldn¡¯t have kept up with them. She was wondering if and when they were going to stop eating when Chiyo leaned back with a sigh. ¡°I¡¯m full¡­ anyone else want this?¡± She said indicating the untouched portion of pork cutlets in front of her. Dot gestured in a ¡®gimme¡¯ wave of her free hand, the other being occupied with the noodles she was slurping up on an industrial scale. Akio passed the unwanted pork to Dot who mumbled something that might be thanks. Etsuko shook her head slowly, and leaning to one side at their table for two, murmured to Maaya. ¡°They always have such healthy appetites?¡± Maaya made a small affirmative ¡®Hm¡¯ sound and nodded. Etsuko watched for a moment more then asked. ¡°Why is it always the smallest, that eats the most?¡± The older woman sighed. ¡°She¡¯s still growing, and the amount of magic she can channel makes greater demands on her body too, but her small size means she has not the reserves to meet that easily, so she needs to eat to replenish them. But look you, none of the girls are what one wouldst call fat and in truth I still worry if they be eating enough sometimes. One of the ways their ¡®handlers¡¯ kept them under their thumb was to feed them a diet that verged on starvation. I fear it has had a permanent affect.¡± Etsuko shook her head at the cruelty. ¡°I hope everyone from that division never sees the light of day again¡­ it¡¯s almost enough to make one wish they¡¯d bring back public executions.¡± Maaya glanced at Etsuko sharply, surprised at the venom in her tone. ¡°Not that I disagree with thee, but why wouldst you care?¡± Etsuko shrugged. ¡°I just think it¡¯s wrong! Deliberately starving growing girls. Besides that the saying, ¡®those that do not work, do not eat¡¯.. works the other way around. They put their lives in jeopardy and work hard, and their reward is to be starved? That¡¯s utterly wrong!¡± Maaya smiled slightly. ¡°It was not so very long ago I would be greatly surprised to hear that from one such as you¡­ but I have learnt that there are good people still in this world. Even among those wearing suits and working for the government. Thou has not lost your soul yet.¡± Etsuko snorted. ¡°Gods, you have no idea how often I¡¯ve heard that! None¡­ well, very few of us government workers are soulless drones. We¡¯re just trying to our jobs, serving our country the best we can. We¡¯re people too you know, just like yokai.¡± Maaya blinked owlishly at Etsuko for second, then began to laugh, wagging her finger at Etsuko, who after a moment began to grin herself and then joined in the laughter. Maaya waved to the shop owner. ¡°Ho! Good proprietor. Two beers if thou would! Etsuko, this calls for a toast.¡± Etsuko looked surprised, but readily accepted the large glass of foaming golden brew. Maaya grinned at her. ¡°To new truths, and new friendships. Kampai!¡± ¡°Kampai!¡± Etsuko downed a third of the glass in one long swallow, and exhaled. ¡°Haaa!¡­ I needed that, but I¡¯d better only have the one. Jobs not done yet!¡± Maaya nodded at her. ¡°Sensible too¡­ I see why your boss assigned you to this work.¡± Etsuko snorted a rueful half-laugh. ¡°You¡¯re wrong there.. I got given this job because I was too junior to refuse it, no one else wanted it, because no-one knew what to do with it. Not that I did either until Inari¡¯s temple emailed a whole load of documentation. Then all I did was put aside the weirdness and treated it like I was dealing with a hazardous waste issue and complied a database, with a spreadsheet sorted by age and potential danger. Simple. I have tools for that!¡± Maaya shook her head. ¡°So you say, but I would not know how to do thy work. To me, it seems arcana of the highest order.¡± Etsuko laughed. ¡°That¡¯s rish, coming from a witch!¡± Maaya raised one finger. ¡°Technomage, if thou please.¡± ¡°Sorry, sorry.. technomage. Not that I understand the difference.¡± Maaya grinned, and leaning closer whispered. ¡°Truthfully, neither do I! But names have power, and this is a new thing that deserves it¡¯s own name. So, we are technomages now, or so Paul-sama says.¡± Etsuko stared at the bottom of her now empty glass, and shrugged. ¡°Aw, what¡¯s another one more?¡­ Hoi! Two more beers please!¡± By the time Kage stuck his head though the curtain over the entrance, the table in front of Maaya and Etsuko was littered with over a half dozen large empty glasses. Maaya was looking slightly flushed, and was trying to teach Etsuko a drinking song from her village, hampered somewhat by the fact that Etsuko was slurring her words and singing with more enthusiasm than skill. The girls were sitting at the far end of the place, watching the scene like three wise monkeys. He paused, blinking, and caught Akio¡¯s eye, who shrugged grinning sheepishly as if to say ¡®what could we do?¡¯ Kage sighed. ¡°Hoi, you pair of drunken reprobates. We¡¯ve a job to do!¡± Maaya turned to look at Kage, and slowly stood up.. Kage suddenly felt like he was a young lad, with the school teacher looming over him. Reflexively he took a step back. ¡°Young man, I wouldst have thee know that the ale brewed in my village is far more potent than this, and it would take more than a paltry three or four of such to put me in my cups!¡± Kage grinned, albeit nervously. An annoyed witch was a terrifying sight, and one that was just tipsy enough to not be in complete control of herself was even more so! ¡°A-right mistress. You¡¯re totally sober. Etsuko there however, is a lightweight, everyone in the department knows that. Reckon she was half-gone before she finished the first.¡± Maaya glanced down, and nodded, slowly. ¡°Thou speaks truth. But the child has worked hard, and slept little in the past day or two. She has earned the right to relax, and truthfully, it would be best if she sleeps in the car for the remainder of this. These are some things no unprepared mortal should see.¡± Kage frowned. ¡°Does that mean I should stay behind too?¡± Maaya laughed. ¡°Thy is at little risk! I know you for what you are, mountain spirit!¡± Kage grinned broadly. ¡°Haa.. when did you see though my act?¡± Maaya grinned. ¡°Even before thou entered the room. I am the Mistress of the Elements, how could I not sense an embodied earthen elemental? However, does Etsuko know of thee?¡± Kage shook his head. ¡°Naw¡­ weren¡¯t no need to tell her before now, and precious few chances ta besides. I¡¯ll tell her on the morrow, after she¡¯s sober and not so hung-over. Anyways¡­ we talked to the temple guardian, you¡¯re cleared and folks know you¡¯re coming an¡¯ mean no harm. So shall we rock?¡± Maaya laughed slightly. ¡°Aye, we shall rock¡­ although thee will needs carry Etsuko, if thou please.¡± Akio spoke up. ¡°I¡¯ve got talisman that¡¯ll at least make sure she doesn¡¯t puke.¡± Kage grinned. ¡°Could¡¯ve done with that last office party¡­ thanking you! I¡¯d better settle the bill first though, being as I¡¯m the only other person authorised to use the expenses card!¡± Akio looked at Maaya. ¡°You know¡­ we should ask Paul-sama for one of those.¡± Maaya rolled her eyes. ¡°Tis not a bad idea, but it would be in my name, young lady.¡± ¡°Awww...¡± Hanami Chp.23 Akio stared at the dirty, narrow alleyway suspiciously. It¡¯s opening was half hidden behind a dumpster, and you¡¯d have to duck under the air-conditioner unit that was bolted onto the corner of building. ¡°Ok...this is the entrance to the Hidden Akuma shrine?¡± Hana shook her head. ¡°No, the entrance is the wooden door covered in old posters at the far end.¡± Maaya nodded slowly, thoughtfully. ¡°That wouldst be sensible. Layered defenses, so even if thy can see through the wards, it would be hard to find.¡± ¡°Yes, thank you mother. We had all worked that out.¡± Maaya glanced over at her daughter, nettled by her sharp tone. She sighed.. Akio had always been grumpy when tired as a child, and even though she was no longer one, she was still cranky and sharp tongued when sleep deprived. ¡°Let us proceed, shall we? I for one would like to be abed soon.¡± Akio nodded, then looked sidelong at her mother. ¡°Sorry.. that was uncalled for.¡± ¡°Forgiven. Thy was always ill-tempered when tired, as was I.¡± ¡°Right¡­ Chiyo, are your wings are going to be a problem?¡± Chiyo studied the narrow alley. ¡°Yeahhh¡­ I am not going to fit down there easily. Want me to do a recon overhead, see what¡¯s beyond?¡± Akio nodded, and Chiyo took to the sky without comment. While they waited Akio glanced to the van, where Etsuko lay sleeping in the back. ¡°Someone will need to stay and guard the van¡­ this is not a good part of town.¡± Kage glanced at Hana, and nodded. ¡°Hana and I should do that. We¡¯re not going ta be much use elsewise. I¡¯ll come with you, jus¡¯ ta introduce you, and then head on back ta keep an eye on Etsuko.¡± Akio nodded, then frowned looking between the alleyway and Kage. ¡°Ok¡­ how did you fit?¡± Kage grinned, and his body shifted form. In a blink of an eye the mountain of a man had become a hare¡­ granted it was a rather larger than usual hare, but still considerably smaller than his human form. ¡°Oh..right. Mountain spirit. You can take on the form of the animals, trees, even the rocks.¡± Kage shifted back to human shape, with a broad grin on his face. ¡°Ayup. Comes in handy in my line of work.¡± Chiyo returned at that moment, and shook her head. ¡°No luck, it¡¯s warded up top as well. I can see there¡¯s an open wedge of space about half the size of a baseball field, but it¡¯s like looking into fog. I can¡¯t make out anything down there.¡± Akio glanced over at Maaya. ¡°More defensive layers huh? Even if you can see though the ward, there¡¯s an obscurantism spell as well?¡± Maaya nodded. ¡°So it seems. Whomever set these wards was cautious. Though, it does make me wonder, why wouldst they seek to conceal what was inside, if their intent was to bind the demon within?¡± Akio frowned. ¡°That¡¯s a very good question¡­ I suppose it could¡¯ve been they didn¡¯t want to risk anyone tampering with the seal, perhaps? But that doesn¡¯t sound quite right. This set up had to have taken quite a bit of work¡­ Kage, did the temple guardian say anything?¡± ¡°Naw, only that she would welcome our help.¡± Akio¡¯s frown deepened, mirroring Maaya¡¯s look of concern. ¡°There¡¯s something about this that doesn¡¯t quite add up.¡± Dot spoke up. ¡°Think it¡¯s a trap?¡± Akio shrugged, then sighed. ¡°I don¡¯t know, it doesn¡¯t feel like a set up either. But you¡¯d better bring the heavy stuff just in case.¡± ¡°Ok boss..¡± Maaya put her hand on Akio¡¯s shoulder. ¡°Trust your instincts Akio. A witches best guide is her intuition. I misdoubt that has changed for all that thee has learnt this new craft.¡± Akio sighed. ¡°I know, I remember my lessons mother. But you¡¯re right, it still applies.¡± Kage lead the way down the alley, hopping ahead in his hare form with Akio following. Chiyo managed to make it through the narrow passage only because Dot was behind her, helping forcefully fold her wings back. Akio could tell from Chiyo¡¯s frozen-faced expression that it was painful, but she bore it in stoic silence. After all, they¡¯d all suffered much worse than this before. Maaya and Hana remained behind, guarding the van and the sleeping Etsuko. Maaya had protested at that, but Akio had argued that it made sense to keep her in reserve in case of trouble. She¡¯d also quietly told Maaya out of earshot, that she didn¡¯t entirely trust Hana yet. Maaya had readily agreed after that. What Akio hadn¡¯t said was that she didn¡¯t entirely trust Maaya either. She was concerned that Maaya had been drinking on duty, even if she didn¡¯t seem impaired by it, Akio still thought it indicated a lack of judgement. There had been other concerning incidents as well. Akio had put it down to the fact she and the other two had formed a tight bond, forged from shared experiences that Maaya didn¡¯t or couldn¡¯t understand. Then she¡¯d written it off as the results of prolonged stress, Maaya after all had been their village¡¯s head woman and spokeswoman for the five families, thus she¡¯d borne the brunt of Division Three¡¯s ire and tried to temper their demands on her people. But now Akio wasn¡¯t so sure¡­ Maaya seemed at times to be lost, uncertain and hesitant as to what to do. Akio wasn¡¯t sure, but she reasoned that the sheer amount of change had unsettled her, rattling Maaya¡¯s confidence in herself. In short, Maaya was second guessing herself all the time, her confidence undermined by the fact that she was well and truly outside of her field of knowledge. Maaya was hiding it for now, acting more confident than she felt. Akio hoped her mother would eventually find her feet, but for now she couldn¡¯t be trusted in a situation where split second decisions had to be made correctly, as there was a risk Maaya would hesitate or make the wrong choice. Akio sighed inwardly, she should be focused on the mission in hand, but her mother had always been her fixed point growing up. Even in the dark days after Division three enslaved her, she¡¯d relied upon her mother¡¯s wisdom to guide her, asking herself what Maaya would say or do. So realising now, that her mother didn¡¯t know what to do at times, had shaken her own confidence somewhat. Akio found it unsettling to measure Maaya against her own memory of her, and find the reality lacking. There was also the niggling concern that it had been five years since she¡¯d been enslaved, and had last seen her mother. Five long and stressful years that they¡¯d both been changed by, and Akio was acutely conscious that her mother was no longer as young as she¡¯d once been, that stress aged a body prematurely and that although she looked well, infirmities of the mind were one of the few things even the strongest magic couldn¡¯t heal or hold at bay. Maaya after all, was well over a century old, and although by the standards of their home village she wasn¡¯t that old, Akio couldn¡¯t help thinking that stress aged a person prematurely. Ahead of her Kage stopped at what was barely recognisable as a wooden door, and Akio firmly shoved her worries into the metaphorical locker at the back of her head, and slammed the lid shut. Giving her head a shake slightly, she focused on the here and now. ¡°Alright Kage, you go first, let them know we¡¯re here and then make introductions.¡± Kage, the hare, nodded, and slipped though the open crack of the door. Akio waited a few moments, idly studying the weathered poster announcing the opening of the kabuki theatre that had given the district it¡¯s name. After a few moments she gestured for the others to follow her in silence, and pushed the door open, letting them in. It wasn¡¯t that she didn¡¯t trust Kage, but if it was a trap she wanted to catch them off guard. Beyond the door was like stepping back in time. A weathered, moss-covered wooden bridge-like walkway stretched out over dark scummy water and beds of black reeds, springing from the scant foot wide muddy shore out into the dark fog. As soon as her foot touched the slimy half-rotten boards, ghostly blue foxfire sprang to life in the lanterns on top of alternating posts. Akio smiled ruefully to herself, so much for the element of surprise then. The flickering uncertain light didn¡¯t so much as relieve the darkness, as just contrast it more sharply. She knew how wide the space they were in was, not much bigger than a parking lot at a small mall, but it seemed to stretch out forever in all directions. Glancing back over her shoulder, Akio couldn¡¯t even see the end of the wooden walkway, even though it should only be a few strides away. She suppressed a shudder, and wondered if perhaps the wards had somehow folded space making the interior bigger. She hoped not, the last time she¡¯d run into that, their team had spent a week going around in circles, trapped in a space not much bigger than a cheap four tatami mat apartment on the outside, and of course the whole time the ¡®special agents¡¯ had blamed her for being unable to get out. She¡¯d had to firmly repress the urge to leave them behind to die and rot there when she had finally found the exit. Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work! Worryingly there was also no sign of Kage anywhere. The plan had been to meet the guardian spirit at the entrance, where Kage would introduce them. Akio silently gestured to the other two, sending Chiyo aloft as Dot moved to stand alongside Akio, giving her a clear field of fire. Both Dot and Akio readied warding talismans, creating a circle around themselves that was no more substantial than a soap bubble, but would activate the instant the level of magic increased, snapping to adamantine hardness. Dot tossed a handful of tiny paper airplanes up into the air, activating them with a murmured keyword. The folded paper talismans sprung to life, spreading out beyond their sight. She closed her eyes briefly as drones fed her information, then muttered another keywords to place them in autonomous mode. Opening her eyes she glanced at Akio. ¡°Nothing living detected. There¡¯s something lurking in the murky waters but it¡¯s hard to make out. I don¡¯t sense any hostile intent from it however. The shrine is up ahead about 100ft, on what I think was an island once upon a time. I can¡¯t get a reading on it¡¯s insides, there¡¯s a separate set of wards.¡± ¡°No sign of Kage?¡± ¡°Naw, his tracks just stop about three feet in front of us. No blood or signs of struggle though. He¡¯s small enough as a hare, maybe someone just picked him up?¡± Akio nodded. Kage either went willingly, or had been knocked out. If she had to bet, probably the latter. Which again, made no sense. There was subtle disturbance in the fog, and Chiyo descended, Akio looked at her enquiringly, and Chiyo shook her head. ¡°No way out from the inside either. No other doors. There¡¯s a group of something around the shrine. You can¡¯t sense them, but you can see the tracks they¡¯re leaving in the grass. There¡¯s also a single lone something about midway along the bridge. Again it¡¯s hidden, but it¡¯s leaving a hole in the fog.¡± Dot grinned. ¡°Good catch Chiyo, my drones missed that!¡± Akio nodded in acknowledgement, then sighed. ¡°None of this makes sense¡­ unless we assume there¡¯s two or more factions working at odds here. One is the temple guardian who wants our help and let us in. The other I would guess doesn¡¯t, and that¡¯s the one waiting for us up ahead. Shall we go meet them?¡± Dot and Chiyo both nodded, Dot adding. ¡°It¡¯d be impolite not to, since they¡¯ve gone ta so much trouble.¡± Chiyo shook herself, settling her wings. ¡°Want me to go rain death from above on them?¡± Akio slowly shook her head. ¡°No, we¡¯ve no idea of their power or intent. Better not split the party. But be ready to take off asap.¡± ¡°Roger that! I¡¯ll keep them hot.¡± Akio nodded. They¡¯d practiced similar situations. Chiyo¡¯s wings drew their power from mana batteries in her flight harness. Under most circumstances she had enough power to keep aloft for hours, but keeping a combat level ward of protection up also drew from the same mana batteries, limiting her flight time to just minutes at minimum. If they were severely taxed as a team, Akio would throw her reserves into keeping them all warded, while Dot would handle offensive and Chiyo went airborne and acted as spotter, or as a channel for Dot. The trio carefully advanced, Dot taking point partly because she had the heaviest fire power, and partly because she was the shortest, the other two could see over her. They were almost at the midpoint when Akio could see a figure in white robes in the mist. As one the trio stopped, Akio straining to make out details. The figure was, she thought, a woman. Dressed in a white burial kimono or ky¨­katabira, she could see a flicker of pallid blue flame above her head, which threw her face into shadow. Tied around her head was the traditional nuno or white headband with one corner pointing up in a triangle above her brow. However, breaking with tradition, the ghostly figure had a red scarf tied around her neck. The ghost was standing in the 1st defensive posture with her hand on her katana, waiting. Akio studied her for a moment, it seemed a reasonable bet that they weren¡¯t about to get pass without a fight, but something about this was familiar, as if she¡¯d seen all this before. Frowning she called out. ¡°May we pass please? We mean no harm and are expected.¡± The figure shook her head slowly, silently. ¡°Then might we talk in peace, perhaps?¡± Again the figure made no reply other to shake her head. ¡°I see. You are resolute. Then may we know the name of our opponent?¡± The figure hesitated, and then removing her hand from her sword held it up, palm outwards, and slowly took a few strides forward. Dot gasped as the ghostly figure came close enough them could make out her facial features. ¡°Ellie!¡± Slowly the ghostly figure of their former comrade and fellow witch nodded. Akio wasn¡¯t sure, but she seemed as surprised to see them as they were. Akio swallowed, then steeling herself stood a little straighter. ¡°Eleanor Beck, explain yourself. Do you mean to deny us entry?¡± Eleanor or Ellie, opened her mouth, then closed it again. Without a word she unwrapped the scarlet cloth around her neck. Dot took a involuntary step back, treading on Akio¡¯s toes, as Akio tasted bile in her mouth. Off to one side Chiyo was being vilely sick. Eleanor¡¯s throat was gone, torn out, almost severing her neck entirely, leaving a ragged edged gaping wound through which Akio could see her spine, the bones gleaming moistly. Hastily Eleanor wrapped the blood soaked scarf back around her neck, hiding her wound. Akio wondered dizzily what had happened to her. Then frowned slightly¡­ the figure in front of her didn¡¯t feel like a ghost or spirit presence, not exactly, despite appearances. Subterfuge seemed likely. Ghosts were usually fairly weak physically, it would make sense to dress as one if Eleanor wanted people to underestimate her. Akio held up her hands, and started to sign to Eleanor. {Ellie, what happened?} Eleanor carefully signed back. {I was betrayed, murdered by my own team. There was a Guhin. My team leader threw me at it. I don¡¯t know why, fear perhaps, or maybe he had orders to dispose of me.} Akio nodded, the terrible gaping wound was consistent with the actions of the half-man half-wolf like Guhin. They were similar to what westerners called werewolves, although they were a form of tengu in fact. Eleanor had been the oldest of the five witches and it had been long rumored that the Division Three monster hunters ¡®disposed¡¯ of their enslaved witches as they got older, replacing them with younger and more malleable children. Akio sighed, and signed in return. {Division three has fallen. The bastards are in prison or dead.} {Then what is your purpose here? Do you still hunt Yokai?} Akio shook her head. {No. We work for Inari. Our purpose is to protect both humans and yokai¡­ that¡¯s why we are here, checking on the demon that¡¯s bound in the shrine, to make sure it¡¯s still secure. Can you read the motto we have on our new uniforms?} Eleanor leaned forward, peering at the patch over Akio¡¯s heart. While she did, Akio snatched a sense of her aura. {Do no Harm, but Take no Shit? You came up with that didn¡¯t you Akio?!} Eleanor couldn¡¯t laugh, obviously, but the smile on her lips and the gleam in her eyes was enough to give that impression. Akio grinned. ¡°I did that¡­ and you are no ghost Eleanor Beck! What are you? Your aura reeks of demon.¡± Eleanor stepped back, simultaneously taking a defensive stance as her hand flew to her sword. Akio shook her head. ¡°Peace¡­ we are not yet your enemies. I just want to understand what¡¯s going on here, before we do anything.¡± Eleanor looked at her doubtfully, but her hand moved away from the sword at her hip as she signed. {You have matured then¡­ the Akio I knew would rush in without a thought.} Akio laughed, shaking her head. ¡°It¡¯s been two years Ellie, since we lost you¡­ I¡¯ve done some growing since then, and had enough painful experiences to learn some caution. Now, how about you explain all this?¡± The lift and fall of Eleanor¡¯s shoulders suggested she had sighed, but no sound came. {It¡¯s complicated. Like you, I think, we were told there is a demon bound in the shrine. That is.. not entirely true. There is the corpse of a demon king there, one of the Four Great Demons. He is not entirely dead, nor is he bound¡­ not exactly. There is a doorway in the shrine, a door to the Land of the Dead. The demon is¡­ well the best I can describe it is that he¡¯s the cork in the bottle. Neither dead nor alive, holding the door shut.} Akio blinked, then frowned. ¡°Why would one of the Four Demon Kings be holding shut such a door?¡± Eleanor shrugged, shaking her head. {I don¡¯t know for sure. It¡¯s not like we talk. But I think it¡¯s so he doesn¡¯t die completely. If that was to open, his spirit would be pulled inside. So he holds it shut, barring the way. But you can¡¯t bind him, otherwise he¡¯d have no reason to hold the door shut and if it opened¡­ well, it would be very bad. There are things on the other side, I can hear them sometimes, whispering, begging, pleading and threatening. They are hungry.} Akio shuddered, she¡¯d heard old, old stories about what existed in the Lands of the Dead, and it was nothing that belonged this side of any such door. The Demon¡¯s motives might be very far from altruistic, but she wasn¡¯t about to interfere with it either, not if that was the case. ¡°Ok, you convinced me¡­ messing with that sounds like a bad idea. But that doesn¡¯t explain you. What happened to you after you died?¡± Eleanor relaxed fractionally. {I managed to kill the Guhin by stopping it¡¯s heart with a spell as I stumbled forward. But it didn¡¯t die quickly enough. It tore open my throat in it¡¯s death throes. However we had been wrong about it¡¯s purpose. It wasn¡¯t trying to free the demon, it was guarding it¡¯s corpse. Almost all of the Demon Kings power is focused on keeping that door shut. It has none left to revive itself, not even enough to protect itself. So, what little it has, it used to create a guardian, filling a tengu with it¡¯s strength and turning it into a Guhin.} ¡°And when you killed the Guhin, that power passed to you?¡± Eleanor nodded. {Yes, in part. I was dying. As good as dead already when the demon¡¯s power filled me. It wasn¡¯t enough to fully revive me, but it changed me, I became like it. Not alive nor yet entirely dead. Bound to protect the demon, but not enslaved by it. I cannot leave this place, but I am free to do as I will. My magic is demon tainted though, so I try not to use it any more. I fear what it might do to me over time.} Akio slowly nodded. ¡°So, you¡¯re a sort of revenant, not a zombie like in the movies, but nothing like any other yokai either.¡± Dot interjected. ¡°There are stories of demons bringing corpses back to life, but they¡¯re more like puppets. The demon¡¯s not controlling you, is it Ellie?¡± Eleanor shook her head. {No, I can hear it¡¯s thoughts sometimes, well they¡¯re more like dreams or nightmares, but I think it¡¯s got so little concentration left it can¡¯t pay me attention much. Either that or it¡¯s because I wasn¡¯t entirely dead when it took me. Only when it feels threatened does it communicate clearly, and even then it¡¯s more like a strong suggestion than an order. Sort of ¡®do this¡¯ without telling me how or why, and leaving the details up to me.} Akio chuckled bitterly. ¡°So, like the monster hunters when they wanted something done using magic. They¡¯d tell us do that, without any idea of how, or any details as to why, and we had to figure it out.¡± {Yes, not much has changed really.} All four girls laughed briefly, without much mirth to it. Akio sighed once the sound had died away in weird echoes among the fog. ¡°Ok, well¡­ no point standing around here. Would you mind if we go and check things out? I promise we won¡¯t interfere unless we have to, but we have to be able to say we verified what you said was true. No offence meant, but you are demon touched, you might be lying to us without even knowing it.¡± {No offence taken, if I was in your shoes, I¡¯d do the same. By all means, enter freely and of your own will.} Eleanor¡¯s smile was genuine, albeit a bit twisted. Akio chuckled. ¡°Yeah¡­ dying hasn¡¯t changed your sense of humour has it?! I¡¯d almost forgotten you liked those creaky old horror movies. No wonder this place looks the way it does if you¡¯re in charge here.¡± {They¡¯re classics! You know, I really miss that, sneaking into each others rooms and watching them together. It¡¯s boring here by myself.} ¡°Right¡­ speaking of, what did you do to Kage?¡± {The mountain spirit? He¡¯s ok, just fast asleep, tucked into a drawer in my hut, back with the others.} ¡°Others?¡± {Other spirit creatures. This place is a sort of sanctuary for things that straddle the border between the spirit realm and the mundane world. I keep them safe from more predatory sorts of yokai and ayakashi.} Akio could feel Chiyo rolling her eyes behind her almost as she said. ¡°Yup, that¡¯s our Ellie¡­ you always were a softy.¡± Eleanor smiled ruefully as she signed. {And you always said that would get me killed someday. Looks like you were right.} Chiyo huffed, a sound somewhere between a sigh and laughter. ¡°Yeah¡­ Although trust you to take all the fun out of saying I told you so, dummy!¡± The weird bubbling gurgling sound that came from Eleanor was hair raising, until Akio realised she was laughing. Hanami Chp.24 Haruko Isobe stood hesitating at the corner of the small side-street paved in old worn grey granite flag-stones that meandered past The Yokai Cafe. Shoko had asked her to meet her there at eleven, and it was nearly that now¡­ but still she wavered. She hadn¡¯t told her family where she was going nor who she was meeting, they thought she was just going shopping. Her family would not understand, at all! They¡¯d be terrified that Shoko would do something awful! After all, Shoko was a fox spirit, and she was a Usagi, a rabbit spirit. By all tradition, they were enemies, predator and prey. Usagi by their very nature were not brave, they hid usually, ran if they had to¡­ they did not fight and they certainly did not date kitsune. Although there were stories, but they just stories. No Usagi would ever be brave enough to become a samuari¡­ or so she¡¯d thought. Haruko had never thought of herself as being brave, her whole life she¡¯d hid what she was, even after yokai like her were supposedly protected by law. Her parents told her that just because the laws had changed over night didn¡¯t mean people had. That it was risking rejection, hatefulness and even possible harm to reveal her nature outside of the safety of their home. Haruko, even before she¡¯d met Shoko, had trusted her few friends at school. Most of whom were also used to concealing themselves as human. There had been a very few humans, two to be precise, whom she¡¯d told¡­after what was becoming to be called The Great Revealing. Then the start of the spring term and the new school year had brought Shoko, announcing to everyone what she was, openly being a kitsune for all to see. Haruko had felt like she¡¯d been hit by lightning, she¡¯d recognised Shoko from the Halloween festival the year before. Long before the existence of yokai was made public. Even back then she¡¯d been open about who and what she was¡­ she¡¯d even told the whole world, putting it into song and putting it on the internet, as part of the band Yokai Metal. Shoko shone so very brightly in Haruko¡¯s eyes, lit from within by her truth of who she was, that Haruko couldn¡¯t help feel dazzled. Then she¡¯d gotten to know her, and realised that she wasn¡¯t some idol to be admired from a distance, she was real, a person¡­ just a lot braver than Haruko. So brave in fact, that Shoko didn¡¯t even realise she was being brave! She just treated it as matter of fact. Haruko¡¯s eyes had been opened by Shoko. She didn¡¯t understand why she felt pulled to the fizzing sparkling firework of a kitsune, she shouldn¡¯t ought to¡­ but she did! Slowly Haruko felt that perhaps, she too could be a little bit brave as well. Not however, it seemed, quite brave enough to enter The Yokai cafe, when doing so would mean admitting publicly that she was in fact, a yokai, and not human like she usually pretended to be. The cafe didn¡¯t exactly bar humans, but it almost all of it¡¯s customers were yokai, or so it was rumoured. Haruko squealed as she found herself being suddenly pounced upon, tackled and ensnared in a ¡­ hug? ¡°Usagi-chan! You¡¯re early! Why are standing out here though?¡± Haruko wondered briefly if her heart could actually beat any faster without bursting? Pressing her hand against her chest, and breathing deeply she looked at the grinning Shoko. ¡°Please, don¡¯t so that! You almost frightened me to death!¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°Sorry, sorry¡­ but if you drop dead I suppose I¡¯d have to kiss you and bring you back.¡± Haruko could feel herself blush, a tingling wave of heat rushing up from her feet to the tips of her ears, leaving her breaking out in sweat. She tried to speak, but nothing came out past the lump in her throat, save for a strangled squeak. Laughing, Shoko took Haruko¡¯s limp hand and tugging on it, lead her down the narrow street, towards the door of The Yokai cafe. The bronze wind chimes over the door rang a merry arpeggio as Shoko and the still dazed Haruko entered. Shoko grinned as the teenage neko girl dressed in a maids uniform hurried over, bowing as she said. ¡°Welcome home Mistresses...Oh! You¡¯re early Shoko!¡± ¡°I brought Usagi-chan, thought we could have a coffee date before I started work. Usaki-chan¡¯s an artist, a really good one, do you think when you take your lunch break you could pose for her? I¡¯m going to, just before my shift.¡± Etsu blinked, taking a moment to process the light-speed torrent of chatter from the excited Shoko. ¡°A date?! Oh, right¡­ table by the kitchen door then?¡± Shoko nodded, making a ¡°Umhmm!¡± sound of agreement as Etsu caught up with the rest of the conversation.. ¡°Wait¡­ posing...in my uniform?¡± ¡°Yup! Usagi-chan is a mangaka! Her art is really good.. please Etsu, I¡¯ll owe you a favour!¡± Haruko finally came out of her daze to query Shoko. ¡°W.w.wait! Wouldn¡¯t I owe her a favour if she¡¯s posing for me?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Nuh-uh, I asked her, as favour to you, so you owe me and I owe Etsu.. you see?¡± Shoko looked between Etsu and Haruko as they both said at the same time. ¡°No!¡± ¡°Not really!¡± Etsu laughed, shaking her head. ¡°Hare brained as ever Shoko! Well it doesn¡¯t matter who owes what to whom anyway. I¡¯ll be happy to pose for you... Ah¡­.Usagi-chan?¡± ¡°Haruko Isobe, pleased to meet you and thank you very much. Shoko just calls me that because¡­¡± Haruko paused, and looked around the cafe, there really was only yokai here, then shyly she moved her braids, revealing her ears. Etsu blinked, and smiled. ¡°First time? Don¡¯t worry, you¡¯re quite safe here. Please allow me to show you to your seat mistress¡­ and Shoko, please don¡¯t disturb the other customers.¡± Shoko looked contrite and nodded. ¡°I¡¯ll be good, we are on a date after all.¡± Etsu flashed a grin at Shoko and the slowly mortifying Haruko. ¡°I¡¯ll tell Kokoro-sama. I¡¯m sure she¡¯ll be thrilled, you know what a romantic she is!¡± Etsu showed them to a table built for two, tucked into a corner near to the kitchen door, leaving them with a menu each. Haruko buried her face in hers, trying to will away the blush that was threatening to become a permanent feature. After a moment Shoko tapped the top of the stiff card with one finger tip. ¡°Daily specials are up on the chalk board behind you Usagi-chan, the menu just has the regular stuff.¡± Haruko glanced over her shoulder towards the chalk board. When she turned back around, she suddenly found Shoko had leaned forward, so much so that their lips almost touched. Haruko flushed again, and leaned back fast enough her chair rocked. ¡°Shoko!¡± Shoko grinned, unrepentantly unabashed. ¡°Almost! Oh well, better luck next time.¡± Haruko blinked at her, and without thinking spoke. ¡°B..but why? You could¡¯ve just asked...¡± Haruko¡¯s eyes widened as she realised what she¡¯d said, and she clapped her hand over her mouth as if to belatedly try and stop the words falling out. Shoko grinned slowly, slyly¡­ ¡°May I?¡± Haruko shook her head, still wide eyed and blushing. In a strangled whisper she managed to choke out. ¡°Not in public!¡± ¡°Later then?¡± Haruko, if at all possible, blushed even redder, but nodded. Shoko still smiling sat back and after merely glancing at the menu said more to herself than anything.. ¡°I think I¡¯ll have the hazelnut chocolate torte with raspberry creme fresh filling, what about you?¡± Glad of the distraction Haruko studied the menu, then carefully glanced back over her shoulder at the specials. ¡°I like the sound of the Parfit with summer berry Mousse, although, what¡¯s the Tea for Two like?¡± ¡°Oh, that¡¯s a good idea! It¡¯s a pot of tea, enough for both of us, but it comes with a plate of mini cakes and fancies, whatever Kokoro-sama feels like making that day, so it¡¯s never quite the same each time. There¡¯s a card that comes with it, that you can fill in to tell her which ones you liked and what you thought of them. If enough people like something, that becomes a regular full sized item on the menu.¡± Haruko nodded. ¡°That¡¯s clever, shall we have that then?¡± Kokoro-sama herself emerged from the kitchen to take their order¡­ Haruko was somewhat unnerved by the smile on the Oni¡¯s face, at first, but she talked in such a soft voice, and she looked charming in what Haruko thought of as a butlers uniform, that she quickly grew at ease with her. Once she left their table Haruko whispered to Shoko. ¡°I like her, she¡¯s kind!¡± Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions. Shoko nodded. ¡°She is! I think it¡¯s because she makes these teeny tiny spun sugar things.¡± Haruko blinked, and looked puzzled at Shoko, who shrugged. ¡°She¡¯s really strong, much stronger than an Oni. Oh, I know she looks a bit, well, a lot like one, but she¡¯s actually an Ogre, from Europe, they¡¯re maybe sort of related Paul-sama says. Kokoro-sama told me she grew up wanting to be a chief, one of those fancy ones, but because she¡¯s so strong she kept ruining things at first. So she learnt to control her strength really well¡­ and that meant controlling her emotions or so she says. So.. she learnt how to be gentle and as she says, you can¡¯t be gentle without kindness.¡± Haruko blinked slowly, absorbing the notion, and then grinned slowly¡­ ¡°You know¡­ that would make a wonderful manga. I wonder if she¡¯d let me make that?¡± Shoko looked at Haruko for a moment, then slowly grinned. ¡°Yeahhh¡­ it would. I mean you¡¯d have to change details I suppose, but the Ogre who became a famous pastry chief and opened a little cafe somewhere in France¡­ I¡¯d read that!¡± Haruko nodded enthusiastically, then stopped as she was struck by a thought. ¡°Wait, you said she was European? Why did she come here to open a cafe?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Nuh-uh.. Kokoro-sama was born here, her family are from Europe. They¡¯re refugees just like the oni. But it¡¯s her ambition to study in France, they have a whole academy for that in Paris, and then she wants to open a cafe there. That¡¯s why she makes all different sorts of things, she¡¯s practising. Plus the cafe here is so she can afford to go to Paris.¡± ¡°Ohhh¡­. She sounds like a very dedicated sort of person!¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°She is, yes. Strong as she is, her will is stronger!¡± Silence fell between them for a moment, Haruko was somewhat frantically trying to think of what to say, when she looked up and caught Shoko¡¯s gaze...and it occurred to her that maybe she didn¡¯t know what to say or do next either. After all, from what she¡¯d said, Shoko had little experience too. And like that, Haruko¡¯s anxiety fled, and her lips curled up in a small smile. ¡°So¡­ you don¡¯t know what to say either?¡± Shoko laughed and nodded. ¡°Yeah! I don¡¯t really know all that much about dating. I was trying to think what next!¡± Haruko laughed, and Shoko joined in, as the tension in the air vanished like morning mist in spring. With a smile Haruko suggested. ¡°Perhaps we should just.. not think about it too hard. Stop trying to make it a date, and¡­ I don¡¯t know, just talk maybe?¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Ok, sounds good to me! Umm¡­ you go first. I¡¯ve been told I talk too much!¡± Haruko shook her head, then holding her thumb and first finger a hairs-breadth apart replied. ¡°Well¡­ maybe a tiny bit, but not really.¡± Shoko giggled, and gestured for Haruko to go on. For a moment her mind went blank, and then she said. ¡°Ok.. how about.. what do you want to be or do when you¡¯re older? I mean, you know I want to be an Illustrator or mangika when I¡¯m old enough to have a job, and you said about Kokora¡¯s ambitions, but what¡¯s yours?¡± Shoko stared at Haruko for a second, her mouth hanging open in surprise, then she shook her head. ¡°I don¡¯t know¡­ I mean, it¡¯s going to be ages before I have to worry about that!¡± Haruko sighed¡­ thinking she¡¯d messed up once again. ¡°Sorry, sorry¡­ just...I thought¡­ I mean you must have something you want to do, don¡¯t you?¡± Shoko slowly shook her head and then shrugged. ¡°Never thought about it really...It just seems so far off.¡± ¡°Well, you¡¯ve got a job in a maid cafe, and you¡¯re part of a famous band, you going to carry on as a musician maybe?¡± Shoko looked thoughtful. ¡°Maybe¡­. I mean I used to think I¡¯d grow up to be a temple guardian like my mother did¡­ but now that I think about it, that seems ¡­ limiting? I mean, I don¡¯t have to, do I? People don¡¯t really need that now. Yokai metal is fun¡­ but from what Suz-metal has said in her emails, it sounds like doing that full time is hard work, and I think it would quickly stop being fun then, and that¡¯s even before she became a Goddess! Now she¡¯s working ten times harder!¡± Haruko looked at Shoko wide eyed. ¡°You¡­ exchange emails with her!¡± ¡°Um¡­ yes? We became friends when we did that concert at the Tokyo Dome, and then she wanted to know about being a Goddess, and Inari isn¡¯t very good with technology so I said she could email me, and I¡¯d ask her, and in exchange she helped me with Yokai Metal stuff...ah, we¡¯re putting together an album you know. But we kinda got talking about stuff outside that too¡­ and.. Um, Haruko, you know you¡¯re not breathing, right?¡± Haruko drew in a deep breath, and then let it out in a long sigh. ¡°Shoko¡­ you¡¯ve got to stop saying these sorts of things like they¡¯re just...not important. There are people who''d kill to know Suz-metal!¡± ¡°Yeah, I know. That¡¯s why I don¡¯t talk about it. But I trust you. You¡¯re a fan, but not a creepy one. I mean, you knew who I was for ages, and said nothing. You¡¯re not freaking out because I¡¯m talking to you¡­¡± Shoko looked at Haruko, and then smiled. ¡°Ok, maybe you are freaking out just a bit, but that¡¯s not because you¡¯re an Otaku.¡± ¡°Thanks! I¡¯m nowhere near dedicated enough to be an Otaku, I mean I¡¯ve only got two Yokai metal posters up in my bedroom..¡± Haruko clapped her hand over her mouth, going bright red again, as Shoko threw her head back laughing. ¡°Sorry, sorry, I¡¯m not laughing at you, Usagi-chan... well, a little bit at your expression maybe.¡± Haruko giggled¡­ ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s ok. I guess that was a bit funny...I honestly wasn¡¯t going to talk about being a Yokai Metal fan.. but I guess it¡¯s part of who I am so¡­¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°I get it¡­ I don¡¯t talk about being a fan of Baby Metal to Suz. I mean, she knows but.. well she¡¯s a fan of Yokai metal too, so.. I suppose it¡¯s just sort of.. mutually embarrassing? Especially if they¡¯re right there, you know? But there¡¯s a bit of me that goes ¡®squee!¡¯ when she emails me, like last time she sent me a rough studio recording of something they were working on, looking for some input and I just¡­ well can you imagine being the first to hear something that no other fan has?¡± Haruko nodded hard. ¡°I think I would just faint! That would be so cool!¡± Shoko grinned¡­ and was about to say something when Kokora appeared bring their order. Haruko stared at the three tiered cake stand piled high in tiny little delectables, some of which had tiny heart-shaped sugar cookies on them or heart shaped pink icing¡­ Shoko smiled. ¡°Thank you Kokora-sama, but really you didn¡¯t need to go to this much trouble.¡± Kokora smiled, carefully not showing her teeth, and shook her head. ¡°Oh, it was no trouble! I had these cookie cutters left over from valentines day, so it was just the work of a few minutes. Now you two young things enjoy yourselves, and don¡¯t worry about the start of your shift Shoko-chan, I¡¯m sure we can manage if you want to linger and chat with Haruko-chan for a while.¡± Kokora hustled away, humming to herself, and with a big smile plastered to her face. Shoko sighed. ¡°Perhaps coming here wasn¡¯t such a good idea¡­ I forgot what she can be like..¡± Haruko sat blinking at the bounty in front of them, then sighed. ¡°I don¡¯t think I can afford my half of all this¡­¡± Shoko didn¡¯t say anything, she just held up the note that was folded under one of the cakes and showed Haruko it. ¡®Don¡¯t worry¡¯ it read ¡®it¡¯s on the house. Good luck!¡¯ There was a heart drawn on the bottom of it. ¡°Oh¡­ that¡¯s... kind of her.¡± Shoko sighed and nodded. ¡°That¡¯s Kokora-sama, romantic to the core. She hid it under a cake she knows I like, so I guess she thought I¡¯d see it and not worry about paying for everything so I could impress you.¡± ¡°Oh. Um¡­ Well, she¡¯s supportive.¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°That¡¯s one way of looking at it. I¡¯d say she¡¯s trying to play matchmaker.¡± Haruko blushed, yet again, and ducked her head. Shoko chuckled softly, and teasingly murmured. ¡°You know I can see the tips of your ears going red? Speaking of, doesn¡¯t it hurt to keep them down like that all the time?¡± Haruko looked up and slowly nodded, then shook her head. ¡°It used to¡­ I mean, it still does but I¡¯m used to it now. It¡¯s like wearing shoes that are just a bit too tight.¡± ¡°You know you don¡¯t have to do that here? In fact, I¡¯d like it if you didn¡¯t keep hiding them, you have such pretty ears, all velvety fuzzy softness and kinda golden brown, like aged honey.¡± Haruko stared at Shoko for a moment, not knowing what to say or how to feel. Tentatively she asked. ¡°Y.you¡­ like my ears? You¡¯re not joking are you?¡± Shoko emphatically shook her head. ¡°No, not joking. I really do think they¡¯re pretty and I¡¯d love to see them more, and touch them if you¡¯d let me. I keep thinking they must be all warm and soft¡­¡± Haruko gulped, swallowing against a sudden lump in her throat. Shyly she reached up and undid the elastic hair ties that both held her braids together, and contained her ears within the thick ropes of hair. Shaking her head, she allowed her chocolate brown hair to spill over her shoulders in glistening waves, while her ears, freed from their prison, sprung up above the crown of her head. Shoko made a small squealing sound of delight, clasping her hands together, to keep herself from reaching out. ¡°That¡¯s better! They¡¯re glorious! I mean, all of you is pretty, but they¡¯re one of your best features¡­ that and your eyes..oh and that cute dimple..¡± ¡°Shoko, enough! Stop, please...I¡¯ll die of embarrassment! You¡¯re joking, right?¡± ¡°I¡¯m serious, truly, I mean it! But¡­ I¡¯ll stop if it¡¯s really upsetting you. I don¡¯t know why it would, but ok.¡± Haruko sighed, and frowned slightly. ¡°It is¡­ but honestly I don¡¯t know why. I..I guess I¡¯m not used to being complimented like that?¡± Shoko tilted her head looking at Haruko and then shrugged. ¡°I suppose when you put so much effort into not being noticed, it shouldn¡¯t be a surprise that no-one¡¯s noticed how pretty you are Usagi-chan. but I see you, and their loss, my gain!¡± ¡°Oh¡­.Oh! Maybe that¡¯s why¡­ I¡¯m not used to being seen!¡± Shoko tilted her head, looking at Haruko, and then smiled slowly. ¡°Ok, that makes sense¡­ but do you think you could get used to it? Because I was thinking, how would you like to join the band? I¡¯ve heard you singing in class! You¡¯re good!¡± Haruko¡¯s eyes went wide as she stared at Shoko in shock. ¡°Oh.. Oh no..no no nonoono! I couldn¡¯t possibly! I mean, me? On stage? In front of everyone! I wouldn¡¯t be able to speak, much less sing! I¡¯d die, really!¡± Shoko nodded slowly¡­ ¡°Um.. yeah¡­ Ok, perhaps that was a bit too much of a big step for you. Still, how about recording a track for our album? There¡¯s one song we¡¯ve been trying, that we¡¯re not sure about putting in or not. It¡¯s a duet, but the problem is, well¡­ it¡¯s kind of about two yokai facing society together, and while everyone¡¯s sure I should sing one part, we¡¯ve tried doing it with just about everyone and it just doesn¡¯t sound right. I mean.. it might not work with you either, but it¡¯s worth a shot or we¡¯ll have to leave it out. Which would be sad, because it¡¯s such a sweet song¡­¡± Shoko looked down at the table, pensively stirring her tea for a moment. Without thinking Haruko reached across and put her hand over Shoko¡¯s, and as the uncharacteristically sad looking Kitsune looked up at Haruko she blurted out. ¡°Of course I¡¯ll so it! I¡¯d be thrilled to sing with you, as long as it¡¯s not in public.¡± ¡°Really? You mean it?¡± ¡°I do Shoko, really I do...I mean, recording a song for Yokai Metal? Of course I would! Especially if it¡¯s with you!¡± ¡°Yay! I¡¯ll tell Rin as soon as I get back home, and we¡¯ll set it up¡­ ahh¡­ you¡¯re not going to be able to go to the recording studio in Osaka are you? It¡¯s ok, we¡¯ll set something up! Oh I know, if we record it in the old mine we¡¯ll get such great acoustics.. or we could do it in Paul¡¯s workshop, and catch the sound of the river as a background! The songs got water themes in it so that would work too!¡± Haruko held up her hand, palm outwards. ¡°Slow down Shoko! You¡¯re making me dizzy!¡± Shoko grinned sheepishly. ¡°Sorry Usagi-chan¡­ I get carried away.¡± ¡°Well I felt like I was being carried away by a set of rapids! If you¡¯re going to pull me along like that, you¡¯ll have to slow down a bit for me.¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°I bet Paul-sama would say that makes us a good team...¡± Haruko¡¯s face fell as a thought struck her suddenly. ¡°Oh...I just thought. My parents won¡¯t let me. It¡¯d be too dangerous they¡¯ll say. I mean, if people found out who I was, there are stalkers out there after all..¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°So? We won¡¯t tell them, and we¡¯ll can use a stage name for you on the record. Umm¡­ Sakura Usgai perhaps? That sounds nice. Besides.. a love duet between a fox spirit and a rabbit spirit? Oh! I know, we can change a few of the lyrics to reflect that! That would be great!¡± Haruko blinked. ¡°A L..lo..love duet! You didn¡¯t mention that!¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t I? You don¡¯t mind do you? I mean¡­ honestly, it¡¯s about a lot more as well! Defiance of society¡¯s expectations, forbidden love and kindred souls, about being young and yokai¡­ it¡¯s all things we both know about because that our life right now. It¡¯s relatable Rin says, to other young yokai like us, and because it¡¯s genuine, it¡¯s really about us...and it would be even better if you would sing it with me because then it really would be about us! Which is where we were going wrong before because you can;t sing a duet like that with someone you don¡¯t feel¡­ ummm.. you know.¡± Haruko took a deep breath after weathering Shoko¡¯s torrent, and then sighed deeply. ¡°Ok, Shoko. I take your point. I¡¯ll do it, because you¡¯re right. It is a song a lot of people like us will take to heart. Like it or not, Yokai Metal is important, as well as being fun, and that¡¯s something that sounds like it will speak to a lot of yokai like us, so it should be done right!¡± Shoko grinned broadly. ¡°I could kiss you right here, right now!¡± ¡°Eep! Please don¡¯t!¡± Shoko shook her head, still grinning. ¡°I know I know! I won¡¯t, now. Later though! Now, lets eat up! Kokora-sama would be offended and hurt if we don¡¯t do her work justice!¡± Haruko blushed, giggling at the incongruous idea of the fearsome looking Ogress being upset because they didn¡¯t eat her pastries. Hanami Chp.25 Paul lay in the hotel bed, reflecting that perhaps he should change his cologne, or body wash or something, given that he seemed to attract foxes, specifically kitsune. He found himself trapped in a way that anyone who¡¯s lived with a cat or dog would find familiar. His right arm and leg pinned down by a sleeping Inari. Which was fairly typical of most mornings recently¡­ however today he found his left arm had also been claimed by the sleeping form of Tamamo-no-Mae, who was curled up in child-like slumber next to him, using his arm as a pillow. Inwardly he wondered just how exactly was this his life? He¡¯d gone to bed early last night, having spent the prior day stiff and sore from the combination of unaccustomed exercise with a fight on top, and then sleeping on the hotel room¡¯s sole sofa the night before, which was rather too small to accommodate his almost six foot frame without bodily origami. Inari and Tamamo had both conceded the bed to him last night as a result. Preferring to curl up on the floor in a pair of nests made of the extra blankets and a couple of futons provided surreptitiously by Izumi. Paul had tried to suggest that Tamamo might be more comfortable in a room of her own, but had been vetoed by Inari and strangely enough Tamamo herself. Apparently the two kitsune cousins had reconciled and were loath to be parted now. Also apparently at some point in the night they¡¯d relocated to sleep next to him and it would seem that night attire wasn¡¯t something either of them considered wearing. Paul had mostly gotten used to Inari¡¯s casual nudity, but Tamamo-no-mae was a whole different level of perturbing, given her rather small size and paucity of womanly attributes, making her look only just pubescent, at best. He was just contemplating how to extricate himself, without disturbing either of them, so he could get dressed and throw a blanket over the pair, when there was a tap at the door. Paul froze, hoping they¡¯d go away if he didn¡¯t speak, but the door opened and Izumi walked in, and seeing them, opened her mouth. ¡°Don¡¯t scream!¡± Izumi shut her mouth with an audible click of teeth, and then hissed at him. ¡°Just what are you doing!¡± Paul rolled his eyes and in quietly calm tone he didn¡¯t really feel replied. ¡°I am trying to escape! For heavens sake, I¡¯m still far too knackered even now, to engage in any of the lurid acts of debauchery you are no doubt imagining to have taken place. I went to bed alone and woke up like this. Apparently it¡¯s a kitsune thing, sleeping together in a pile. Now if you¡¯re done jumping to conclusions, could you give me a hand please? I¡¯m rather thoroughly pinned down here.¡± Izumi went bright red, and without a word came over and gently lifted the sleepily protesting Tamamo off Paul¡¯s arm. Once he¡¯d extricated himself the rest of the way, throwing a robe on himself and drawing the sheets over the sleeping pair, Paul led Izumi out onto the balcony and mostly closed the door so as not to disturb the sleepers within. It was still early enough that there was a slight chill to the air, but the sun was warming up the little space quickly enough it was tolerable. Paul sat down at the small table and waved, indicating Izumi should take the other chair. ¡°Ok, I¡¯m assuming there was a good reason you needed to barge in, using you staff pass key at a guess?¡± Izumi blinked, visibly wrenching her train of thought back onto the rails. ¡°Ah, yes! You and Inari need to leave with Tamamo-no-Mae today!¡± Paul raised an eyebrow, enquiringly. ¡°Why so precipitously? Has the hotel management caught you fudging the reservations for us or something?¡± Izumi glared at Paul, and shook her head. ¡°No¡­ although the manager is suspicious of what¡¯s going on. Unpaid for guests are not allowed and if he knew I¡¯d helped you smuggle her in¡­ but that¡¯s not why. There¡¯s been a death in the park, at the same time you were there. The police think it was murder and although they don¡¯t know it was you two, they are looking for you.¡± Paul sighed. ¡°I¡¯m guessing they came here to question the staff about suspicious persons?¡± ¡°How¡­?¡± ¡°It¡¯s a logical first move, given the hotels proximity. Did they mention who the victim was?¡± ¡°Someone out for a run the night before last, that¡¯s all I know. But there is a rumour that it wasn¡¯t just a murder, that the person was killed in some unnatural manner.¡± ¡°And you think the police will link it to Tamamo.¡± Izumi nodded. ¡°They were asking if we¡¯d seen anyone answering her description, without saying that¡¯s who they were looking for. But they they also wanted to talk to two people that fitted yours and Inari¡¯s description.¡± Paul nodded thoughtfully. ¡°That makes sense. They would¡¯ve gotten descriptions from the joggers we passed that night, and not being able to account for us, they¡¯d have us down as possible witnesses at best, potential suspects at worst.¡± Izumi nodded vigorously. ¡°That¡¯s why you three have to leave, now!¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°No, running is the last thing we should do. The police will be watching the stations for a start, and secondly all I have to do is tell them that yes, we were there, and no Tamamo isn¡¯t involved because she was in custody at the time.¡± Izumi stared at Paul for moment aghast, a disbelieving expression on her face. ¡°You can¡¯t just walk into the police station with your fake badge and..¡± ¡°It¡¯s not fake.¡± ¡°What?!¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Izumi-san. Please calm yourself, I don¡¯t want to deal with you having a heart attack on top of everything else. Firstly, the police already know who I am, and secondly, the badge and the identity that go with it are quite real. Suffice it to say, Inari and I have government support at the highest level, and they are already quietly creating a genuine division four of the special police divisions department, it¡¯s just not public yet. So, yes, I can just walk in there and talk to them. After breakfast and a cup of tea however.¡± Izumi opened and closed her mouth a couple of times, then her shoulders slumped and she sighed. ¡°I must seem foolish to you.¡± ¡°On the contrary you¡¯re keeping a level head, more or less, under some very trying circumstances. It¡¯s hardly your fault you reacted the way you did, given that you had incomplete information at the time. Now, if you¡¯d be so kind, I¡¯d like to get dressed and get something to eat, before those two wake up and make my day infinitely more complicated!¡± Izumi giggled, and smiling spoke in a sympathetic tone. ¡°Kitsune do make life harder¡­¡± Paul grinned. ¡°But it¡¯s worth it¡­ and not in any lewd way I mean!¡± Izumi¡¯s cheeks stained red and she looked down at her lap. ¡°Umm.. sorry for jumping to the wrong conclusion earlier...just¡­¡± Paul raised an eyebrow. ¡°Let me guess, Tamamo tried to seduce you?¡± Izumi swallowed and didn¡¯t answer, just looked more uncomfortable. Paul smiled slightly. ¡°Amend that, Tamamo succeeded in seducing you.¡± ¡°That¡¯s not why I helped her though!¡± ¡°Of course not. But that was why you jumped to the wrong conclusion, and were jealous.¡± Izumi nodded, then almost inaudibly added. ¡°I didn¡¯t think I was like that. I...I think I might love her¡­¡± Paul smiled. ¡°I wish you good luck then, and if Inari is anything to go by, kitsune do have a way of making you question things about yourself¡­ Tell you what, those two sleepy heads aren¡¯t going to stir anytime soon I suspect. So I¡¯ll get dressed and then go raid the breakfast bar while you stay here and watch over them. That way you can tell Inari or Tamamo, whichever wakes first, where I am.¡± ¡°But I can¡¯t, my manager¡­¡± ¡°I¡¯ll pull rank and have a chat with him too. How long have you been working here?¡± If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. ¡°Nearly eight months, why?¡± Paul grinned in a rather predatory manner. ¡°Because I¡¯m about to tell him you¡¯re an undercover police agent, on assignment here, which at the very least will make him wonder what you might have noticed in passing that he¡¯s been up to.¡± Izumi¡¯s eyes went wide. ¡°B..but¡­ I¡¯ll lose my job!¡± ¡°And I¡¯ll find you a new one¡­ there¡¯s a won¡¯t Izumi¡¯s eyes if anything went wider, and then she nodded hesitantly. ¡° ¡°Of course. Take your time. It¡¯s a big decision I know, you¡¯d have to pack up your life here and move.¡± Izumi laughed slightly, mirthlessly. ¡°That¡¯s the least worry. Not much here to pack up. But helping run such a place is a big responsibility and I¡¯m not sure I¡¯m up to it.¡± Paul smiled lopsidedly. ¡°I¡¯d argue that thinking that is why you would be ideal. Level-headed and pragmatic, as I said. Of course, you¡¯d have to be in tip-top shape, and I¡¯ll talk to Kiko and make sure she prioritizes healing you so you¡¯re up to the challenge physically. Not that I wouldn¡¯t anyway, just in case you were thinking I was trying to sway your decision.¡± ¡°Oh.. of course yes. Thank you! I promise I¡¯ll have an answer for you by the end of the day.¡± ¡°Take your time. Now, if you don¡¯t mind?¡± Paul nodded towards the door, and Izumi nodded, leaving him to get dressed quickly. An hour and a half later found Paul hesitating outside the local police station. Not that he wasn¡¯t confident he could talk the police out of regarding Inari, Tamamo and himself as suspects, but rather he was wondering just how much he would need to get involved in whatever was going on. He couldn¡¯t investigate every crime or incident that might involve a yokai, which was partly why Division four was being set up. But he wasn¡¯t confident that the local police would take the possibility of something supernatural being involved seriously. Which would hamper their investigation at best, and could prove fatal at worse. That is, if there was anything of the like involved. It could after all be a quite ordinary fatality and with everyone being on edge, they might be jumping to the wrong conclusion. Paul squared his shoulders and strode into the police station projecting confidence he didn¡¯t entirely feel. It didn¡¯t take him long to talk his way into seeing the Inspector in charge of the case, one of the three holding that rank in what was after all, a small local force. He sauntered in and regarding the individual in plain clothes, smiled slightly. ¡°Heard you¡¯ve been looking for me and my partner.¡± The Inspector looked up from the laptop he¡¯d been typing on, and frowned. ¡°And you are?¡± Paul took his badge out and showed the slightly rumpled looking man, reflecting that he looked like someone who¡¯d had less sleep than was good for him. ¡°Detective inspector P¨­ru H¨­muzu, Division four. Here to answer some questions in connection to the possible murder case you have.¡± ¡°Division four? There is no division four!¡± Paul smiled. ¡°There is, but only on paper so far. You¡¯re looking at half of it¡¯s entire personnel currently. Because it¡¯s only just been created and they¡¯re still ramping up recruitment. However my partner and I were tasked to deal with the Tamamo-no-Mae case as a matter of priority. So, here we are, weeks ahead of when we¡¯re officially supposed to start.¡± The Inspector snorted. ¡°Well, that¡¯s a wild goose chase. The park manager faked it.¡± ¡°Really? That¡¯s your conclusion? Well, I¡¯ll call my partner and tell her she can let Tamamo go then, since she doesn¡¯t exist.¡± The man stared at him for moment, incredulity written large on his face, then he shook his head. ¡°You mean, she does exist?¡± ¡°Most assuredly, but we¡¯re happy to go with the cover story you accidentally created. Part of our remit is to keep this sort of thing quiet. Now¡­ since our business here has concluded early, how may I help you?¡± The Inspector frowned. ¡°What makes you think we need your help?¡± ¡°Well, how familiar are you with yokai and magic for a start? Also, we were in the area, so we might have seen something. Although, depending on timing you may have to rule out Tamamo-no-Mae out, since she was bit busy being detained.¡± The Inspector sighed, and nodded. ¡°Fair enough¡­ lets start over. Detective inspector Itsuki, pleased to meet you.¡± Itsuki stood and with a slight bow presented Paul with his business card. Paul reciprocated with one of his, which the Inspector glanced at, then frowned. ¡°Would you mind if I verified your identity?¡± ¡°Of course not, one cannot be too careful. If you call or email the special police divisions head quarters they¡¯ll confirm it.¡± Itsuki nodded, and typed on his laptop for a few moments, before speaking. ¡°While we wait for their reply, perhaps you could explain why you think we need help from Division four?¡± Paul smiled faintly. ¡°Frankly, a hunch and a rumor. I heard you were looking for individuals that sounded like myself and my partner as well as Tamamo-no-Mae. I also heard it was in connection with a death that might have been murder, and may have been rather.. shall we say, unusual. I had a hunch that it was yokai related perhaps. So, I came to inquire and offer what small assistance I may.¡± ¡°That sounds rather vague.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°It¡¯s about par for the course for this line of work actually.¡± Itsuki¡¯s laptop pinged, and his eyebrows rose as he read the message. ¡°Well¡­ your identity is confirmed, and there is a note from the head to extend you full cooperation and courtesy?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Department politics, the department head had to call in a favor to get me reassigned. I would assume he wants to get his money¡¯s worth, so to speak, and is making sure I can do my job without hindrance.¡± Itsuki pulled a wry face and nodded. ¡°That sounds about right.¡± ¡°So, since my assumption is that the rumors were correct about yokai involvement, since you didn¡¯t deny it, what are the particulars of the case?¡± Itsuki tapped on his laptops trackpad, and then swiveled it around so that Paul could see the screen. Displayed was an image of an old lady resting on a mortuary table. Paul judged that her age had to be somewhere south of ninety at least, given her appearance. ¡° failure ¡°Okayyy¡­ and why do you suspect yokai involvement?¡± Itsuki grimaced. ¡°Because she¡¯s only 27.¡± Paul blinked, flicking his glance between the image on the screen and the Inspectors unsmiling face. ¡°Right. Fair enough. Hm¡­ I can think of a couple of things that could have this effect. You said she worked at a hospice? Is it for the terminally ill, or geriatric patients?¡± Itsuki frowned, and turning the laptop back round, worked for moment. ¡°General mixed use it says, but she was part of the geriatric care staff. Is that relevant?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Hard to say, but considering she seems to have had her life stolen from her, literally, I perhaps would check to see if any of her patients have gone missing¡­¡± ¡°I don¡¯t follow?¡± Paul sighed. ¡° Itsuki stared at Paul for a moment, then shook his head as if to clear it. ¡°thing ¡°could Itsuki nodded slowly. ¡°Regretfully, you¡¯re not wrong. Ok, I think you¡¯re right, we¡¯ll pursue that angle first. Do you wish to take lead on this?¡± Paul shook his head. ¡° Itsuki nodded, a relieved look briefly flickering across his tired face. ¡°Good¡­ nice to know some big city inspector isn¡¯t going to steal the credit.¡± Paul chuckled. ¡°Trust me, that was furthest from my mind. In fact, I¡¯d be quite happy if my name is left out of it entirely and you take all the credit. Although I do have one request.¡± Itsuki regarded him warily. ¡°And that would be?¡± ¡° ¡°I don¡¯t understand?¡± ¡° Itsuki nodded. ¡°I see¡­ any other advice, hints regarding their abilities perhaps?¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°Probably nothing you can¡¯t handle. It¡¯s entirely possible they¡¯ll come quietly. I think given the nature of it, they acted in a moment of weakness perhaps. The fact they left their victims body on the street would argue against it being premeditated.¡± ¡°was ¡° Itsuki stared into Paul¡¯s eyes for a second, then looked away, shuddering, chilled by what he saw there. ¡°I don¡¯t think I mind leaving you to deal with it if that¡¯s the case.¡± ¡° ¡°Yeah, yeah¡­ don¡¯t blame you. I don¡¯t think I¡¯d want your job Division Four. Too many things that go bump in the night for my taste.¡± Paul smiled slightly. ¡°And we¡¯re the ones that bump back¡­ Well, let me know how it turns out, one way or another. I still have to fill in reports, and my superiors will probably want to know the truth of the case.¡± Itsuki frowned. ¡° Paul frowned in thought for a moment, then sighed. ¡°I¡¯m tempted to say keep it under wraps¡­ but firstly there¡¯s already rumors swirling about and covering up the fact a yokai was involved will just make it worse. Secondly, yokai aren¡¯t a secret any more, they have the same rights and legal protection as humans. They¡¯re just citizens. So¡­ if the press gets involved, which they will very soon I think, then be open about it. Yes, you¡¯re looking for, or have arrested a yokai, no it doesn¡¯t mean they¡¯re a monster, or that other yokai are a threat. They¡¯re just people...with a special ability perhaps, but still a person who made the wrong choice and will pay for it.¡± Itsuki wryly smiled at Paul. ¡° Paul shrugged. ¡° Hanami Chp.26 Haruko and Shoko had chatted about things for quite some time, mostly about school and their life, sharing stories and discussing likes and dislikes¡­ until Shoko noticed the time and exclaimed that she needed to get changed for work now, if she was to have enough time to pose for sketching. Suddenly nervous again, Haurko reached down beside her chair and clutched her satchel containing her pad and pencils. Shoko, noticing that, smiled reassuringly. ¡°Hey Usagi-chan, if you don¡¯t want to¡­?¡± Haruko shook her head. ¡°No, no¡­ it¡¯s not that I don¡¯t want to, it¡¯s just that I¡¯ve never drawn a live subject before, not when they¡¯re actually posing for me. Usually I draw from life unobserved, or take a photo with my cellphone and draw from that.. I..I¡¯m not used to being seen drawing you know.¡± Shoko nodded, enlightenment dawning on her face. ¡°Oh! I get it! You¡¯re used to being the observer, not the observed! Being seen is scary for you.¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ it¡¯s a rabbit thing.¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Nuh-uh¡­ that can be scary for everyone! I got the most terrible stage fright, well, we all did, at the Tokyo dome. Even Suz-Metal gets it, still! Every time before the start of show. You¡¯re not alone in it. I¡¯m kind of nervous about being drawn right now.¡± Haruko blinked, mentally digesting that. It isn¡¯t just me? She thought. But she doesn¡¯t look scared? ¡°Uh¡­ you didn¡¯t look it then, and you don¡¯t look scared now?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°When it started, I was too busy. Suz says the same thing, once everything gets rolling, she forgets to be scared and enjoys herself! I¡¯m nervous now, but I know it¡¯ll be alright because it¡¯s you.¡± Haruko stared down at her hands for moment, thinking. Then she nodded. ¡°Ok then, lets get started! Uhm.. where..?¡± ¡°The back room is where we get changed, we can work there since it¡¯s out of the way. Besides¡­ this time of day, it gets the sunlight. I don¡¯t know much about art, but I know good light is important. Right?¡± ¡°Right! Sounds good¡­ lets go!¡± The back room, was more of a staff room than anything. It was small, and made smaller by the row of what looked like school lockers along one wall. The only furniture was an old wooden table, a couple of chairs and a small counter-top with cupboards underneath and with a kettle and tea making equipment on it. However, the entire back wall above the small sink was one large window that offered up a view of the back yard and it¡¯s pots of herbs and flowers. Beyond that, over the low fence, was the view over the rooftops and out to the ocean, lit by the spring sunshine like diamonds carelessly strewn across rumpled turquoise blue silk. Haruko stopped on the threshold, drinking in the sight as the light streamed though the faintly dusty air of the little room, limned with dust motes sparkling as if to answer the bejewelled waves beyond. She drew in a deep breath, and exhaled slowly. Shoko, oblivious to Haruko behind her, opened one of the lockers, tugging on the door that was taller than she was, and took out a hanging uniform of black and white. She stopped for second, and looked back over her shoulder at Haruko. ¡°Hey Usagi-chan¡­ you want to take some pictures of me changing as well? For later reference, you know.¡± Haruko blushed all the way up to her ear tips again¡­ but then grinned, and nodded. ¡°Ok, if you¡¯re game, then so am I!¡± Shoko blinked at the unexpected reply, then slowly, impishly, smiled. Haruko seeing that frowned at her. ¡°It¡¯s not strip tease though¡­ you pose how I say, ok? This is for art not thrills!¡± Shoko¡¯s eyes widened fractionally at the the firmness of Haruko¡¯s voice, then bobbed a curtsy. ¡°Yes mistress, of course. I am your obedient servant.¡± Haruko busied herself unpacking and arranging her art supplies as Shoko got undressed. Then, as Shoko put on her uniform, she asked her to hold still at points while she took pictures on her phone. As Shoko stood, one foot up on the chair as she rolled up her stocking, Haruko asked her to stop while she sketched¡­ only to frown and sigh. ¡°What is it Usagi-chan?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know¡­ I feel like there¡¯s something missing. I mean, it¡¯s all good, but nothing really stands out exceptionally. I just can¡¯t find the right composition for it¡­.¡± There was knock on the door and as Shoko quickly smoothed her ankle-length skirt down, she called out enter. Kokoro stuck her head around the door. ¡°Etsu told me you¡¯d started, is there anything you need?¡± Shoko shook her head and started to say no, only for Haruko to suddenly stand up, her gaze fixed on Kokoro. ¡°Kokoro-sama, come here please! Let me see you properly!¡± bemused, and startled the pale-skinned, white haired ogre stepped inside, shutting the door behind her. ¡°What is it Isobe-san? What¡¯s wro¡­¡± ¡°Shh! Hold still please.¡± Haruko walked around Kokoro looking at her from every angle, then nodded once, firmly. ¡°Can you spare me ten..no.. fifteen minutes please? You¡¯re exactly what¡¯s needed!¡± Kokoro blinked, bewildered, and then slowly nodded, amused as much as surprised by Haruko¡¯s passionate intensity all of a sudden. ¡°The next batch of pastries will ready to take out of the oven in twelve minutes, will that be long enough?¡± Haruko nodded. ¡°If we work quickly yes! Shoko resume the pose you were in before, Kokoro this way please, I¡¯ll show you how I want you.¡± Kokoro allowed herself to be guided over to near the window, and stand with her back to Shoko, Haruko ordered her to stand, holding a tea pot, as if she was pouring tea into the cup on the counter-top. Haruko snapped a photo for reference, and then resumed sketching, adding Kokoro to the background, seen over Shoko¡¯s shoulder as she stood still, in the middle of affixing the garter suspender to her stocking top. For long minutes the only sound was the faint hissing noise of pencil against paper, as Haruko worked to sketch in outlines. Eventually Kokoro quietly reminded Haruko of the time. Haruko nodded once, then laid down her pencil. Taking that as a permission to move Kokoro started to hurry out of the room, only to be arrested as she glanced at the rough sketch. Stepping closer she looked over Haruko¡¯s shoulder and breathed out in a faint sigh. ¡°My word! You really do have talent for this! That¡¯s sublime! I can¡¯t wait to see the finished work.. oh, my pastries! I must go!¡± Kokoro hurried off, out of the room before Shoko had even finished straightening up from her pose. Rubbing her back Shoko walked over and stared at the drawing. ¡° Kokoro¡¯s right, that¡¯s amazing! You¡¯re brilliant!¡± Haruko ducked her head, blushing. ¡°No, I just had a really good subject, um, subjects, to work with.¡± This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. Shoko shook her head. ¡°Nuh-uh.. you¡¯re the one that arranged us, it¡¯s mostly you. I know it¡¯s not finished, but she¡¯s right, it¡¯s beautiful¡­ it¡¯s such a warm image and it captures the family feeling I get working here!¡± Haruko nodded. ¡°That¡¯s what I wanted it to do, the kitsune and the ogre, but as family. You said earlier that¡¯s how it felt. Didn¡¯t you?¡± Shoko nodded, as Haruko stood up and started to put her art supplies away. Impulsively Shoko leaned towards her, intending to kiss Haruko on the cheek, but at the last moment, she turned to look at Shoko, who found herself kissing Haruko firmly on the lips. Haruko made a faint sound of surprise, then as Shoko started to back away in embarrassment, she flung her arms around Shoko and kissed her in return, her lips parting. Partly out of shock, and partly out of rising excitement Shoko backed up a step, and bumped against the table edge, sitting down abruptly. As their lips parted, Haruko looked into Shoko¡¯s eyes¡­ and Shoko felt a tingling wave of something rush over her. For a moment they shared gazes, Haruko¡¯s eyes asking a question, and Shoko¡¯s answering, before Haruko leaned down and kissed Shoko¡­ How long they stayed like that Shoko had no idea, only that she found herself filled with emotions and sensations she couldn¡¯t put names to. She was vibrantly, achingly alive and aware that Haruko had stepped forward, standing between Shoko¡¯s knees as she sat on the edge of the table, pressing against her as they kissed¡­ But the moment shattered like spun glass as the door opened and Etsu spoke. ¡°Hey Shoko my shift ended ages ago! Oh!! Oops! Sorry, sorry¡­! Um.. carry on, I¡¯ll go away!¡± The door banged as Etsu fled, giggling¡­ Haruko sighed, leaning her forehead against Shoko¡¯s. ¡°I¡¯m sorry¡­¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be! We both forgot where we are¡­¡± Haruko nodded minutely, then sighed, her breath hot against Shoko¡¯s own heated skin. ¡°Yeah¡­ that too¡­ are you ok?¡± ¡°More than! Why?¡± ¡°Well, I didn¡¯t ask?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°You didn¡¯t need to. I know we said to go slow but¡­ wow, you get so passionate when you¡¯re drawing! And assertive too! I¡­ I think I like that. I mean, really like that!¡± Haruko laughed, a slightly wild and nervous sound to it. ¡°Y..yeah¡­ I didn¡¯t know I could do that. Being so bossy. But¡­ I think I like it too. If you do, that is.¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°It¡¯s like dancing, sometimes you follow, and sometimes you lead...and I think I like it when you lead. We should do it some more.¡± Haruko swallowed, and then nodded. ¡°Yes¡­ but.. later! Not here and now. Apart from anything else, I¡¯ve got this to finish and right now, my hands are shaking!¡± Shoko took hold of Haruko¡¯s hands, pressing them between hers. ¡°I¡¯ll get you some chamomile tea, and you can sit here and work, is that ok?¡± Haruko nodded as Shoko stood up, albeit rather wobbly, and bustled out of the room. Sitting down at the table, Haruko sighed, resting her head between her hands. What have I done?! She mused..No, rather, what have I become! With no answers forthcoming, she took a deep, steadying breath, and pulled over her sketch book, repositioning herself at the table to take advantage of the light, she started to fill in the sketch with details. By the time Haruko leaned back in her chair, stretching to try and get the kinks out of her back, the half drunk cup of tea had long since gone cold. Not entirely in the here and now, she wondered who¡¯d turned on the lights and when had it gone dark outside? She jerked to her feet in alarm, realising how much time had passed! She was hours late returning home, her parents would be frantic! Alerted by the sounds of frenzied packing, Shoko looked in and smiled at Haruko. ¡°Stop.. there¡¯s no need to panic. Kokoro-sama called your parents and told them you¡¯d gotten caught up in drawing. She reassured them you were safe in our staff room and we¡¯d look after you until you surfaced again.¡± Haruko blinked, staring at Shoko trying to process what she¡¯d said. ¡°They.. they agreed to that?¡± Shoko grinned. ¡°Welllll¡­ Kokoro-sama can be assertive too. Although it''s more like being flattened by an avalanche of marshmallows. However, Kokoro-sama said they sounded more apologetic, but amused. Apparently this isn¡¯t the first time you¡¯ve lost yourself in your work, they said. You¡¯re supposed to be home by eight, and it¡¯s only just gone seven now, so you don¡¯t need to rush. Would you like something to eat? It¡¯s the end of my shift so we can eat together if you like?¡± Haruko slowly sat back down, and nodded, as her stomach rumbled slightly. ¡°I would like that please...oh dear! I was going to sketch Etsu too¡­¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°Another day. I¡¯ll fetch you some food. Is there anything in particular you¡¯d like mistress?¡± ¡°Um¡­ I¡¯m sure it¡¯s all good... something light but sustaining I think. I feel as hollow as a drum, but I¡¯m sure mother will have a big meal ready for me when I get home. She cooks when she¡¯s worried you see¡­¡± Shoko nodded, smiling. ¡°I understand, I will see what Kokora-sama has prepared, if you¡¯ll wait one moment mistress.¡± ¡°Um.. Shoko, you don¡¯t need to call me mistress. I mean, I¡¯m not really a customer am I?¡± ¡°Welll¡­ no. Kokora-sama said it¡¯s on the house. She said she really wants some of your art to put up on her walls, but she said in keeping with French Cafe tradition, instead of paying for your art, you can eat free whenever you like.¡± Haruko blinked, and then grinned. ¡°Like the French painters used to do, right? Although, I think maybe I¡¯m getting the better half of that bargain. Her cooking is really very good!¡± Haruko laughingly shook her head. ¡°I¡¯m sure Korkora-sama would argue she¡¯s got the better part of the deal...she¡¯s very taken with your work. She said something about Monet meets Miyazaki ...whatever that means.¡± Haruko felt herself blush slightly, and looking down murmured. ¡°She¡¯s too kind with her praise. I wouldn¡¯t have said I was that good!¡± Haruko felt Shoko¡¯s hands on her shoulders, and the warmth of her against her as she hugged her. ¡°I¡¯d say you were!¡± Shoko stoutly replied. ¡°In fact, I¡¯d say you were better than any I¡¯ve seen, looking at it that now it¡¯s finished!¡± Haruko looked down at the drawing in front of her, and sighed slight. ¡°It¡¯s not finished though.. not entirely. I¡¯ll ink over the pencil sketch when I get home and then scan and print a black and white copy. I can fill in the copy with water colours and it won¡¯t matter then if I mess up. That way increases the depth of contrast and the vibrancy of the colours because I don¡¯t have to worry about the ink running so I can apply multiple layers. But yes, it¡¯s a good first draft.¡± Haruko squeaked as Shoko tightened her hug. ¡°You¡¯re a genius Haruko, don¡¯t let anyone ever tell you different! I can¡¯t wait to see it finished! You¡¯ll have to make a copy for Kokora-sama as well, and get it framed nicely!¡± ¡°I suppose...yes. I..I¡¯m not used to people praising me like this Shoko. It¡¯s kind of embarrassing. But then, I don¡¯t usually show people stuff I¡¯ve made.¡± ¡°Well you should! It¡¯s really, really good...and I¡¯ve seen a lot! Anyway, I¡¯ll go and get you something to eat, Omurice sound good?¡± ¡°Yes please!¡± ¡°As you wish mistress. Please rest here, you¡¯ve worked hard today and deserve to take a break!¡± -------- The inside of the Onijinja, or demon shrine, wasn¡¯t what Akio had expected. If someone had asked what she¡¯d expected, she didn¡¯t precisely know what she would¡¯ve said, but she knew that this wasn¡¯t it. For a start, it was bigger, much bigger, inside than the moss-covered, decaying exterior. It was lit by a countless number of paper lanterns, strung up in ropes high up in the ceiling. The multitude of many hued lanterns giving it an almost festive air. Almost every surface, apart from the black granite floor, was covered in bright colours, mostly shades of red, and what wasn¡¯t painted was gilded. It decidedly wasn¡¯t what anyone would expect from a demon haunted temple, with a door to Yomi or the World of Darkness at the far end. Akio, Chiyo and Dot started that the towering blackened bronze door, with the mummified remains of the demon clinging to it. The demon itself would have been at least twelve feet tall when alive, and was scarcely much smaller dead, even though it was nothing more than dusty leathery skin stretched taught over old bones. It hung on the door, both of it¡¯s left arms jammed though a set of hoops that, had the door been the sort found on a castle, would¡¯ve taken a whole tree trunk of a beam to fasten it shut. Silently Akio walked up to the vast door, and stared at it and the grisly lock. After a moment she felt uneasy, and heard something that sounded like distant whispering. Then, the mummified demon opened one eye, just a tiny slit, revealing an eye like a pool of crimson blood and stared back ¡­ Wiping her sweaty palms against her thighs Akio backed away, not wanting to turn her back on it, as the demon closed it¡¯s eye. ¡°Well¡­ that is exactly what Elle said it was¡­¡± Dot nodded slowly. ¡°Yeahhh¡­ that looks disturbingly like Death¡¯s Door. Um, can we go now?¡± Akio jerked her head in a spasmodic nod, and they all hurried out of the shrine, meeting Eleanor outside, with a dazed looking Kage behind her. Eleanor signed. {Satisfied?} Akio nodded. ¡°It¡¯s as you described. The demon can¡¯t get free without being the first to die¡­ although, why all the festive lanterns?¡± Eleanor shrugged. {Because it would be far too gloomy in there otherwise. The previous Guardian did the painting though. He was an artist.} ¡°Oh.. I didn¡¯t think he¡¯d have hobbies¡­¡± {Nothing ever happens here. Boredom is a big problem. This is the most excitement I¡¯ve had since I died. So having a hobby is the only way to stay sane here.} ¡°Riiiight¡­ I can see that would be a problem. You can¡¯t leave, the whole purpose of being here is to make sure nothing happens. Know Ellie, how about we arrange something with the local yokai? That way you at least get a regular supply of manga. Maybe see if we can set you up with a Tv and dvd player so you can watch stuff??¡± Ellie smiled, pale lips curving upwards in her ghostly white face. {I would really appreciate that! If I¡¯m forced to be a NEET shut-in, I should at least like to be able to enjoy the good bits! I don¡¯t suppose you could figure out how to get an internet connection here? I miss gaming and it would be good to chat to you all again.} Akio shared a glance with Dot, who shrugged. ¡°I think we¡¯d have to ask our mentor, Paul Holmes, if that¡¯s possible. He created magitech, so he¡¯d have a better idea¡­ but, maybe?¡± Hanami Chp.27 ¡°Oneesan Oneesan! Wake up!¡± Chihiro groaned, then exhaled in a grunt when a small but heavy body landed on her stomach. Opening her eyes she found a pair of golden coloured eyes staring into her own, and wisps of black hair with streaks of dark auburn red tickling her face. ¡°Um¡­ hello? Who are you?¡± ¡°I¡¯m me Oneesan!¡± Chihiro sat up slowly, looking around she saw she was in her own bedroom, with the futon ¡®nest¡¯ she set up for the small kitsune cub she¡¯d rescued in a heap next to her bed¡­. Realisation slowly crept up on her as she looked at the young girl sitting naked on her lap. ¡°Uh¡­ is that you littlest sister?¡± ¡°Yes! See, I grew up!¡± ¡°I see¡­ how?¡± The young kitsune stared at her for a moment, then shrugged. ¡°The same way I grew down, but I changed my mind because not being able to talk isn¡¯t fun.¡± Chihiro closed her eyes, trying to make sense of that. ¡°You grew¡­ down?¡± ¡°Yup! I was big, but I wanted to be small, so I grew down. But then I got lost and you found me, so now I decided to grow up.¡± Chihiro sighed. She understood what the kitsune girl had said, but it didn¡¯t exactly help. ¡°Ok, littlest sister, um..what¡¯s you name? I can¡¯t keep calling you littlest sister if you¡¯ve grown up a bit.¡± The young girl¡¯s face fell, and almost tearfully she said. ¡°I don¡¯t remember¡­ growing down made me forget!¡± Chihiro nodded slowly. It made a sort of sense if you followed the topsy-turvy logic. She¡¯d grown ¡®down¡¯ to a pre-verbal age, so she¡¯d forgotten a lot. Maybe she¡¯d remember as she grew up? But for now she needed a name, Chirhiro thought. ¡°Ok. Let¡¯s call you¡­ umm¡­ I know, let¡¯s call you Sakura! That means Cherry Blossom. Because you grew up and bloomed overnight like they do. Do you like the sound of that?¡± Sakura nodded enthusiastically. ¡°Thank you Oneesan! I love it!¡± ¡°Ok¡­ lets get washed and dressed and see if breakfast is ready shall we?¡± ¡°Yes!¡± Chihiro supervised Sakura in the bathroom, apparently it was all new to her, and got her into some clothes borrowed from the cupboard for hand-me-down spares her family kept in case of emergencies. Chihiro had quickly modified the pantsu so Sakura¡¯s tail would fit and found a skirt that was long enough that it wouldn¡¯t lift it too much. It was only after she¡¯d gotten Sakura sat at the kitchen table and left her with their mother making her pancakes that she managed to borrow the home phone and call Shoko¡¯s cell phone. As soon as she picked up Chihiro dived in. ¡°Hi Shoko! Something weird has happened with our littlest sister!¡± Shoko sounded barely awake as she sleepy replied. ¡°Uhm¡­ morning Chihiro¡­ weird? What happened?¡± ¡°She grew up! Overnight! She looks like she¡¯s a bit younger than you, about five or six¡­ er, fifty or sixty, um... Oh you know what I mean!¡± ¡°Huh!? What? How¡­?¡± ¡°She said, she grew down before she got lost, and then grew up because it wasn¡¯t fun not being able to talk.¡± There was a lengthy pause with only the sound of breathing from Shoko. Chihiro was just about to say something when Shoko replied. ¡°Okayyy¡­. I sort of remember hearing a story Inari told me. Long ago a kitsune did that. Made himself a child again. My point, I guess, is that maybe it¡¯s possible, and of course if she undid it she¡¯d revert to her true age. Does she remember who she is and where she¡¯s from?¡± Chihiro sighed. ¡°No, she says growing down made her forget. I¡¯ve called her Sakura for now.¡± ¡°Yeahhh¡­ magic can be like that. If she¡¯s now her true age, then she wouldn¡¯t have mastered complex magic, probably. So she could¡¯ve messed up the spell to make herself younger like that, changing everything and not just her appearance. Although she clearly didn¡¯t forget how to turn herself back since she didn¡¯t get stuck.¡± Chihiro nodded, mostly to herself, then a thought stuck her. ¡°Ok.. but why wouldn¡¯t she change back sooner?¡± ¡°Might not have been enough magic in the place you found her, and she needed time to absorb mana when she got here. I don¡¯t know, why don¡¯t you ask her? Which reminds me, Paul-sama called late last night, he and Inari should be home later today, so we can ask her about Sakura when she gets home.¡± Chihiro made a small sound of agreement, then glancing in the direction of the kitchen thought a moment. ¡°You know¡­ I¡¯ll come to the temple today and meet you there. Then you can also tell me all about your date with Haruko yesterday while Inari looks at Sakura.¡± Shoko giggled, and Chihiro could just imagine her expression of glee. ¡°Ok! There¡¯s a lot to tell! But I don¡¯t know when exactly they¡¯ll return. Paul-sama said they¡¯ll set out as soon as Inari is up, and you know what she¡¯s like in the morning! Aim to get here mid afternoon perhaps?¡± ¡°Ok¡­ I guess I can take littlest sister shopping first. She¡¯s of a size where most of the hand-me-downs will fit her, but she should have something new of her own, otherwise it¡¯s just too sad!¡± ¡°Ok¡­ Oh! Chihiro, buy me some pocky will you, ple-ee-ease!¡± ¡°Didn¡¯t you get some from Tomaso yesterday?¡± ¡°I didn¡¯t have time to go see her like I normally do on Saturdays.¡± ¡°Shoko! Just because you have new friends doesn¡¯t mean you should neglect your old ones. You should go see her today! Like, this morning before we meet.¡± ¡°Ok, ok...You¡¯re right Chihiro, I¡¯ll go right away after breakfast. Oh! I know¡­ since we¡¯re in the open now, I¡¯ll ask her and her mother if Tomaso would like to visit my home instead. As a special treat to make up for yesterday, because I know she¡¯s curious about it. That way when you arrive you can meet her too, then Tomaso will have a new friend.¡± Chihiro nodded, completely forgetting Shoko couldn¡¯t see her. ¡°That¡¯s a good idea Shoko¡­ I¡¯ll pick up enough snacks for all of us then. Come to think of it.. I know you said you don¡¯t live in the temple, would it be ok if I visit your home too?¡± There was a long pause¡­ and then Shoko sighed. ¡°Okayyy¡­ I can trust you not to judge I guess.¡± ¡°Shoko?¡± ¡°Where I live is a really old fashioned hut, deep in the bamboo forest near the temple itself. It¡¯s¡­ well it¡¯s not as nice as a modern house. It¡¯s a bit embarrassing really. It¡¯s not much more that somewhere to sleep and a little hearth to cook over for myself.¡± ¡°I see¡­ it doesn¡¯t matter what it¡¯s like Shoko. I know you, it¡¯ll be as neat as a new pin and cozy too I bet!¡± ¡°Um, yeah. I do try to keep it nice. I¡¯ll meet you at the stairs up to the temple. Because I¡¯ll have to show you the way to my place as it¡¯s kind of hidden. Come to think of it, you and the others will be the first people to visit! I haven¡¯t even shown Paul-sama my home.¡± Chihiro smiled. ¡°I am honoured then¡­ I¡¯ll see you at two in the afternoon?¡± ¡°Yeah, ok. See you then! Bye!¡± Chihiro hung up the phone, slowly putting the handset back in it¡¯s cradle as she thought. The whole business with Sakura just seemed so strange, as if she¡¯d turned several pages in a book by accident. But then, when she thought about it, nothing about this was normal! Chihiro inwardly shrugged, she supposed that this was what life as a friend of kitsune was like then. ---------------- As it turned out, Sakura had really small feet, the only outdoors shoes Chihiro and her mother could find to fit her were a pair of old fashioned geta that had been Chihiro¡¯s when she been several years younger. She¡¯d worn them once, to the end of summer festival. The traditional wooden sandals were no more than a couple of blocks, or ¡®teeth¡¯ with a flat board to stand on and a toe thong to hold it on her foot. Chihiro had found them difficult to balance on and uncomfortable. A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Sakura however, took to them with no effort, clattering around as if she was running in bare feet. Chihiro¡¯s mother saw the expression on Chihiro¡¯s face and quietly murmured to her that although Sakura might not consciously recollect anything, perhaps her body remembered some things better than the rest of her. Chihiro had nodded, although privately she had wondered just when Sakura had come from. Hardly anyone nowadays wore geta regularly enough to be that used to them. Once they were in the shopping district, after the short twenty minute walk from their home to the centre of town, Chihiro had headed straight for the largest second-hand shop. Her mother had given her a small purse with money to buy Sakura some clothes, telling her to spend it wisely. She also had her own allowance, but intended to use that to buy snacks as she¡¯d promised. The first thing they¡¯d looked at in the shop was the rows of shoes. Chihiro wanted to find a couple of pairs that would fit Sakura. Sakura however, sulked at first, not liking the feel of ordinary shoes around her feet¡­ that is until she spotted a pair of bright green rain boots. Sakura held them up, waving at Chihiro. ¡°Oneesan! Oneesan! Frog shoes!¡± Chihiro looked at the boots. They indeed had bulbous eyes and a frog-like face. She checked the price tag and nodded. ¡°Well spotted littlest sister! You can have those for rainy days, lets see if we can find a pair of shoes for sunny weather shall we?¡± ¡°Umm! Ok!¡± Sakura happily put the rain boots on, and jumped around making ¡° noises like a frog before she went enthusiastically rummaging among the other pairs of shoes. A short while later she held up a pair of hi-top sneakers with a bright yellow sunflower pattern... ¡°Oneesan! Sunshine shoes!¡± Chihiro had to laugh, as they were indeed sunny shoes. They were a little large, but not so much that thick socks wouldn¡¯t fix it and they¡¯d allow for growing room, as her mother often said¡­ although Chihiro hoped Sakura wouldn¡¯t grow as fast as she had done! By the time they headed to the till to pay, between them they¡¯d found four good skirts and several good shirts, including one cherry-blossom pattern one with white lace, that Sakura had insisted on wearing right away. Not that Chihiro could argue, it was so cute with the frilly white skirt she was wearing. Thinking ahead, Chihiro had also bought two full nursery-school uniforms for Sakura, as she looked old enough to attend. She knew they had a couple more at home, but little ones tended to go though school uniforms at an alarming rate, or so her mother said. As Chihiro went to pay for the clothing, the elderly ¡®auntie¡¯ who ran the shop looked at the school uniforms, and then at Sakura then winked at Chihiro. ¡°There¡¯s some school satchels you might want to take a look at for your new Imoto, Chihiro dear.¡± Chihiro shook her head. ¡°Not today Auntie, I¡¯ve already spent up my budget.¡± The older woman shook her head, making a small clucking sound. ¡°Tch, as if I¡¯d charge you for that! Like your family isn¡¯t responsible for half my business! Go on, I¡¯ll keep these aside while you two go pick out one she likes.¡± Chihiro smiled, and thanked the older woman, as Sakura tugged on her hand, leading her to the rack of school satchels. Chihiro had a fairly good idea of which one she wanted, and sure enough, Sakura went for the bright cherry red one. It wasn¡¯t the most expensive, although it had a good number of pockets and internal divisions as well as straps that allowed it to be used as a backpack. It was cheaper than some of the others due to it being somewhat scuffed, and some of the stitching was loose. But Chihiro was certain that her middle eldest brother could repair it and make it shine again. His hobby was leather work after all. It didn¡¯t take long to pay for what they¡¯d bought, although ¡®Auntie¡¯ used the time to winkle out all the details about Sakura, punctuated with many exclamations of disbelief and head shakes. The old woman also told Chihiro some of the latest town gossip, with instructions to tell her mother when she got home. Chihiro couldn¡¯t help thinking that the local Yokai coming ¡®out¡¯ had certainly livened up the gossip the past few months, and yet it all seemed to boil down to the same things in the end. Who was seeing whom, who had said what and so on¡­ just with a new twist of who was what as well. Not all of the yokai were forthcoming and there was quite a bit of idle speculation over the nature of some people. Chihiro was rather glad to have Sakura tagging along, it gave her a polite excuse to cut short Auntie¡¯s rambling chatter. Then it was on to the corner sweet shop, and the important deliberations over what snacks to buy for everyone. --------- Meanwhile, Shoko had hurried out of the door with a square of fried tofu in her mouth at a dead run. The tiny village Tomaso lived in was in one of the smaller valleys a few mountains over on the other side of Inari¡¯s mountain to the port. For a human it would be several hours walk, and scarcely quicker by car or bike due to the way the roads twisted and turned. For Shoko, who knew all the hidden pathways through the forest, it would take just over an hours walk, or less if she ran. She had debated getting dressed in some of her new clothes, just to show her friend. But had decided to wear her usual miko robes, as Tomaso had a very limited tolerance for changes, and different clothes on top of visiting on a different day, would probably be too much for her. Shoko wasn¡¯t at all sure if Tomaso would be ok with coming back with her to see where she lived, as well as meeting new people. Having given it a bit of thought, it was entirely possible that would also cause her to be overstimulated. Still, Shoko reasoned, she could at least see Tomaso during the morning and make the suggestion, so she could think about it for a few days. Which usually worked out better in the long run. Tomaso also wasn¡¯t very good with surprises, and often needed a long run up before doing something new. She wasn¡¯t afraid, but it did take her some time to get comfortable with just the idea of something new. Although now she thought about it, really the village was ideal for her to live in. According to Inari, the last time there was any big change to people¡¯s lives there was when electricity was introduced, near the end of the Meiji Restoration, over a hundred years ago. Not much else had altered in the past few centuries. The mountains blocked most radio and Tv signals, so only the few who could afford a satellite dish had those. Phones were uncommon as well, most people used the call box in the heart of the village, or the one at the general store. There was bus that ran twice a day, most people either rode that, or shopped at the general store that sold a little of everything, and would order what they didn¡¯t stock, and that was really all the cluster of a dozen houses actually needed. Tomaso¡¯s mother was feeding the chickens when Shoko arrived. Shoko knocked at the gate to be polite and called out; ¡°I¡¯m here!¡±. Tomaso¡¯s mother waved, and pointed towards the back of the house. Shoko nodded her understanding and went to find Tomaso, who was sitting on the back veranda sorting her collection of insects. Shoko didn¡¯t say anything, she just sat next to Tomaso, kicking off her geta as she sat tailor fashion on the hardwood floor near Tomaso. Without looking at Shoko, Tomaso handed her part of the collection. Shoko watched Tomaso for moment then started copying her, sorting the insects pinned to their cards. Today she was sorting by Phyla it seemed, and building ¡®trees¡¯ of related species. While she worked, Shoko thought. Now she had more experience with humans, she was struck by the notion that most human-type people would regard Tomaso as strange. She looked the same, but didn¡¯t behave the same way as other humans. When they¡¯d first met, Shoko hadn¡¯t thought much about it. Yokai were all different, they had their own customs and oddities of behaviour. Tomaso had just been another kind of yokai to her. But now she knew more, Shoko thought that Tomaso was different, she just looked human. Idly Shoko wondered if you could have yokai that were human physically at least. Inari had told her that sometimes souls and bodies didn¡¯t match up, Kiko had also told that sometimes you got a female soul in a male body, or the other way around. Shoko wondered if you could get a yokai soul in a human body. Which would, now that she thought of it, explain a lot. Shoko glanced sideways at Tomaso, avoiding eye contact which she didn¡¯t like, wondering what sort of yokai she might be internally. Tomaso was willowy, and quite pretty for a human. Her hair was glossy black and her skin was pale. She was quite clever, but she didn¡¯t like to talk and she found looking at people, or being looked at, upsetting. She could¡¯ve almost been a crane yokai the way she looked. However Shoko couldn¡¯t think of any yokai that liked patterns and orders quite as much as Tomaso. Crane people were fussy, but they were forever rearranging things and changing their mind about the order. Which would drive Tomaso into a screaming fit, literally. Shoko paused, thinking. Tomaso usually resorted her collection when she was upset, and quite probably the fact that Shoko hadn¡¯t come to visit her yesterday was the cause of it today. She sighed slightly, and handed the resorted cards back to Tomaso, who accepted them without a word. Shoko considered and went indoors. By now she was quite familiar with Tomaso¡¯s house, and knew where to find things. Taking out a tray she put the jug of barley tea from the fridge on it, along with two glasses. Padding in her stocking feet she went and sat next to Tomaso again, placing the tray between them. Shoko poured the cold barley tea into the glasses, starting with the one nearest Tomaso, and then knocked on the wooden floor to let her know. Shoko sipped her tea, and waited. After a few moments Tomaso finished sorting the cards and their preserved insects and put them away. She then turned, bowed slightly to Shoko, and took a sip from her glass. They sat in silence for a few minutes, before Tomaso spoke. Her voice was whisper quiet, as always, barely more than a sigh. ¡°Today is not Saturday. It is Sunday.¡± From anyone else, that would¡¯ve been a rebuke, but Shoko knew Tomaso meant exactly what she said. She didn¡¯t do hints or indirect speech. ¡°Yes Tomaso. I apologise for not visiting yesterday. I was busy.¡± Tomaso nodded, and took another sip of her tea, watching it for a moment as condensation beaded and trickled down the glass. ¡°Why?¡± Shoko thought for moment, puzzling out what Tomaso was asking. ¡°I had a coffee date with another friend I call Usagi-chan. She is new, and an artist, and she wanted me to pose so she could draw me. It took longer than I thought it would.¡± Tomaso nodded, accepting the explanation. Then she frowned slightly. ¡°Can I see?¡± Shoko tilted her head, asking. ¡°Do you mean my new friend Usagi-chan, or the picture she drew of me?¡± ¡°Picture.¡± ¡°When it¡¯s finished. Usagi-chan is colouring it in still. I haven¡¯t seen it yet either. Usagi-chan said she¡¯d be finished soon, but she couldn¡¯t say when because it depended on if she made any mistakes and had to start over.¡± Tomaso nodded, indicating her understanding. They sat quietly for a short while, drinking tea. Shoko watched Tomaso, careful not to look as though she was even looking at her. The subtle signs of stress faded and Tomaso began to slowly rock side to side, one of her ways of soothing herself. Seeing that, Shoko took out the ¡®fidget¡¯ toy or spinner she¡¯d bought a couple of days ago, intending it as a small gift for Tomaso, and gave it a flick, sending the silver thing spinning, before sliding it across the floor to Tomaso. After a moments hesitation, Tomaso took it and copied Shoko making it spin. She squealed in joy, and shook her hands happily. Shoko grinned, happy that Tomaso liked her gift. She briefly considered bringing up the subject of her visiting, but decided that today was not the day. She¡¯d mention it to Tomaso¡¯s mother and she could broach the subject later on. It would probably be at least a day or two before Tomaso felt settled enough to consider it. Shoko smiled, she¡¯d known Tomaso since she was ten, nearly eleven years now, so they knew they could trust each other. But this was a big step for Tomaso, she rarely left her house even though all the villagers knew not to bother her. Tomaso had been twelve when a stranger from outside the village had spoken to her, wanting directions. They hadn¡¯t known about her, and Tomaso had been upset for weeks afterwards, and ever since had been reluctant to go outside, since it was scary now. Still, Shoko thought, she could probably do it, with a little help. Perhaps one or two intermediate trips into the village. Maybe she could ask Usagi-chan to meet Tomaso somewhere in the village? Shoko was pretty sure Tomaso would be ok, she couldn¡¯t imagine anyone being frightened of Usagi-chan at all! Chihiro she wasn¡¯t so sure of¡­ she¡¯d have to explain to her first that Tomaso wasn¡¯t good with surprises, or loud noises, or new people really. Still, Chihiro had a gentle heart, and once she knew to be careful, she¡¯d go carefully. Shoko sighed, although introducing littlest sister to Tomaso would have wait a few years at least! Kitsune cubs were loud and energetic, or so Inari had said. Hanami Chp.28 Paul couldn¡¯t help thinking that this had to be what parents felt like¡­ Inari could be described as an introvert, bordering on a hikkomori or shut in. Tamamo-no-mae however, was almost the exact opposite, an extrovert with a fearless sense of curiosity about the world. He reflected that he shouldn¡¯t have been surprised. Quite apart from the fact she was immersed in a whole new world, both strange and with echoes of the familiar, she was also feasting off everyone around her. Every casual contact, even passing close to another person, and she drew a tiny bit of power from their emotions. The result of her partly demonic nature she said, a way of converting raw emotion into mana. As a consequence she was recovering from their misadventures rather quicker that Inari¡­ and behaving not unlike a kid in a candy shop. Darting from one thing to another in wide-eyed wonder. To the extent that Paul was seriously considering if it was possible she was ¡®high¡¯ off the rush of emotions. Thankfully Izumi was with them, and was assisting in keeping Tamamo going more or less in the right direction. Which was just as well when they arrived at Tokyo¡¯s Shinjuku station, because Tamamo audibly gasped and bolted into the crowd, while Inari shrank against Paul¡¯s side. By the time Izumi returned, dragging a petulant looking Tamamo, Paul had checked the timetables, and the tourist guide. ¡°Given that it¡¯s nearly lunch time, might I suggest we find somewhere quiet to eat, before catching a slightly later train?¡± Inari nodded emphatically against his sleeve, while Tamamo looked cautious for a moment, then slowly nodded. Izumi noticing that, carefully casually mentioned; ¡°There¡¯s quite a lot of new types of food nowadays, dishes you haven¡¯t tried. Tokyo has some of the very best restaurants and other places to eat.¡± Tamamo¡¯s face lit up, and she swung on her heel to look at Paul. ¡°Can we?¡± Paul nodded. ¡°I was thinking our best course of action would be to pick up some ekiben, that¡¯s bento boxes sold on trains or at train stations Tamamo, and go eat in the Shinjuko Gyoen National garden, since it¡¯s only a short walk from here.¡± Izumi gave Paul a thoughtful look, while Inari nodded enthusiastically. In a casual voice Izumi offered. ¡°I¡¯ll buy the food Paul-san, while you guide Inari and Tamamo out of the station.¡± Paul rather suspected that Izumi''s offer had less to do with being helpful and more to do with the opportunity for five minutes without a hyper-active Kitsune hanging on her arm.. ¡°Good idea Izumi-san, we¡¯ll wait for you at the South-East exit. Tamamo, no haring off please, it¡¯s too easy to get lost.¡± Tamamo looked round the concourse and slowly nodded. ¡°Yes! I¡¯ll stick close. I¡¯ve never seen so many people in one place. Edo¡­ sorry, Tokyo has grown¡± Paul chuckled. ¡°You have no idea how big¡­ where we were before is actually considered a subdistrict of Tokyo now, and it¡¯s not even on the edge of the city!¡± Tamamo¡¯s eyes went wide in surprise. ¡°It is?! But¡­ we were over an hour getting here, at a speed I¡¯d never imagined before! How big is this city?¡± Paul opened his mouth, then stopped considering his answer. ¡°Hard to say.. ten million people more or less, in an area of umm.. five thousand square miles I seem to recall. I think I read that it¡¯s 55 miles east to west and 26 miles north to south.¡± Tamamo looked at Paul her head tilted one side. ¡°What¡¯s a mile?¡± Paul, stumped for an explanation, looked at Inari. ¡°A little help here Inari. What units did you used to use back then?¡± Inari paused in thought for a moment then replied. ¡°Fourteen and three quarters ch¨­ is one mile, more or less. Or to put it another way, almost two and half miles to a ri.¡± Tamamo was silent for a short while as they walked. Then she exclaimed¡­ ¡°Wait.. so¡­. that means this city is twenty two and half ri wide?!¡± Paul nodded slowly. ¡°Yeah, and that¡¯s just the main district.¡± ¡°It would take days to cross it on foot! A ri is an hours walk!¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Yup, that¡¯s why there¡¯s public transport and cars. Ten million people need a lot of space after all.¡± Just then they exited the station, and Tamamo looked up at the buildings around them, tilting her head up, and up, and up as she followed the line of the skyscrapers, her eyes widening. ¡°T..those are some mighty castles!¡± Paul shook his head as Inari laughed. ¡°They¡¯re not castles, those are office buildings, places of commerce you know. People work there.¡± Tamamo tilted her head back up and then down before asking. ¡°But why build them so tall then?¡± ¡°Saves space. Land costs money here, and building up is the only way to go when you have so many people crammed together.¡± ¡°Oh¡­ and the Emperor rules over all of them¡­ he must be mighty indeed!¡± Paul smiled. ¡°It¡¯s a little more complicated than that¡­ lets just say he has a lot of vassals to do the actual ruling part, and those vassals command other vassals and so on¡­¡± Tamamo nodded her understanding, while not taking her eyes off of the glittering glass and steel towers. Inari stepped forward and took Tamamo¡¯s hand. ¡°Hey, cousin¡­ it¡¯s ok. It all seems so overwhelming I know, but the people are still just people.¡± Tamamo looked at Inari, and smiled slightly. ¡°Thank you¡­ you¡¯re right. I was losing sight of that. I was just thinking the Celestial City had to look like this, and what manner of people could build this in the Earthly realm, by hand..¡­¡± Inari laughed, shaking her head. ¡°Oh, no, that old place was nowhere even near as big or impressive! Not really. Half of it was just illusion you know. Bragging as to who¡¯s got the biggest castle, if you know what I mean.¡± Inari giggled a down-right dirty little laugh, causing Tamamo to snigger as well, while Paul just rolled his eyes, thinking how come he was the adult here? Navigating the streets, even for the short walk to the ¡®Garden¡¯ proved to be a bit fraught. Izumi had returned with a couple of carrier bags full of provisions, causing Paul raise an eyebrow only to be answered with a shrug by her. Without a word he¡¯d taken one of the bags himself, leaving Izumi a spare hand that Tamamo claimed instantly. After a short while Paul felt Inari¡¯s grip on his arm growing tighter, as she murmured in an almost inaudible voice. ¡°It¡¯s not just my imagination, people are staring at us.¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Inari¡­ how often do you think they see a pair of nine-tailed kitsune strolling down the street?¡± ¡°But¡­ oh! Of course.¡± ¡°Did you forget you¡¯re too depleted to maintain a disguise?¡± Inari laughed self-consciously and nodded. This content has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. ¡°I had. It¡¯s so much a part of life that to go without it¡­ um¡­ I suddenly feel a little bit naked.¡± Paul glanced at her and grinned. ¡°That¡¯s never bothered you before.¡± Inari gave him a sharp glance, scowling slightly. ¡°There is a difference between naked and being unclothed.¡± Paul was silent for a moment as he considered that statement, then slowly nodded. ¡°I get it.. one is where you feel exposed and vulnerable. Which I would guess is the case now.¡± Inari sighed. ¡°Yes!¡± Paul grasped and squeezed her hand briefly, reassuring her wordlessly. After a moment he remarked. ¡°You notice however, that although people are looking, they¡¯re trying not to look as though they are looking.¡± Inari nodded fractionally. ¡°That¡¯s common courtesy. One might see things one is not meant to, like nakedness, but one does not see them. The illusion of privacy is important. That has always been the case. That is also why your habit of observing everything can be so disconcerting at times. In polite society, one is so used to deliberately not seeing things, that one puts them out of one¡¯s mind immediately, without a thought. You, my Herald, do not. You observe and you think about what you have seen.¡± ¡°True Inari, I hadn¡¯t entirely thought about it that way, but you¡¯re right. A bad habit of mine I guess. In my defence, when I was younger I got compared to a certain detective so often, I started doing it out of self-defence. Although, I tell you what I¡¯ve observed right now¡­ that there¡¯s rather a lot of people around us, all being very polite and according you the privacy of pretending not to have noticed.¡± Inari opened her mouth, then closed it for moment, obviously changing her mind about what she was about to say. ¡°Hm¡­ you¡¯re right. I feel better knowing that.¡± Paul glanced sidelong at Inari, a grin on his face. ¡°Although I think a certain black fox would prefer it if people did notice her!¡± Inari leaned forward briefly to look past Paul at Tamamo, and then nodded slowly, a slight smile on her face. ¡°Sadly I think you are right. Thankfully we don¡¯t have time to go shopping, or I am sure she would want to buy some truly outrageous modern fashions.¡± Paul laughed. ¡°Maybe you should ask Kiko to take her and Izumi shopping in Osaka later on?¡± Inari cast her mind back to her own experience of Osaka with Kiko, and smiled wistfully. ¡°Perhaps I should go as well¡­¡± Paul glanced at Inari, and interpreting the slight smile hovering around her lips, quietly remarked. ¡°You should. I¡¯m sure I can manage by myself for a day or two.¡± ¡°You wouldn¡¯t mind?¡± ¡°Inari¡­ have I ever minded?¡± Inari sighed, shaking her head. ¡°No¡­ although there are times I wish you would!¡± Paul was about to answer when the Shinjuku gate came into view, and Tamamo stopped in surprise. ¡°There¡¯s a forest here!¡± Izumi laughed slightly. ¡°No Tamamo-san, it¡¯s a public garden. Shall we go and find the cherry trees? The blossoms should be at their best.¡± Inari blinked, then smiled. ¡°Cousin, it has been far, far too long since our last flower viewing party. Shall we see who¡¯s skill at poetry has faded with the years?¡± Tamamo grinned. ¡°I accept your challenge Inari-san. If I recall I bested you last time.¡± ¡°I seem to recall differently! But no matter, let us go!¡± Tamamo took hold of Inari¡¯s hand, and as they hurried ahead, Paul and Izumi were hard pressed to keep up. Paul wasn¡¯t quite out of breath by the time he drew level with the pair of young-again kitsune, who were standing at the entrance glaring at a sign board. ¡°Well who ever heard of Hanami without rice wine!¡± Paul saw the sign forbidding alcohol in the park as Inari turned to look at him. Noticing the frown on her face as she seemed to stare past him, he turned, and saw Izumi more than a few paces behind, pale faced, sweating and visibly distressed. Belatedly he remembered her heart condition. ¡°Crap! Inari, look for a place to rest for her. Tamamo..¡± ¡°Understood!¡± Tamamo darted forward, and supporting Izumi by the shoulder placed her small slender hand over Izumi¡¯s chest. For a moment there was soft golden glow, and with a gasp Izumi straightened up, a relieved and grateful expression on her face. Tamamo sagged slightly, and then shook her head. Inari stepped forward the same time as Paul, murmuring to Tamamo. ¡°Are you well? Even a small healing must have drained you.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll manage Inari, the crowds sustain me.¡± Paul in the meantime had offered his arm to Izumi. ¡°Sorry Izumi-san, I didn¡¯t realise we were putting that much of a strain on you.¡± ¡°Neither did I until it hit me. I feel¡­ mostly alright now. Lets just go slowly and find somewhere to sit and eat while looking at the sakura. I¡¯m sure that¡¯ll help.¡± Inari picked out a spot on the grass under the cherry trees, and they spread out the picnic blanket that Izumi had bought along with the bento boxes. Both Inari and Tamamo admired the design of of the elegantly made boxes before opening them. Inside were a variety of local speciality foods, as was usual for ekiben. Paul couldn¡¯t help thinking they were a very, very long way from the standardised, mass produced and nearly inedible food available at British stations. There were a number of other groups of people, and more than few single individuals, all enjoying the day by flower viewing as well, and while their small group drew quite a few stares, nobody was being obnoxiously obvious about it. Paul leaned back against the tree trunk behind him, and closing his eyes sighed. Despite the surrounding bustling city, here in the garden under the cherry trees it was peaceful¡­ a peace, that now that he thought about it, he¡¯d been sorely missing of late. ¡°A penny for them.¡± Paul opened one eye a crack and looked at Inari. ¡°Hm..?¡± ¡°Is that not the right saying? A penny for your thoughts?¡± ¡°No.. that¡¯s right. But I think I¡¯d owe you change. I wasn¡¯t thinking of much.¡± Inari laughed softly. ¡°Still, whatever it was that was making you smile, must be worth something surely.¡± ¡°Oh well, I was just thinking it¡¯s been rather busy of late, and that this stolen bit of peace is nice.¡± Inari nodded slowly, a thoughtful expression on her face. ¡°You are not wrong my Herald. As you said before, we are victims of our own success. I think that perhaps we should work a little less and rest a little more. Truthfully, I¡¯ve noticed these past few weeks that you were looking over worked and it concerned me.¡± Paul raised his head to look at Inari for moment, then sighed and leaned back against the warm wood of the tree. ¡°Nice idea, but there¡¯s way too much to do, and not enough hours in the day.¡± Inari made a soft ¡®tch¡¯ noise and shook her head. ¡°Must I command you my Herald? You do too much, and take on too many responsibilities. You will rest, for your own good.¡± ¡°After you Inari.¡± Paul opened one eye, and grinned at the sight of Inari pouting at him. ¡°What¡¯s sauce for the goose is sauce for the gander you know.¡± Inari frowned at the unfamiliar to her saying, then sighed as she puzzled out the meaning. ¡°Very well Paul-san, a deal. I will rest when you do in future, and you will rest when I do.¡± ¡°As you wish Inari-sama. Although I suspect that¡¯ll end up with either both of us not getting anything done, or both of us working our fingers to the bone.¡± Tamamo interjected at that point. ¡°Or I could tell both of you to take a break! Really Inari, when did you become so serious and responsible?¡± Inari opened her moth to reply, thought better of it, and took a drink of the still lemonade instead. After a moments considered thought, she sighed. ¡°You¡¯re right¡­ thinking back, I have changed, by quite a lot. Being the last kami weighed heavily upon me. The prospect of fading way, dwindling into madness and eventual death, made it hard to take pleasure in anything in life, and all I could think of was the obligations I had not the strength to fulfil.¡± Paul stretched out a hand and laid it upon Inari¡¯s as she sat beside him. ¡°Understood¡­ when you¡¯ve lived under a pall for so long, it¡¯s hard to shake it off even if life has changed. Tell you what, lets modify the deal. I¡¯ll take a break and enjoy life, when you do, and vice versa.¡± Inari nodded,with a smile that didn¡¯t quite reach her eyes. ¡°As you say Paul-san. I will hold you to that deal.¡± Pausing for a moment, Inari thought, and then spoke in a more formal tone. ¡°Blossoms bloom and fade, Life''s fleeting moments slip by, Embrace each moment.¡± Tamamo quietly applauded Inari¡¯s impromptu haiku, then after a moments contemplation added her own. ¡°Kitsune in the breeze, Cherry blossoms dance and sway, Nature''s symphony.¡± Izumi grinned and added one of her own composition. ¡°Black fox in the glen, Watching the cherry blossoms fall, Spring''s fleeting beauty.¡± Paul looked at the other three, staring at him expectantly, and sighed. ¡°I said I wasn¡¯t a poet, give me a minute will you?!¡± Paul sipped at his soda for few minutes, thinking, and then tilting his head back to look up into the cloud of cherry blossoms above him. ¡°Ok..got one. It¡¯s not very good though.¡± Inari gently remarked. ¡°It¡¯s alright Paul-san, we¡¯re all friends here.¡± Paul nodded then with a final resigned sigh, spoke. ¡°Ephemeral spring, an eternal kitsune sighs at transient blooms.¡± Inari blinked, and then sighed. ¡°That¡¯s¡­ that¡¯s rather good.¡± ¡°I think I messed up the middle line, it¡¯s too short.¡± ¡°No, no it¡¯s¡­ um¡­ well yes the form isn¡¯t quite right, but it does not detract from the sentiment!¡± Tamamo joined in. ¡°It leaves one wondering if the kitsune is sighing because unlike her, the blooms are fleeting, or because of the beauty of them.. or both?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Heck if I know! If I¡¯d known this was going to turn into a poetry analysis session I wouldn¡¯t have bothered!¡± Inari, noticing the tension in Paul¡¯s shoulders, leaned against him. ¡°It¡¯s alright Paul-san, no-one is criticising your effort¡­ and whoever in past told you that you were no poet, lied! You have the talent, but you lack confidence in it, and experience in crafting it. That is all.¡± Paul glanced down at Inari, and bending his neck slightly, leaned his head against the top of hers where it lay against his shoulder. ¡°Thank you Inari. But I think I prefer being an author and storyteller to being a poet. I know how to do that better. Not that I have much time for either nowadays.¡± Inari, turned to look up at Paul, staring into his eyes for a moment, then nodded once, as she reached some internal decision. ¡°True¡­ and that is your vocation isn¡¯t it? Very well then, I shall make a Ruling. From now on you shall make time to work at your craft, wordsmith. Whatever else happens, I shall make sure that your true calling does not suffer for the lack of practice.¡± ¡°Nice idea Inari, but I doubt¡­¡± ¡°No Paul-san, I have spoken. So shall it be.¡± Paul felt a faint sensation, like ripple of cool air washing over him. He raised an eyebrow, and then frowned as he recalled who, or rather, what Inari was. ¡°Did you¡­ do.. something?¡± Inari nodded. ¡°I am a Goddess Paul-san. Even without magic, my word is law. What I will, is so.¡± ¡°Uh, huh¡­ and if I can¡¯t or won¡¯t find the time?¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°That¡¯s not how it works. You will find that circumstances will conspire to present you with the time, but it¡¯s is up to you to use it. However, you¡¯ll find that if you chose to spend that time on something else, it will go to waste¡­ one way or another. I would suggest though if you don¡¯t use it for writing, then resting would be wise. Paul studied Inari for a moment, then slowly grinned. ¡°I see, lie back and accept the inevitable. Still, I¡¯m not actually complaining. Although that¡¯s going to bite you as well. Because I find writing itself restful, and if I¡¯m resting, then so should you.¡± Inari chuckled, nodding. ¡°I know Paul-san, and I am not complaining either!¡± Paul smiled slightly. ¡°Well¡­ in that spirit, and with respect to you all, I think I shall take advantage of this idyllic setting and take a nap if no-one objects.¡± Inari laughed. ¡°Then I¡¯ll join you I think! Tamamo, Izumi?¡± Izumi shook her head. ¡°No, you go ahead. I¡¯ll keep an watch on the time and wake you when it¡¯s time to leave.¡± Tamamo added. ¡°Izumi and I have much to talk over, I still have many, many questions about this modern era!¡± Izumi laughed. ¡°Thank the gods I remembered to charge my phone! I can look up the answers when I don¡¯t know them then!¡± Inari chuckled. ¡°Your insatiable curiosity hasn¡¯t changed at all cousin!¡± ¡°Oh it has Inari! After being stuck under a rock for a thousand years, I find myself with even more of a burning desire to learn about everything!¡± Izumi groaned and rolled her eyes dramatically, causing everyone to laugh. Hanami Chp.29 Chihiro couldn¡¯t help thinking as she walked along the path to Shoko¡¯s place, that it was more like entering another realm, than the time she had actually entered another realm! The bamboo forest grew all around them, sending tall stems up into the sky, to turn the sunlight emerald green as it filtered down through the leaves. Shoko had met them, Chihiro and the newly named Sakura at the temple gate, they¡¯d waited a bit until Haruko Isobe, nicknamed Usagai-chan by Shoko, had turned up. Then Shoko had shown them the pathway to her private home. Chihiro wondered how many people had walked past the entrance to the semi-tunnel and not noticed it. It just looked like a small gap in the wall of bamboo that lined the steps up to the temple complex, but as you slipped through it the path twisted and turned onwards, winding it¡¯s way along the steep slope snaking slowly upwards. Chihiro wondered briefly who¡¯d made the path, tamping the earth flat so it sat between little banks of untrodden forest floor. A small shiver ran down her spine as she realised that no-one had made the pathway¡­ but eighty years worth of Shoko daily walking back and forth had created it. No-one wanted to talk much, time and the forest seemed to press in upon them, diminishing them until no-one felt they dared break the silence. Chihiro thought that she¡¯d gotten used to the idea of her best friend and informally adopted sister being a kitsune¡­ but as she trailed along behind them, she could feel the strange otherworldliness of being in the company of yokai, as if the world was ever-so slightly off-kilter. One by one the single file led by Shoko disappeared around a sharp bend, disappearing as they were obscured by the thick growth of bamboo and ferns bursting forth from the jutting outcrop of rock the path curled around. Chihiro gasped silently as she followed them around, and found herself looking at a small clearing with an ancient thatched hut in the centre. The grey weathered wooden walls and the moss covered thatch blended in with the surrounding forest, making it look as though it had more been grown than made. Shoko was standing on the platform the hut was built on, at the top of the steps leading up. ¡°This is my place everyone, come on in.¡± Chihiro hurried up to catch up with Sakura and Usagi-chan, her eyes widening as she took in the interior. From the outside it had looked like a rough woodsman¡¯s hut, but the inside was very different. The honey coloured wooden floor and walls had been planed smooth and polished until they gleamed. There was a raised platform at the back, closed off by a heavy-looking tapestry full of rich jewel-like colours and sparkling with metallic threads. It took her a moment, but she realised it was embroidered with a scene of yokai courtiers and functionaries attending a nine-tailed fox lounging on a throne. Chihiro wondered if that was meant to be Inari at the Imperial court perhaps. Shoko threw some more firewood onto the embers in the stone-lined pit that sat at the middle of the house, ringed by dark grey slate flags and sunken below the level of the timber floor. A black cast iron pot hung from long hook and bar mechanism above the fire, which Shoko swung down to be closer to the rekindled flames. ¡°Hope you like vegetable hotpot for dinner, and I¡¯ve some onigiri rice balls if you¡¯d like in the meantime.¡± Chihiro added. ¡°I brought snacks for everyone too.¡± There were murmurs of agreement as Chihiro and Usagi-chan sat down on the brightly coloured cushions. Sakura, full of the boundless energy of all small things, roamed around excitedly exclaiming over every new thing she found, causing Shoko to laugh. Usagi-chan leaned towards Chihiro and whispered. ¡°We¡¯ve seen houses like this before, on our field trip to that open air museum, remember? I wonder how old this place is? It has to be at least three or four centuries old¡­¡± Shoko, with her sharp fox ears heard them and remarked. ¡°This place was originally built for the head miko of the temple when they built the outer temple and the temple walls, around three thousand years after the older Shrine and inner temple. So, it¡¯s closer to a thousand years old according to Inari. Everything between the temple walls and the outer defensive wall, which was where the road is now, was cleared and held all the regular buildings that people lived in. Those buildings have all fallen apart as the bamboo and trees grew up, until this place is all that¡¯s left.¡± Usagi-chan sighed. ¡°This place must have been huge back then¡­ but why was everyone living on the mountain side and not in the valley?¡± ¡°Inari said it was built this way when Minamoto Yoritomo was Shogune, and the new Buddhist sects were attacking all the old religions, so it was safer this way.¡± Chihiro nodded. ¡°I remember that from history classes. There was a lot of temples that were fortified back then. But¡­ wouldn¡¯t the Kami protect people? Why would they need walls?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°I don¡¯t know...maybe because they thought it would be better if people didn¡¯t depend on them too much. Perhaps some of the gods didn¡¯t like fighting, Inari doesn¡¯t really.¡± Usagi-chan nodded. ¡°That makes sense. Too much dependency is unhealthy, or so I¡¯m told.¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Well, that and Inari can be lazy sometimes. She wouldn¡¯t want to be disturbed every time some bandit got a bit cocky!¡± Chihiro scolded Shoko. ¡°You shouldn¡¯t be disrespectful about her Shoko...she¡¯s your mother!¡± ¡°But it¡¯s true, and besides, I can be a bit because she is my mother! I still love her, even if I do know she has her failings!¡± Chihiro considered that and shrugged. ¡°I suppose that¡¯s fair, but still¡­¡± Changing the subject rapidly, Chihiro asked; ¡°Anyway, what shall we do? I brought some cards with me if people want..¡± Shoko grinned. If you come across this story on Amazon, it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. ¡°We could play dress up? I have a whole store house full of old clothes left over from when the temple was more active, and I¡¯ve never had friends over to do that!¡± Usagi-chan frowned. ¡°Wouldn¡¯t they be all dusty and rotten by now?¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Nu-uh. Someone put a preservation spell on the store house ages ago, and I renewed it not that long ago, so they¡¯re as fresh as when they were last laundered!¡± Chihiro sighed. ¡°Wish I could do magic like that! I got my summer clothes out of storage last night and they smelt all stale. I had to wash them again.¡± ¡°I can make you a charm to go in your cupboard if you like Chihiro?¡± ¡°Oh yes! Thank you Shoko! That¡¯d be helpful.¡± Shoko giggled, nodding as she said. ¡°That¡¯s me, the helpful little fox spirit!¡± Chihiro laughed, although she couldn¡¯t help wondering if perhaps the popular children¡¯s book ¡®The Helpful Little Fox Spirit¡¯ might not have been inspired by Shoko¡­ after all, the authoress was from their region! The store house turned out to be as big as a barn, bigger than Shoko¡¯s home, and full to the rafters with boxes. The sunlight slanted down though the narrow slot windows under the eaves, creating deep pools of shadows and bright sparking beams. Chihiro noticed that the boxes had yellow slips of paper listing their contents, with stamps on them saying who they belonged to and dates. Her eyes widened when she realised that the nearest boxes, and presumably the most recent, were from well over a hundred years ago! It was Usagi-chan that asked the obvious question, although Chihiro had been thinking it to. ¡°Umm¡­ Shoko? Is it really ok for us to play with these? I mean, they¡¯re probably antiques. Shouldn¡¯t they belong in a museum or something?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°They¡¯re just old clothes and things people left behind ages ago. They¡¯re nothing special. All the really fancy stuff that was gifted to the temple is in a different storehouse. This is just things people would use daily, but for one reason or another they put them away. Spare robes and that sort of stuff, packed away and forgotten.¡± Usagi-chan still hesitated, standing on the threshold of the storehouse. ¡°Still¡­ these all belonged to someone once. Wouldn¡¯t their spirits mind us going through their things?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°I don¡¯t think so, but you could always ask them yourself. They¡¯re right behind you.¡± Chihiro could almost see Haruko¡¯s hair stand up, as her ears escaped the confines of her braids. Slowly, she turned around, her eyes wide¡­ and then sagged in relief as she saw there was nothing there. ¡°That¡¯s not funny Shoko! For a minute I believed you!¡± Shoko laughed at Usagi-chan¡¯s furious expression, but walked over and hugged her even as she stood in the doorway, arms crossed and pouting. ¡°S..sorry, sorry.. Usaki-chan, but it was too good a joke not to¡­¡± ¡°You¡¯re terrible!¡± ¡°But you forgive me anyway Usagi-chan?¡± Haruko sighed, and her posture softened as she leaned into the hug. ¡°I suppose I do¡­.¡± Meantime, Sakura had needed no second bidding, as she was already darting around the storehouse, lifting the lids on crates and examining the contents. Lifting a hair comb decorated in tiny cherry blossoms she exclaimed. ¡°Pretty!¡± Shoko walked over and peered down into the crate. ¡°Oh, I remember this one¡­ there should be a matching Yukata in there, would you like to try it on? It should fit you I think¡­¡± ¡°Yes please Auntie!¡± Shoko blinked at the younger kitsune. ¡°Auntie? Me?¡± ¡°Mmhm! You¡¯re like me, but older, and Chihiro calls you sister, so.. you¡¯re my auntie!¡± Chihiro laughed at Shoko¡¯s expression of amused dismay. ¡°Well, you can¡¯t fault her logic there¡­ Auntie Shoko.¡± ¡°I guess not¡­ alright then, auntie it is. Lets go find a corner where you can change shall we?¡± As Shoko led Sakura off into a secluded corner, Chihiro noticed Haruko was staring into one of the larger crates. Coming up behind her, she peered over her shoulder, and saw that it contained a set of what she guessed to be samurai ¡®s robes, with a sheathed sword on top. ¡°What¡¯s up Usagi-chan? Fancy being a samurai?¡± Haruko turned to look at Chihiro, shaking her head slightly. ¡°No.. that¡¯s silly. I¡¯m not brave enough.¡± Chihiro shrugged. ¡°You could pretend to be couldn¡¯t you? Just for fun¡­ look, the crate even has your family name on it.¡± Haruko nodded. ¡°I know, that¡¯s why I looked in it. But¡­ It has to be coincidence. It¡¯s ridiculous to think one of my family was a samurai. We¡¯ve always been farmers. ¡± ¡°As far as you know, you mean. Shoko said these crates have been here for a long, long time, I don¡¯t know, maybe hundreds of years ago, there were warrior Usagi, and one of them was an ancestor of yours?¡± Haruko stared down into the crate a for a moment, then, hesitantly, picked up the sheathed sword. ¡°I think I can pretend to be brave, although I¡¯m going have to find a different kimono, whoever he was, he was tall! I wonder if there¡¯s anything like a journal, or something to tell us who he was?¡± Chihiro looked again at the robes, and shrugged. ¡°I don¡¯t know about that, but he was a she, judging by the outfit.¡± Haruko glanced back at the contents of the crate. ¡°A female samurai? Are you sure?¡± ¡°Pretty sure¡­ the design of Kimono hasn¡¯t changed much in the last thousand years, and I¡¯m sure that one is meant for a woman. Lets see what else is in here, shall we?¡± It took a little bit of creative use of the accompanying Obi or belt, to get the kimono to fit Haruko, and it still reached her ankles when it was meant to be waist length. However Haruko cut a fine figure as a samurai, the long sword and short dagger thrust through her belt at the waist, and her hair tied back in a high pony-tail with her ears standing up proud. She and Chihiro were just trying to decipher the hand written book they¡¯d found at the bottom of the crate, and between the densely cramped writing and archaic kanji they were making slow going of it, when Shoko emerged with Sakura. ¡°Announcing Princess Sakura!¡± Shoko proclaimed. Chihiro looked up, and gasped. Shoko had found a pale pink and white cherry blossom pattern yukata that matched the hair comb that held Sakura¡¯s tumbling russet tresses up in an elaborate hair style that had probably been all the rage at the Imperial court a century or two ago. They also evidently found a box of jewellery, as Sakura positively glittered with fancy gems and beads dangling from hair pins, and was draped at neck and wrists with a gold necklace and bangles. ¡°Ah.. Shoko?¡± ¡°It¡¯s ok, it¡¯s all brass and cut glass. Nothing valuable. It got put away when the Emperor decreed that ostentatious displays of wealth weren¡¯t allowed. They¡¯re baubles that people would wear when they wanted to look rich but weren¡¯t really.¡± ¡°Ohhh¡­ well they¡¯re pretty anyway!¡± Sakura, who had been parading up and down exclaimed. ¡°Look at me! I¡¯m a princess! See how pretty I am!¡± Chihiro nodded while Haruko strode forward to her, and kneeling, held out her sheathed sword. ¡°Princess Sakura, your faithful bodyguard stands ready to protect you!¡± Sakura crowed with laughter, placing her hand on the old sword and motioning for Haruko to stand. Shoko took hold of Chihiro¡¯s arm and dragged her off to one side as she whispered to her. ¡°C¡¯mon Chihiro.. lets find you something. Fancy playing the villain?¡± Tilting her head to look at Shoko, Chihiro raised an eyebrow. ¡°What¡¯s got into your head? And where are you dragging me off to?¡± Shoko grinned¡­ ¡°Well¡­. You¡¯re not Usagi-chan, so it¡¯s not that if that¡¯s what you were thinking of. I was just thinking maybe we could help Haruko pretend to be brave, by presenting her with a villain to defeat.¡± A smile slowly slid across Chihiro¡¯s face as she contemplated the idea. ¡°Yeahhhh¡­. I like that idea. Ok, I¡¯m in. Which of us is going to be the bad guy?¡± Shoko flashed a quick smile. ¡°It¡¯ll have to be you, otherwise she¡¯ll be conflicted too much. How do you like the idea of being a demon? With your red hair, and the fact you¡¯re the tallest of us three, you¡¯re a natural for it!¡± Chihiro nodded abstractedly, looking around the store house and wondering what they could find to dress her up as a demon. ¡°Ok¡­ lets see what we can find. Come to think of it, what would a demon wear anyway?¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°I don¡¯t know¡­ whatever they wanted to I guess?¡± Chihiro groaned at the joke, covering her eyes with her hand as Shoko¡¯s laughter peeled throughout the old store-house. Shoko and Chihiro managed to put together a demon costume for Chihiro from odds and ends¡­ mainly based around a brilliant fiery red kimono. Shoko even found a set of old kabuki masks, one of which was a truly scary looking demon. Which she carefully checked for any lingering magic or spirits, just in case. So, while Shoko narrated, and took pictures at Haruko¡¯s insistence, Chihiro menaced the ¡®Sakura Princess¡¯ while her faithful Usagi Samurai defended her all afternoon long until the golden sunlight slid sideways among the bamboo stems as the sun dawdled downwards towards the horizon, painting the sky in hues of rouge and marigold and gilding the edges of the leaves above them as the small group of friends happily went back to Shoko¡¯s warmly inviting hut, following the fragrant smell of woodsmoke from the banked fire in the hearth as they filled the air with excited chatter, rehashing the days heroic deeds as they¡¯d imagined them. Hanami chp.30 Paul floated up from the depths of slumber, strange fragments of memory intermingled with blurred remnants of dreams drifting through his consciousness like bubbles rising from the Stygian depths of the abyssal unconsciousness. He felt a weight leaning against, his back propped up against something rough, and a jolt of remembered grief ran through him like lightning in the night as, for a moment, he was back on the roof of the world, sitting with Kate as she slowly slipped away from him. A cool hand seemed to press against his cheek, and he heard her murmur in his ear. ¡°Shh beloved¡­ all is well. But you¡¯d better wake up now.¡± Paul opened his eyes, squinting against the sunlight, and glanced down. Inari was napping, using his chest as a pillow. Glancing around he saw Tamamo equally drowsing with Izumi nearby resting as well. Paul ruefully smiled to himself, they had all rather been burning the candle at both ends of late. Paul carefully moved, so as not to disturb the sleeping goddess tucked up under his arm, her head resting above his heartbeat. From his pocket he extracted the antique pocket watch he¡¯d taken to using, since mana generators had deleterious effects on electronic watches. He sighed in relief as despite their unplanned nap time, they still had just about enough time to catch the train home. Paul smiled slightly to himself at that thought. Finally he had somewhere he could call home, and actually wanted to return to. Stretching he glanced round, and stilled. There was a considerable crowd gathered, albeit at a respectful distance away upon the path that defined the area of grass under the cherry trees. There were cameras, both still and video, pointing at them, and what appeared to be several news teams waiting¡­ all held back by a police cordon. Paul blinked in surprise, then sighed. It should have occurred to him he thought ruefully, that without the disguise spells Inari wore normally, they would rather attract attention. Evidently a goddess taking a nap under the sakura blossoms in the middle of Tokyo was somewhat newsworthy¡­ He glanced back down at the sleeping Inari, and then up at the crowd who were beginning to clamour for attention as they realised he was awake. Frowning at them, he placed his finger against his lips, and as a hush fell he carefully extricated himself from his position as Inari¡¯s pillow, got up and walked over to the knot of reporters. The noise of the crowd swelled again as people started to call out questions. Paul gestured for quiet, glancing back over his shoulder. Then beckoned the media ¡®spokespersons¡¯ closer. Once they were within easy conversational distance, he smiled and put on his ¡®professional public speaker¡¯ face as he thought of it. He¡¯d be the first to admit he wasn¡¯t a professional, not really, but thanks to a number of book tours he was at least somewhat conversant in the art of public speaking. He¡¯d also read a book or two on it since becoming Inari¡¯s Herald, figuring sooner or later they¡¯d have to be more publicly visible. ¡°Afternoon everyone, and thank you for not disturbing our Hanami party. As you might have guessed, Inari is somewhat in need of a rest.¡± A rather intense looking male reporter with a microphone carrying the NHK logo thrust forward asking; ¡°Can you tell us what Inari has been doing? There are reports of her boarding a train at Kurodahara station. Does this have anything to do with the splitting of the Killing Stone and is that other fox spirit the notorious Tamamo-no-Mae, considered one of the Three Evil Yokai?¡± Paul grinned. ¡°Excellent detective work Mr¡­?¡± ¡°Kohi, Isuki Kohi with NHK.¡± ¡°Well, to answer your question, yes and yes that is Tamamo over there¡­ who¡¯s reputation is somewhat misunderstood. To put it in rather simplistic terms, her views and attitude are rather more in line with modern progressive thinking, regarding women¡¯s rights, and the rights of common people. Of course, back then they earned her a reputation as a dangerous heretic, threatening to destabilise the ¡®Natural Order of the Empire¡¯ and so on... But then again, the people recording history were the very same oppressive regimes she was trying to subvert, so that¡¯s hardly surprising.¡± ¡°Can you tell us what happened?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°A bunch of misunderstandings, resulting in a short fight that didn¡¯t need to happen, and an excessive expenditure of magic. Followed by a lot of talking to clear up misunderstandings. Hence the impromptu nap time¡­ we¡¯re all rather tired as a result.¡± ¡°Is Inari planning on staying in Tokyo long?¡± ¡°Sadly no¡­ we decided to break our journey back to her mountain temple. Nice as Japan¡¯s bullet rains are, the journey has been rather trying. So the idea of a small viewing party sounded like a good way to refresh and recharge our metaphorical batteries.¡± At this point several other reporters tried to jump in, but Paul held out a hand to stop them. ¡°I¡¯m sorry¡­ we really don¡¯t have time to turn this into a general discussion. We literally have a train to catch. Inari is still somewhat unused to the modern world, finding crowds rather on the stressful side, and she would really like to get back home now and see her daughter. Might I suggest we schedule a proper press briefing at a later date? You can contact Inari via Fushimi Inari-taisha shrine in Kyoto. No prayers necessary, she has an email address now.¡± Paul¡¯s small joke caused a ripple of laughter among the gathered reporters. Then one blonde haired woman reporter shoved her way to the front, thrusting her microphone at Paul. ¡°Before you go, one last last question. You seemed quite close to Inari just now. How would you describe your relationship?¡± Paul raised an eyebrow, and directed a cold stare at the brash person. ¡°I am Inari¡¯s Herald, and she is my Goddess¡­ anything else is private.¡± ¡°But surely as a foreigner..¡± Paul cut her off, projecting his voice to override hers. ¡°Nationally and ethnicity are irrelevant. We are more than mortal flesh, but beings of spirit made manifest. Inari chose me to be her Herald based on what she saw in me, not on the shell of mortal clay I wear. And that is all I am saying on that subject, and I would suggest you refrain from speculation lest you intend to call into doubt her choice.¡± ¡°But.. how could she choose someone who¡¯s not from..¡± ¡°Tell me Ms, are you some kind of racist bigot? Is that it?¡± The woman reporter blushed all the way up to the roots of her bottle blonde hair and shook her head. Paul took shameless advantage of his height and literally stared down his nose at her disdainfully. ¡°No? Well then consider this¡­ Inari has said that reincarnation is real, at least for those who choose it. I don¡¯t pretend to understand the details, and frankly I was agnostic on the whole business of religion until recently, so I¡¯m still catching up here. However, who is to say in prior incarnation I wasn¡¯t Japanese? Certainly I feel more at home here, than I ever did in England. Although perhaps that has more to do with finding myself in the company of good friends here. However, none of this is a matter for public discussion, and I find your line of questioning offensive. If your particular network wishes to take part in any further press events, I¡¯ll make a point of asking they send someone less... biased... if one is being polite.¡± The young woman, bowed deeply while apologising, surrounded by her colleagues who were viewing her as if she was something that had just crawled out form under a rock. Paul sighed. ¡°Oh... very well, apology grudgingly accepted. But do try to think of how you might sound in future. Now, forgive me everyone, but we really must be going. I look forward to seeing you all and answering your questions.¡± Paul strode away, back to the sleeping Inari, with sour taste in his mouth from the encounter. Before coming to Japan, he had read that some people there could be somewhat on the xenophobic side, but his personal experience up to that point had been fairly amicable in that regard. The reporter¡¯s attitude had rather blind-sided him as a result. Pouring a cup of tea from the insulated flask, Paul knelt beside the still soundly sleep Inari and wafted the scent under her nose. ¡°Inari, time to rise¡­ we have company.¡± Sleepily Inari blinked herself awake, and seeing the crowd behind him, murmured. ¡°Oh.. my! So we do. Well, that was to be expected I suppose. Are those news reporters I see?¡± The author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. ¡°They are, and I took the liberty to already talk to them briefly on your behalf. So you need not concern yourself with them if that is your wish.¡± Inari accepted the cup of green tea from Paul, arching an eyebrow at him. ¡°You¡¯re being rather formal, stiff even? Did something happen?¡± ¡°I.. would rather discuss that later, in private. But suffice it to say for now I had to serve an impudent reporter something of a set-down.¡± Inari smiled impishly at him. ¡°That would explain the Aristocratic Englishman tone...really Paul-san, you sound like a character from a romance novel set in some fantasy world of Nobles and Aristocrats.¡± Paul raised an eyebrow. ¡°I can¡¯t imagine what you mean, nor when you would have read such a thing.¡± Laughing at his slightly exaggerated tone Inari replied. ¡°Oh you know, Kiko reads light novels like that...but please don¡¯t let her know I told you. She finds it terribly embarrassing.¡± ¡°My lips are sealed¡­ and although I can¡¯t think why she¡¯d find it embarrassing. It¡¯s a harmless vice after all. That is, unless her tastes runs towards the more torrid sort, instead of the usual brainless fluff that fills that genre.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°No¡­ but I think she thinks people would take her less seriously if they knew.¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Can¡¯t think why. A questionable literary choice is hardly a defect in character, and given the seriousness of her work, giving her brain a break is more a healthy sign I¡¯d say. Anyway, I¡¯d better wake those two and we had best get moving if we are to catch our train.¡± Inari shuddered slightly at the thought of another packed carriage. Seeing that Paul rested his hand on her shoulder for a brief steadying moment. ¡°Courage Inari. I took the opportunity earlier to change our booking as we waited. I¡¯ve upgraded us to first class and reserved seats in the ¡®quiet¡¯ carriage. That should be less stressful for you.¡± Inari smiled up at him, resting her hand on his briefly. ¡°Thank you my Herald¡­ your consideration is appreciated.¡± Paul inclined his head in acknowledgement, and stood up to go and wake the other pair of their party. The walk to the train station proved to be less stressful than the walk from there had been. The crowd was kept at discrete distance by the half dozen police officers, who acted more like sheep dogs than anything. Paul was pleased to note that there were few yokai among the crowd that he could see¡­ and that as far as he could tell, they were treated no different than anyone else. However, Inari didn¡¯t really relax until they were aboard the train and pulling out of the station. Paul was mildly impressed, he¡¯d thought the ¡®quiet¡¯ carriage would be like those of his experience in England, where ¡®quiet¡¯ was nominal only. However, Nippon Rail took themselves seriously, and the carriage was genuinely quiet, not even hushed conversations or the tak-tak-tak of fingers on laptop keyboards broke the silence. More than a few individuals were wearing light-blocking masks and taking the opportunity to catch a few hours sleep while they traveled. Once they were seated Paul adjusted the variable tint of the window, dialing it up to it¡¯s maximum and plunging their section into a restful semi-shade, earning him a grateful look from Inari, as she and Tamamo settled down to resume their interrupted afternoon nap. Paul smiled, thinking that both would probably sleep until they arrived, he took out his notebook and pen and started to write, organising his thoughts for the next novel he was planning. ---------------- Paul woke in a cold sweat, jolting to full awareness with the chill sense of something being dreadfully wrong. Caution born out of years of living in some of the more deadly parts of the world stopped him from jerking upright, even though every sense screamed at him to move. Carefully he opened his eyes just a fraction, still playing at being asleep as he glanced around, assessing the situation with crystal-edged clarity fuelled by adrenaline. The carriage was silent, without even the normal sounds of the train in motion. There was nothing but an unnatural flat featureless blackness outside the windows, no city lights or stars, nothing illuminated by the dim carriage lights in passing, despite the fact the sun should be only just touching the horizon. Paul could see no sign of any other passengers either, not directly nor reflected in the blank black windows. Apart from the four gathered around the table in their section, the entire carriage seemed to be empty. Paul distinctly felt the prickling sensation of the hairs on the back of his neck standing up. He feigned a yawn, startled to notice his breath forming a cloud in the chill air and moved slowly, still pretending to be asleep, his hand drifting to rest on the butt of his pistol in it¡¯s concealed shoulder holster. For several long moments nothing happened, except for it getting colder and the lighting dimming until a shadow-filled purple twilight filled the carriage. Then just as Paul was about to move and wake the others, an incongruously high pitched and girlish voice came from the knot of deepest shadows at the far end of the carriage. ¡°I can tell that you¡¯re not asleep.¡± Paul sighed, and sat up, leaning slightly to stare down the aisle. At the far end, wreathed in a smoke like pitch blackness that seemed to coil and twist with a life of it¡¯s own, stood a young girl. Her hair was a flat dead white, reaching to her waist, almost the same shade as her slightly greyish hued skin. She was dressed in a ridiculously frilled anime-styled Gothic Lolita dress, it¡¯s black satin relieved at the neck and wrists with accents of white lace. The only colour at all about her were her eyes, which were an unnatural shade of deep purple, and her lips which were painted the exact shade of arterial blood. Paul raised an eyebrow at the entirely too overdone Gothic look. ¡°Well now¡­ what are you? A vampire or a fan of some anime?¡± ¡°Well that¡¯s rude! We haven¡¯t even been introduced.¡± Paul sighed¡­ as long as he could keep her talking, she wasn¡¯t doing anything dire. He really would prefer if she kept talking as every instinct he had was screaming at him that this person was far more dangerous than she looked. ¡°My apologies young miss. Paul Holmes, Herald of Inari and somewhat successful author.¡± The young girl twitched her frilly lacy skirt upwards as she curtsied. ¡°Angelic D¡¯Eath¡­ not my real name of course, but you may think of it as my stage name.¡± Paul couldn¡¯t help himself remarking. ¡°Angel of Death, really?!¡± ¡®Angelic¡¯ pouted slightly, glaring at him. ¡°I¡¯m not here for you, however if you continue to be rude¡­¡± ¡°Sorry¡­ I suppose I expected a Shinigami to be a little less obvious.¡± Angelic shook her head. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m no mere so-called Death God. I am Izanami no denrei, Izanami¡¯s Herald.¡± Paul swallowed against a dry throat. ¡°I see, my apologies then. However as one Herald to another might I ask what your business here is?¡± Angelic smiled, coldly, and placed one small forefinger against the corner of her mouth. ¡°Well¡­. I wasn¡¯t supposed to say, but out of professional courtesy I suppose I can tell you. I¡¯m here to collect Inari¡¯s soul and bring her to Izanami.¡± Paul nodded, slowly. ¡°I see. Well then that puts us somewhat at odds, as I am duty bound to protect her. I don¡¯t suppose we can resolve this amicably, say over a game of chess perhaps? Maybe even a small wager, my soul instead of hers?¡± Angelic laughed, shaking her head. ¡°Oh I would love to normally! I am such a fan of the classics! But I¡¯m afraid it¡¯ll have to be some other time. I was specifically ordered not to play any games, and besides I really don¡¯t think My Lady would be happy if I brought the wrong soul to her. No, I only released you from your enchanted sleep out of curiosity. I haven¡¯t met any other Heralds before, not since I became My Lady¡¯s servant.¡± Paul nodded, and slowly stood up, stepping out into the aisle. ¡°Well then, I suppose there¡¯s nothing else to say. Shall we get to it?¡± Angelic nodded, and almost before Paul could react, she was hurtling towards him, a sword made of pitch black nothingness in her hand. Paul was rather glad of the number of years he¡¯d spent practising his quick draw, managing to get his gun out of it¡¯s holster and aimed in her general direction before she was upon him. The modified colt python spat fire with a thunderous burst of noise, and although Paul saw the bullet pass through the body of the young girl she barely even flinched, much less was stopped. Paul dropped, sliding under the ebony blade as it parted the air where he¡¯d just been. Desperately he kicked out, and was somewhat shocked when his foot connected with the solid flesh of Angelic¡¯s knee, causing it to bend backwards unnaturally. Angelic toppled backwards, giving ground, before she managed to catch hold of a chair back and hold herself up. Frowning she looked down, and shook her leg. There was a dry sounding crunch as her knee snapped back into place, and she tentatively tried putting weight on it again. Paul stood up, frowning. She¡¯d shown no sign of pain or even discomfort. Nor was there any sign of blood despite the bullet hole in her front, and rather larger exit wound in her back. ¡°Let me guess¡­ you¡¯re a zombie?¡± ¡°Please! Do I look like some brain-dead shambling corpse? My Lady took my spirit and clothed it in the perfect body, ageless and undying.¡± ¡°And apparently made of plastic or some sort of preserved flesh¡­ you¡¯re a haunted doll basically.¡± Angelic nodded. ¡°Just so. You can¡¯t kill me.¡± ¡°Perhaps¡­ shall we test that theory?¡± Angelic rushed forwards again, but Paul this time was ready. Twice more the pistol spat fire and metal before he was forced to dodge. But this time his aim had been less random. Angelic toppled forwards as her knees were blown to smithereens. Paul took aim for her head, but as quick as a cat she rolled out of his line of sight under some chairs, leaving a lower leg and foot lying on the floor behind her. Paul was somewhat nauseated to note that Angelic was indeed a a well preserved corpse. ¡°Damn you! You broke my leg!¡± ¡°How many rounds do you think it¡¯ll take until that perfect doll-like body is a pile of broken bits fit only for trash?¡± Angelic didn¡¯t reply, but her leg of it¡¯s own accord slid across the floor towards where her voice had some from. Paul raised an eyebrow, apparently it wasn¡¯t going to be that easy then. Weighing the odds, he glanced at Inari, still slumbering in enchanted sleep, oblivious to all around her. He frowned, something about what Angelic hadn¡¯t rung true¡­ he doubted that she¡¯d roused him alone, just out of curiosity. But even if she had, out of an excess of overconfidence perhaps, why not simply knock him out again now? Unless she hadn¡¯t and couldn¡¯t?! Perhaps something had prevented the spell working on him? But what then? He stilled suddenly, as a thought occurred to him. He still had a couple of the anti-magic rounds in his pocket, a contingency re-load from earlier, lying there forgotten until now! Working quickly he took them out and tossed one into Inari¡¯s lap, and slipped the remaining one into an empty chamber, just in time as Angelic re-emerged, her leg reattached to her body¡­ albeit not perfectly judging by her limp. ¡°I¡¯m through playing with you Inari¡¯s Herald. You cheat!¡± ¡°All¡¯s fair in love and war¡­¡± Out of the corner of his eye Paul could see Inari stirring, not yet awake but being woken by the sound of their voices. Distracted, he almost missed it when Angelic dived forwards again, swinging her sword at him. He took a half step back, and fired, the hammer falling on the cartridge containing the black crystal bullet. The shot hit Angelic in the off shoulder, as she lunged slightly to one side of Paul. Angelic screamed, and as sparks began to crawl across her body, her mana field draining and shorting out, her features contorting in pain as dead flesh was riven with bolts of electricity. With a last desperate act she threw her sword, not at Paul, but to one side of him. Time seemed to slow to crawl for Paul, as he turned to track the swords flight. Desperately he lunged towards it, trying to snatch it out of the air as it flew towards Inari, who, having been violently awoken by the gunfire, had half risen out of her seat. Paul cried out as the fell obsidian blade sank to it¡¯s hilt in Inari¡¯s breast, pinning her to the seat. With an almost audible snap, time resumed it¡¯s proper pace, and Paul scrambled to Inari, he took hold of the hilt, only for the entire sword to dissipate into foul black smoke and soot-like particles. Inari collapsed back down into her seat, her eyes staring into Paul¡¯s horrified gaze for a moment, her hands reaching towards him. Then, with a cry of anguish from Paul, Inari¡¯s eyes dulled and her hands dropped limply to her lap as her head rolled lifeless to one side. Hanami Chp.31 Paul numbly stared at Inari¡¯s lifeless corpse¡­ he couldn¡¯t think, his mind refused to process the enormity of it. He barely even registered the sounds of Izumi and Tamamo trying to talk to him, demanding to know what had happened. However, Angelic slowly standing up, jolted him out of his state of shock. With a wordless snarl of pure rage he lunged at her, jamming the barrel of his pistol into her mouth. His finger tightened on the trigger, about to send her back to whatever hell she¡¯d crawled out of, when Tamamo placed her hand over his. ¡°No Paul-sama. We might need her alive.¡± ¡°What? Give me one good reason why...¡± Paul froze, as a thought flashed through his mind. Looking at Angelic, who was staying very still, his eyes narrowed. ¡°You said your task was to bring Inari¡¯s soul to Izanami¡­ am I correct in thinking that¡¯s where her soul has gone?¡± ¡°Yesh! Only ¡®er body ish dead. ¡®Er ¡®oul ish in Yomi.¡± Angelic jerked, shuddering, and as Paul took a step back, her eyes rolled up into her head. She rose, not so much standing but as if she was being pulled upwards by an unseen set of strings like some marionette. ¡°My doll talks too much¡­ no matter, yes Inari is with me now!¡± The voice that came out of Angelic¡¯s motionless mouth was deeper than her own high pitched girlish one, it sounded as if it was coming from somewhere far away, malice dripping from every syllable like poison. ¡°The Goddess Izanami I presume.¡± Angelic bobbed a curtsy like a puppet on strings. ¡°For an outlander your manners are impeccable.¡± ¡°Thank you, They do say that Manners maketh the Man... Now give Inari back.¡± Paul¡¯s voice fairly smoked from the heat of anger behind it. But Izanami just wagged a finger at him. ¡°No¡­ she is my guest now. I will return her, maybe, if you do the following. You will destroy that annoying device of yours, and make sure that no-one else is able to build one. You will make certain all knowledge of it is erased, and you will seal Inari¡¯s mine once and for all, so no-one else is able to find those crystals.¡± Paul drew in a deep breath, and then slowly exhaled. ¡°I see¡­ permit me a question. It¡¯s been you, or your agents I should say, behind every move to destroy Inari¡¯s mountain home hasn¡¯t it? It¡¯s been you spying on us, and interfering at every opportunity, even setting the Monster Hunters of Division Three on our trail. Am I correct?¡± ¡°Well done little mortal. You really are quite clever in a limited sort of way. Yes, I¡¯ve been working towards my goal for centuries. My machinations are subtle and complex far beyond your mortal understanding... and then you and your silly little toy and your silly little faded goddess dare to defy me! You¡¯ve almost ruined everything! But you think you can stop me? You who are only a small step above dumb animals. Well now you know you can¡¯t!. You will obey me you stupid mortal!¡± ¡°No.¡± For moment there was a disbelieving silence. ¡°What did you say? No? What is the meaning of this, no? ¡°I said No. No means no. As in no I¡¯ll not obey you. No, I won¡¯t destroy the mana generator, or blow up the mine, and No, like Hell will I let you win! I know what you¡¯re doing, kidnapping divinities around the world, draining the magic from our world so that everything starts dying. It¡¯s the same thing you¡¯ve always done.. trying to destroy life itself out of a fit of envious rage.¡± ¡°I will make Inari suffer for your insolence you worm!¡± Paul stepped forward until his nose was almost touching Angelic¡¯s, and stared straight into her dead white eyes. ¡°No you won¡¯t you withered, rotten bag of bones and corruption, because I am coming to rescue her, and all the others you¡¯re holding in Yomi. And if so much as one hair of hers has been harmed I will make you wish you could die all over again, just to escape my wrath.¡± Angelic did not move, but somehow Paul got the impression Izanami recoiled from him just slightly. ¡°Impossible, you can¡¯t¡­¡± ¡°If you think that, then you haven¡¯t been paying attention, and I know you have¡­ Look at everything I have done so far, and now imagine what I can do when I am absolutely, well and truly, pissed off!¡± Angelic¡¯s face contorted in rage. ¡°You dare threaten me! I am Death itself, you wouldn¡¯t dare...¡± ¡°If there is one thing you should know by now, is that you should never ever say ¡®you wouldn¡¯t dare¡¯ to me.. because yes, I will dare, and more. Inari, if you can hear me, I am coming to rescue you. Izanami, you can¡¯t stop me and I am going to make you suffer.¡± Angelic¡¯s mouth started to open again, but before she could say anything, Paul shot her in the hollow of her throat, severing the spinal column. As her body dropped to it¡¯s knees like a puppet with it¡¯s strings cut, he caught hold of her head, placed one foot on her lap and with a twist and a pull severed the last strands of embalmed flesh holding her head to her body. Paul lifted the head up while her body collapsed to the floor, thick black fluid slowly oozing from the ragged stump of her neck. Behind him he could hear Izumi being quietly sick. For a moment he stood, the golden light of the setting sun adding a surreal air to the scene. Paul was thankful that the carriage was empty, he had no idea where the other passengers had gone, if they¡¯d even been there in the first place. But right now he had no desire to deal with the hysterics that would¡¯ve been the result of everything that just happened. In an almost normal tone of voice Paul spoke without turning around. ¡°Tamamo?¡± ¡°Yes Holmes-dono?¡± ¡°Can you use some magic to preserve Inari¡¯s body for now? There is a lot to do, and I¡¯m not too sure how long it will take, but I suspect rather longer than it would¡­ ahh.. keep. I have a sneaking suspicion it will be a lot easier putting her back together if her body hasn¡¯t gone off like spoiled meat in the meantime.¡± ¡°Yes Holmes-dono. I can do that.¡± ¡°Jolly good...and Tamamo¡­¡± ¡°Yes?¡± ¡°Knock off the formalities will you? It¡¯s annoying.¡± He could hear her swallow behind him. ¡°Yes Paul-san, as you wish. Might this one be permitted to ask a question?¡± Paul sighed. ¡°If you¡¯re about to ask what the plan is, the answer is ...there is no plan. Not yet anyway. And I am going to keep it that way as long as possible because I am quite certain that someone has been spying on us for a number of months now, and I haven¡¯t found a way to prevent it entirely. But if I don¡¯t know what I¡¯m going to do next, then neither will they.¡± There was a long silence, then a soft chuckle from Tamamo-no-Mae floated on the air. ¡°Paul-san, you have no idea how grateful I am that you were not the one hunting me oh-so many years ago. Because you scare me, and if Izanami wasn¡¯t madder than a snake stung by a hornet, she would be terrified too.¡± Paul chuckled, a sound devoid of any real mirth and as hollow as an empty tomb. ¡°Don¡¯t worry. I am done messing around now and I have every intention of teaching her the meaning of fear. ¡± ----------- Paul had no clear recollection of events after the train arrived. Whenever he tried to remember he would get snapshots, like photo¡¯s taken and left scattered on the floor of his memory. Enjoying this book? Seek out the original to ensure the author gets credit. From somewhere a sheet had been found to wind around Inari¡¯s body. He suspected it was from the sleeper carriage and provided by the train¡¯s staff. He remembered getting off the train at Kami, although they had to have changed trains at least twice before that, he had no memory of the rest of the journey. The last sliver of the dying sun was showing above the horizon, when he stepped onto the platform, painting the world in blood red hues. He remembered the shocked expressions on people¡¯s faces as he carried Inari¡¯s still form in his arms, his heart shattered inside him once again. He remembered the pain he felt, looking down at Inari¡¯s pale face, and thinking just how odd it was, that she was so light. But it was if he was writing about some character in one of his novels¡­ he saw and felt everything, but in some way he was detached from it all, as if he was standing a short distance behind himself and watching events unfold. Part of him recognised it as disassociation, his mind trying to protect itself, but mostly he just didn¡¯t care. The focus brought by adrenaline had worn off, and now he was forced to face the reality of life without Inari. Climbing the temple steps in the gathering twilight, the sunset only just staining the sky like a wound and the night drawing in before him, he felt a cold hand on his shoulder and glanced to one side. Beside him floated Kate. She said nothing, because there was nothing that could be said, but her eyes spoke for her. Paul nodded. This time, the ending would be different he promised himself, but his traitorous heart didn¡¯t quite believe it. He was met at the top of the stairs by a hollow-eyed Shoko and Kiko who was half-blind with tears. For a moment, he blanked on what to say, how could he of all people console them in their grief when he¡¯d never made peace with his own? For a moment they stood, and then in a voice half choked with a thick clot of emotion, Paul spat out. ¡°Izanami attacked us, or rather her Herald did. She took Inari¡¯s soul¡­ It¡¯s not over though. Not yet, not for her. Inari¡­ Inari once said that Kami don¡¯t die easily. I¡¯ll get her back. I swear by all that¡¯s holy, I will get her back.¡± He walked past them and into the inner shrine. Kicking the doors at the back of the shrine open, he strode into the pocket of Celestial realm beyond, his boot heels ringing on the marble floor. Gently he lowered Inari¡¯s body down onto her chaise lounge, removing the winding sheet and tidying the folds of her clothing before, almost as an afterthought, he took down a gauzy translucent curtain of red silk, and draped it over her. She almost looked like she was only asleep. Almost. But there was something lacking, not just the absence of motion but, now that he thought of it, Something he¡¯d taken for granted but now noticed it¡¯s lack. The sense of Inari¡¯s presence, that subtle vital unseen radiance, was missing. And without that, no matter how alive her body looked, it might as well have been a plastic figurine. Behind him he heard a soft sound, and turning beheld Shoko and Kiko standing, having followed him, staring with lifeless eyes, too shocked to show any sign of emotion. ¡°M..Mother¡­ she¡¯s dead?¡± Paul draw in a deep breath, and slowly exhaled before nodding, then quickly added. ¡°Her body is¡­ her soul is¡­ not. She¡¯s in Yomi, kidnapped in effect by Izanami. We¡¯re going to get her back.¡± Kiko looked confused. ¡°What happened? Why.. how? How are you going to ¡®get her back¡¯¡­ she¡¯s dead!¡± Paul shrugged, and abruptly he felt a bone-deep weariness such as he had felt in many long years. He sat on the stairs at Inari¡¯s feet, and sighed. ¡°It¡¯s¡­ complicated. Izanami has been behind everything, magic fading, the gods going missing, the falling fertility rates world-wide, the threats to this mountain¡­ It¡¯s all been her, draining life away slowly. Bringing magic back and revitalising the land really threw a spanner in the works for her, and she¡¯s been working to undo all we¡¯ve done back since then. I guess she just ran out of patience in the end. She took Inari¡¯s soul down to Yomi, and is holding her hostage until I do as she wants.¡± ¡°What does she want you to do?¡± Paul glanced dully up at Kiko, and shook his head. ¡°Doesn¡¯t matter, she¡¯s not getting it. Not that I could put the genie back into the bottle anyway I can¡¯t unmake the mana generator¡­ not when I¡¯ve put the plans online. Huh! That¡¯s a thought¡­ she should¡¯ve known it was impossible, unless¡­ but I guess an ancient primordial Goddess might not understand how the internet works.¡± Shoko stepped forward and sat down next to Paul, placing a small arm around his waist and leaning against him. ¡°You¡­ you said you¡¯d bring Mother Inari back?¡± ¡°I did, and I will. I just don¡¯t know how yet.¡± Shoko nodded, and tearfully smiled up at Paul, causing him to raise an eyebrow at her. ¡°Ok.¡± ¡°Ok?¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Ok. I believe you. If you say you will, then you will. Whatever you need, I¡¯ll help¡­ we¡¯ll all help, right Kiko?¡± Kiko nodded silently as Paul looked at her, then tremulously smiled. ¡°I¡¯m with Shoko-san. You¡¯ve done the impossible once already. If you say you¡¯ll walk into the Underworld, and snatch her soul from the jaws of Death and bring Inari back to life, then I believe you Paul-sama. Anything you need, we¡¯ll be here. Now.. what can we do?¡± Paul smiled, genuinely smiled even if it was a little twisted, and nodded. ¡°Thank you¡­ for a start whenever it looks like I¡¯m about to go off into a blue funk of depression again, remind me that this ain¡¯t over just yet. There¡¯s still hope, and I¡¯ve still got someone¡¯s arse to kick.¡± Shoko chuckled, the merry sound echoing throughout the shadowed hall. Paul ruffled her hair, eliciting a startled ¡®Eep!¡¯ from her then he sighed. ¡°Ok¡­ first there needs to be a war council¡­ and by the powers we are at war! Kiko, I¡¯ll need you to start making calls. Summon your sister goddesses, see if you can find out where the hell Suz-metal has gotten to, and have Katsu and Katsumi come here. They¡¯re the very definition of heavy hitters and I think whatever plan I come up with, we¡¯ll need them.¡± Shoko bounced up and down slightly on the step next to Paul. ¡°Oo! Me, me! What can I do to help!¡± Paul smiled fondly. ¡°Ok, run and fetch Yuri and Yuko, we need guards on the shrine. While you¡¯re at the oni village tell Tatsuo that they¡¯re are on guard duty. I don¡¯t know that Izanami will try anything.. but I pretty much spat in her eye and called her out, so she might¡­ and at the very least once word gets out we are going to have an influx of people for various reasons¡­¡± ¡°Ok Paul-san!¡± ¡°Wait just a minute speedy! I haven¡¯t finished. I also need my notebooks, and Tamamo-no-Mae and her¡­ companion, Izumi will need a place to stay. Talk to Arakune and tell her Izumi will be helping her run the inn we proposed, she knows more about the customer side of the business, and tell Arakune she can get some practice in by helping set up accommodations for everyone. Got all that Shoko?¡± ¡°Mmhm! Should I talk to the oni first?¡± ¡°Yup, that¡¯s the first priority, then note books because I might have thought of something else by the time you¡¯ve done that, and lastly Arakune¡± ¡°Ok.. I¡¯ll bring some food as well for you Paul-san. You don¡¯t think so well on an empty stomach. Oh! I know.. I¡¯ll ask Usagi-chan and Chihiro to run messages too, maybe even Sakura-chan can help a little even if she is only little¡­¡± Paul abstractly nodded. ¡°Ok, sure¡­ if your friends from school don¡¯t mind lending a hand, sure. Now, go on, I¡¯ve got a lot to think about.¡± Shoko nodded and shot off. Paul glanced at Kiko who was lingering, raising an eyebrow invited her to speak. ¡°Um¡­ Paul-san...are you sure of this?¡± ¡°Absolutely. There has to be a way. There are enough stories, and I¡¯ve found that generally, there¡¯s always a grain of truth in every story.¡± Kiko nodded slowly, her gaze lingering in the shrouded form of Inari. Then she stood up a bit straighter, her aura going from barely perceptible to a full golden glow as her chin came up. ¡°I¡¯ll find the answer. If it is anywhere, it will be in Archive¡¯s scrolls. There must be way into Yomi that doesn¡¯t involve dying, and primordial goddess or not, Izanami must have some weakness we can use against her. I will also see if I can find how to reunite body and soul once the connection has been severed.¡± Paul smiled tiredly. ¡°That¡¯s the spirit, call in the troops, and then get to researching.¡± ¡°On it!¡± Kiko hurried off, leaving Paul alone with his thoughts. He wasn¡¯t certain how long he was alone, minutes only possibly although it felt like a lot longer, when a pale blue light spilled across the floor, along with wisps of mist creeping in mouse-like across the floor. Paul looked up, and Aimi-chan was standing by the doorway, tears flowing down her face. Paul held his arms open, and with a rush the ghostly girl was in his arms sobbing. Paul held her, stroking her long black, and currently dripping wet hair. ¡°Shhh, shh.. it¡¯s ok¡­. It will all be alright I promise.¡± Hiccuping past her tears Aimi-chan spoke, her voice reedy and echoing slightly. ¡°I..I.. I¡¯m sorry Paul-san.. I¡¯m sorry¡­ I didn¡¯t.. I couldn¡¯t...I should¡¯ve been there! I could¡¯ve helped!¡± ¡°Don¡¯t blame yourself Aimi, there was nothing you could¡¯ve done. We were up against the Goddess of Death herself, and her Herald. You would¡¯ve been more at risk than I was. She would have dragged you along too.¡± ¡°N..no¡­ I can¡¯t.. I can¡¯t enter yomi. I¡¯m cursed to be stuck here in the mortal world. Because of¡­ you know..¡± ¡°Right, of course...I forget sometimes you are a y¨±rei.¡± For a moment or two Aimi sat damply on Paul¡¯s lap, clinging to him. Then she sighed. ¡°Shouldn¡¯t we be preparing the rites for her?¡± Paul blinked, then shook his head. ¡°No¡­ because she¡¯s not staying dead. Not if I can help it.¡± Aimi frowned, then nodded. ¡°Ok¡­ if anyone could it would be you. But.. well you should offer her food at least, so she¡¯ll have something to eat in the afterlife. If she eats the food of Yomi, she won¡¯t be able to leave.. I think. I know that¡¯s so for normal spirits, I don¡¯t know about Divine spirits though. Come to think of it¡­ I don¡¯t know what rites you¡¯d perform for a dead Kami anyway.¡± Paul frowned, and then slowly nodded. ¡°I think I read something like that once too¡­Kind of like the fae and Underhill. Alright, can you catch up with Shoko and tell her to bring a meal for two. Then come back here pronto and keep an eye open for anything spectral trying to sneak in. I think you¡¯d be better at that than me.¡± Aimi-chan grinned, somewhat disturbingly toothily, and nodded. ¡°Ok Paul-san. Mission Accepted. Ghost recon, on patrol!¡± With a swirl of chill mist she vanished, leaving Paul chuckling in her wake. Thinking aloud as he circled the hall, finding and lighting sticks of Inari¡¯s favourite incense then placing them in the copper braziers before putting one at each corner of the chaise lounge with it¡¯s shrouded form. ¡°That girl really does play far too many video games¡­ but I am glad she¡¯s around. Hmm.. maybe I should make .50 cal versions of those anti-magic rounds for her sniper rifle. Might need them, what do you think Inari¡­?¡± Paul stopped, silenced by the lump in his throat as he realised that out of habit he¡¯d been thinking aloud to Inari¡­ ¡°Aw.. fuck. Sorry¡­ not that you can hear me anyway, but I know what you¡¯d say if you could. Inari¡­ if this doesn¡¯t work.. if...if I can¡¯t get you back. I think I may just join you instead. Sorry Kate¡­ but I¡¯m at my limit here. I don¡¯t know how much more I can lose and still keep going¡­ although not before I kick that rotted bitch¡¯s arse that is.¡± Paul sighed¡­ ¡°And here I am. Talking to myself again. That¡¯s not a good sign.¡± A ghostly laugh echoed through the hall, and for a moment the tendrils of perfumed smoke seemed to create Kate¡¯s mist-like form, floating in front of him. Paul smiled wryly.. ¡°Ok love.. not totally talking to myself then. But talking to the dead is hardly the hallmark of sterling sanity neither. Crap.. that¡¯s another thing I¡¯ll need to figure out¡­ is it even safe for you to follow me into hell like I¡¯m proposing? Would that put you at risk, or the opposite. Would you be more solid in the lands of the dead?¡± There was a vague motion that could¡¯ve been a shrug or a swirl of the incense laden air. Paul sighed and shook his head. ¡°Dammit¡­ I have more questions than I know what to do with and I need answers. You know what Inari? If I pull this off, you owe me a bloody vacation once this is over!¡± Hanami Chp.32 Darkness. Nothingness. Formless void. Then, memories of searing pain, of being wrenched away from¡­ something. She couldn¡¯t recall what, where or even who she was. She wasn¡¯t even sure if ¡®she¡¯ was right¡­ although it was the first thing that came to mind after a sense of self. A feeling that ¡®self¡¯ was female. She tried to recall more¡­ and found fleeting fragments, shards of memory clinging to her like sand to a sea-tossed bottle. A sense of warmth, of light suffusing her. Of being compressed, boxed in, of too many bodies around her. Emotion. Feelings of loss, grief, loneliness despair and bitter, bitter regret. A taste like ashes in her mouth, of stinging cold against her skin, followed by numbness. She wondered, she had a body? ¡­ Or was that just a memory? A voice! She wasn¡¯t sure if she imagined it, or perhaps it was another memory, but she thought she heard someone! A male voice, one that felt familiar, comforting, words like warm blankets wrapping around her. Welcome, even though she had to strain to hear it, and couldn¡¯t understand what was said. Then a smell, warm, soothing¡­ of sandalwood and cinnamon. She remembered that! That was her scent, her favourite incense! She had a favourite incense? Yes! She remembered how it was burned in.. in¡­ and the memory faded away, like smoke in the wind. Longing! She wanted to run after the voice, the scent¡­ why did she remember sometimes going on two feet, and sometimes four? She tried to move, and felt as if her limbs were heavy, weighted down. Something rough scraped at her ankles¡­ surprising her that she had them. Curious, she moved, or tried to, and found she was bound at wrists, ankles and neck. Gradually, scant fractions of an inch at a time, she explored. The ground she lay on was rough, harsh and hard. Unyielding stone she thought. Her finger tips crept over the hands span of it she could reach. Finding roughly coarse dirt, and gritty stone. She could barely feel the textures, so numb with cold were her fingers, only sensing them by the resistance her fingers met as she skimmed over the surfaces. Soon enough she felt exhaustion, a leaden burning in her limbs, and her mind blurred and slipped away again into unconsciousness. One blackness replacing another. She awoke next to thirst, a burning sense in her throat, pain in her lips where they had cracked, and a desperate craving for something, anything liquid to slake her thirst. She licked the salty coppery taste of her own blood from her cracked lips, but it did nothing to satisfy her. Then, oh blessed coolness! Soothing water trickling over her lips and down her throat. The feeling of smooth fabric against her face, and the sense that there was someone beside her. ¡°Who?¡± She didn¡¯t realise she was speaking aloud until she heard the thin reedy sound of her own voice. She could hardly hear her own voice, but from above and slightly to one side another woman¡¯s voice answered her. ¡°Shhh.. drink¡­ it¡¯s the least I can do for you.¡± She drank, drop by precious drop, until her throat no longer burned. ¡°Thank you. Might this one ask your name please. I cannot see you.¡± ¡°None of us can see in the dark. My name is...was... Kannon. I know you, you were Inari.¡± Inari frowned. The name felt, right... but why could she not remember anything? The mysterious Kannon continued. ¡°You are wondering why you cannot remember anything? Don¡¯t worry, all of us have been through this as well. Most of us end up getting our memories back in the end¡­ It takes a while, but you might recover sooner than most, since this is not your first time here.¡± ¡°It is?¡± There was a rustle of cloth, and Inari surmised the unknown Kannon was nodding. ¡°Yes Inari. You were captured before, riven from your memories, and yet somehow you managed to escape. Our jailer was very upset¡­ she vowed to get you within her grasp again.¡± Inari sighed. ¡°It would seem she succeeded¡­ where is this place?¡± Kannon sighed, and her voice heavy with sadness replied. ¡°This is Yomi. Land of Eternal Darkness, Realm of the Dead, Domain of Izanami, Goddess of Death.¡± Tremulously, Inari asked the obvious question. ¡°Am I¡­ am I¡­ dead?¡± ¡°You are. As am I and everyone else you might meet here. We are all dead, and there is no returning to the lands of the living for us.¡± ¡°But then, how did I escape before?¡± Another rustle of soft clothing in the blank darkness, a shrug she guessed, and a soft sigh. ¡°That I do not know Inari. Only that you managed to be reborn somehow, and that Izanami swore that you would never escape her again.¡± Inari moved her arm as much as she could, making the chains rattle against the stone floor. ¡°It would seem so¡­ are you chained?¡± ¡°No, I¡¯m allowed to roam freely. I tend to prisoners like you. It¡¯s a torture Izanami inflicts on me, to be able to do so little to give them comfort, when I once was the goddess of compassion. To use that compassion to compel me to remain, even though I could leave. That said, it is all the same here. There is no peace or rest anywhere.¡± Inari smiled, even though Kannon couldn¡¯t see it, she hoped she would hear it in her voice. ¡°It¡¯s enough Kannon¡­ I feel better already thanks to you.¡± She felt Kannon grip her hand and squeeze it. ¡°Thank you¡­ although it humbles me that you would show compassion to me, of all people.¡± Inari chuckled, albeit rather hollowly. ¡°Well, it sounds like you need it most. That¡¯s a cruel torture indeed she has inflicted you with. Um¡­ just¡­ why is she doing this?¡± Kannon sighed. ¡°I¡¯m not sure I should tell you¡­ you¡¯ll remember soon enough anyway and it¡¯s a heavy burden to know.¡± ¡°Please Kannon. Not knowing anything is harder still! Have mercy on me.¡± Kannon chuckled, although tinged with sadness. ¡°Very well, as you asked. Izanami is envious of life, or the living. She is one of the Eight, the first god and goddess couples to appear. She died giving birth to the God of Fire, burnt from the inside out. But Kami do not die easily...and as she descended into darkness, she resisted dying and created this place Yomi. A place that is between life and true death and the nothingness of the void.¡± Kannon paused, and sighing continued. ¡°Her other half, her brother Izanagi descended to Yomi to rescue her, but when he saw her corrupted, decaying form, he rejected her, and returned to the world of the living. She swore then that she would destroy a thousand of his creations, living beings, every day, and he swore that he would create a thousand and five hundred a day, defying her.¡± For a moment Kannon paused, and Inari could hear the clunk of a wooden ladle against the sides of water pail. Then she felt the touch of the ladle against her lips, and she drank once again. ¡°Careful¡­ too much will chill your stomach and give you cramps. Anyway, as I was saying. Ever since then Izanami has hated all of the living world, and most of all the other Kami that came after her, even those of other domains and lineages. Her goal is simple, she cannot leave Yomi, so she¡¯ll drag everything else down here with her.¡± ¡°But.. how?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t know the details. I only know that she was somehow able to merge The Celestial Realm, where I was residing, with Yomi. The eternal sun died, and darkness fell across our realm of the spirit. As it did, we died, our divine pearls were torn from us and was consumed by her. Our souls she spat back out, and we found ourselves here, powerless and without memory at first.¡± Inari slowly nodded. ¡°I¡­ remember a little. I was alive, a living goddess in the realm of the mortals. I died, and woke here. I don¡¯t remember being here before. All of what you¡¯ve said is new to me.¡± Kannon hummed under her breath for moment, thinking. ¡°That makes some sense¡­ she has often ranted about being unable to reach you, even as she used her stolen powers to watch you. She seemed, content, to let you exist as a mortal and to die a mortals death. Although I am told that she has been incensed about something you and your Herald were doing lately. Something that had upset her plans, so she was no longer content to wait for you to die.¡± ¡°I wish I could remember what that was...perhaps it would be helpful now.¡± The tale has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. ¡°Perhaps? But whatever it was, she¡¯s furious.¡± ¡°Kannon, could you perhaps help me get out of these chains?¡± ¡°I...I.. dare not. She would be furious, she¡¯d punish us terribly! Better to remain where you are. Be quiet and she¡¯ll perhaps continue to ignore you. I can come by every day, give you water and food¡­¡± Inari shook her head, the chain around her neck tugging at her. ¡°No¡­ I remember. If you eat the food of Yomi you can never leave.¡± ¡°But.. why would leave? Why fight? That way only leads to suffering. Far better to give in, to lay quiet and unnoticed.¡± Inari growled, softly, but still.. ¡°Coward! Is this what the Goddess of Compassion has become? One who counsels supine cowardice? A reed that bends to the slightest breeze?¡± ¡°Reeds bend, but they do not break.¡± ¡°Fine prattle for a weak and spineless one. Free me, and with me the others held here. Let us rise up against Izanami and end her tyranny!¡± ¡°No.. nooooo!¡± Inari heard the sound of something hard meeting flesh violently, and a wrenching scream that ended abruptly. Then, after a terrible silent moment, a new voice whispered in her ear. A voice that came with the rank stench of decay and death. ¡°Already causing trouble Inari? Such a disrespectful daughter.¡± ¡°I am no daughter of yours Izanami!¡± The laughter that echoed around her tiptoed on the razor edge of madness, leaving Inari wishing she could cover her ears to block out the scraping harsh sound. ¡°Oh Inari. Inari¡­ how much have you forgotten since you were last here? Yes, you are my daughter, and my great-great granddaughter, at the same time. You were born twice¡­ once from my loins, and once after you escaped into another creation of mine, the nine-tailed fox spirit, dislodging it¡¯s soul and changing it¡¯s nature. But you left something behind my dear! I ate your divine pearl once before, and now I shall savor consuming this new one you¡¯ve grown so very soon. But only after I use it to lure in those other goddesses you created. So fresh and tender they will be! Barely even budding into their powers! Ah¡­ a fine, fine delicacy for the very last. After they return their divine seeds to my wellspring, then there will be no more Kami to annoy me and get in my way. Then I can begin to finally make my dear beloved husband and brother Izanagi¡¯s creation my own! And once all is Yomi, and mine, I shall chain your darling daughter Kami next to you and have that insufferable herald of yours gutted and strung up above you, so you might slake your thirst with his blood dripping down on you, and feast on his dangling entrails once you grow hungry enough!¡± Inari spat in the direction of Izanami, wasting precious moisture even as it satisfied her anger momentarily. ¡°You are mad! And my Herald will rescue me, unless I escape first.¡± ¡°Rescue you? Oh I do so, so very much hope so! I¡¯m counting on it! And on him bringing those succulent young goddesses with him to help, since he is just a mortal¡­ I am so looking forward to that! Well that and sucking the marrow from their bones! I might even permit a tiny bit of light to exist, just long enough that I can see their expressions turn to despair and agony! That will be a fi-ii-ine treat to celebrate the opening of the final act!¡± Izanami laughed, and laughed.. until her voice was more of a harsh maniacal cackle fading into the distance along with her footsteps. One that Inari listened to, using the echoes to give herself some idea of her surroundings, even as her heart filled with a chilling, black despair as she realised that as mad as Izanami was, she was also cunning and intelligent with it. Long after even the faintest echoes of Izanami¡¯s mad laughter had faded Inari did the only thing she could, she thought. The obvious solution was that she would need to escape, once again, and before her Herald came to rescue her. She remembered him only vaguely. But one thing was crystal clear. She loved him, and would do anything to prevent him coming to harm. That she remembered like a soaring flame in the darkness. She tried to remember other details, his appearance, the sound of his voice...and she felt oddly ashamed that other than a sense of warmth and comfort, nothing came to mind. A faint scrape sound off to her left, jerking her out of her contemplative state. ¡°Kannon, is that you? Do you still live?¡± A bitter laughter echoed around the stone chamber they were in. ¡°You ask me that, here of all places? No I¡¯m dead, of course. But that mad...person, hasn¡¯t destroyed me yet.¡± By the sound of it, Kannon spat, and there was the faint clink of something hard hitting the floor. ¡°Although by all the gods¡­ I sometimes wish she would.¡± ¡°Can you move at least?¡± Kannon sighed, heavily, ending in a bubbling sound followed by coughing. Once she was able to, Kannon answered. ¡°I think I can, slowly. She broke my ribs, but since we don¡¯t need to breath that¡¯s less important than the broken arm.¡± ¡°I am sorry Kannon, your injuries are my fault. But I need your help freeing myself from these shackles.¡± Kannon¡¯s voice was resigned, and Inari could hear a dragging noise as she came closer. ¡°Inari, either you are very stubborn or you weren¡¯t listening. I can¡¯t free you, I have no power.¡± ¡°You can pick the locks, they¡¯re real enough they should yield to physical means.¡± There was a moment¡¯s silence from Kannon, they she heaved another bubbling sigh. ¡°I can¡¯t¡­ but I might know who could. You need Eugenides, the Egyptian God of Thieves. From what I¡¯ve heard, he was born a mortal, or demi-god perhaps, and only became a god after he became a thief, and stole from the Well of Immortality. He perhaps might remember how to pick a lock¡­¡± ¡°But¡­ what would an Egyptian God be doing here?¡± Kannon sighed. ¡°We¡¯re all here. Didn¡¯t you hear her? You and your daughter Goddesses are the last, of all of us. She¡¯s done the same to the other Divine Realms as she did to ours. And we are all in her prison now.¡± Kannon sighed once again, and Inari could hear her dragging footsteps moving closer. ¡°Although that means I¡¯m in for a long walk on a twisted ankle because there are an unholy number of deities and somehow I¡¯ve got to find one minor one among the hundreds of others¡­ Um.. I¡¯ll be back Inari, probably not soon. Just stay quiet while I¡¯m gone. Not all of us are chained up, as Izanami likes to let some of the really nasty ones roam free and hunt the rest of us. So try not to do anything that would attract their attention. You wouldn¡¯t like meeting any of the Mayan gods of the Underworld. Some of her favorites, she even allows to borrow a little of her power, since they are also Death Gods.¡± Softly Inari whispered. ¡°I understand. Instead of a fox, I¡¯ll be quietly scared little bunny, hiding in the grass. Will you be safe?¡± Kannon chuckled dryly. ¡°As much as I ever am. Even Death Gods need patching up from time to time, and since none of us can heal ourselves, they rely on me and my old knowledge of how to heal without divine magic. I will go back to my chamber, patch myself up, and then set off. I¡¯ll make sure someone is here to tend to you. The water is safe enough to drink, but you¡¯re right about not eating the food unless it comes from outside. Offerings, that sort of thing. But very little of that comes here now. The mortals have forgotten us I hear, and no-one makes offerings to dead gods now.¡± ¡°My Herald will.¡± ¡°Then if anything appears next to you, that should be safe enough I suppose. It¡¯s all an metaphor anyway, but it should be real enough to sustain you. Depends, do you hear him at all?¡± ¡°I.. I think so. I heard someone¡¯s voice, faintly.¡± Kannon sighed. ¡°Yes, I remember that. As long as his devotion remains, you will hear him and his offerings will reach you. For a while anyway. They forget us or die eventually as their magic runs out.¡± Inari frowned into the pitch blackness. ¡°I..I feel that my Herald is different. He will die before he forgets.¡± ¡°He¡¯s a Herald, whatever reserves of magic he has will be used up and he¡¯ll fade away without you to sustain him. As did all of ours.¡± Inari shook her head slightly. ¡°No...that¡¯s not right. He¡¯s...He¡¯s a mortal! A man, and one of honour. And I love him!¡± ¡°A mortal?! You made a mortal man your Herald, and fell in love with him!? That breaks almost every rule! Only you would do such a mad thing Inari! But¡­ that gives us a faint spark of hope then. He may yet live long enough that you may escape.¡± ¡°If I can¡¯t, he will come and rescue me.¡± ¡°A mortal storming the gates of the Underworld? For his sake, I hope he does not. He will die, if he¡¯s lucky. If not.. well you heard Izanami and what she¡¯ll do. That is, if the hungry spirits that roam outside these walls don¡¯t devour him first.¡± Kannon heaved a sigh. Inari heard her struggling to her feet and, dragging her injured leg, start to walk away. ¡°I¡¯ll go and find the God of Thieves for you, and see if he¡¯s as mad as you are¡­ remember, don¡¯t eat anything unless you¡¯re sure it¡¯s from the land of the living.¡± ¡°How will I tell?¡± Kannon laughed slightly, some distance away. ¡°You¡¯ll know! Everything here tastes and smells like ashes! Even burnt offerings smell better! I will send someone to you, you may trust her, but it would be prudent to share your offerings with her. But be warned, the smell of real food may well draw others and they may not be inclined to ask nicely. So the sooner you and she consume any offerings, the better.¡± Inari nodded, and then as the halting footsteps started to fade, she called out. ¡°Wait! Kannon! Can I talk to my Herald if I hear his voice?¡± For a moment Inari feared Kannon hadn¡¯t heard her, then her voice came faintly. ¡°You can¡¯t. None of us ever could. The dead cannot talk to the living.¡± Hanami Chp.33
Paul was sitting, staring into nothingness, when Shoko returned carrying a tray laden with food. He didn¡¯t react as her geta clattered across the marble floor. Shoko looked at him, and put the tray down on a table before climbing into his lap. Surprised, Paul looked down at her, as Shoko curled up and rested her head against his chest. ¡°Hello?¡± ¡°You looked sad and lost and lonely.¡± Paul opened his mouth to refute that, and found he couldn¡¯t. Sighing he nodded, and then rested his chin on the top of her head, Shoko¡¯s ear tufts tickling his face slightly. ¡°I suppose so¡­ how are you holding up little one?¡± Shoko sighed. ¡°Surviving¡­ I felt her die you know. Like a pang in my chest. Inari says we share a bond, something she wove to keep me alive when my¡­ my mother died.¡± Paul lifted his head slightly and looked down at her. ¡°Oh god¡­. I¡¯ve been so preoccupied with myself, I honestly didn¡¯t stop to think how you must feel. I am so, so sorry Shoko!¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°It¡¯s.. well it¡¯s not ok¡­ but I think I would be worse if I couldn¡¯t still feel Inari. It¡¯s faint, but I know she¡¯s still there. Even though her body is dead, her spirit still exists.¡± Paul opened his mouth to say something...then closed it as he thought. After a moment he buried his face in Shoko¡¯s hair again. ¡°That¡¯s good to know. I...I was thinking, what if I¡¯m wrong?What if Inari is dead and gone, not just dead. But.. thank you Shoko. I was beginning to despair.¡± Shoko chuckled, albeit weakly, but still it was a small merry sound from her. ¡°You remember when you first arrived? How Inari was just waiting to die, and I was trying my hardest to pretend everything was alright? And how you told her off and gave us all hope again? Well¡­ I¡¯m just returning the favour now.¡± Paul sighed, and then straightening up, smiled slightly down at the small kitsune shaped bundle of fluff in his lap. ¡°Thanks Shoko-chan¡­ I needed that. I could feel myself sliding into a bad place mentally again, and you¡¯re the best antidepressant I know of.¡± Shoko leaned back against Paul¡¯s encircling arms, tiling her head up she smiled up at Paul with a big grin. ¡°That¡¯s because I¡¯ve had years of practice!¡± Paul laughed, shaking his head. ¡°I suppose you have¡­ talk about finding the silver lining there Shoko-chan!¡± Shoko laughed in a self-satisfied ¡°Hee-heeee..¡± sort of way while grinning broadly. Paul¡¯s answering smile was a bit lob-sided and more of a sketch, but was none-the-less genuine. ¡°Right, well, this helps, but it¡¯s not getting anything done.¡± ¡°Nuh-uh, Paul-sama. Eat first! You¡¯ll think better if you¡¯ve got something to fuel your brain!¡± Paul eyed the tray dubiously. ¡°Hmm.. not disputing the point, but how much thinking do you imagine I¡¯m going to doing? There¡¯s enough there for a small army! And when did you even get time to cook all that?¡± Shoko shook her head as she hopped down off Paul¡¯s lap. ¡°That¡¯s because half of that is Inari¡¯s.¡± Paul glanced at the shrouded form, and then looked back at Shoko. ¡°Um¡­ she¡¯s not going to be able to eat that¡­¡± Shoko huffed, pouting slightly. ¡°Baka, those are her offerings. Word has already started to get around and people are already making offerings to her.¡± Paul raised an eyebrow. ¡°Riiiight¡­ well, I guess it does no harm. Oh..fudge! I just thought, I¡¯ll need to notify The Emperor of what¡¯s happened¡­¡± Shoko shook her head. ¡°Kiko already has, and told him you¡¯re going to get her back. I¡¯m supposed to tell you that whatever you need, you¡¯ll have it. In meantime there¡¯s to be a special announcement on TV asking people to pray for her.¡± Paul opened and closed his mouth, as a dozen or more thoughts collided in his head on the way to his mouth. In the end he just nodded. ¡°Yeah¡­ that might help. There¡¯s so much about the nature of Divine magic I just don¡¯t know¡­ not that anyone knows. But I think worship is important. Prayers for her could do some good.¡± Shoko nodded firmly. ¡°and if everyone is praying. That has to do something, right?¡± The author''s tale has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. Paul nodded, then slowly stood up, sliding Shoko off his lap before swiping some imaginary dust from his hands and talking as he crossed over to the tray of food. ¡°Well, I guess I had better do my part then. First things first, eat, then see what Kiko¡¯s found in the archives that might be relevant. Throw a few ideas at her what to look for maybe, and then see if I can come up with a plan. Then hold a council of war once everyone¡¯s here.¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Katsu and Katsumi have gone to fetch Suz-metal. She¡¯s in Beijing and can¡¯t just get a flight home.¡± Paul¡¯s head whipped round as he stared at Shoko. ¡°Beijing? What was she.. no¡­ let me guess. Road of Resistance?¡± Shoko nodded. Paul sighed and pinched the bridge of his nose. ¡°Ok¡­ so did nobody think that maybe sending the Goddess of Battles off to fetch her might not be a good idea? Besides how are they going to get in and...out.¡± Paul paused, his face frozen as the answer to his question burst into his head like being hit by one of the Yamato¡¯s 16 inch Mk3 shells. ¡°Oh... bloody¡­ hell! Please tell me they are not going to fly the Yamato into Chinese air space?!¡± Shoko bit her lips, and nodded. Paul closed his eyes for a moment. ¡°Right. Well. Not much I can do about that now! As long as it doesn¡¯t trigger world war three, I¡¯ll deal with that problem later. Moving on!¡± Shoko murmured. ¡°Katsu said she¡¯d be polite¡­¡± Paul snorted, but didn¡¯t comment, instead devoting his attention to filling a bowl with rice and some of the Teriyaki. After a short while while he ate in silence, and Shoko placed the majority of the bowls of food in a circle around the chaise lounge with Inari¡¯s silk draped body on it. That task concluded with a short silent prayer, and the traditional hand claps, Shoko came and sat next to Paul. Paul leaned back eventually with a sigh. ¡°Ok, I should get to work rather than mope over my dinner. I¡¯m no good to her if all I¡¯m doing is wallowing in grief after all.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t be so hard on yourself Paul-san. I¡¯m sure even if you don¡¯t think you¡¯re thinking, that you¡¯re thinking of something in the back of your head.¡± Paul looked sideways at Shoko, raising an eyebrow. ¡°My editor would draw a big fat red line though that sentence if I¡¯d written it, but I know what you mean¡­ and yes, I do have a few vague ideas floating around in the old noggin. But I¡¯m reluctant to openly discuss them. I¡¯m fairly sure, but not one hundred precent certain that Izanami can¡¯t spy on us in Inari¡¯s Sanctum, or my workshop. But I¡¯m not absolutely certain, and I don¡¯t want to tip our hand.¡± Shoko frowned. ¡°Paul-san.. did Inari know of your suspicions?¡± Paul shook his head, then made a rocking so-so gesture with his hand. ¡°We¡¯d discussed in general terms. But no, not in detail. I wasn¡¯t certain who was doing it, but I was sure someone was behind it all. There were too many coincidental incidences to be believable when you added them up. I figured someone was spying, but I didn¡¯t know who¡­ and it didn¡¯t make sense at the time that Inari was basically ignored when every other god or goddess had gone missing. I wasn¡¯t sure if she wasn¡¯t behind it herself.¡± Shoko¡¯s eyes went wide. ¡°How could you think that! Inari would never¡­¡± Paul reached out and ruffled Shoko¡¯s hair. ¡°You know Inari has.. issues.. with her memory? And that kami go bit¡­ strange, as they lose their powers? Well, I had the notion that Inari had suffered a mental split. Dissociative personality syndrome. Basically, two minds in one body¡­ a ¡®good¡¯ Inari and a ¡®bad¡¯ one. History is a bit¡­ well she¡¯s not always painted in the best light in some of the old stories, and yet the Inari you and I know isn¡¯t entirely as the stories made her out to be.¡± Shoko jumped in as Paul paused for breath. ¡°But she¡¯s not...that¡­ right?¡± ¡°No¡­ I think she¡¯s suffered some kind of trauma that her mind has blocked her from remembering out of self-defence, but she¡¯s still sane and whole. However since personality is partly a product of memories, it changed her, made her more sympathetic, mellow even¡­ along with being a shut-in that is.¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Ok, I get it¡­ so you were keeping secrets from her, for her own good.¡± Paul winced, and then sighed. ¡°Yeah, when you put it that way, it doesn¡¯t sound good does it..but you understand?¡± Shoko slowly nodded. ¡°You couldn¡¯t entirely trust her other self.¡± ¡°Pretty much, I figured it was either someone somehow spying on us remotely using magic, which shouldn¡¯t be able to get past the wards around the mountain, or that. But now I know who¡¯s responsible I know Izanami has the power to spy on us, since she stole it from Amaterasu.¡± Shoko blinked. ¡°Wait, she stole Amaterasu¡¯s power?¡± Paul nodded. ¡°I think so. I think she¡¯s the reason why so many kami have gone missing. She¡¯s killed them and stolen back their power.¡± ¡°How?¡± ¡°Ok, you know how Inari divided her divine.. pearl, she called it¡­ and gave it to Kiko, Suz-metal and Katsu? Afterwards she told me that she could take it back, reabsorb it since it¡¯s descended from her Divine pearl. But to do so she¡¯d have to kill them, at least for a short while, but that it ran the risk of them being permanently dead if it went wrong. The way I figure it, Izanami can do the same thing to all those Kami descended from her, or from one of the other primordials since they¡¯re all kind of like brothers and sisters.¡± ¡°Ohhh¡­. But why would she do that?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Revenge I guess. She died after giving birth to the god of fire, burnt from the inside out, and her own brother-husband rejected her when he saw her decayed form. I guess she¡¯s held a grudge against life itself ever since. Or at least, so the stories seem to say. I have no idea what her end game is however, but it evidently involves needing a lot of power.¡± Paul paused for a moment as he was struck by a thought. ¡°Hmm¡­ I wonder just how much of a perfectionist she is, or how much power she needs?¡± Shoko looked at Paul quizzically as he started to pace back and forth, talking out loud as his mind raced. ¡°Why did she chose to act now? Inari was at low ebb, and mortal¡­ but she¡¯s been an easy target before now. So why¡­ Oh! Unless it wasn¡¯t just about Inari? She could¡¯ve anticipated we¡¯d try to come for her, and have waited until the three new Kami were fully integrated with their divine seed, and back up to strength but hadn¡¯t mastered their new powers¡­ then she could use Inari to lure them in and gobble them up as well. Four for the price of one.¡± ¡°Paul-san?¡± ¡°Sorry Shoko, thinking out loud¡­ and I think I might have to revise my plan before I even have one. I was thinking of just going in all-guns blazing and with Kiko, Katso and Suz at my back. But now that I think about it, that might be what she wants. Izanami might be madder than a sack full of hares, but she¡¯s not stupid. I strongly suspect we¡¯d be walking into a trap.¡± ¡°Then¡­ we aren¡¯t going to try and get Inari?¡± ¡°Oh no, we are, we¡¯re just going to be a bit sneaky about it somehow. Maybe leave Kiko here to carry on if it all goes sideways., so Izanami doesn¡¯t get them all.¡± ¡°She won¡¯t like that!¡± Paul nodded, imagining the normally mild mannered Kiko¡¯s reaction to being told she had to sit at home¡­ ¡°Yeahhh.. no. I think keeping the number of deities pissed off at me down to a minimum might be more conducive to along and peaceful life.¡± Shoko chuckled weakly. ¡°That sounds like a good idea. Oh! What if we make it look like we¡¯re doing exactly what she wants, but instead of her springing a trap on us, we spring one on her!¡± Paul nodded, a slow sly smile spreading across his face. ¡°I like the way you think Shoko-chan! That¡¯s a great idea, I can work with that! We can also let slip bits, scraps of intel, making use of the fact she¡¯s spying on us to feed her false information about what we¡¯re planning.¡± Paul chuckled, and dusted off something largely imaginary from his robes. ¡°Right. To work! I¡¯ve got details to thrash out, and a plan to conjure up! And sooooo many questions that need answers first!¡± Hanami Chp.34 Dawn found Paul in his workshop, the large mana generator running at full power and deliberately slightly out of alignment to create a sort of ¡®white noise¡¯ effect magically, by interfering with any magical construct. Which explained Akio¡¯s wince and stumble as she walked into the field¡­ ¡°Paul-sama, what on earth are you doing?!¡± Paul looked up from the work bench at her, and tossed her a pair of ear mufflers that had been butchered and recovered with a pair of complicated talismans. He motioned for her to put the contraption on. Akio complied and at once a look of wide-eyed surprise and relief crossed her face. ¡°How did you.. no why did you make that?¡± Paul motioned her over, and keeping his voice down explained. ¡°We¡¯re being spied upon. I can block it, but the de-tuned mana field has to be hellishly strong so it only really works inside these walls. So keep you voice down so it doesn¡¯t travel. I modified the ear defenders to create a null-mana field, so people like you don¡¯t end up with fried brains. Doesn¡¯t bother me of course, but Shoko¡¯s retreated to her home somewhere in the forest, as she¡¯s even more sensitive. ¡± Akio nodded indicating her understanding, then looked down at the work bench. ¡°Are those cartridges for a gun?¡± ¡°Yup, making some specialist rounds for Aimi-chan¡¯s sniper rifle.¡± Akio reached out to pick up and examine the black crystal bullets sitting in their box, but Paul caught her hand before she could touch them. ¡°Don¡¯t. I¡¯ve got those isolated from the mana field here, but if you take them out of the box they start converting mana into electricity and I¡¯m pretty sure they¡¯d produce enough juice to kill you stone cold dead.¡± Akio stared at the innocuous looking cylinders, and slowly withdrew her hand. ¡°Desu christi! Why would you make something like that?¡± Paul raised an eyebrow. ¡°Did no-one tell you what¡¯s happened?¡± Akio shook her head mutely, then adding. ¡°We just got back from Tokyo, been driving all night. What¡¯s happened?¡± Paul sighed¡­ ¡°Inari has been killed¡­¡± Akio sat down bonelessly, her face draining of colour and her eyes wide. Paul quickly reassured her, and went on to explain what had happened in terse sentence. She only spoke up as Paul started to outline his intentions.. ¡°Oh¡­ crap! And we just came from Tokyo. There¡¯s a door into Yomi there! Ok, it¡¯s held shut by a demon, but still had we known¡­¡± Paul blinked, then slowly started to grin. ¡°Ok, I can use that. Means we have a back door into the underworld that isn¡¯t controlled by you-know-who¡­¡± Akio blinked, and then smiled. ¡°Yeah, it does¡­ shotgun!¡± Paul raised an eyebrow at her. ¡°Shotgun?¡± ¡°Yeah, you¡¯re going to march into hell to rescue Inari, right? I¡¯m calling shotgun for me and the squad! You¡¯ll need us. Besides, you¡¯ll need us to get past the temple guardian. She¡¯s a friend of ours, used to be a witch like us until she was killed.¡± ¡°Until she was killed? Ok.. you¡¯re going to have to explain that, but later when we have time. We need to hustle because if what Kiko has found out is true, if Inari is stuck in the land of the dead for more than three days, she cannot return. Ever.¡± Akio bounced to her feet. ¡°Alright then! I¡¯ll go tell the squad, and we can start getting ready¡­ can you make more of those? I think we might need them.¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°No, limited supply of crystals. But I can whip up something for you provided I can ahh.. ¡®borrow¡¯ some actual guns from the JSDF. I¡¯ll have to find an actual gunsmith though to modifiy the ammo, I just don¡¯t have the time to do it myself.¡± Akio nodded. ¡°I can talk to Major Yagi, she¡¯ll help. She might even know if the JSDF have an armourer who can make ammo.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Good idea¡­ I¡¯ll leave you to do that. I¡¯m nearly done here, and then there¡¯s the council of war. Oh, remember, don¡¯t breath a word about anything outside these walls or Inari¡¯s Inner Shrine, assume the enemy is listening all the time.¡± Akio nodded. ¡°Got it senpai! Not a word. Are hand signals safe, or are we being watched too?¡± ¡°We¡¯re probably being watched as well. Unless you can think of a way to do telepathy, or code talking, then assume it¡¯s not safe to mention anything about any plans.¡± Akio nodded, a look of determination on her face beneath the broad brim of her witches hat. Paul looked at her, once again struck by how young she was, thinking how unjust it was that she was grimly ready to quite literally march into hell alongside him, at an age when her most important concerns should¡¯ve been whether or not her crush liked her, and getting good grades on her school work. Paul sighed., rubbing his face with his hand and smearing gun oil across it. ¡°In case I forget to say it later¡­ thank you Akio. You and the others are everything I could want in apprentices and I apologise in advance if my teaching proves inadequate, since there¡¯s a very real chance none of us will make it back from this.¡± Akio stood up, and bowed. ¡°No, thank you senpai. You gave us a better shot at life than we could ever imagine, and even if we die tomorrow, it will have been worth it. No one could have taught us more or better than you Paul-senpai, and if we fall, it will not be your fault. But I can say for all of us, we will gladly lay down our lives for you and Inari-Okami.¡± Paul smiled slightly. ¡°Well, lets try to avoid having a Chinese ending to this story.¡± ¡°Chinese ending?¡± ¡°Hmm yeah.. Chinese dramas, everyone dies at the end. As opposed to Japanese ones, where only the hero dies, sacrificing himself, and the love interest spends the end credits crying at their graveside.¡± Akio laughed, although shaking her head. ¡°I think you¡¯re doing both movie industries an injustice, but lets try for an anime ending where everyone lives... except the bad guy!¡± Paul chuckled tiredly. ¡°Yeah, that sounds like a better idea. Lets do that instead. You got that Akio-chan, no noble sacrifices right?¡± ¡°I hear and obey senpai!¡± ---------------------- Paul walked into the Shrine area around mid-morning, he¡¯d gotten a quick nap and something to eat, and was feeling somewhat more confident in his plans as he stepped over the threshold into the inner sanctum¡­ and abruptly stopped in surprise. Normally Inari¡¯s pocket dimension was echoingly empty, draped as much in shadows as silks. But not now, now it was almost crowded. Thronging was the most apt word that sprang to Paul¡¯s mind. He¡¯d expected the three ¡®daughter kami¡¯ of Inari, Kiko, Katsu and Suzue or Suz-metal as she preferred to be called. He also imagined that they¡¯d bring their Heralds. What he hadn¡¯t expected, but should¡¯ve was the JSDF commander from the contingent stationed in town, Col Y¨­ji Itami along with Major Yagi who was their ad hoc liaison and general logistics expert. As well as the unexpected, but logical JSDF representatives, there were a large number of other people, humans and yokai, that Paul was surprised to see. He recognised the local yokai ¡®lords¡¯, Tatsuo for the Oni, as well as representatives for the Tengu, and Tanuki clans and the Great Boar Spirit for the various woodland peoples and a green-clad dryad for her people. Paul even spied the behorned figure of a Krin off to one side, lurking in the shadows, who upon being noticed, dipped her head at Paul and winked. Paul was gripped by the conviction that no-one else here would be able to see her. Akio bumped into him from behind. Paul looked back of his shoulder and saw that the entire SWAT team had come with her, including Maaya. Giving himself a mental shake, Paul continued into the hall. He came to halt in front of the chaise lounge that was acting as Inari funeral bier, and swept his gaze around the hall as a hush fell like thick velvet. Taking a deep breath, he began. ¡°Ok¡­ first things first. Not a word of anything said here can be uttered outside of this hall. This is one of the very few places I can be certain we are not being spied upon. Once outside, assume you are being listened to and scrutinised closely, and that no form of communication is secure. Because of this, I want everyone to listen carefully, and commit what is shared to memory. Unlike my usual meetings, I won¡¯t be providing folders of documentation.¡± A voice from the back of the hall rang out. ¡°Good!¡± and a brief chuckle ran around the assembled people. Paul smiled ruefully, and nodded. ¡°Ok, small mercies aside¡­ here¡¯s the rough outline of what we know and what can be surmised. Izanami has taken Inari¡¯s soul hostage, has probably already drained her of her Divine power and consumed that. If we do not get Inari¡¯s soul back within three days, that is by sunset the day after tomorrow, then removing her from Yomi will not be possible. I believe that Izanami has been engaged in a long term plan to drain the world of mana, or at least hasten it¡¯s natural and on-going diminishment, and her actions now are result of us reversing that trend. I have some speculations as to her ultimate goal, but suffice it to say her motivation for this is, and ever has been, the complete destruction of all life, everywhere.¡± This novel is published on a different platform. Support the original author by finding the official source. Paul paused a moment to let that statement sink in, before continuing. ¡°Needless to say. I don¡¯t intend to let this stand. Thanks to Kiko¡¯s research we have a way to open a door into Yomai, and there are two main objectives. One, to rescue Inari, and if possible the other Okami held prisoner. And Two, to destroy Izanami utterly.¡± There was a moments buzz of murmured conversation and then Col Itami spoke up. ¡°I have been authorised from the highest level to offer any and all aid in this endeavour. The Japanese Self Defence Force stands ready to assist!¡± Paul smiled a small wintery smile and nodded. ¡°Thank you sir, I suspect I know who that order comes from. I¡¯ll take you up on that, and you, me and Major Yagi can thrash out the specifics of your assistance in a few minutes time.¡± Tatsuo interjected, although it was less a question and more a statement ¡°You have a plan Paul-sama.¡± ¡°I do¡­ there are two broad parts to it. Katsu, Katsumi will open a portal into the lands of the dead, and lead the way. Together with the Yamato and whatever forces the JSDF can spare, you will lead the main assault upon Izanami.¡± Katsu frowned. ¡°Paul-sama, I am honoured you¡¯d entrust this task to me, but I fail to see how it¡¯s possible.¡± ¡°The hull of the Yamato is probably the largest mana battery in existence at the moment. To charge that up we¡¯ll be fitting it, her, with four of the large primary mana crystals. Suzue-san, I want you to whip up a thunder storm, the biggest you can manage on short notice and channel the lightening through those crystals, super-charging the hull. Katsumi, I¡¯ve some spell designs I¡¯ll need etching into your 16 inch shells, that will channel that power. Then it¡¯s just a matter of picking the right spot to literally blow a hole in reality.¡± Katsumi pumped her fist, exclaiming ¡°Alright!¡± in delight. Paul permitted himself a smile at her reaction. ¡°The Yamato will also be fitted with a device I¡¯ve been designing for a while now, which is the primary reason for super-charging her with mana. Somewhat fittingly the only spare space is the forward chain locker in the bow, with the exit through the hawser port below the chrysanthemum crest. You shouldn¡¯t need to use the tow ropes anyway.¡± Katsumi blinked, then excitedly exclaimed. ¡°You¡¯re fitting me with a wave-motion gun?!¡± Paul sighed. ¡°No, not exactly¡­ but if you want to think of it as that, then I can¡¯t stop you. It¡¯s a one shot mana device that¡¯ll channel power into a resonance chamber, amplifying it and tuning the field frequency so it interferes destructively, propagating a cancelling effect along the beam axis that¡¯ll¡­¡± Paul paused, taking in the blank looks on nearly everyone¡¯s faces. He sighed. ¡°Umm... think of it as something akin to a magic laser that produces darkness instead of light. One that I hope will have enough ¡®punch¡¯ that it¡¯ll destroy Izanami. Which is your primary mission.¡± Katsu and Katsumi stood to rigid attention and saluted. Paul nodded at them and then continued. ¡°While Izanami is engaged in defending herself, myself and a small team of volunteers¡­ yes, I see you Akio! No need to wave I¡¯ve already included you and your team mates. Anyway, this team will infiltrate Yomi through a door located elsewhere. We will locate and free Inari, hopefully without a fuss, and remove her before Izanami tries to use her as a shield or something like that. Our secondary goal will be, to paraphrase General Dwight D. Eisenhower, to ¡®fuck shit up¡¯. We will sabotage whatever looks important, and free as many individuals as we can.¡± Paul sighed, and looked around the hall, noting the eager faces. ¡°I would be remiss if I did not point out that Izanami is not to be underestimated. She is more powerful, cunning and dangerous than can be easily comprehended. Plus she¡¯s had the benefit of having spent centuries preparing, and we¡¯re somewhat on the back-foot, having not long found out. There is a very real risk that some if not all of us will not survive this. I am not planning on this being a suicide mission, but it could turn out that way. That said, although I have to do this I am not going to force anyone to accompany me that¡¯s not ok with that possibility. So if anyone wishes to leave, they can walk out of here right now with no shame or dishonour...¡± Paul paused, and there was silence as no-one said anything or even moved., he nodded, more to himself than anything. ¡°Right. Thank you all¡­ Now, lets discuss specifics, and I would appreciate any input. I can¡¯t think of everything.¡± -------------- The rest of that day, and the following was spent in preparation. Although Paul was fairly sure that no amount would be sufficient to prepare them for the reality of what they were about to try and do. Katsu, Suz-metal, her Herald Moeka and their backing band had taken the Yamato out over night, into what the meteorological service had described as a brief, localised but very intense electrical storm. When they returned at dawn on the second day, the Yamato was fully manned by the ghosts of it¡¯s former crew. Katsumi confided that although she didn¡¯t strictly speaking need a crew, being a living entity in her own right, she very much appreciated having one! Paul wasn¡¯t about to argue, if the haunted ghost ship wanted the equivalent of a security blanket to feel confident, then she would have one. The JSDF Marine contingent that was lined up on the docks, waiting to board the Yamato, looked a bit wild-eyed and spooked at the idea, but quickly setted down and treated the ship¡¯s crew just like any regular navy ¡®pukes¡¯, I.e with good natured rivalry. Paul was somewhat surprised when Amanda Fielding, the US.Navy engineer that Kiko had healed, turned up at the docks and volunteered herself to assist in installing the ¡®wave motion gun¡¯ as it had been code-named despite Paul¡¯s protests. She¡¯d said something about everyone else being busy and wanting to do something to repay a debt she felt she owed. Yuko loomed behind her and when Paul had looked at her with an upraised eyebrow, the massive green-haired Oni had just shrugged and offered that she was just there to help her friend move heavy stuff. Paul had shook his head, passed Amanda the schematics, pointed her at the truck containing the blocks of crystals, heavy inductor coils and copper reflectors and told her she could work out how to make them fit in the chain locker herself and just as long as she got it all set up close enough to specs, he¡¯d be back to do the fine tuning later. Amanda had turned schematics upside down, and then right side up, looked up at the Battleship¡¯s prow with it¡¯s chrysanthemum crest above the tow hawser hole, scratched her head for moment then nodded. ¡°Yup, can do. Take me an hour with a plasma cutter to make the hole from the chain locker to her keel for this ¡®mana wave guide¡¯ thing, plus a couple of hours to get everything else in and set up. Come back in four hours, ok?¡± Paul nodded and gave her a grateful smile. ¡°Thanks, that¡¯s one less thing I need to worry about... out of several hundred others. I¡¯ll see you in four.¡± ¡°Yup, promise we¡¯ll be ready for you boss. Now go on, git. We both got work to do.¡± Paul ¡®got¡¯, grinning and wondering if he could somehow steal her from the U.S Navy¡­ Before all this had happened he had been thinking he needed a competent engineer or mechanic to handle the actual fabrication of the designs he came up with, now that more of his time was being eaten up by other less ¡®fun¡¯ duties such as acting as magistrate, diplomat and so on¡­ Paul snorted to himself, reflecting he¡¯d been wishing before that something would happen to excuse him from those tasks¡­ and now here he was wishing everything would go back to the way it was. Biting his lip, he offered a silent prayer that Inari would be well, and life would return to normal¡­ not exactly praying to any specific deity, more addressing it to ¡®to whom it may concern.¡¯ Despite everything, Paul didn¡¯t really feel right relying on divine intervention. He figured it was probably better to rely on his abilities. Although, now that he thought of it, he resolved to have a ¡®little chat¡¯ with Inari, and the rest of the kami, if things worked out well. They¡¯d been entirely too neglectful of their worshippers and the whole business of prayers itself was woefully inadequate to modern needs¡­ as evidenced by the fact they¡¯d all gone missing and hardly anyone had noticed as the human world went on with it¡¯s business without them. Stopping for a moment, he took out his notebook and leaned on a bollard, jotting down a note to himself as he added that problem to his ¡®To-Do¡¯ list of things for later consideration. That minor task done, he flipped the notebook shut and went on his way, hoping there would be a future for all of them. He hadn¡¯t gone far along the docks when a small group of men in business suits approached him. Paul stopped and waited a moment as they approached, assessing the individuals. The four young men flanking the older gentleman were clearly carrying concealed weapons, subtly obvious despite the expert tailoring of their suits. One of them reached up to adjust his mirrored sunglasses, his fingertips apparently accidentality bushing his ear, where Paul rather thought a concealed communications device lay. All four of them had hints of tattoos visible at their wrists and collar. Paul frowned, there was no doubt that they were Yakuza, the older man undoubtedly their boss, if not the boss of their family. However, he couldn¡¯t think of reason why they¡¯d approach him now. So, he waited. ¡°Good day Holmes-san.¡± ¡°Good day to you sir¡­ if you¡¯ll forgive me, I really don¡¯t have much time, so could we speak plainly please? What does a senior member of the ah.. ¡®gentleman''s association¡¯ want with me today?¡± The silver haired man chuckled, and nodded. ¡°I thought your reputation was overstated, but it seems I am wrong. Very well then, on behalf of the Seven Families, I am here to offer our assistance. To that end, I bring a gift, one I think you might find useful.¡± Paul¡¯s eyebrows crept a millimetre or two up his forehead. The Seven Families were the Yakuza¡¯s controlling council, the seven oldest and most powerful families. What they said, generally was law in their lawless society. They settled disputes between families and were said to control a sizeable fraction of anything criminal on a nation-wide scale. They also did a quite efficient job of keeping other international criminal organisations from gaining a toehold in Japan. Not entirely out of altruism, but also not entirely out of self-interest either. Generally the Chinese triads were ruthless and more chaotic than the Yakuza, who after all, weren¡¯t that far from their roots as neighbourhood protection vigilante gangs. Regaining his equilibrium, Paul nodded. ¡°Very well¡­ I won¡¯t be as crass as to refuse it, but I admit, I am curious as to why your families made this sudden offer.¡± The gentleman smiled slightly. ¡°That is only natural, and simply answered. Inari is the Goddess of Prosperity. The Families have done well because of her, and especially since this new resurgence of magic, thanks to your efforts Holmes-san. It has not escaped our notice that you offered this new technology for free to some of our members, asking only that it was put to good use helping the people we helped to relocate.¡± Paul nodded, in truth he¡¯d almost forgotten that, but he had offered the designs on small mana generators to the yakuza engaging in yokai smuggling. The Yakuza boss nodded as he saw Paul¡¯s expression. ¡°Ah, I see you remember that. Well¡­ we keep track of favours owed, both to us, and those we owe to others. Consider this a repayment on that debt, one I think you¡¯ll find useful. If you would care to follow me and inspect the gift?¡± Paul nodded slowly, he doubted it was trap, the docks were far too busy for that. He allowed himself to be lead a short distance to where a truck hauling a 40ft cargo container was parked, looking not out place. One of the body guards opened the back of the container at the bosses unspoken order, and provided a set of steps for Paul to climb up and inspect the contents without stepping inside. Paul blinked as his eyes adjusted to the dark interior, and then widened as he made out case after case of ammo crates, packed to the top. Turning he looked down at the Yakuza boss, who grinned up at him. ¡°Some of us pay attention to the old stories. It is known that Izanami and her minions are weak against fire and light. So¡­ that is every round that could be obtained of what is known as ¡®dragons breath¡¯. Rounds packed with titanium thermite. Which, in case you are unfamiliar with it, burns both very hot and very, very brightly. It should be quite effective against what you will be facing.¡± Paul hopped down from the step stool, and bowed deeply. ¡°I am very grateful for your gift, Isao-san.¡± Isao Seki chuckled, slapping his hand against his thigh. ¡°Holmes-san, you do not disappoint me. How did you work out my identity? I haven¡¯t appeared in pubic in years.¡± Paul smiled, although he didn¡¯t miss the undertone of danger in Isao-san¡¯s apparent amusement. The Yakuza took their secrecy very serious, and if there was even a suggestion that someone had leaked information to him, life would become very short and quite painful as they made strenuous efforts to find out whom. ¡°Logic. For such an important task, it had to be assigned to one of the top three. But the Yamaguchi-gumi syndicate wouldn¡¯t risk their head, and as largest they would be able to make that stick. The Inagawa-kai family although they are based in the Tokyo-Yokohama area, are mostly focused on international affairs nowadays, and would not have a large stockpile of ammo readily to hand here. Hence, you had to be the head of Sumiyoshi-kai, which as a confederation of smaller Yakuza families and the second largest syndicate, would logically be the most heavily armed, and thus own a sizeable amount of what is a rather niche type of ammunition.¡± Isao-san smiled, albeit somewhat selachian. ¡°Homes-san, may I say I am grateful you never felt the urge to take after your name-sake and become a detective.¡± ¡°Isao-san, if I did, I am sure you would present quite the challenge. But thankfully, that is something neither of us have to worry about today. If you¡¯ll forgive me, I shall get the Marine Sargent in charge of the armory down here, and start getting your generous gift unboxed and distributed. Then I have..oh.. a thousand other urgent tasks to take care of!¡± Isao-san chuckled. ¡°Your abruptness is quite understandable. You are after all organising a war in effect. Just rest assured, if it spills over into the streets, we will be fighting on your side.¡± ¡°Thank you, although I really hope that doesn¡¯t happen! Now, if you¡¯ll excuse me..¡± Isao-san waved, dismissing Paul, who hurried off, already thinking of ways to explain the sudden windfall¡­ and hoping the authorities wouldn¡¯t ask too many questions. Best not to look a gift horse in the mouth, although checking for Greek soldiers was always wise. Hanami Chp.35
The cold grey pre-dawn light of the last day found Paul standing in a narrow alleyway in Tokyo. Behind him was the Special Wands and Talismans platoon and Shoko. Behind them at the entrance to the alleyway was a short platoon or unit of two dozen ¡®specialists¡¯, broken into four fire teams, from the Japanese Ground Self Defence Force, Special Operations Group. They were on loan by direct order of his Imperial Majesty, under the somewhat nebulous cover of their divisions counter-terrorism remit. Paul and the girls had been whisked away from Kami to Tokyo by the military helicopter that had brought the soldiers from who knew where. Paul and the soldiers had slept during the flight, but none of the girls had managed despite trying. Akio failed to cover a yawn, and without commenting one of the soldiers, a short slightly round faced woman by the name of Kai, passed her a can of coffee. Akio nodded her thanks and gave the self-heating element at the bottom a twist to activate it. Paul gave his wind-up pocket watch a glance and nodded to himself. ¡°Ok people, lets get this show on the road. If you¡¯d like to give the orders Major?¡± The platoon leader, Major Kaito Tanaka, nodded radioing back to the trucks that were stranded on the edges of the Golden gai district, unable to pass through the narrow lanes. Behind him the platoon hoisted their duffel bags and backpacks, half of them carrying the disassembled electric ATV¡¯s that were to be their transport once they were past the choke point of the alley, half of them carry both their packs and their otherwise burdened squad-mates packs. Paul strode ahead, only stopping once he reached the mid point of the mist shrouded bridge and it¡¯s guardian dressed in white. Akoi stepped forward and signed to her former comrade. {Ellie, this is my.. our, sensei, Paul Holmes, Inari¡¯s Herald. He is on urgent business and needs your help.} Ellie bowed and signed to Akoi. {I am honoured to meet you Holmes-sama. How can I be of assistance?} Akio translated for Paul, signing as he spoke in reply. ¡°Inari has been taken captive by Izanami. We need to use the door in the Akuma temple to pass into Yomi and rescue her.¡± Ellies eyes went wide, and she made a burbling sound from the open wound that was all that was left of her throat, before remembering to sign instead of trying to shout. {Are you crazy!? You can¡¯t do that!} ¡°We can and we will. Please, we don¡¯t have much time. The diversion will be starting soon, and we need to slip in while Izanami¡¯s attention is distracted. I¡¯ve already worked out how, I just need your assistance in persuading the demon to let go.¡± {And what if it won¡¯t cooperate?} ¡°That would be why I brought a chainsaw as well as a talisman of binding.¡± {A chainsaw? OH! Umm¡­ ok I think maybe it can be persuaded then. But¡­ why do you need my help?} Paul¡¯s expression was grim. ¡°Simple, the demon won¡¯t let the door open because if it does it¡¯s spirit will be sucked into the afterlife. I can make sure it stays this side of the door by binding it but it has to be bound to something it already has a strong connection to. Which would be you Eleanor Becks. You will have to serve as it¡¯s anchor.¡± {What¡¯s to stop me dying and us both ending up in Yomi?} ¡°A pre-charged healing Talisman created by a Goddess, namely Kiko. You¡¯re technically not dead yet, so with a bit extra magic on top of what¡¯s keeping you alive already, you should be fine.¡± Ellie nodded, her shoulders lifting and falling in a silent sigh. {Well, if it works I shan¡¯t be stuck here then at least. Ok, I agree¡­ even if it does mean having a demon bound to me.} Once inside the Temple, Paul strode over to the corpse demon, standing on tiptoes to talk quietly directly into the demon¡¯s ear. At the same time the half of soldiers started reassembling the electric ATV¡¯s while the remaining half started setting up defensive fortifications ringing the doorway, facing inwards. Ellie stood watching the inaudible conversation between the demon and Paul until the demon¡¯s eyes, all four of them, opened wide revealing bloodshot irises the size of saucers. She could sense through her connection to the demon that it was frankly terrified¡­ although of what, or possibly whom, she wasn¡¯t entirely sure. Still, it eyed Paul nervously, one eye sliding sideways to look at the chainsaw resting on the floor nearby. It licked it¡¯s lips and nodded, slowly. Paul gestured Ellie forward. ¡°Ok, it seems we have an agreement. As I understand it, the demons spirit can¡¯t remain in it¡¯s own body, it¡¯s too far gone for that and the only thing holding it together is basically sheer force of will. So, I¡¯m going to combine both the healing rite and the binding together to seal it¡¯s spirit in your body. Not to worry though, I¡¯ve extracted a promise from it that it will remain inactive unless you invite it¡­ umm .. forward, I suppose you could say, and allow it to control your body. You¡¯ll have control over when it¡¯s active. I¡¯ll draft up a contract, which you can both sign, and since that¡¯ll be part of the binding ritual, it¡¯ll have to stick to it. If that¡¯s acceptable to you?¡± Ellie nodded, and then signed. {I¡¯ll draft the contract please. I know how.} ¡°Fair enough, it¡¯s your body after all. Just don¡¯t forget to include a termination clause, unless you want to be immortal.¡± Eliie shook her head, shuddering slightly. {No thank you. I¡¯ve committed enough crimes against nature for one lifetime as it is.} Paul nodded, and left Ellie to it, only shuddering slightly as she dipped the nib of her pen into her own blood as she wrote, standing so the demon could see over her shoulder. He checked his pocket-watch and strolled over to the commanding officer. ¡°A word in private if you would please Major. There¡¯s a small detail I¡¯d like taken care of.¡± Major Tanaka nodded, and walked a short distance with Paul. ¡°We¡¯re cutting it a bit fine for last minute changes Holmes-san¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°I know, but this is important. I¡¯d like you to quietly select four of your best if you would. Ones who you can be sure will follow orders exactly. Then, in the event that things do not go according to plan, I¡¯d like you to order them to do their best to make sure the girls at least get out alive. Shoko is Inari¡¯s daughter, if we cannot rescue Inari, she¡¯ll be essential later on. The three witches know more about the new magic than anyone else alive, apart from me. It¡¯s imperative they survive.¡± The major slowly nodded. ¡°Understood sir¡­ but what about your survival?¡± Paul shook his head, looking away. ¡°I¡¯m Inari¡¯s Herald. Where she goes, I go. If she doesn¡¯t come back out of there with us, I won¡¯t be coming either. That¡¯s not sentiment, but a statement of fact. We¡¯re connected, and if her soul is lost, then I doubt I¡¯ll survive it.¡± Paul thought to himself that he wasn¡¯t entirely lying, just bending the truth somewhat. Technically he¡¯d survive if Inari was lost, at least physically. He just had no intention of living without her unless he absolutely had to. The major nodded, then stuck out his hand. Paul took it and as they shook, the major quietly said. ¡°Then it looks like we¡¯ll have to all make it out alive Holmes-san. Because if I understand our brief, there won¡¯t be anything much to come back to if we fail.¡± Paul¡¯s grim expressionless face was all the confirmation the major needed. Turning back to the rest of their small infiltration force gathered around the reassembled ATV¡¯s Paul called. ¡°Alright everyone¡­ no time for heroic speeches. Mount up and be ready to roll as soon as the door opens. Defensive fire teams, I somehow doubt your training covered dealing with zombies, but I¡¯m sure you know the protocol. Head-shots and double tap to be sure. Let nothing pass until we return¡­ and make damn sure we¡¯re still alive even then. Ok, lets do this.¡± You might be reading a stolen copy. Visit Royal Road for the authentic version. ----------- The sun was not yet risen in Kami town, although the treetops on the hills round the town on three sides were just beginning to be gilded by the rising sun. On the forth side of the natural amphitheatre that enclosed Kami, the ocean stretched, wine dark and hushed, as if nature itself was holding it¡¯s breath in anticipation. In the still shadowed harbour stood a massive torii gate, constructed overnight by the local tanuki clan had laboured to construct. It stood in the middle of the entrance to the harbour, spanning the central deep-water channel from one side to the other, filling two thirds of the distance from breakwater to breakwater. At fifty meters wide and twice as tall, with three quarters of that height above the water line even now at high tide, it was still just barely large enough for it¡¯s purpose. The gate had to be that size, in order to accommodate the passage of the living Battleship Yamato. Heavy conductive cables stretched from the nearby breakwaters that defined the deep water harbour, connecting the gate to two huge blocks of steel, almost the sum total of the remaining available specialised ¡®Damascus¡¯ steel produced in Inari¡¯s mine. Those blocks, the mana batteries, were in turn connected to two large mana generators which had been charging them up all night until they were saturated with gigawatts of power. Out to sea a pair of frigates from the Japanese Maritime Self Defence force waited, their orders were to defend the gate while it was open. Ashore the harbour was ringed with JSDF army personnel with the same orders. Further away the harbour walls and the beach were lined with ordinary people, despite the potential danger. The crowd stood hushed in the pre-dawn light, the only voice that could be heard was that of Kiko Kobe as she recited the necessary prayer to consecrate and activate the gate. Just as the top of the gate shone gold with the sunrise, and Kiko¡¯s prayer concluded, a deep thrumming sound filled the air causing the fabric of reality itself to ripple in ways that were more felt than seen, as the gigawatts of stored mana discharged into the torii gate, causing the magitech ¡®circuitry¡¯ inscribed in it¡¯s fabric to glow as if filling with molten gold. For a moment, nothing seemed to happen, then the air between the pillars of the gate darkened, puckering inwards, as if a swirling film of black filled the gate pillar to pillar. Up on the bridge of the Yamato, Katsu stared at the eerie inky black whirlpool for a moment. Then with a glance at Tatsuo beside her, gave the order to cast off. The Yamato surged forward, keeping all her guns trained on the portal to the underworld as she pointed her bow straight at it. On the foredeck, Suzuka Nakamoto, or the Goddess Suz-metal, was unable to take her eyes off the looming wall of night-black otherness. Blindly she reached out to clasp her Herald Moa Kikuchi¡¯s hand. Realising that in the face of the primeval abyss, even goddesses would be wise to be afraid. Moa, or Moa-metal, glanced at her best friend and Goddess, and saw the unmistakable signs of fear creeping across her face. Without even thinking, she did what she always did to calm her stage fright. Moa began to sing under her breath¡­ Suz-metal glanced sideways at her Herald, and smiled slightly as she recognised the opening to their song ¡°Divine Attack¡±. Joining in she lifted her voice in song, and unbidden, across the water, she heard her words being relayed by Katsumi, and played over the harbours P.A system. ¡°We approach the long night Noisy wind is blowing The powerful gather here Holding the blade of heart Oath together, shout together Let¡¯s start this journey from here¡± ¨C (lyrics) Onthe shore her friends, no.. her chosen family, the Hidden Kami band heard the first opening notes, picked up their instruments that they¡¯d brought with themselves in unspoken accord, and started to play. Lifted by the music being lofted across the harbour, Suz-metal turned, smiling, and looked at the crew standing gathered behind her, both living and dead, and saw them grinning in return¡­ albeit with somewhat baffled looks on the faces of those wearing the long-ago uniforms of the Imperial navy, bemused by the modern music, but understanding the spirit of it clearly enough! She understood what their purpose was meant to be, to be a distraction, but a cold rage had been building inside her since Suzuka had heard of Inari¡¯s death. Now, in this moment, she decided that somehow she would ¡®distract¡¯ Izanami to death! Together with her best friend and Herald, they would let the hosts of unquiet spirits in Yomi know they were there and throw defiance in the face of Death herself! ------ Inari stumbled, catching herself against a rock, and paused to breath a moment. Kannon had returned with the former god of thieves Eugenides. Inari smiled at that thought, Eugenides was determinedly optimistic, and refreshingly irreverent. Under other circumstances she¡¯d consider seducing him, but now was hardly the time. She had flirted with him as he¡¯d worked at picking the locks with a scrap of bone, and thrown him into delighted dismay when he¡¯d confessed he was a lover of men, and she¡¯d replied that was hardly an obstacle, or at least, it wouldn¡¯t be once she could shape shift again. The warrior goddess that Kannon had sent to guard over Inari while Eugenides worked, had tried hard to stifle her laughter, failing rather. The woman had introduced herself as Macha, a lilting accent to her voice that seemed familiar to Inari, although she couldn¡¯t recall why or where she¡¯d heard the like before. Eugenides had eventually sprung her, and as she rubbed her wrists and ankles, had asked if she would take him with her, since she intended to escape Yomi somehow and evidently had done so once before. Macha had added they¡¯d need a guard, to which Eugenides had agreed, saying he was no fighter himself. So now they were here, outside of Izanami¡¯s fortress, cowering in a niche-like pocket in the rock. Although escaping the castle was like exchanging one prison for another. At least the vast boundless cavern that was Yomi had some light even if it was a little more than would be cast by a new moon and a sickly yellowish green hue at that. But still, it was an improvement over the Stygian blackness that filled the insides of Izanami¡¯s labyrinthian prison-like abode¡­ and outside there was more room to avoid the roving gangs of hungry spirits. Kannon had assured Inari that her memories would return. She had said the trauma of being torn asunder and having her soul¡¯s heart, her Divine pearl, devoured by Izanami was the cause of her amnesia and that it would pass as her essence knitted itself back together. Inari wasn¡¯t sure she wanted to remember that. Yomi was a realm where the spirit was made solid, the numinous became flesh. So, what Kannon said was no metaphor. Although she wondered how, and all the other former gods and goddesses, could continue to exist in their undead state. As she and the other three paused for breath some distance away from the collection of twisted spires and jagged black walls, Inari posed that question to Kannon, but to her surprise it was Eugenides that provided the answer. ¡°In my time and place, fair lady, it was known that the soul was made of several parts. The Ka and the Ba were commonplace and all mortals had them. The Ka was a persons bodily spirit. It was their their memories, personality and animal nature. The Ba was their soul, the gift of life itself. It survived death and was that which existed in the afterlife. But there was also a third part. The Akh, reserved for gods and kings alone. What you call the Divine Pearl.¡± Inari nodded slowly, that sounded familiar. ¡°So, that carrion beetle ate my Akh alone then?¡± ¡°It would seem so¡­ she consumes the Ba of mortal spirits, leaving them hollow shells, forever hungering, trying to fill the void inside them. Gods like us, she consumes the Akh of. It¡¯s¡­ not as devastating as it is for simple mortals. We can function afterwards, once we¡¯ve healed. We don¡¯t become empty husks like mortals do, driven mad and mindless by their hunger.¡± Inari frowned, looking around. In the distance she could see wandering ragged figures. Although they were little more than charcoal sketches blurred by distance. ¡°Should we avoid those poor souls then?¡± ¡°They shouldn¡¯t bother us. They can sense we have nothing they can consume.It¡¯s the living that needs to fear them. They would tear a living persons flesh apart trying to consume their Ba themselves, aping what the Queen of the Damned has done to them¡­ and failing of course. The hungry spirits cannot consume another¡¯s Ba like she does, but that doesn¡¯t stop them trying. Offerings help abate the hunger, imbued as they are with spirit by the living, which is why they appear here. Once again, I give you my thanks for sharing yours, Oh gracious lady!¡± Kannon added carefully, breathless due to her broken ribs. ¡°What is worse,the souls trapped here cannot reincarnate. They are trapped along with Izanami and us.¡± Inari shook her head¡­ ¡°Damned indeed¡­ cursed by her refusal to pass on after her death.¡± Eugenides nodded slowly, a hint of movement in the gloom. ¡°Exactly, as I¡¯ve come to understand it over the many years I¡¯ve been trapped here. She died, but driven mad by her agony she refused to follow the cycle of death and rebirth and instead used up her own Akh to create this place. Something only one of the Primal beings could do. This place acts as a trap, drawing in those souls of the dead that still retain a degree of life or magical power. It also drains it from those it traps to feed Her. It¡¯s only those like us that she personally attends to, the process is different...more visceral, for us.¡± Kannon sighed. ¡°It doesn¡¯t need to be¡­ but I think she enjoys doing it. She¡­ she has forced me to keep some awake and intact enough that they are aware of what is happening to them, while she ate their hearts. I...I¡­ was too afraid, I couldn¡¯t¡­ I tried to refuse but she¡­ she...¡± Kannon stopped, weeping, as Inari enfolded her in an embrace trying to offer the fallen goddess of compassion and healing some comfort. Eugenides quietly slipped away, using the excuse of scouting ahead to give them privacy, while Macha moved some distance away and stood guard, her stoic face turned outwards. Inari murmured into Kannon¡¯s hair as she rocked the distraught fallen goddess. ¡°I swear, she will pay for what she has done. We will escape, somehow, once my memories fully return and I recall how I did it last time, and then there will an accounting!¡± Kannon nodded, her head moving against Inari¡¯s shoulder. ¡°Thank you. I..¡± Whatever Kannon was about to say was lost, as beneath them the ground trembled, bucking hard enough to tumble them from where they sat and send both sprawling on the ground. Kannon cried out in pain, her broken bones jarred. Inari scrambled to sit upright, trying to protect her, drawing her into her lap and cradling her against any further shocks. After a moment a breathlessly excited Eugenides scrambled back, swaying like a sailor on an uneasy deck as the ground continued to sake, albeit less violently. Macha gave him a dirty look, but relaxed from her fighting stance as Eugenides mouthed a silent ¡®sorry¡¯ to her, apologising for startling her. ¡°Something¡¯s happened, There¡¯s a hole! I swear on Ra¡¯s name,I saw daylight for the first time in thousands of years!¡± Realisation and shock coursed though Inari like lightning. ¡°Paul! Oh my dear Herald! It has to be him! Oh the foolishly mad, darling man! He¡¯s here to rescue me! Oh.. Oh no! OH NO!! NO!! We must get to him before Izanami does. She¡¯ll kill him and use him to trap my daughter goddesses!! Oh hurry please do, the both of you!!¡± Eugenides quickly helped Kannon to her feet, half carrying her as he draped her arm over his shoulder, Inari taking the other. Grinning despite it all he quipped. ¡°This way! We¡¯ll go rescue your rescuers. I want to meet the man that would dare to storm the underworld in search of you Inari, and call him brother!¡± Hanami Chp.36 Had this been a cheap action novel, Paul thought, they would¡¯ve had gone roaring into Yomi, guns blazing, ridden up to the castle and rescued Inari. However, since this was real life, however fantastical it seemed when he stopped and thought about it, the plan was bit more circumspect. For a start, the ATV¡¯s the JSDF had provided were electric, and near silent. Which was to be expected of the Special Operations Group¡¯s latest workhorse transport. Being sneaky was something of a necessity for counter-terrorism work. Paul lowered the light-amplification binoculars he¡¯d been using to studying the castle that squatted in the centre of the bowl-like cavern floor and nodded slowly. ¡°Well¡­ it could be the prison Inari¡¯s in. The architectural style is early maniac, but it¡¯s clearly designed to keep people in, more than keep them out. Any cues Shoko?¡± Somewhere off in darkness behind him there was quiet chuff of a silenced service pistol, indicating one of their number had spotted yet another of the goblin like creatures that had been harassing them all morning, ever since they¡¯d entered the network of vast caverns that seemed to make up Yomi. Sitting over the majors ATV, Shoko shook her head. ¡°I am sorry Paul-san¡­ I can tell how Inari feels, and if I concentrate I can sense if she¡¯s nearby¡­ but I can¡¯t tell in what direction. She¡¯s somewhere in this cavern at least.¡± Paul smiled tiredly, and reaching over ruffled Shoko¡¯s hair. ¡°That¡¯s ok little one, that at least narrows it down.¡± Off in the distance there was another series of heavy concussive thuds as the Yamato fired a broadside causing Paul, along with everyone else, to reflexively glance in that direction. As chance would have it, the Torii gate in Kami had forced open a portal right into the heart of Yomi, and the cavern containing Izanami¡¯s castle palace and prison. Thankfully, the cavern was vast enough that they were far enough away that the Yamato was a small star-like point of light thanks to the powerful work lights ringing it¡¯s deck, keeping most of the unquiet spirits at bay. Paul watched as the battleship manoeuvred, improbably flying in the air, lining up for another attack run at some unseen target. Behind them, at the far edge of the cavern, sunlight streamed though the portal, along with a waterfall of seawater. Idly Paul wondered how long it would take before the bowl shaped cavern would flood completely. Although he suspected it would be quite some time, there was a decent sized river flowing across the dry and dusty floor, and the ankle-deep beginnings of a moat forming around the castle. Paul handed the low-light binoculars back to his driver, and nodded at the Major. ¡°Well¡­ I guess we¡¯re not going to get a better chance. As much as I dislike charging in without decent intel, I think we¡¯d better go before the water cuts off access and starts to flood any dungeons that place might have.¡± Major Tanaka nodded slowly in agreement. ¡°I concur. Scouts report there hasn¡¯t been any more skeleton soldiers emerge in last fifteen minutes, so with luck there shouldn¡¯t be too many guards to deal with. Just the handful at the entrances we¡¯ve mapped and an unknown number inside.¡± It probably shouldn¡¯t have come as a surprise that Izanami, Goddess of Death, had a skeleton army at her command¡­ but it had been, and not a pleasant one. Hence their rather cautious approach. Luckily most of the undead puppet beings had been seen matching off to meet the Yamato¡¯s approach. Paul wasn¡¯t sure what weapons Izanami commanded, but whatever it was the Yamato was staying relatively high up near the caverns rocky ceiling. He itched to know how the fight was going for them, but they¡¯d all agreed that radio silence was best. There was no knowing if Izanami could listen in by some occult method or not. Paul hadn¡¯t even been sure if his ruse would work, but the diversion certainly appeared to be occupying all of her attention for now. --- On the bridge of the Yamato, Katsu was in something of a quandary. The Yamato was a battleship, it was never designed to fly so Her main guns simply couldn¡¯t be angled low enough to hit targets on the ground below them. However, if they flew low enough that the lowest gun elevation could hit targets on a flat trajectory, then the hordes of hideous goblin like creatures would throw ropes and grappling hooks up at them and swarm on deck. It had taken the combined efforts of the crew plus the JSDF volunteers to repel them the first time that happened, and she was determined not to repeat that mistake. Katsu had tried to roll the Yamato, so the big 16 inch mains guns could be aimed¡­ and discovered a problem. The gun turrets sat on massive bearings and a geared track, and technically, the only thing holding them in the vast sockets in her hulls was gravity. Which meant, if she leaned too far over, they jammed as hundreds of tons of weight all came down on one side and the rotation mechanism was unable to cope. There was even the risk if she listed more the thirty degrees to either side, that they would over balance and fall right out of her hull. Currently the only working solution they had was to roll the Yamato, while at the same time making a tight turn at high speed, so the centrifugal force of the turn counteracted the off axis pull of gravity. A trick Katsumi had delightedly informed Katsu she¡¯d seen in a movie¡­ which was not as reassuring as intended. The only drawback to that was that Yomi was a cavern. It had walls, and at top speed there was little room for error. Katsumi had already scraped the hull against a rock outcropping, peeling back some of the deck railing and ripping a 50mm machine gun from it¡¯s mount. Much to her embarrassment. It had been a stalemate for a brief while¡­ Izanami¡¯s forces couldn¡¯t hit the Yamato with anything but arrows, which did nothing as long as no-one was looking over the side. But equally the forces aboard the Yamato couldn¡¯t depress the fixed guns enough to hit anything below them, and leaning out over the side to aim anything else was asking for trouble. The best solution was to stick their sidearms and rifles out at arms length over the side, and just ¡®spray and pray¡¯ as the commander had put it. It wasn¡¯t ideal. Now however they faced a real threat, in the shape of heavy arbalests with yard long steel rods, and even some catapults throwing bolder sized rocks. Yamato¡¯s hull armour was heavy enough even those were unlikely to do more than dent it slightly, but the catapults could lob rocks high enough to graze the cavern¡¯s ceiling and send them plunging down onto the deck. Katsumi had panicked the first time one had nearly hit her like that. Her armour under the mahogany planking wasn¡¯t that thick. There was a real risk of one of the boulders penetrating it and wrecking havoc inside her. She¡¯d been sunk by bombs dropped from above last time, she had no desire for a repeat, and the bolts from the arbalests would pierce her superstructure posing a risk to her crew¡­ or at least the living members of it. Katsu glanced sidelong at Tatsuo as she reached an inevitable conclusion. He would not like her answer to their problem. ¡°Tatsuo. I am going to have to do something you will not like.¡± Tatsuo glanced at her, and sighed, nodding his understanding. ¡°You want me to remain here while you go fight on the ground.¡± Katsu blinked, surprised he¡¯d reached the same conclusion she had. Slowly she nodded. ¡°Thank you for understanding, and not arguing. I will be alright. I¡¯ll make myself bigger and fight like that.¡± Tatsuo grunted, and then stared out through the bridge window for moment. ¡°I don¡¯t like it. But it¡¯s the only way. Do not forget, even as big as you get, you are not invulnerable.¡± Katsu nodded, then glanced at her Herald, Katsumi. ¡°Hoi¡­ can you make your sword-self bigger to match my size?¡± Katsumi thought for a moment, then nodded. If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. ¡°I can here. It wouldn¡¯t work out in the real world, but Yomi¡¯s different. I can manifest a spirit form and it would be solid.¡± ¡°Good.¡± Katsu turned to look at the ghost of Yamato¡¯s captain, her great-grandfather. ¡°Honoured ancestor¡­ I place my trust in you. The bridge is yours.¡± The captain almost broke his stoic expression as a smile played around the corners of his mouth. ¡°Thank you grand-daughter. I will endeavour not to dishonour our family name. The Americans have a phrase that is fitting. May you ¡®give them hell¡¯. ¡± Katsu nodded, and hurried off the bridge. Reaching the desk, she waited until the Yamato began her attack run, and as the ship leaned, she leaped, transforming mid-air so that when her feet hit the ground, she stood over forty feet tall and was shaped like a mix between her human self and something resembling Godzilla. Her arms, legs and tail were covered in armoured scales, her spine protected by a crest of spiked plates, her fingers ending in yard long talons. She smiled, revealing shark-like serrated teeth a hand-span long. She reached down and drew her sword, which was now scaled to match her size, and rushed towards the gathered army that was harrying the Yamato, her excitement escaping her in a drawn out battle-cry that was almost equal parts joy and blood lust. From above the crew cheered her on. ----- From a safe distance Inari and the other three watched as a figure leapt from the strange metal vessel, and transformed into something truly monstrous in the blink of an eye. The part-woman, part-lizard figure drew her massive sword and rushed at the army besieging the flying vessel with a blood chilling battlecry. Macha turned to look at Inari, murmuring. ¡°Now that is a War Goddess!¡± Inari nodded slowly¡­ she didn¡¯t know for sure, but she felt that this was one of her daughter goddesses, born of of her own Divine Pearl. She gave herself a small shake, and whispered back. ¡°She is, but she¡¯s young and inexperienced. Izanami will see her and challenge her to single combat I think¡­ we need to help her win.¡± All three of the others looked at Inari in disbelief, but it was Kannon that said what they were all thinking. ¡°How can we possibly help in that fight?!¡± Inari pointed up at the flying vessel. ¡°By helping them. We need to get aboard that¡­ whatever it is. It¡¯s cannons are powerful, and if aimed at the right spot, could severely injure Izanami.¡± Eugenides slowly nodded. ¡°She¡¯s right¡­ if they can hit that dung beetles spiritual core, it would greatly weaken her.¡± Macha nodded her agreement, as did Kannon, albeit reluctantly. Kannon stared at the vessel as it pulled out of it¡¯s turn, narrowly avoiding hitting the wall. ¡°That¡¯s true enough, but how do we get aboard it in the first place?¡± Eugenides smiled slowly. ¡°I have an idea¡­¡± Shortly afterwards, they were all standing on a narrow ledge high above the cavern floor. Below them the giant figure of the War Goddess was rampaging through Izanami¡¯s army of undead. Across the other side of the vast cavern, the flying vessels was turning to face their way, preparing for another attack run. Kannon stared out over the depth, gulping at the distance to the rocky floor below. ¡°This is insane! You¡¯re insane for thinking of it¡­ and I must be insane for agreeing!¡± Eugenides grinned. ¡°What¡¯s the matter? We¡¯re already dead, it¡¯s not like we can die any more!¡± Kannon just gave him a disgusted look and shook her head. Macha glanced between them, and snorted, continuing to coil the rope and grappling hook they¡¯d found lying on the ground. With the strongest arms it was her task to throw the grappling hook. Inari stood watching the flying vessel as it sped across the distance between them, gaining speed. Glancing down she tugged on the length of rope connecting her to the grappling hook¡¯s trailing rope, along with the others, as Macha began to spin the rope with the grappling hook at the end in a wide circle above her head, in preparation to throwing it. ¡°Are you sure this will work?¡± Eugenides nodded. ¡°It will, it¡¯s how I got aboard Ra¡¯s solar boat and stole his sacred ruby, the Eye of Ra.¡± Inari opened her mouth, and then thought better of asking about it, as the great vessel began it¡¯s turn, it¡¯s vast metal flank turning towards them. With a grunt Macha released the spinning rope and hook, sending it flying across the distance. With a jolt Inari felt it catch, and the next instant they were yanked off their feet and through space, towed by the vessel. Eugenides shouted, barely audible above the sound of the wind in her ears. ¡°Climb! Lest you be dashed to pieces!¡± Inari fumbled for the rope at her waist, and began to climb. Spinning through space, dizzy as the heavens and ground whirled around her, she caught glimpses of the others trailing like errant kites at the end of their ropes. She lost track of time, dizzied by the gyrations, her world narrowed to the rope slicked by her blood from torn fingers and palms, and the burning ache in her arms. Hand over agonising hand she climbed. Inari was shocked when her abused fingertips brushed against cold metal, and strong hands gripped her wrists. She found herself pulled up and for a moment lay panting, sprawled across wooden planking, grateful for a world that wasn¡¯t spinning about her ears. She glanced up, and found Eugenides and Macha laying nearby, grinning at her, while Kannon was sitting up, already checking if anyone was hurt. Around them was ring of crew members, spirits made flesh as well as living souls, but all faces she didn¡¯t recognise. Several were pointing guns at them. Inari slowly raised her hands. ¡°We mean you no harm. I am Inari¡­¡± Inari didn¡¯t get any further as a young woman with a long sweep of silver white hair, dressed in a white uniform with a daringly short skirt shoved her way to the forefront. ¡°Inari-sama! I am so, so glad to see you!¡± Inari sat blinking in surprise. Her face seemed familiar but she couldn¡¯t recall who she was. Then, as the young woman dropped to her knees in front of Inari and threw her arms around her, memory flooded back. ¡°Katsu.. no Katsumi! I remember you! You¡¯re Katsumi, Katsu¡¯s herald! But if you¡¯re here then¡­ Oh! Oh no, no! You have to warn her! It¡¯s a trap!¡± Katsumi leaned back, staring at Inari as Inari grabbed hold of her upper arms, staring into Katsumi¡¯s eyes intently, and she grinned. ¡°Yeah, we know¡­ Paul-san figured it would be. He¡¯s known all along it was her. It¡¯s ok. He has a plan, we¡¯re going to use her trap against her. ¡± Inari sat, staring at Katsumi, open mouthed in surprise for a moment. Then she shook her head as if to dislodge something from her ears. ¡°He.. he knew?! How? No, never mind. Of course he did. Ok, we need to help Katsu fight Izanami. She¡¯ll respond to her challenge and I know her weaknesses.¡± ¡°Fire and light, we know. Kiko found that in the records.¡± Inari shook her head. ¡°No¡­ not quite. Fire and lightning. Not light. She hates light, avoids it because of how she looks, but it won¡¯t harm her.¡± A smile spread across Katsumi¡¯s face, a slow, satisfied, evilly gleeful grin utterly at odds with her apparent innocence. ¡°Lightning you say? ¡­ Well it¡¯s just as well Suzuka is along for the ride then isn¡¯t it?!¡± Inari¡¯s smile echoed Katsumi¡¯s. Katsu was bored. The forces arrayed against her were barely a challenge, not as she was now. She knew she shouldn¡¯t, but she craved the excitement of battle. Risking everything, dependent on her mastery of the blade to survive. That fulfilled her in ways that nothing else could. It was tempting to blame it on becoming a goddess of battle, but Katsu knew that wasn¡¯t true. She had always secretly desired the clarity of combat, the single focus of fighting when everything was on the line. She¡¯d time and time again taken on opponents stronger, faster, more skilled than she was¡­ and beaten them through sheer willingness to fight with nothing held back, no reservation or doubts, throwing everything she had at them as if her life depended on it. Now¡­ she realised that she was utterly bored of fighting those that posed little threat to her. It wasn¡¯t combat, it was just extermination of pests. It was necessary, but it left her unsatisfied. Suddenly sick of the tedium of dealing with Izanami¡¯s army she sheathed her sword and sensing the mana around her, reached out and twisted it to her purpose. A third of the forces facing her fell, shattered and slashed as if some great blade had scythed through their ranks. Katsu stared at them impassively, a faint curl of disgust twisting her lips. She gestured again, and her power lashed out through them once more, felling them like ripened wheat. Then She staggered back, reeling as a wave of miasma washed over her, reeking like the fetid air from a decaying, long sealed tomb, leaving her dizzied and sickened. Before her a figure loomed large, shrouded in smoke-like darkness and the foul, sickly rotten stench of decay and carrion. In her hands she carried a sword like a shard of the empty void between stars. ¡°You dare challenge me in my own domain, child!¡± Katsu stood tall, and stared the gigantic figure of Izanami in the eye. ¡°I dare old crow. I am Katsu, Goddess of Battles. Fight me!¡± Izanami laughed! A horrid sound, bubbling with the oozing overripeness of decay, mocking her. ¡°Fight you? Why should I fight you infant? You are no challenge to me! I could just reach out and cause that mortal body of yours to wither and rot. Come back when you¡¯ve actually seen the face of war, Goddess of nothing!¡± Katsu knew what Izanami was doing, she was trying to goad her into attacking. To control the fight by making Katsu respond to her, so she would always know what the next move would be. Katsu smiled, and tucking her thumb between forefinger and middle, made a rude gesture in Izanami¡¯s direction. ¡°You are weak, old woman. Why don¡¯t you ask your son Kagutsuchi come fight in your stead?¡± As expected, Izanami¡¯s face contorted in rage. ¡°Don¡¯t mention that name! I have no son called that!¡± Katsu chuckled. ¡°What¡¯s the matter? Got a case of burning crotch itch? No wonder Izangai left you for dead.¡± Izanami screamed in fury, and threw herself at Katsu, her sword swinging in wide slash at her as she leaped. Katsu sidestepped, drawing her own sword again and bringing it in under Izanami¡¯s sword arm to slice across her ribs. Katsu pirouetted on her heel as Izanami lunged past her, carried by her own momentum, and then stopped. The side of her kimono already turning wet as a foul black fluid ran from where Katsu¡¯s sword had peeled back flesh. In shock and disbelief Izanami touched her hand to her side. ¡°How? No mere mortal blade can harm me? Not here in my realm.¡± ¡°Who said my sword was only mortal? I¡¯m the Goddess of Battles, crow meat. You seriously thought I¡¯d have just an ordinary sword?¡± Izanami squinted, peering at the sword Katsu held, then she whipped her head around to stare at the Yamato. ¡°A spirit sword! One with a living soul linking three bodies?! Impossible! It cannot be!¡± ¡°And yet it is and it¡¯ll hurt you easily enough.¡± ¡°No! Nonsense. Nothing can harm me. I am Death!¡± Katsu chuckled. ¡°No, you¡¯re just a dead, mad kami who refuses to lay down. Now, are you going to shut up and fight, or shall I just execute you now and save us all a lot of pointless chatter?¡± Izanami gripped her sword, a grim look on her face. ¡°Very well infant. I¡¯ll get serious, but you¡¯ll live to regret it. Briefly.¡± ¡°Bring it, bitch.¡± Hanami Chp.37 Paul Holmes stood on the battlements of Izanami¡¯s ¡­ well they were calling it a castle for now. He was staring at the Yamato through a pair of ordinary binoculars, forgoing the low-light-level amplification goggles that hung at his belt. His lips moved silently as he read the flickering of the signal lantern. After a moment he held up the small green light laser pointer, aimed it at the battleship, and with a short series of on-off flickers acknowledged the message. He¡¯d only just lowered the binoculars when he heard footsteps behind him. He half turned, his hand already on the butt of his pistol, but paused as he recognised Major Tanaka, the platoon leader. ¡°Sir¡­ search teams confirm there¡¯s no sign of Inari Okami anywhere in the building. We¡¯ve encountered a number of hostiles but none that posed any real threat. There are however a large number of former Kami prisoners. We¡¯re working to render aid. I¡¯d say we ought to get them to proper medical facilities, some of them are in very bad shape, but our medic says they¡¯re already¡­ um... dead, despite being up and about.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Understood. The Yamato signalled just now. Inari apparently didn¡¯t wait around to be rescued, and has made her way aboard.¡± Paul chuckled wearily. ¡°I should¡¯ve guessed she¡¯d do that. Oh well. We¡¯re switching to secondary objectives Major Tanaka. Lets get the prisoners out of here and as they say, fuck shit up.¡± The Major grinned. ¡°I¡¯ve already got some men planting C4 charges on some important looking stuff. Although there¡¯s one target I¡¯d like your input on sir. One of the recon teams found this chamber with a really huge crystal in it, and whole lot of weird magic circle things.¡± Paul nodded slowly, abstractedly. ¡°Hm, yeah. I was expecting something like. Izanami is dead, technically. She¡¯s not able to process mana into magic by herself even if she is a Goddess. She has to have some kind of focus or energy conduit, to channel it.¡± Major Tanaka nodded. ¡°Right, and that crystal is it? But if I understand our briefing correctly, she¡¯d need a kind of battery wouldn¡¯t she? Shouldn¡¯t we make that a target as well?¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Essentially correct. But we can¡¯t attack that.¡± The major frowned at Paul, incomprehension on his face. ¡°Why not?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°It¡¯s too big. Look around you Major. All this black rock Yomi is made of? It¡¯s haematite, a type of iron ore. The whole place is one vast battery! Not as efficient as the ones we have, but that doesn¡¯t matter on this scale. The whole realm is designed to drain and store ambient mana, funnelling it here through the fault lines that run everywhere. That¡¯s why this castle is so weirdly shaped I think. It¡¯s not really a castle, it¡¯s a sort of collimating lens for mana, focusing on that crystal.¡± The majors eyes went wide as he looked round. ¡°Oh.. we¡¯re inside one of those mana generator things? Is it dangerous for us to be here?¡± ¡°I don¡¯t think so. It doesn¡¯t seem to be able to leech mana from the living, only residual energy from the recently dead. I¡¯m guessing that a living aura binds the mana too tightly for the drain to work, and the Yamato¡¯s is big enough it¡¯s shielding the whole ship, ghosts included.¡± Major Tanaka nodded, once, briefly. ¡°Understood. So if we blow that crystal, that should throw a spanner into the works.¡± ¡°Well¡­ we could do that, yes. Or I could tinker with it, and see if I can reverse the polarity of the mana flow. Drain Izanami instead.¡± ¡°You can do that?¡± ¡°Maybe. It¡¯d worth taking a look anyway. Because even if we cut her off from her battery, she¡¯ll still be carrying quite a hefty residual charge herself still. Enough to cause a lot of trouble before she runs out of juice.¡± The Major nodded. ¡°Right. Sapping Izanami sounds like a good tactical choice then if it¡¯s possible. Because it¡¯s a safe bet she¡¯s going to be a rather annoyed at us shortly either way. Lets get to work while Team Yamato are keeping her distracted.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Yeah. Katsu is holding her own against Izanami, and Su-metal is on standby in case she needs help. So we should have a few minutes. Have your men start ferrying out non-combatants out the back door while I take a look at what we¡¯ve got.¡± The major nodded, and had a quiet word with one of the soldiers as he guided Paul to the crystal chamber. The chamber was huge, easily the size of a small baseball stadium, it¡¯s ceiling lost in shadows, while the rest of it was lit by the purple hued glow from the towering crystal, hanging suspended by chains, mid air between five stone pillars. The floor was inscribed with multiple nested circles of some inlaid metal that glowed with a dull blood red light. Paul whistled a low note, turning around as he took in the design and layout. ¡°Whoa.. well that¡¯s impressive.¡± ¡°Isn¡¯t it just Paul-san!¡± Out from behind one of the pillars stepped Akio. Paul glanced around and as his eyes adjusted to the weird light, he saw his other two apprentices and Shoko, examining the place. Paul grinned at Akio, not surprised she¡¯d be there. ¡°Looks like something from an old fantasy movie, one with a really big SFX budget. Been able to make any sense of it yet?¡± Akio shook her head. ¡°Some¡­ all of the power collected out there is funnelled down here. Dot thinks the castle itself is acting like a wave guide, channelling mana into this chamber.¡± ¡°That tracks with my observations¡­ Yomi is one huge mana battery, or sink. Fed by residual energy from the dead.¡± Dot walked up, and nodding at Paul added. ¡°Figured you¡¯d see that, but that ain¡¯t all. It¡¯s at saturation, or near enough. Can¡¯t even imagine how much power is stored here, but it¡¯s a load. Enough to make a whole new reality, or destroy one.¡± Paul whistled again¡­ then muttered a swear word under his breath. Raising his voice he called out to the Major who was nearby, conferring with the sappers. ¡°Major.. tell your men to start removing that C4, carefully.¡± The Major turned, and looking puzzled asked. ¡°Sir? I thought the plan was to blow the place if you couldn¡¯t tinker with it and reverse the flow?¡± Both Dot and Akio winced as Paul shook his head. ¡°Yeahhh¡­ slight problem with both those ideas. The battery is full, or damn near.¡± The major¡¯s expression conveyed his lack of understanding. Paul sighed and by way of explanation asked. ¡°Major¡­ what would happen if you overcharged one of the battery packs for the ATV¡¯s? Or punched a hole in it?¡± Behind Paul Dot mimed an explosion. Enlightenment, then concern flooded across the major¡¯s face. ¡°Right, understood¡­ Sargent, you heard the man. Remove and safety the charges.¡± ¡°Yessir!¡± As the sappers worked to remove the demolition charges, Paul made his way to near the nested circles, and studied the pattern. Tipping his head back he stared upwards into the shadows. ¡°Anyone been up there? I think I can make out an opening directly above the crystal.¡± Chiyo raise a hand. Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on Royal Road. ¡°I took a look¡­ it¡¯s a big round chamber with lots of niches in the walls. In each one there¡¯s a ¡­ well, they look like crystal hearts. I didn¡¯t examine them too closely because they were warded. I think it¡¯s Izanami¡¯s trophy room, like a serial killers stash of things taken from their victims.¡± Paul stared upwards, his brow furrowed in thought. After a moment his expression changed, and he swore slightly under his breath. ¡°I don¡¯t think those are trophies¡­ at least, not only. I think what those hearts are the magical or spiritual cores taken from each kami Izanami has killed. But they¡¯re not just some grisly mementoes, they¡¯re part of this whole set up. I would guess that crystal isn¡¯t just redirecting mana, it¡¯s converting it.¡± Paul looked over his shoulder at his three apprentices and Shoko. ¡°What we have here is analogous to a mana convertor. I thought the design looked sort of familiar. Only instead of converting electricity to mana, it¡¯s stepping up mana to divine energy, call it.. uhh.. Prana, yeah..Prana. The ¡®hearts¡¯ up there are storing that energy I would guess, and channelling it to Izanami. That¡¯s how she¡¯s still able to use her divine magic despite being dead.¡± Akio nodded her understanding, while Dot looked upwards thoughtfully. ¡°Right¡­ gotcha. So to defeat her, we need to break that link, yes?¡± Paul nodded at Dot. ¡°Correct, problem is, this set up is like one of the early nuclear reactors. Zero safety factors built in, and only one step removed from being a bomb. We monkey around with it, without understanding how it works, and it¡¯ll end badly.¡± There was a moments silence as they all looked at the towering faceted pillar of crystal, until Akio remarked thoughtfully. ¡°You know¡­ Izanami has to have something, a crystal heart probably, to act as a receiver for all that power.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°That¡¯s right. It¡¯s like Nikola Tesla¡¯s idea of wireless power transmission. Hmm...but each kami has their energy frequency, so those cores would all have a different frequencies making them incompatible without it. How did she solve that I wonder? There has to be something up there that takes all this energy, and converts it to her unique... ahh, Pranic frequency. Then her own divine pearl or core, would resonate with it, even if it¡¯s dead. It¡¯s like the twin resonating coils in Tesla¡¯s wireless set up. I can¡¯t see it working any other way.¡± Dot nodded enthusiastically. ¡°That has to be it. It explains the wards Chiyo saw, she would¡¯ve had to isolate the hearts..er, cores, otherwise the power would resonate with the original owner and power them up instead.¡± There was a moments silence as all four of them jumped to the same conclusion. It was Paul that voiced it aloud however. ¡°If we can nullify those wards and break Izanami¡¯s link without blowing ourselves up, then all that power is going to go to the other kami instead of Izanami¡­ Well done Dot!¡± Akio nodded. ¡°Ok, how do we break her link?¡± Paul stared upwards, and shook his head. ¡°We don¡¯t. It¡¯s safer to destroy the receiver I think. But it¡¯s going to take some careful timing, because we¡¯ll also need to interrupt the flow of energy or there¡¯s a risk of feedback from the pranic storage into the convertor once it has nowhere else to go...and I don¡¯t know if the process is bidirectional, but if it is that feedback would ground through the convertor and overload the mana battery. At which point we¡¯d be at ground zero for a new Big Bang.¡± Dot nodded. ¡°Yup, that¡¯s what I figured too. You thinking that if the Yamato can hit Izanami plumb square in the chest with that magic nullification beam you cooked up, that¡¯ll do it?¡± Paul nodded. ¡°It should do. If we divert the power from the convertor at the same moment, it would prevent any feedback. I hope anyway.¡± Dot nodded thoughtfully. ¡°Yeah¡­ helping create a whole new reality sounds cool¡­ but only from a safe distance like. It¡¯s gonna be close, this whole thing is pretty slap-dash jerry rigged it looks. Wouldn¡¯t trust it to hold more than a minute or two without somewhere for all that power to go.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Agreed¡­ order of operations then. We set it up, but hold off pulling the switch until Katsumi takes out Izanami¡¯s core. Once that¡¯s done, we flip the switch pronto and hold on tight while the other kami power up.¡± Akio raised her hand out of school-room habit. ¡°Um.. Paul-san, what will happen to them if their hearts..um¡­ divine pearls..cores? Whatever, what will happen to the kami if they¡¯re not inside them?¡± Paul sighed, slowly shaking his head. ¡°Honestly, I don¡¯t know. I think they¡¯ll either grow a new one, or they¡¯ll somehow reintegrate. It ought to be survivable. Inari went through it once, I think. But we¡¯re in uncharted waters here. Worst case scenario, the kami¡¯s spiritual bodies are too damaged and can¡¯t handle the power surge. In which case...er.. Hm¡­¡± Paul paused, thinking for moment, then sighed. ¡°I wish I was a better physicist but my best guess is since they¡¯re fundamentally patterns of spiritual energy at present, somehow made solid here, then the surge of divine pranic energy could make them lose coherency and they¡¯d dissipate.¡± Akio blinked, and then in tones of disbelief said. ¡°You mean, they¡¯d disintegrate?!¡± ¡°Sort of, yes¡­ but kami are tough and I think they¡¯d pull back together eventually. Especially the ones with active worshippers still. Any forgotten ones¡­ I don¡¯t know. That might be permanent. But even if that happens, and it might not, it¡¯s still a better fate than anything Izanami has planned. I still don¡¯t know for sure what her end goal is, but seeing all this¡­ pretty sure it involves either remaking reality itself, or blowing it up. Either way, she¡¯s not going to need a load of empty husks of former kami lying around.¡± Akio nodded. ¡°Right¡­ even if the other kami are collateral damage, in comparison that¡¯s an acceptable loss. I understand. Chiyo, you fly up top, you can act as our signals link to Yamato. Dot and I will assist you Paul-san.¡± Paul nodded, then raising his voice he called. ¡°Major Tanaka, we have a plan to disable Izanami and safely sabotage this¡­ this God-scale mana convertor. I¡¯ll need a squad to guard our backs while we work, but if it goes right we can kill two birds with one stone and use the energy to reinstate and heal the kami prisoners, so I¡¯ll need them somewhere safe nearby as well.¡± The major nodded. ¡°Yes sir. I don¡¯t pretend to understand any of this magic stuff, but we¡¯ll stick to doing what we do best sir.¡± Paul grinned. ¡°Right. Keep your heads down and kick ass then.¡± Lowering his voice as the major got busy giving orders to his men setting up perimeter defences, Paul looked at the eager but serious faces of the four young girls gathered around him. Paul sighed, they were all far too young for this level of responsibility. Not that he thought they couldn¡¯t handle it, but they shouldn¡¯t have to. Still, they were here, and they were all he had¡­ and they would probably be insulted at the suggestion they step away from this now. ¡°Right, Chiyo, head topside and signal the Yamato. Tell them the plan and tell them to wait for us to signal we¡¯re ready before they shoot Izanami with the ¡®wave motion¡¯ gun. Shoko, I¡¯ll need you to act as relay between us and Chiyo, ok? Everything depends on you and how fast you can run. We can¡¯t radio through these thick stone walls, so you¡¯ll have to physically relay the message.¡± Shoko nodded, eager now that she had a part to play. ¡°Yes Paul-san. Shoko is a helpful little fox spirit! I¡¯ll outrun the wind!¡± ¡°Good. Ok¡­ lets get to work...and if the worst comes to the worst, know that I couldn¡¯t be any prouder of you all than I am right now.¡± All four girls nodded, then stepping forward they group hugged Paul, much to his bemusement and delight! After a moment he laughed. ¡°Alright, alright, enough hugging¡­ work, now!¡± With laughter they disentangled themselves and took off, in Chiyo¡¯s case literally. Shoko tagged along with her, easily keeping up with the winged witch. On the bridge of the Yamato, everyone was watching the single combat between Katsu, Goddess of Battles and Izanami. So far, it seemed to be an even match. Katsu was clearly the more skilled swordswoman, but she lacked Izanami¡¯s raw power and was bleeding from several minor cuts. However, it was obvious even from this distance that the small wounds were already festering, leaving Katsu pale faced and sweating. It was obvious to all that the longer the fight went on, the more of a disadvantage Katsu would be at... yet, she was unable to force a conclusion to the fight. The wooden railing by the window was splintering in Tatsuo¡¯s grip, as he watched in grim faced, impotent silence. Into this eye of an emotional hurricane, the signals officer approached the Yamato¡¯s captain, and with a few quiet words handed him a slip of paper before withdrawing. The Captain scanned it quickly, and then cleared his throat to catch everyone¡¯s attention. ¡°Honoured Inari Okami, it would appear that your Herald has a plan. He has requested that we stand ready to fire the ..ahh.. ¡®wave motion¡¯ gun and target Izanami¡¯s ¡®spiritual power core¡¯ upon his signal.¡± Katsumi grinned. ¡°Great! I finally get to use it! That¡¯ll stop Izanami! Oh¡­ one question Inari-sama. Where do I aim?¡± Inari looked thoughtfully at the combatants outside. ¡°I¡¯m ¡­. not sure. It could be several places. Her heart, the hollow of her throat, or just underneath the breastbone behind her solar plexus.¡± Katsumi sighed. ¡°Ok, that¡¯s a problem. We¡¯ll only have one shot. If she was human sized again, I could just aim for the middle of her chest and the beam would be wide enough to hit all three of those. But as it is, I don¡¯t know if I can hit all three targets at once. If I made the beam wider maybe¡­ but then she¡¯d have to be closer because it would spread out, and we don¡¯t have time anyway to make alterations to it.¡± Katsumi paused, staring off into the distance as she mentally communicated with Katsu. Then she nodded. ¡°Ok, Katsu says to do it. Captain, she¡¯s going to try and expose Izanami¡¯s core first, so we know where to aim.¡± Suz-metal who¡¯d been standing by the open door to the bridge, out on the balcony-like flying bridge that wrapped around the towering superstructure, leaned into the room. ¡°I¡¯ll help. You said Izanami is weak against lightning, yes?¡± Inari nodded. ¡°She is, just be careful. You are not physically strong enough for this fight.¡± Suz-metal grinned cheekily at Inari ¡°I know Inari sighed, shaking her head. ¡°Such a difficult daughter¡­¡± Tatsuo stepped forward, surprising them both. ¡°I will help too.¡± Inari raised an eyebrow. ¡° Tatsuo nodded. ¡° Finding himself being stared at by both Goddesses, Tatsuo ducked his head slightly, then lifted his chin and stared right back. ¡° Suz-metal grinned. ¡°Can you target where you hit her? Because if you can then I can be sure to blow holes in her where we need them.¡± Tatsuo nodded gravely. ¡°I¡¯m sure.¡± ¡° ¡°Could you tell Katsu that I...I..¡± Katsumi held up her hand, forestalling whatever else Tatsuo was about to say. ¡°She knows, and feels the same.¡± Tatsuo nodded, his relief at avoiding admitting his feelings plain for everyone to see. ¡°Good¡­ thank you. Tell her to focus more on her defense, not attack, and fall back. Let Izanami think she¡¯s driving her back and lure her to high ground, where we can target Izanami.¡± Katsumi nodded. ¡°Done, Katsu says that¡¯s a good idea. She¡¯ll pretend to be weaker than she is.¡± Tatsuo flashed a small smile. ¡°As Paul-san says, we¡¯ll let her think she has us right where we want her.¡± Hanami Chp.38 Izanami rested for a moment, leaning on her sword. She didn¡¯t need to breath, but if she had she¡¯d be panting. The new goddess of battle was proving to be unexpectedly resilient, displaying far more raw power than any fledgling kami deserved to and swordsmanship that possibly exceeded her own. But more than that she was cooperating with the other new goddess and the mortals. Something that she¡¯d never seen any god or goddess do before. True, she was engaging with Izanami in single combat, but only mostly alone. The others joined in in defiance of all tradition and code of conduct. In Izanami¡¯s experience, no warrior would cede one iota of the honour of fighting their enemy to another¡­ and yet, even as the girl¡¯s sword sliced at her loathsome rotting flesh, she was blasted by lightning and cannon shells. The ground around her feet was sticky with her black corrupted blood, strips of putrescent flesh hanging in tatters from her bones. Her neck had been cleaved down to the vertebra by one strike, her rib cage had been blasted open by a lightning bolt, exposing her blackened withered heart. But still she fought. She had no choice. Even if she had no other reason, the hatred burning in her core would be reason enough. How dare they defy her! She seethed. They owed their existence to her, everything they were, she had created at the beginning! She given the universe life, and it had killed her, her own brother/husband had turned his back on her, and gone on to create more squirming, creeping life that infested the world, even making the hated mortals that mocked kami with their resemblance. She was so close to success as well¡­ just a little more power and she would have the means to end all of the detestable crawling things that infested creation, corrupting it with their mortal life, smearing their dying bodies all over everything¡­ All she had to do was defeat these last remaining kami, consuming their essence, returning it to herself. Then she would have the means to end it all, and start over again. This time she wouldn¡¯t make the mistake of creating living things. They only died and destroyed the purity of creation with their decay. She would create a pure world, one that would be unchanging, perfect, forever. Gritting her teeth she willed her hated decayed body to move, forcing herself to fight on¡­ regardless of her injuries her victory was only a matter of time. Everything died, and these impure mortal-born kami were no exception. She would cut down this annoyance, and add their strength to her own¡­ perhaps she might even indulge herself and torture their comrades before consuming them whole. Izanami shook her head. There was no time...she couldn¡¯t indulge her hatred. But she couldn¡¯t afford to flex her true power and crush this insect with magic. She had to defeat the annoying girl before her, using physical strength alone. She needed every iota of power she had for later. Katsu fell back, once again¡­ leading Izanami towards the top of a small hill. She¡¯d already slashed open her throat, ruling out that location of her ¡®core¡¯. Tatsuo had speared her chest with an iron rod, a section of left-over rebar that acted as a lightning rod for Suz-metal. The lightning had split her ribs open above her heart, revealing nothing but the pulpy black slime of decayed internal organs. Katsu parried another blow, letting the force drive her to her knees momentarily, dissipating it as she fell backwards and rolled, springing to her feet another few precious yards towards her target. Izanami¡¯s core had to be buried behind her solar plexus, nestled against her spine and protected by her breastbone. She had another dozen yards to go, when she put her foot on a loose stone, twisting it as it rolled away. Katsu dropped to one knee, hissing in pain. She whipped her sword up, parrying the blow that experience told her would follow...and almost fell over as it didn¡¯t come. Looking up, she saw Izanami leaning on a rock. Immediately she realised that Izanami must have lunged, trying to take advantage of the momentary opening, and simply over reached herself, almost toppling as her exhausted body failed her. Slowly, carefully, Katsu stood. ¡°There is no honour in beating an exhausted enemy¡­ take a moment to recover, I can wait.¡± Izanami glared at her. ¡°Look to yourself fool! I¡¯m not the one who¡¯s mortal and will tire!¡± Katsu smiled, a small tight and cold smile. ¡°You¡¯ll be truly dead long before I tire.¡± ¡°Liar! Already decay is coursing through your body, weakening you. All I have to do is endure until you die.¡± Katsu shrugged, acting far more nonchalant than she felt. ¡°It matters not. I will end your suffering, and be healed when I return victorious.¡± Izanami laughed, a cruel overly moist sound. ¡°Child, this is the spirit realm. Wounds sustained here are of the soul, not as easily healed as those to mere flesh.¡± Again Katsu shrugged. It was a maxim in kendo, never let your opponent see your true feelings. ¡°I know that. It was taken into account. I¡¯ve traveled here, through dangers untold, sustained by one simple truth. You have no power over me.¡± Izanami screamed in frustration, and charged at Katsu, who parried the flurry of clumsy attacks, giving ground step by step until they stood atop the knoll. Inside her soul, she could feel Katsumi¡¯s glee as she readied the anti-magic beam, or wave motion gun as she insisted on calling it. Now all she had to do was wait for the signal to fire, while keeping Izanami too occupied to realise what was going on¡­ and avoid getting killed in the meantime. Paul couldn¡¯t help thinking that the chamber full of crystal hearts was perhaps a little too creepy. It looked like something that belonged in a Clive Barker novel, with the rough black stone walls, dotted with carved niches containing anatomically correct crystal hearts that pulsed with an inner light in a multitude of hues. The niches were ringed around with silvery markings that almost resembled kanji characters, although they were of no language he knew. Not that it mattered, the lines connecting them formed a circuit pattern he could understand. He sighed, studying the chambers walls that stretched upwards into darkness, until the hearts resembled twinkling stars. ¡°Well, that does present a problem¡­ there has to be hundreds of them, and we need to modify them.¡± Beside Paul Dot was also staring up into the shadows. ¡°Yup¡­ ain¡¯t possible in ta time we got ta do it all by hand like. We gonna have to automate it like.¡± Paul looked down at Dot, frowning in puzzlement. ¡°Automate? Care to explain?¡± ¡°I was thinking we could use sympathetic magic, ya see?. Create a model of the ward, change that and thus the ward. They be all alike, so do one and you do them all.¡± Paul blinked. ¡°Okayyy¡­ that¡¯s a new one on me. You can do that?¡± ¡°Aye, I can.¡± ¡°Alright, go for it lil¡¯witch. I¡¯m going to take a look at the central thingamajig and see what I have to do to it.¡± Paul nodded in the direction of the disco-ball like collection of faceted crystals about the size of a basketball, hanging from a chain above the centre of the chamber. Dot nodded, taking out a box of common chalk, and beginning to replicate the wards on a blank section of wall. Paul smiled slightly to himself, for all her child-like appearance, Dot was without a doubt, the smarter one of the squad. Enough that he was fairly certain that given a bit more experience he could happily turn over the development of ¡®magitech¡¯ to her and go back to being a moderately successful author and sometimes Inari¡¯s Herald. Assuming they all survived the next few minutes that was... Turning his attention back to the task in hand, Paul studied the crystal sphere up close...grateful for his tallness for once. Japan wasn¡¯t built for people his height, and anyone else would¡¯ve had to stand on tip-toe at least, but Paul simply stared up at the sphere that was just above his eye-line. The narrative has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the infringement. Upon closer inspection he could see that it wasn¡¯t a single mass, but hundreds if not thousands of tiny prisms, all tightly slotted together and none bigger than the nail of his pinky finger. Each had their own distinct hue, although they blended altogether into a general impression of dimly flickering white light. Paul glanced back over his shoulder, wondering if each prism corresponded to a heart. He slowly nodded to himself, noticing that those hearts he could see clearly, each had a small hole, as if a splinter was missing from them. Turning back and peering closer Paul saw that inside the sphere, right in the center, was a single distinct black ball, looking like a small obsidian marble embedded in the multicoloured gem. Paul had no doubt that was what was converting each individual frequency of energy to Izanami¡¯s own personal wavelength. The question was, what to do about it? For a moment Paul contemplated simply taking a hammer to the whole array, but that brute force approach was too uncertain. It could result in a catastrophic feedback and destruction of everything. Even if it would make him feel somewhat better to vent his frustration on it. Reaching a reluctant conclusion he removed card stock and pen loaded with silver conductive ink, and started constructing a talisman. There was no shortage of power to fuel it, all he had to do was get it right first time because there would be no second chances and no time for experimentation. Paul hoped he knew what he was doing, but he was fully aware that there was a lot he didn¡¯t know, and any unaccounted for factor could trip him up. Still, so far his instincts hadn¡¯t been wrong. With a short prayer to any deity that happened to be listening, he set to work designing what was almost certainly the most complex spell talisman he¡¯d come up with to date. -------- Chiyo hovered the castle, keeping both Shoko and the battlefield in sight. It wasn¡¯t proving to be easy, the very nature of Yomi meant that the magic that allowed her wings to be functional and keep her aloft was more draining than usual. Coupled with that she was maintaining a spell crafted to shield her from unfriendly eyes, a necessity since she made a tempting target and high speed evasive dodging would mean taking her eyes off events. It would have to be soon¡­ she thought. Katsu had lured Izanami onto a hilltop, giving Katsumi a perfect shot. They were just waiting on the ready signal from Paul-san and Akio. On the tail of that thought she saw Shoko waving frantically. Turning Chiyo aimed the pocket laser pointer at Yamato, and sent a one word signal : Ready. --- Katsumi saw the signal from castle immediately, and not waiting on orders from either the Captain or Katsu, she spun on her axis, a manoeuvrer impossible for any normal ship, and hesitated¡­ Katsu was in the line of fire from this position. Sounding battle stations she alerted Katsu to the danger of being hit by the edge of the beam, and warned the crew to brace. Nobody had any idea what discharging that much mana would do to the Yamato, but it was very probable it would do something! Katsu distinctly felt the skin on her back crawling as she was aware that Katsumi was lining up to fire. Risking a glance over her shoulder, she saw the bow of the Yamato coming around, with an ominous deep purple glow flicking around the prow and the open port of the ¡®wave motion gun¡¯ as Katsumi started the firing sequence. She had, at best, a scant handful of seconds to take cover. With a desperate lunge that surprised Izanami, she drove her sword through Izanami¡¯s lower leg, and into the ground behind her, severing it. With Izanami¡¯s pained shriek ringing in her ears, Katsu dove past her enemy, throwing herself down over the ridge of the small hill, and rolled down the slope on the far side, away from the line of fire. --- Chiyo looked down, and saw Shoko blur as she raced off to tell Paul-san to do now whatever it was he was planning. Glancing up, she swore suddenly and flung herself towards the ground, power diving as she scrambled for cover. What Chiyo had noticed, and had been overlooked by everyone else, focused as they were on their target, was that Izanami stood between the Yamato and the castle. If the shot from the ¡®wave motion gun¡¯ missed, or went through Izanami, it would hit them as well. --- Shoko seemed to almost teleport into the chamber, the briefest blur of motion and squeak of sneakers on the stone floor warning of her arrival before she was there, in front of him. Before she could even draw breath Paul activated the complex pattern of talisman¡¯s underneath the disco-ball like crystal structure that transformed individual Kami¡¯s own divine power into a single unified field that resonated with Izanami¡¯s own dead Divine Pearl or spiritual core. Paul hesitated a fraction of second, long enough to draw a single quick breath, staring at the tarot-deck like lay-out of eight white talisman cards, as the lines inked in silver upon them, and upon the floor connecting them in a circle, started to glow with a pure white light. Checking it was working. He exhaled with a single shouted word. ¡°Run!¡± Shoko was already at the door by the time Paul had pivoted on his heels and taken the first long stride as he sprinted out of the chamber. Out of concern she glanced back over her shoulder, and saw the long shadow Paul cast as behind him the sphere turned into a miniature sun, and then seemed to explode as each individual prism shaped crystal exploded outwards, racing towards it¡¯s corresponding ¡®heart¡¯ or Divine spiritual power core for each of the multitude of gods and goddesses that Izanami had captured and turned into the equivalent of a battery for her. Shoko stumbled, her stride arrested by the sight of the rainbow hued explosion of magic behind her. Without breaking stride, Paul swept Shoko up into his arms as he caught up, and still accelerating into a flat-out sprint, threw them both down the curving corridor that spiralled up the hollow walls of the tower containing the huge crystal chamber, as something like a great wind rushed past and through them, sending Shoko tumbling down the stairs as Paul fell and threw her clear. ------ The entire sixty five thousand ton mass of the Yamato rattled and shook from the discharge of the mana beam, as up on the bridge Katsumi screamed in agony. No-one had even considered that she would experience the energy discharge quite so viscerally. She fell to her knees, screaming, but despite feeling like molten metal was pouring through and over herself, she somehow managed to hold her aim true, through sheer will sighting the beam on Izanami¡¯s solar plexus. The ground underneath Katsu trembled and bucked like frightening horse, as she lay half-way down on the far side of the hill. From behind her she heard Izanami scream, a sound that ended abruptly, cut off as the beam tore into her core. Then, over her head she saw the eye-hurtingly deep indigo energy beam lance through the air, and as she followed the line of it¡¯s flight, she saw the scintillating many coloured aurora hanging above the prison-castle. As the beam struck the shifting curtains of resplendent rainbow light, they shattered, and the world turned to white in an explosion of vast unknown energies. ------ Dazed, Shoko slowly sat up, a whole catalogue of bruises making themselves known. Gingerly she felt up and down herself, but nothing seemed to be broken at least, despite the blood that trickled down her face. For a moment, she couldn¡¯t recall where she was or what had happened, but then memory came slinking back like a frightened dog¡­ with a gasp she scrambled up the stairs, looking for Paul-san. At the top, almost safely out of line of sight of the crystal chamber, Paul lay stretched out on the stone floor. Shoko made a small choked sound in the back of her throat at the sight. She couldn¡¯t tell if he was breathing or not, but his back was littered with stone shrapnel torn from the walls and sent hurtling down the corridor by the unknown energies unleashed within. She sank to her knees by Paul¡¯s head, tentatively reaching out to brush the tumbled locks of black hair away from his face. For a moment she feared the worst, too numb for tears she stared...then with a gasp she saw the dust stir as he breathed out. Without thinking, she flung her arms around him, pulling so his head rested on her small lap and curled around him, weeping in relief. Shoko didn¡¯t know how long she sat there, only that she stopped when she felt Paul¡¯s hand on her cheek. ¡°Hey there little fox, why the tears?¡± ¡°Paul-san! Are you hurt! I was so afraid you were dead!¡± ¡°Nope, still alive...and my coat seems to have done it¡¯s job. I really will have to write a glowing review for those tailors. I¡¯m one big bruise all over, but no, I¡¯m not bleeding anywhere and nothing seems to be broken. Help me up, we¡¯d better see how everyone else is.¡± ¡°Yes! I hope Inari is alright! Do you think it worked and Izanami is dead?¡± ¡°I bloody hope so, because I¡¯ve no idea what we¡¯ll do if she isn¡¯t!¡± Paul leaned on Shoko, one large hand on her small shoulder as he levered himself to his feet, wincing as he went. Shoko was surprised though as he walked towards the chamber that had contained the crystal hearts, or Divine Pearls, that were the kami¡¯s spiritual power cores. Paul paused at the entrance, surveying the wreckage. There was no sign of any crystals, not even dust. He whistled softly as he stared at the molten edged hole in the wall. Walking over, mindful of the still glowing splatters of lava, he peered through the hole. ¡°Well¡­ damn. I think the frequency cancelling mana beam went right through here! That explosion was the mana fields cancelling out, like matter and antimatter.¡± Shoko frowned. ¡°That¡­ wouldn¡¯t hurt Inari and the other kami, would it?¡± Paul ran his fingers though his hair, dislodging a small cloud of dust. ¡°Honestly, I haven¡¯t the faintest clue¡­ I mean, logically energy cannot be created nor destroyed, so even if the field frequencies cancelled out, it will have gone somewhere. But we are way outside of what I know here, and magic seems to follow it¡¯s own rules.¡± Paul sighed, and walked over to the hole in the chamber floor, peering down through the aperture to the vast chamber below. He whistled again, a low sound of disbelief. ¡°Well I¡¯ll be¡­ the mana convertor crystal is cracked. It looks burnt, the top yard of the tip is missing and it¡¯s kinda melted round the edge. I think¡­ I think that explosion wasn¡¯t solely the fields cancelling out. It looks like the whole system failed, and catastrophically discharged. Although¡­ we ought to be dead if it did that! Unless¡­. Yeah, that must be it. The explosion of the fields cancelling out, redirected the huge mana discharge, somehow, and we only caught the fringe of it.¡± Shoko, stared at Paul for a moment, then shook her head. ¡°Paul-san¡­ I have no idea what you just said. But shouldn¡¯t you be making sure everyone else is alright?¡± Paul grinned sheepishly. ¡°Yeah, you¡¯re right Shoko-chan¡­ sorry. I wanted to make sure nothing else was going to blow up, and got carried away trying to figure out what happened.¡± ¡°Is it safe?¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ I don¡¯t think there¡¯s enough juice left in the whole of Yomi to light a match. I¡¯ve no idea where all that power went, but it doesn¡¯t matter right now. Lets go see who¡¯s still with us and how everyone is doing.¡± Shoko nodded firmly. ¡°Umhm! I want to find Inari and hug her SO HARD!¡± Paul laughed, shaking his head, ¡°Me too kid¡­ me too.¡± Hanami Chp.39 Paul sat on a rock outside of Izanami¡¯s castle, elbows on his knees, his head hanging down low. He felt tired, more tired than he recalled being in a very long time indeed. Too tired to even look up, to tired to even think! He still wasn¡¯t sure if they¡¯d won or lost. It looked like a win, but it felt like a loss. Izanami was gone, as far as anyone knew. There wasn¡¯t a body to confirm it, but there was also no sign of her. She ought to be dead he thought, there was no way he could imagine she¡¯d survive. Yomi was depleted of mana, the bones of the undead things she¡¯d used as puppet soldiers lay scattered and inert. Even the unquiet spirits of the hungry dead had vanished. But what turned the victory into the bitter ashes of defeat was the fact the kami were gone as well. According to the JSDF special ops soldiers guarding them, at the point where all hell had broken loose, the manifest spirits of the multitude of gods, goddesses and so on had all glowed like lightbulbs, and faded out, turning into just so many clouds of sparks before vanishing like a cheap special effect. Everyone was asking him what this meant, and honestly, he hadn¡¯t the faintest idea. He¡¯d fallen off the edge of his mental map sometime ago and was in unknown waters. He¡¯d made up a bullshit answer on the spot, meant to reassure everyone they hadn¡¯t just killed them all permanently but honestly, he didn¡¯t know and was afraid to find out for sure. Paul lifted his head, and peered into the distance though the sweat dampened curls of his hair. About a kilometer away the battleship Yamato lay on the ground, mostly standing keel down and somewhat level. Katsumi had managed to make a reasonable landing despite the ¡®wave motion¡¯ gun draining her almost completely of mana. Her human avatar had collapsed on the bridge and was out cold still, although at least she was still corporal. The Yamato itself was stranded for now, and it was a toss up whether Katsumi would wake up and fly her out, or Yomi would flood through the gate and they¡¯d have to sail her home, assuming they could. At least she¡¯d float and she had a minimal crew of Japanese maritime self defense personnel. Although, they might need to tow her out if Katsumi didn¡¯t wake up in time. Most of the human crew had never seen engines from that era and only had vague notion how to go about lighting her boilers, much less getting her under way. Katsu had limped back as well, in human form and bleeding, but otherwise in better shape than one would expect given she¡¯d just gone toe-to-toe with the Goddess of Death. Suz-metal had ¡®jump started¡¯ Katsu, sharing with her remaining reserves of Prana, as Paul had decided divine magic was to be called, and Katsu was now slowly healing. Which left Suz-metal in charge by default for now, as the only conscious and semi-functional Goddess. However¡­ aside from the two living Goddesses, every other manifested spiritual being had vanished. Including the ghost crew of the Yamato, and most importantly, Inari. According to the human bridge officers, she¡¯d appeared to be trying to say something even as she turned into a shower of golden pinpricks of light and faded away. The signals officer, a young ensign who could lip read, reported her last words were a haiku, of all things! Fallen sakura petals Drifting on the gentle breeze, A new life begins. Paul refused to give into despair, not just yet. But all he could feel right now was bone aching weariness. He wanted to believe Inari was alright, somehow, somewhere¡­ but he couldn¡¯t quite bring himself to believe it. She¡¯d gone, and Paul suspected she and the rest of the Gods were finally, completely and irrevocably dead, their spirits departed for whatever happened afterwards for Divinities. Inari¡¯s final words were of no comfort either, they could be taken as the possibility of rebirth, or moving on to whatever kind of afterlife awaited a Goddess. Even Kate seemed to have gone AWOL for the moment. There wasn¡¯t even the familiar comforting sense of her presence, like a warm hand on his shoulder. Paul sighed and looked up, the major and his team were evacuating the building¡­ although perhaps ¡®looting¡¯ was closer to the mark. There was an extensive library, although to what end Izanami had created it was anyone¡¯s guess, but it was full of ancient scrolls in proto-kanji script. Which would fascinate Kiko at least¡­ Paul mentally winced as he thought of her, back at the temple, awaiting Inari¡¯s return. He was very tempted to remain seated, to wait to see if Yomi flooded completely and just let the dark waters take him under. Sighing, he slipped off the rock to sit on the ground, his back pressed against it and head tilted back, closing his eyes. Perhaps no-one would find him here, out of sight, and with a bit of luck, everyone would assume he was with someone else until it was too late for them to come back and find him. He was just so tired. He¡¯d done his utmost, achieved what even he¡¯d thought was impossible¡­ and it hadn¡¯t been enough. Inari had been lost to him. He longed to rest, to just lie down and let go. The irony was, in the moment of her initial loss, in the bleak dark span of time upon the train back, he¡¯d realised that he¡¯d been incredibly stupid. He couldn¡¯t think of one good reason why he¡¯d refused to admit his feelings for her and act on them. Turning her away, he¡¯d thought, was foolish and the only reason he could think he¡¯d done it was stupid stubbornness. He¡¯d made a vow to Kate, and was clinging to it despite her releasing him from it. He supposed in away it was because he was still clinging to her, refusing to believe she was dead regardless of the facts. As if moving on in his life would be acknowledging that she was truly dead. Now Inari was lost to him as well and he had to face the fact that there was nothing else he could do. He¡¯d failed to bring her back, failed to let her know the true extent of how he felt, and failed everyone else that had been relying on him. Close didn¡¯t count. All that was left for him to do now was to follow her into the beyond. He hoped he could at least get that right, fulfilling his final promise to her. Paul winced slight as he heard Shoko calling his name off in the distance. She¡¯d gone hurrying ahead to the Yamato, and returned bearing the awful news. The devastated look on Shoko¡¯s normally bright and cheerful face telling him all he needed to know even before she spoke. He just couldn¡¯t cope any more, even her tears hadn¡¯t moved him. He¡¯d felt¡­ nothing. Paul had mumbled some excuse even he couldn¡¯t remember now, probably one no-one believed, and walked off. Paul sighed, and levered himself to his feet, walking further away, seeking some place to rest undiscovered until the end took him. How long he stumbled through the black gritty dusty sand of Yomi he didn¡¯t know, only that eventually he found himself at the base of a small cliff, unable to go any further, while the in-rushing torrent of sea water formed a lake partly to one side of him. Paul frowned, something had stopped him in his tracks, rousing him from his stupor, something out of place had caught his attention despite his mood. Looking round he saw what it was. A body lying on the newly formed beach¡­ Walking wearily over to the sprawled, sodden form, he saw that it was young woman. Japanese he guessed, with a tangle of long black bedraggled hair splattered out on the rocks beside her. She was dressed in tattered grey robes that may have been a silk kimono at one point and now clung to her like shroud. Squatting down beside her, he pressed two fingers against the cold pale skin of her neck, and was surprised to feel the faintest flutter of a pulse beneath his finger tips. Paul pulled on her shoulder, rolling her onto her side, and held a finger a hairsbreadth from her pale blue lips, checking for breath. Finding none, he acted quickly, inserting a finger into her mouth to check for debris choking her, and hoping to trigger her gag reflex so she¡¯d cough up any water in her lungs. Getting no reaction, and finding no obvious obstruction, he rolled the woman onto her back, tilted her head back and lowering his lips onto hers, applied mouth to mouth resuscitation. Her chest convulsed just as Paul was beginning to feel light-headed, somewhere around the fifth or sixth time he¡¯d breathed into her. Quickly he rolled her head sideways, and she vomited up a couple of lungfuls of salt water. Watching her for moment, to make sure she was breathing by herself now, Paul sighed. He couldn¡¯t just leave her here to drown again. But it was doubtful if she¡¯d wake up just yet. He had no idea who she was, or what she was doing here. He doubted she was any of their party, not wearing that nondescript robe, but she was undoubtedly solidly alive and mortal, at least for the moment. Shaking his head he again cursed his sense of duty. There was nothing else for it though, he¡¯d have to live a little while long and see her to safety. Which meant signalling for the people that were probably looking for him by now, as he had no idea where he was, nor what direction the Yamato lay in. Drawing his gun he checked the clip, and pointing it straight up, fired. The round arched up into the air like a shooting star in reverse, it¡¯s brilliant white light reflecting in the black waters of the steadily growing saltwater lake. Thermite rounds made for fairly effective signal flares as well after all. He fired another round after a moment, and was answered by the booming roar of the Yamoto¡¯s main guns firing a star shell, signalling he¡¯d been seen. He put another round into the air for good measure, aiming in their direction to make his reply obvious. Holstering his gun, he glanced back at the young woman he¡¯d rescued, and found her staring at him wide-eyed. Raising his eyebrows in surprise at her speedy recovery he slowly held out his empty hands, trying to reassure her. ¡°You¡¯re safe now...I promise I won¡¯t harm you.¡± Without thinking he¡¯d spoken in modern Japanese, and for a moment a frown creased her brow. Then her face smoothed as she replied, in unaccented English. ¡°Who are you, who commands the heavens to thunder?¡± Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. ¡°Paul Holmes, Herald to¡­ well, former Herald to Inari Okami. I guess.¡± ¡°Former?¡± ¡°She.. she didn¡¯t make it. Who might you be and how did you end up here?¡± The young woman frowned, a look of inward concentration creasing her brow. ¡°I¡­ know not how I came to be here. I recall dying, then, I was here. Am I dead?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°You might have been a little bit. Your heart was still just about beating although you¡¯d stopped breathing. So I resuscitated you. No big deal. Do you remember your name?¡± ¡°Yes¡­ I am Izanami no Mikoto, mother Goddess.. or I was. I seem to be mortal now.¡± Paul stared at the woman for moment, trying to process what he¡¯d heard. ¡°You¡­ you¡¯re Izanami? The Goddess Izanami?¡±¡± ¡°I am.. I was...I may be again perhaps.¡± With a snarl Paul sprang forward, grabbing Izanami by her tattered kimono and hauling her to her feet. ¡°Damn you! Damn you to hell!!¡± A firestorm of rage pounded through his mind, obliterating rational thought. Almost of their own volition his long fingers wrapped themselves around the slim pale column of Izanami¡¯s neck and squeezed. Izanami struggled, clawing at his arms, trying to free herself. But she might as well have been trying to fight some industrial machine of steel and hydraulics instead of flesh and blood for all the difference it made. Her struggles rapidly grew weaker as her abused lungs ran out of oxygen, her face purpling as her eyes flew wide in shock. Some small, rational part of Paul¡¯s mind noticed her expression. Fear, confusion, and bewilderment filled her eyes, as her lips moved in a silent plea; ¡®No. Please¡­ why?¡¯ she mouthed. Out of long habit Paul tallied the clues, despite his murderous rage and came to a conclusion¡­ Izanami had no idea why he was killing her. ¡°You killed Inari!¡± he roared in her face. With her waning strength she shook her head a scant fraction of an inch. With the last of her breath she managed to choke out a whispered denial. ¡°No..¡± Paul stared into her rapidly dimming eyes, and read the truth there. Spitting a curse into her face he let go, pushing her away, sending her tumbling to the ground. Izanami lay, gasping and coughing as Paul stood over her, furiously seething, struggling to regain control of himself. Fighting past his emotions he spoke in a low growl. ¡°Tell me the truth. You don¡¯t remember anything, not even being dead, or what you did. Do you?¡± Izanami shook her head, then painfully spoke, her voice rasping. ¡°No¡­ I couldn¡¯t, I didn¡¯t.. Inari is my daughter! Why would I¡­?¡± Paul walked a short distance away, and sat down bonelessly as the last of his strength left him. For a moment he said nothing, only looking up as Izanami crawled over to him, and taking his hands, looked earnestly into his face. ¡°I¡¯m sorry. For whatever pain I have caused, for whatever wrong I have done to you that would leave you like this, I am so, so sorry...but I truly don¡¯t know what you speak of.¡± Leadenly, Paul spoke. ¡°You died. Long ago, too long to be reckoned, you died giving birth to the god of fire, burnt from within. You died in agony, and fell into death¡­ but you didn¡¯t die completely. Kami don¡¯t die easily I¡¯ve been told and you had enough strength left to somehow stop yourself from passing away completely, to create this place Yomi that allowed you to remain between life and death. But you became a rotting corpse and your brother husband Izanagi called you loathsome and rejected you, returning to the mortal realm.¡± Izanami blinked, shaking her head. ¡°I remember him, but¡­ he.. rejected me?¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ you didn¡¯t look your best. He freaked out, harsh words were said, you went insane and promised to kill every living thing on earth in revenge. Which is what all this was about¡­ Took you a millennia or two, or seven, but you nearly succeeded. You went after the gods and goddesses first, got almost all of them too. You almost deprived the world of magic too. I¡¯d guess because that would make your plan easier or something. But you didn¡¯t reckon on one rather stubborn guy figuring out how to bring back magic, and a fox Goddess who was just crazy enough to make him her Herald. So, you killed Inari, holding her soul hostage to force me to undo my work. Which is why I¡¯m here, I was trying to rescue her.. but it all went wrong and now she¡¯s gone, poof! Into a cloud of sparkles and onto whatever comes next after life.¡± Izanami stared into Paul¡¯s face for a moment, then shifted, sitting on her heels in front of him. ¡°There¡¯s a lot you said I can¡¯t grasp.. but I know beyond doubt that my daughter, Inari is not dead. I think she¡¯s ascended, left for the celestial realm for now, but I still feel her. Our bond is weak, but not severed.¡± Paul raised an eyebrow, giving her a withering look of truly British skepticism. ¡°Uh-huh.. sure she is. And you are totally not saying that because I¡¯ll kill utterly and completely dead this time otherwise.¡± ¡°Then kill me if you are so sure! But I tell you, she is not! Her spirit lives, just on a higher plane of existence. Once she has gathered her strength she may return.¡± ¡°Riiight¡­. Can you prove that?¡± Izanami huffed in annoyance. ¡°Why are you being so stubborn, don¡¯t you want her to be alive?¡± ¡°I¡¯ll take that as a no¡­ and because false hope is more painful.¡± Izanami said nothing for a moment, her gaze searching for something in Paul¡¯s face¡­ then she sighed. ¡°I see. You¡¯ve been hurt like this before. You want to hope, but fear it would hurt even more if it proved false. I understand. But I can¡¯t prove anything to you, you have to do it for yourself.¡± Paul glared at her. ¡°What is it with you Kami? Never a straight answer. Only riddles.¡± Izanami¡¯s lips twisted in an approximation of a grin. ¡°Now I know you¡¯re a Herald and have spoken to Kami¡­ very well. You¡¯re her Herald Holmes-san. She and you share a bond. Search your feelings for the truth, and you¡¯ll find her. Look past your fear of loss and your pain, and seek that small spark of warm connection instead.¡± Paul rocked back, bracing himself, ignoring the sting as small rocks dug into the palms of his hands. ¡°If you¡¯re fucking with me, I¡¯ll make you wish you¡¯d stayed dead!¡± ¡°Death isn¡¯t something Kami fear¡­¡± A rictus like smile played around Paul¡¯s lips. ¡°I can think of things that are so, so much worse than death¡­¡± For a moment Izanami stared, mesmerized by the cold lifeless void that seemed to fill Paul¡¯s gaze, turning his eyes into ink-black pools. Then she shivered, looking away. ¡°I..I believe you. But I am not lying, Inari-chan lives. Look inward and find the truth. A Herald can always talk to their Kami no matter where they are.¡± Paul¡¯s lips twisted in something that might be mistaken for a smile. ¡°So¡­ search my feelings for the truth, is that it?¡± Izanami, oblivious to the pop culture reference, nodded. ¡°It is. Your bond with her should be strong enough to even overcome that.¡± ¡°Ok, you first then¡­ lets see if you can find her and get a message through to her. Then she can meet me half way.¡± Izanami huffed, and rubbed her throat. ¡°Alright, it¡¯s a simpler matter for me too...oh! OH!¡± Izanami¡¯s eyes flew open, widening to the point she looked like some anime character, an almost comical look of shock filling her face. ¡°What the heck now Izanami?¡± ¡°I...I seem to have many more children than I remember!¡± Paul blinked rapidly, surprised. ¡°You what?!¡± ¡°I can feel the bonds I have with those other Kami I created...and then there are many, many more that I don¡¯t recognise! I...I can¡¯t even count how many!¡± Paul drew in a breath, and then slowly exhaled¡­ thinking furiously. ¡°Okayyy¡­. Oh! I think I know what¡¯s going! Ok, don¡¯t worry about it. It¡¯s a residual effect from your mad scheme. You¡¯d captured and killed just about every divinity you could lay your hands on, but instead of destroying them you robbed them of their spiritual core, divine pearl or whatever you want to call it. Feeding on their energy You¡¯d turned Yomi into a contraption to funnel the residual mana from the dead into a crystal, converting it to Divine energy, then used the other gods depleted cores to store the Divine power and feed it to yourself.¡± ¡°That...that¡¯s monstrous! And impossible!¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Apparently not, you built a kind of frequency convertor to make it work using a fragment of your own dead core, so their energy matched yours. I guess when we broke it, it didn¡¯t entirely sever the link between your spiritual core and theirs, so now you¡¯re linked to just about every god and goddess in existence.¡± Izanami shook her head, bewildered¡­ ¡°I don¡¯t remember any of that¡­ I can¡¯t even begin to imagine how I¡¯d do that!¡± ¡°There¡¯s a fine line between madness and genius it¡¯s said¡­ and you were definitely mad. So batshit crazy you¡¯d gone through madness and carried on out the other side almost.¡± Izanami shuddered. ¡°Perhaps it¡¯s as well I don¡¯t remember it¡­¡± ¡°Yeah, perhaps, at least not consciously. Alright, getting back on track, can you talk to Inari?¡± Izanami frowned, concentrating, then shook her head. ¡°It¡¯s.. too crowded? I can¡¯t single her out that well. I can get a general sense of her well-being, but not anything more. I think she senses me, but she¡¯s resisting. I suppose if what you say happened, she would be distrustful.¡± ¡°Yeah, just a bit...ok, let me see what I get. But I haven¡¯t done this before. Come to think of it, I¡¯m told there haven¡¯t been any living mortal Heralds before now so who knows if it¡¯ll even work.¡± Izanami blinked. ¡°You¡¯re a mortal?¡± Paul who had been settling into a meditative position, sitting tailor fashion, opened his eyes and looked at Izanami with a single raised eyebrow. ¡°Yes, human. Can¡¯t you tell?¡± ¡°Um. You don¡¯t feel like one¡­ your aura is far too strong for a start.¡± Paul frowned, and then shrugged, closing his eyes again as he adopted the lotus position he¡¯d learnt form Kate long ago. ¡°Well, I did get caught in the edges of a magic, anti-magic reaction, so I¡¯m probably still carrying a lingering mana charge. That¡¯s what¡¯s throwing your senses off I guess. Now hush please, I¡¯m trying to concentrate.¡± Izanami nodded, then shook her head. ¡°It could be that¡­ And don¡¯t try to force it. Relax and let your thoughts drift. Don¡¯t think, feel.¡± ¡°Easier said than done...I mean, relax? Here, now? Even if I could, I¡¯m more likely to fall asleep than anything.¡± Izanami laughed, then winced at what that did to her throat. ¡°Well, that would work too¡­ she ought to come to you in your dreams as well. But I¡¯m not certain you¡¯d believe that.¡± ¡°You¡¯re not wrong¡­ Now shh!¡± Izanami blinked, taken aback. ¡°I¡¯m the Mother Goddess of all Creation, and you just dared to shush me like a child?!¡± ¡°Yes, and if you don¡¯t stop talking you¡¯ll find out what else I¡¯ll dare to do. Now hush up, please!¡± Izanami opened her mouth, then hesitated as Paul opened one eye to glare at her. Realising that Paul¡¯s ¡®please¡¯ had been more of a threat than a plea, and she was presently without power and thus only mortal, Izanami opted to remain silent. Satisfied he¡¯d gotten her compliance, Paul resumed attempting to meditate and contact Inari. For long moments, nothing seemed to happen. Paul allowed his thoughts to drift, although they didn¡¯t stray far from his memories of Inari, and of his worry. Then, just as he was becoming convinced that Izanami was lying despite her apparent sincerity he felt it, a confused sense of recognition, relief and finally a pure sunburst of gladness and joy washed over him, carrying the sense of Inari¡¯s presence as real and tangible as her unique scent of fox musk and jasmine was. Paul opened his eyes, half expecting to find her in front of him, but finding himself suddenly bereft of the warm contact again. He opened his mouth to plead, beg her to return¡­ and stopped as he heard the crunch of tires upon gravel and the now familiar whine of the electric motor powering the Special Ops ATV¡¯s. Just when he didn¡¯t want to be, he was found. With a muttered curse under his breath at the timing, he stood up and waved at the mist shrouded figures still some distance off. Glancing at Izanami he frowned and sighed. ¡°Better let me do the talking. After everything that¡¯s happened, the others might not be so forgiving as me. It might be best if we didn¡¯t tell them who you are at first, ok?¡± Izanami nodded, rubbing her neck where livid bruises were already forming a collar. ¡°Understood, but do you believe me now?¡± ¡°Yes. But now we need to figure out how to call her back¡­ I think she¡¯s lost or something.¡± Izanami frowned, puzzled. ¡°Lost? But she should be at home in the Celestial city!¡± ¡°You destroyed it, subsuming that realm into Yomi¡­ so if she can¡¯t go there, where would she be?¡± ¡°I¡­ don¡¯t know?¡± Paul glanced down at the befuddled Izanami sitting on the ground, a cold look in his eyes. ¡°Exactly. Inari is lost somewhere out there, between realms... and so are the others I suppose. But you and I are going to fix this mess you¡¯ve made. Now shut up and follow my lead, and none of that ¡®I¡¯m a goddess¡¯ attitude any more or so help me I will prove how mortal you are by turning you over my knee and spanking you. That is assuming someone else doesn¡¯t work out who you are and put a bullet through your brain first.¡± Izanami contritely, and without comment, tucked the remnants of her kimono around her and sat on her hands, managing to took as far from being an ancient Goddess as it was possible to get. Paul nodded, and turned to wave again at the approaching team, recognising Shoko on the lead ATV standing up in the saddle and waving at him over the Major¡¯s shoulder. Hanami Chp.40 Paul stared at Inari¡¯s still lifeless body, shrouded in red silk, lying upon her daybed. Nothing had changed. No.. that wasn¡¯t entirely true, he had changed. He¡¯d had hope before. He¡¯d been determined to lead a rescue mission into Yomi, thinking all he had to do was defeat the Goddess of Death herself and bring Inari¡¯s spirit back. Except, it hadn¡¯t gone to plan. Inari was gone, or at least, departed for realms unknown, and ironically Izanami was alive and mortal¡­ Paul¡¯s train of thought derailed, and he turned around to stare at Izanami. ¡°Ok¡­ why isn¡¯t she alive? You said her spirit had left Yomi. Why isn¡¯t she here? If you lied to me...¡± Izanami tried, and failed, to repress a shudder at the growl in Paul¡¯s voice. ¡°No lie! You felt her presence yourself!¡± ¡°I felt something. I¡¯ve talked to Kate¡¯s ghost, but that doesn¡¯t mean she¡¯s alive, or even that her shade is her spirit apparently. She¡¯s a Kowareta y¨±rei, a broken ghost. Her soul has moved on¡­ Maybe what I felt was something like that¡­¡± Izanami shook her head emphatically. ¡°No, Kami don¡¯t work like that. She¡¯s.. she must be lost between realms.¡± Paul heaved a sigh. ¡°It¡¯s just one damn thing after another¡­ ok. How do we get her back then? Do we need a homing beacon or something like that?¡± Izanami nodded, slowly, thoughtfully. ¡°Yes¡­ maybe¡­ that would help I think. But there needs to be a half way step, somewhere her spirit can get to from the other side, that leads to this side.¡± Paul looked around at Inari¡¯s hall. ¡°I thought that was this place? It¡¯s half way between the real world and the celestial realm, isn¡¯t it?¡± Izanami looked around thoughtfully, then held a finger up in the air for all the world as if she was feeling for a breeze, and then shook her head. ¡°No.. I mean yes, it¡¯s step in the right direction, but it¡¯s not far enough. It¡¯s a piece of the old Kami Realm broken off and joined to the mortal realm. A tiny bit, probably the only bit remaining, of Kami City¡­ but where Inari is now, and the other gods, would be even deeper, the other side of the Realm of the Gods, Heaven as you mortals called it, if that still existed.¡± Paul blinked in confusion. ¡°Ok¡­ that made no sense whatsoever¡­ but I guess you¡¯re trying to describe directions outside of normal space, right?¡± ¡°Something like that, yes. The problem is, all that¡¯s left outside the mortal realm is primal chaos. Inari and the others can¡¯t find their way though it, because it has no directions¡­ there¡¯s no up or down, left or right, in or out. There¡¯s... nothing, a featureless void of pure chaos¡± Paul pinched the bridge of his nose as the beginnings of headache made itself known. ¡°Well¡­ bugger. I get it now. I¡¯ve been stranded like that out at sea in the fog once. Pretty hard to work out what way to go, if every direction looks exactly the same.¡± ¡°Exactly.¡± Paul sighed. He¡¯d been hoping as the Yamato was towed back to harbor that he¡¯d be greeted by Inari at the dockside¡­ then when that didn¡¯t happen, that Izanami would know how to wake her up. It seemed that it was still up to him, except now he had even less of clue than he did before. ¡°Alright¡­ you¡¯re a Primal Goddess. You created order out of chaos before if the myths are to be believed. How¡¯d you do it?¡± Izanami, didn¡¯t answer. She scuffed at the tatami matting with a toe, looking clearly ill at ease. Paul looked at her, frowning. ¡°You did create the universe, didn¡¯t you?¡± ¡°Not...exactly. No.¡± ¡°Well, this is a hell of time to be admitting you lied!¡± Izanami shook her head. ¡°We didn¡¯t lie¡­ Izagmi and I did create the mortal realms...but the universe is a lot bigger than just your realm you know.¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Ok. Metaphysics aside¡­ now what the hell do I do? I can¡¯t just yell into the void ¡®let there be light¡¯ and create a half way step for Inari¡­¡± Paul stopped, staring at Izanami whose eyes had gone wide as an idea dawned on her. ¡°Ok¡­ what is it?¡± ¡°Perhaps.. perhaps you could!¡± Paul blinked, trying to process the idea, then shook his head. ¡°No, no way¡­ are you kidding me?! That couldn¡¯t possibly work! I¡¯m just a guy! Not a god. The only world building I do is with words on paper¡­ not literally!¡± Izanami nodded. ¡°But you could! The abyss is pure chaos right now, primed with energy. All you need do is provide a seed and it would form around that, like a crystal growing.¡± Paul opened his mouth to object, and then stopped, closing it again as he thought. For a long, long moment he stood, and then slowly turned to stare at the door at the far end of the hall, the one Inari had long ago said led to the City of the Gods. ¡°Tell me Izanami¡­ have you ever wondered how magic works?¡± ¡°What?¡± ¡°You see.. mana is just energy, raw, untamed energy. Magic is what happens when you give mana structure and purpose. It¡¯s taking a little bit of chaos, and making it into order¡­¡± ¡°Oh! I knew that¡­ and you can do that.¡± Paul nodded, even though Izanami hadn¡¯t really asked a question. ¡°I can, sort of. I use talisman¡¯s. They¡¯re like circuits really, or blueprints if you like. The power flows though the ink, and the talisman gives the mana a shape, imbued with purpose by my will. Manifested by my handiwork in effect.¡± ¡°But¡­ no talisman could do what you intend this time, surely?¡± Paul slowly shook his head. ¡°No, there¡¯s limits to what any physical object can survive, and the amount of raw power that¡¯s currently floating around ¡®out¡¯ there would far exceed the tolerances of anything I could make. However¡­ I wasn¡¯t thinking of using a physical object, not directly.¡± Izanami frowned. ¡°I¡­ don¡¯t understand¡­¡± She paused, Paul was staring at her, a contemplative look on his face. For some unknown reason, she suddenly felt nervous. ¡°W..why are you looking at me like that?¡± Paul smiled crookedly. ¡°Izanami¡­ you agree that this ungodly mess is all your doing, even if you don¡¯t remember doing it, right?¡± ¡°Yesss¡­.¡± ¡°So, making amends would be the right thing to do, don¡¯t you agree?¡± ¡°In principle, yes¡­ what are you contemplating Holmes-san?¡± Paul sighed. ¡°Nothing good¡­ I think¡­ Ok, you are involuntarily linked to every single deity that you gutted, because you used their spiritual power core as part of your mad scheme, linking them to yours. Which makes you ideally suited to serve as a beacon, or at least, your ¡®pearl¡¯ does.¡± Izanami cautiously nodded. ¡°Agreed¡­ but I don¡¯t have any power. I¡¯m not even sure if I even have a pearl any more.. it may have splinted and gone with each of the others.¡± This book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work. ¡°Nonetheless, you and they are linked. Yank on one end of that, and it should pull them in.¡± ¡°Yes, but again I say, you need a half way step.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°I¡¯m getting to that. Neither of us can do this alone, but together, perhaps we can pull it off. Thing is¡­ as I said, I can¡¯t use a normal talisman, but what if I encoded the spell to construct.. or rather reconstruct, the Celestial realm into a spirit?¡± Izanami stared at Paul, blinking owlishly in bewilderment as she processed the idea. ¡°You are saying you want to carve a spell into my soul?!¡± ¡°Something like that¡­ I think I know how. I¡¯m fairly sure it¡¯s at least survivable. I hope so since I¡¯ll be part of it too¡­ but all things considered, it¡¯s risk I¡¯m willing to take.¡± ¡°You want me to risk my life as well?!¡± ¡°Yes. Are you willing? To make amends.¡± Izanami shook her head. ¡°No! No.. I.. I¡¯m not going to risking dying again! Not even for that. I don¡¯t remember doing the things you say I did! That was another me, one who was dead.. and mad. I¡¯m not her now! So, no! You can risk your own life¡­ I¡¯ve seen the colour of your soul, you seek death. You can go and find it by yourself! Without me!¡± Paul stared at Izanami, and then sighed. ¡°Ok¡­ so much for doing it the easy way¡­.¡± ¡°You¡¯d force me?! Where is your honour now Herald!¡± Paul levelled a flat, expressionless stare at Izanami. ¡°I could point out that I would do anything to save Inari¡­ but if I did what you evidently think I was about to say, Inari would kill me afterwards and I¡¯d deserve it. But no, that wasn¡¯t what I was thinking of. What I was about to suggest as a possible alternative, was transferring your linkage to me, and I would do it instead.¡± Izanami opened and closed her mouth, trying to find the right words. In end all that came out was a very small and contrite; ¡°Oh. I see.¡± ¡°However, I¡¯m not sure if transferring the link is possible. I have an idea. Something like creating a new God by dividing your Pearl... but... do you know if it¡¯s possible?¡± Izanami slowly nodded. ¡°Yes¡­ and no. If I had enough power I could indeed divide my Pearl, gifting you a small portion of it along with the links as you suggest. That would grant you the ability to do what needs to be done¡­ and you might even survive it. Although you would no longer be mortal. But, it¡¯s impossible. I don¡¯t have the power in me to divide in the first place.¡± ¡°That I can fix¡­ although it isn¡¯t going to be pleasant for you, it will be survivable.¡± Izanami sighed. ¡°I still need to make amends. I¡¯ll do whatever it takes. Short of death that is.¡± ¡°Ok, good. One last roll of the dice then.. but.. Um¡­ Inari and the others aren¡¯t going to come to harm any time soon, are they?¡± ¡°No. There¡¯s no time in the void at present. Why?¡± ¡°Oh good¡­ because I am half dead on my feet with exhaustion, and it¡¯ll take some time to power you back up to Goddess levels. So it¡¯ll be ok if we do this thing tomorrow, after I¡¯ve rested and you¡¯ve had time to soak up some mana, right?¡± Izanami nodded, frowning in puzzlement. ¡°Yes, resting first should be ok¡­ but you said.. soak up power?¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ let me show you to our onsen, while I set up something to supercharge it.¡± ¡°Supercharge¡­ an onsen?¡± ¡°You¡¯ll see.¡± ------ Having left Izanami soaking in the hot springs, Paul went and found Yuko and Yuri standing guard over Inari¡¯s sanctum, and ordered them to help him move the Mana convertor and some other equipment to the onsen. His plan was simple, add a lot of dust-like fillings created from the unique iron of Inari¡¯s mine to the waters of onsen, then pump that water up, though a hose and around the mana convertor exposing it to the energy field, thus creating a mana rich mineral bath. Converting the mana to prana was something he hoped Izanami¡¯s body could do by itself now she was alive. Otherwise he¡¯d have to work out how to recreate the prana convertor using some of the unique crystal the special ops soldiers had looted from Izanami¡¯s ¡®castle¡¯ in Yomi. At least, he thought they had, although now that he stopped to think about it he wasn¡¯t sure. Which was a problem given that Yomi was flooded now, not to mention they¡¯d sealed the gates to it behind them. Paul shook his head. That was a problem for later¡­ much later. He turned his attention back to setting up the mana convertor under an awning outside of the onsen, a necessity since high voltage and water wasn¡¯t a good mix. Yuri stood guard nearby, evidently curious about what he was doing but so far silent. Briefly he considered what, if anything, he should tell her by way of explanation¡­ and came up blank. Deciding to shelve that problem as well, he focused on double checking the seals for leaks before starting the pump. Satisfied that the iron rich water was circulating without leaks, he connected the long extension cable running from the workshop to the mana converter and powered that up. For a moment he held his breath, but nothing exploded or shorted out as the crystal and copper contraption hummed to glowing life. Paul breathed a sign of relief, for once something actually worked as planned. With a nod to Yuri, he ducked into the onsen and called out, careful not to look in the direction of the steaming pool. ¡°How are you?¡± ¡°Well¡­ is the water supposed to tingle?¡± ¡°Yes? I think so¡­ I¡¯m charging it with raw mana, if everything¡¯s working as expected your body will absorb that and convert it to divine energy¡­ prana to coin a name for it. That should recharge you back up to Goddess levels.¡± ¡°I see. There were naturally occurring hot springs that used to feel like this, for the same reason I seem to recall.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°That figures. They don¡¯t exist any more, now that naturally occurring mana is a rarity, but I can see how they¡¯d be possible. Anyway, anything you need to get comfortable? I don¡¯t know how long this will take, but more than a few hours I¡¯d imagine.¡± Izanami sighed. ¡°I am going to be a shriveled prune by the time I¡¯m done I think. Something to eat perhaps? I haven¡¯t had a meal in¡­ well I don¡¯t remember how long it is and this body is still mortal.¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Now that you mention it, I shouldn¡¯t fall asleep on an empty stomach either¡­ ok I¡¯ll arrange for a tray to brought to you while I get something. Ah¡­ best not volunteer your name if anyone asks.¡± ¡°I know¡­ people will want to kill me if they knew. Who should I say I am?¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°Just don¡¯t. Modern Yokai have had to hide who and what they are for so long, they¡¯ve developed the custom of not exchanging names. It¡¯s doubtful anyone would ask who you are, and anyone who saw you before is unlikely to recognise you now.¡± Izanami nodded, and sighed. ¡°It¡¯s strange, having a vast hole in my memory¡­ but I don¡¯t wish to recall what I became.¡± Paul smiled tiredly. ¡°Yeah, I get that. There¡¯s a few bits of my life I wish I could erase as well. I am not the man I once was and frankly, that version of me is better off forgotten too. But the best I can do is just try not to recall it too much.¡± ¡°You are a strange man Holmes-san.¡± ¡°People keep saying that, but really I¡¯m not though. I just do what¡¯s needed. Now try to get comfortable and I¡¯ll send some food in for you in a minute or so.¡± ¨C Paul stared, blinking owlishly, as he stood on threshold of the kitchen. There was an albino Oni ¡­ no, an ogre, making platefuls of dainty looking cakes and sandwiches. ¡°Ah¡­.¡± The ogre looked over her shoulder at him, and dusted her hands off on the starched white linen apron before bowing to him. ¡°I¡¯m Kokoro, owner and manager of the Yokai Cafe. I heard what was happening and I¡¯m here to help as best I can¡­ mostly by making sure everyone is fed.¡± ¡°Oh. Right. Oh yes, Shoko-chan¡¯s mentioned you. Thank you.¡± ¡°It was the least I could do. Now, what can I get you?¡± Paul hesitated, he had just been going to scrounge whatever he could find in the fridge and hadn¡¯t thought about what he wanted, but now he was asked¡­ ¡°Um¡­ it¡¯s probably terribly plebeian of me to ask, but could you could you come up with a bacon and fried egg sandwich? It¡¯s been an age and..¡± Kokoro smiled. ¡°Say no more. Comfort food it is¡­ I think I saw a bottle of the brown sauce you English like to drench your food in¡­¡± ¡°HP sauce? Where on earth did you find that?! I¡¯ve been looking for it ever since I arrived in Japan!¡± ¡°It was in amongst the donations¡­ I suppose someone thought since you are English.¡± Kokoro grinned as Paul sat down bonelessly, the last dregs of his strength leaving him. ¡°Never mind¡­ just sit there and I¡¯ll come up with the best, greasiest, bacon and fried egg sandwich I can manage.¡± ¡°Thank you.. I¡­ I know it¡¯s stupid. But I¡¯m really, really grateful for that. Oh! If it¡¯s not too much to ask, can you do a tray of something traditional and filling, and find someone to take it up to a guest in the onsen please?¡± Kokoro nodded, ¡°Of course, Shoko-chan, would you?¡± Paul blinked, and looked in the direction Kokoro had addressed. Ruefully he smiled. ¡°Sorry Shoko-chan, didn¡¯t see you there.¡± ¡°It¡¯s alright, I don¡¯t mind. I could¡¯ve been dancing on table and you wouldn¡¯t have seen me you¡¯re that tired Paul-san. Who¡¯s in the onsen, is it that woman you found?¡± ¡°Yeah¡­ it is. And before you ask, because I know you want to, she¡¯s another victim of Izanami¡¯s madness, but don¡¯t press her, her memory is shot full of holes.¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Ok, I understand¡­¡± For a moment there was an awkward silence, then Paul heaved a sigh. ¡°Ok¡­ addressing the elephant in the room¡­ Yes, I think I know what went wrong and how to fix it.¡± Shoko shrugged. ¡°I wasn¡¯t going to ask. I trust you.¡± ¡°Thanks, I know¡­ but it¡¯s unfair to leave you in suspense. Inari and the other kami disappeared because they weren¡¯t dead. Yomi is, or was, a trap for the spirits of the dead, so when they revived it couldn¡¯t hold them any more. But, thanks to Izanami, there was nowhere else for them to go. So now they are lost in void, trapped in limbo for lack of directions. I have half an idea on how to fix that by creating a direction for them and planting a beacon. That¡¯s where the only mortal survivor of Yomi comes in¡­ she has a link to the others, and can serve as that beacon.¡± ¡°Ohhhh¡­ so that¡¯s what¡¯s going on!¡± Paul nodded¡­ hating himself for half-lying to Shoko, but given the appalling odds of his survival, he wasn¡¯t about to tell her that part. ¡°Yeah. Luckily for us, limbo is also timeless as well as directionless. So we have the luxury of being able to rest and recuperate before acting. Which is why Izan..ah¡­ drat! Didn¡¯t mean to say that! Oh well, it¡¯s unfortunate, but she shares a name with a certain late unlamented goddess, although they¡¯re nothing alike. Anyway, she needs to recharge overnight so she¡¯s soaking in a mana bath in onsen.¡± Shoko frowned. ¡°Are you sure¡­?¡± Paul shook his head. ¡°Don¡¯t worry¡­ she¡¯s not the Goddess of Death if that¡¯s what you¡¯re thinking. Related but¡­ well one can¡¯t help one¡¯s family after all.¡± Shoko nodded slowly. ¡°I...see¡­ well. I¡¯ll attend her, if as you say she¡¯s helping bring Inami back, it¡¯s least I can do for her.¡± ¡°Thank you, and yeah, just be your helpful little fox-spirit self Shoko-chan. Sorry to impose, but if you could let everyone know what¡¯s what¡­ I¡¯m dead on my feet and after I eat I¡¯m going to go fall over for a few hours, you should rest too as well actually. We¡¯ve one more hand of cards to play, and it¡¯s better to do that with a clear head tomorrow.¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Understood. I¡¯ll tell Kiko first, she can tell everyone else. After I take a tray of food up to the onsen. I want to see this person myself¡­ not that I don¡¯t trust you Paul-san! Just¡­ you¡¯re very tired.¡± Paul smiled a small crooked smile. ¡°Yeah, I know. No offense taken, I understand. She¡¯s harmless I think, but I¡¯d feel better if you double checked as well. My brain is like cold porridge at the moment.¡± Paul stopped as Kokoro placed a plate containing a doorstopper sandwich oozing bacon fat and yellow egg yoke in front of him. Tiredly he smiled up at her. ¡°You know¡­ this is perfect! There used to be this little greasy spoon of a hole-in-wall cafe I would stop at first thing whenever I got back home from some adventure off god-knows-where, and I¡¯d always get a bacon and fried egg sandwich, just like this...it¡¯s..it¡¯s¡­¡± Paul stopped, unable to speak around the lump in his throat. He slumped to the table, shoulders shaking as finally all the pent-up and denied grief and misery came rushing back, along with the relief and exhaustion. Dimly he was aware of small arm going around his shoulders, and a soft soothing voice telling him it would be alright, as Shoko comforted him. And from far way¡­ he felt a warmth as if of a soft fluffy tail being wrapped around him, as the scent of jasmine and fox fur filled his nose. Hanami Chp.41 Kiko paced across the room, vaguely annoyed that her footsteps were silent as her feet hovered half an inch above the tatami matting. The sound of Shoko sliding the door open and closed behind her arrested her pacing and she turned to look at the young kitsune, taking in her flattened ears and drooping tail. ¡°How is he?¡± Shoko sighed, shaking her head. ¡°Paul-san is physically and mentally exhausted. Emotionally, he¡¯s a wreck. As far as I can gather he thought Inari was lost to him, truly dead, after she and the others vanished.¡± Kiko paled, one hand flying to her mouth. ¡°Oh no! With his history¡­¡± Shoko nodded. Kiko had learned of the fate of Paul¡¯s wife Kate, and his reaction to it. ¡°Yes¡­ he was trying to die when he wandered off. Not earnestly, but he wasn¡¯t going to avoid it.¡± ¡°He told you that?¡± Shoko shook her head slowly. ¡°No, you know what he¡¯s like. He¡¯s a proud man and won¡¯t admit it when he needs help. But it was obvious.¡± Kiko sighed. ¡°We need to do something, we can¡¯t lose him! If for no other reason than because he¡¯s the best chance to get Inari back.¡± Shoko nodded, crossing over to the table and helping herself to a drink. ¡°That¡¯s true¡­ he said he knows she¡¯s not dead dead, he can feel her presence, just not living yet either. He also said that the woman he brought back is linked to her, and all the other Kami. That¡¯s part of his plan in some way.¡± Kiko tilted her head, looking puzzled. ¡°That¡¯s.. weird. Did he say who she was and what his plan is?¡± Shoko shrugged, and shook her head, sighing. Kiko looked downcast at her. ¡°Bother... I¡¯m sure the pressure of fixing everything is what¡¯s causing his problems but if he won¡¯t tell us anything, how can we help?¡± Again Shoko shrugged wearily, and then jumped with a small ¡°Yip!¡± sound as a soft, English accented voice spoke behind her. ¡°I can help.¡± A woman¡¯s figure faded into view, wearing a dark blue kimono that accented the vivid red hair that spilled in waves down one shoulder. However, she was slightly translucent and her lower half faded away completely from below the waist, leaving only a wisp of faintly blue mist to suggest legs. ¡°Who..¡± The ghost, for it was obvious that what she was, bowed slightly. ¡°We haven¡¯t met, but I¡¯m Kate¡­ or rather what¡¯s left of her.¡± Kiko blinked at the apparition, and looked at Shoko who shrugged and nodded. Looking back at the ghost Kiko asked her. ¡°What are you doing here?¡± ¡°I go where Paul goes, we¡¯re bound. But I don¡¯t need to sleep when he does so I couldn¡¯t help hearing you talking. I want to help. He¡¯s in worse shape mentally than you realise.¡± ¡°You can tell that?¡± Kate nodded. ¡°We¡¯re linked, I can tell what he¡¯s thinking, feeling¡­ I try not to pry, but right now he needs help badly. His plan is basically a suicide mission. I¡¯ve no idea if it would work, even he thinks it¡¯s a slim chance¡­ but even if it does, it¡¯ll kill him.¡± Shoko gasped slightly. ¡°That would be bad, very, very bad¡­ Inari would be grief stricken!¡± Kiko nodded then frowned. ¡°Could she revive him if he succeeds in getting her back?¡± Before Shoko could answer Kate interjected. ¡°I don¡¯t think there would be enough left of him. You remember why Inari said she couldn¡¯t share her power with Paul?¡± Kiko nodded. ¡°Something about it amplifying his Sight beyond what was endurable wasn¡¯t it?¡± Kate nodded. ¡°Yes, well, that¡¯s what he¡¯s planning on doing. Taking on a fragment of a Divine Pearl. It would destroy his mind Inari said, and there¡¯s no reason to suspect it would be any different if Izanami shared hers with him.¡± Shoko frowned. ¡°But¡­ Izanami is just a mortal, even if she does share a name with that goddess.¡± Kate shook her head. ¡°I know what Paul said.. but Izanami is that Goddess, or she was. She doesn¡¯t remember anything after she died and went mad, so Paul thinks she shouldn¡¯t be blamed for everything that happened.¡± Kiko and Shoko both stared at Kate for second. Then, as Shoko drew breath to shout, Kiko sighed and shook her head. ¡°I hate it, but he¡¯s right. She wasn¡¯t in her right mind. Even Kami are not immune to insanity, and you can¡¯t hold someone responsible for their actions when they¡¯re like that¡­ are we sure she¡¯s ok now though?¡± Shoko glanced uncertainly between Kiko and Kate, looking for all the world like the lost and confused child that she was, in some ways. Kate shrugged. ¡°I don¡¯t know. Paul always was a much better judge of character than I, but he¡¯s not firing on all cylinders himself right now. She seems to be on the level though¡­¡± Shoko, having gotten over her shock, piped up. ¡°Why didn¡¯t he tell us who she was though?¡± ¡°I think he thought you¡¯d react negatively¡­¡± Kiko pulled a rueful face. ¡°Can¡¯t blame him for that. I might have under different circumstances. Very negatively indeed.¡± ¡°Me too!¡± Shoko added, nodding slowly¡­ ¡°I would have tried to kill her again. I mean, she killed Inari! That¡¯s hard to forgive.¡±¡± ¡°Me three¡­ She hurt Paul.¡± Kate shrugged. ¡°But I understand his thought process. By his way of thinking the present Izanami is a different person, or personality, than the one that murdered Inari and plotted to destroy all life as we know it.¡± There was a moments shocked silence, which Shoko broke. ¡°Is that what her plan was? Mother defend us! She was insane!¡± ¡°Very! But she¡¯s sane now, and Paul has a point, she¡¯s not the same person really.¡± Kiko shook her head, dismissing terrifying thoughts of what might have been. ¡°Ok, putting that aside. What are the specifics of Paul-san¡¯s plan, and how can we avoid him killing himself out of a misguided sense of duty or whatever it is that¡¯s driving him?¡± Kate smiled slightly. ¡°You¡¯re not wrong on his motives¡­ he thinks he screwed up so this is his way of atoning, honorable idiot that he is! Anyway, as I understand it, his crazy idea is to charge Izanami back up to goddess levels. That¡¯s why she¡¯s soaking in the pool which is supercharged with mana. Then she subdivides her ¡®core¡¯ and gives him the bit that¡¯s linked to all the other Kami, which he¡¯s thinking of using to create a sort of super talisman out of¡­ that bit I don¡¯t understand but I gather it¡¯s because nothing physical could withstand the power involved.¡± Kiko blinked, and then shook her head. ¡°Ok.. why is he doing this?¡± ¡°Oh! Yes, I forgot to explain that. Inari and the other kami are trapped in the void because it¡¯s too chaotic, there¡¯s no direction or time there. They need a sort of half-way step between the void and the mortal realm to orientate on and find their way back here with. Paul was planning on creating what he thought of as the Celestial Realm, 2.0.. because Izanami assimilated the original into Yomi.¡± This novel''s true home is a different platform. Support the author by finding it there. Kiko and Shoko both stared at Kate for moment, then as one turned to stare wide-eyed at the door to the room where Paul was sleeping. After a second Kiko quietly remarked. ¡°He really doesn¡¯t do things by halves does he?¡± Shoko nodded. ¡°Umhm! That¡¯s crazy!¡± Kate laughed quietly. ¡°That¡¯s Paul! He dreams big¡­ but you can see why that would kill him now.¡± Kiko nodded. ¡°If it doesn¡¯t drive him mad first, the power he¡¯d need would burn him up like a moth in a flame! Where is he thinking he¡¯ll even get it all from?¡± Kate shrugged. ¡°Izanami said the void was seething with it. I think she means all the power that was in Yomi, plus the power Katsumi threw at her, ended up going there. Must¡¯ve burned a hole in Yomi¡¯s fabric or something, and all that raw energy leaked out that way. Might¡¯ve been why the Kami disappeared. Being just spirits even if they were physically manifested, they got sucked into the void along with it. Also explains why no-one else was though, their bodies anchored them. At least, that¡¯s what Paul thinks.¡± Kiko shrugged. ¡°That sounds no less insane than anything else so far¡­ ok, so what do we do to help?¡± Kate sighed. ¡°I have an idea.. but I don¡¯t think anyone is going to like it. Least of all Paul.¡± Shoko and Kiko listened to Kate as she outlined her modification to Paul¡¯s plan. After she was done explaining Kiko stared at her for a moment, then shook her head. ¡°You and he are a matched pair. You¡¯d sacrifice yourself in his stead.¡± Kate shrugged. ¡°It¡¯s not that big a sacrifice, I¡¯m already dead after all. I¡¯m not even a real person, ghost, spirit whatever¡­ I¡¯m just the memories that the real Kate shucked off like leaving a coat behind. I haven¡¯t a soul to damage if I do this.¡± Shoko tried to hug Kate, and ended up circling her misty waist with her arms. ¡°You sound real, and Paul¡¯s feelings for you are real, even I know that!¡± Kate smiled sadly. ¡°I know¡­ and that¡¯s why I have to go. I¡¯m holding him back. He¡¯ll never move on while I¡¯m still around. But I can¡¯t go as I am, I am literally bound to him. Without him I¡¯d just fade way. I need to do something to become independent. This way, even if it¡¯s only for brief moment, I¡¯ll be a Goddess. I think perhaps I might be able to forge my own soul, maybe even a body to go with it.¡± Kate sighed, and seemed to stare off into the distance. ¡°Paul¡¯s told you both what happened? That¡¯s partly why I crawled out of the tent into the freezing cold. I knew it would kill me...I mean Kate knew..the real one. But.. I couldn¡¯t stand the way what was happening was robbing me of everything that made me, me! And I was afraid it wouldn¡¯t kill me, not all the way. Just leave me as a broken empty husk, or worse, still somehow aware but trapped in a paralyzed, blinded body, dependent on Paul to look after me...trapping him as well.¡± Kate shuddered, wrapping her arms around herself as tears tumbled down her cheeks unnoticed. ¡°I couldn¡¯t do that, so I chose to face death on my own terms. To take back control over my own fate. So, you see, this is the same thing. I¡¯m taking myself back. If it destroys me, then so be. But at least Paul won¡¯t be shackled to a ghost any more.¡± Kiko studied her for a moment, her own eyes bright with unshed tears. ¡°But¡­ what if it works? What will you do then?¡± Kate sighed. ¡°Make up an excuse, and leave. As it stands, things can¡¯t go on the way they are. It¡¯ll break my heart, it¡¯ll break his too¡­ but he has Inari to recover with. And when all is said and done. I¡¯m not really Kate.¡± Kiko nodded. ¡°You know Inari wouldn¡¯t want you to leave. She does not mind sharing.¡± Kate nodded. ¡°I know¡­ but Paul isn¡¯t like that. He can tolerate her loving other people, but he¡¯s a one and only kind of guy¡­ I don¡¯t know, maybe if it all works out I¡¯ll become the new Goddess of Death, I hear there¡¯s an opening now. I can always say I¡¯m too busy..¡± Kiko sighed, nodding. ¡°Kate-san¡­ I think you would make an excellent Goddess of the Dead. Compassion is something that has been lacking from that role for a very long time.¡± Shoko nodded, then looked at Kiko. ¡°Is there anything in the records that could help Kate-san? I want her to live too now!¡± Kiko shrugged, looking thoughtfully over her shoulder in the direction of the inner temple. ¡°I don¡¯t know...shall we three go and see what we can find then?¡± Shoko nodded enthusiastically. ¡°Yes! Lets wake up everyone else, and get them helping too¡± I know Rin can read the old scripts, and Mistress Arakune would be really good at climbing around in the stacks! Even Yuko and Yuri could help carrying heavy stuff!¡± Kiko laughed, nodding. ¡°Alright then, we will all help! Go wake people up.. but not Katsu and Suzana, they need their sleep still. ¡± Shoko giggled merrily and blurred as she ran off... ---------- Paul stirred, consciousness seeping into his head like bubbles rising though thick black mud. He was dimly aware of a warm body curled against his side. For a moment he thought of Inari, then a stab of pain in his heart reminded him that Inari was gone. Awakening fully he realised the small body pressed against him was Shoko, curled up against his side. Carefully he moved his arm from around her, and stopped as almost instantly she was awake and looking up at him with a bright and inquisitive gaze, obviously awake and alert the moment she opened her eyes. Paul smiled slightly. ¡°Morning, you been there all night?¡± Shoko nodded, and sat up, stretching. ¡°Umhm! Yes. You worried us Paul-sama! I stayed at your side in case you awoke during the night.¡± ¡°Yeah, no chance of that. I was utterly done in. Listen, sorry for coming over all unnecessarily emotional last night..¡± Shoko placed one small finger over his lips and shook her head. ¡°Don¡¯t apologize Paul-sama. We understand. Kiko said it was healthier for you that way and a natural reaction. We don¡¯t need to talk about it if you don¡¯t want to, but she does want to talk to you about other matters. After breakfast!¡± ¡°Um.. right. Ok...Oh! Has anyone checked on..umm..¡± Shoko giggled. ¡°It¡¯s alright¡­ Kiko and I know who Izanami really is.¡± Paul stared at Shoko, processing that for a moment. ¡°Ah¡­ you do? And you¡¯re ok with that? Also.. how?¡± ¡°Kate told us! She appeared after you fell asleep and filled us in. She said that you thought Izanami wasn¡¯t the same personality really now¡­ and we decided to trust your judgement.¡± ¡°Okayyyy¡­. I admit, I¡¯m surprised. Are you sure?¡± Shoko nodded, then bounced to her feet. ¡°Ok! Breakfast. You stay there and I¡¯ll make it for you Paul-sama!¡± ¡°Er¡­ No, I¡¯ll help. Otherwise I¡¯ll just fall asleep again, and there¡¯s too much to do today for that.¡± Shoko frowned. ¡°As you wish.. but Kiko said you weren¡¯t to push yourself so hard any more. We¡¯ll all help you now, you¡¯ve been taking too much upon yourself she said, it¡¯s not good for you and we can¡¯t afford you collapsing because you¡¯re the only one who understands all this!¡± Paul pulled a wry face. ¡°I wouldn¡¯t have said that I understand it all¡­ but I guess she¡¯s not wrong about trying to do too much. Otherwise I wouldn¡¯t have crashed so hard last night. Hmm.. ok, agreed. I¡¯ll need everyone¡¯s help and that means I need to bring them up to speed. There¡¯s one last hand of cards left to play, and it¡¯ll require finesse this time, not brute force. Which means if people are to help they¡¯ll need to know what¡¯s going on in detail.¡± Shoko nodded enthusiastically, bouncing on her toes as she did. ¡°Yes! Ok, breakfast in the kitchen hall? I can run around and tell everyone we¡¯re meeting there and we can eat and talk at the same time!¡± Paul winced slightly. ¡°Ok, we¡¯ll do that. But I¡¯m not saying anything until I¡¯ve gotten some food and coffee inside me! Now scoot while I get dressed you fuzzy bundle of energy¡­ How you and Inari can be related I just don¡¯t know! You¡¯re complete opposites in the morning! Was your father the Energiser bunny or something?¡± Shoko ran off, laughing as she headed off to organise, leaving Paul to get changed. By the time Paul was on his second cup of ruinously strong coffee and everyone else was scraping the remains of breakfast off their plates or bowls, Paul felt up to the task of explaining his plan. Well, some of his plan¡­ he was certain that people would object to key points so he thought he¡¯d just gloss over that and hope for the best. ¡°Ok everyone¡­ if I can have your attention.¡± Tatsuo looked up from where he was feeding Katsu, or rather, trying to, and glanced around. With a sheepish grin he leaned back. Paul shook his head at the pair of them, and then glanced over at Rin who was looking thoughtful. ¡°Alright¡­ here¡¯s what¡¯s going on as far as I can figure out. We.. no, I screwed up. When the counter-frequency mana beam hit the mana field coming off the convertor that Izanami built and we monkeyed with, it blew a hole in reality. The result was like puncturing a balloon, all the mana leaked out and sucked anything spiritual based with it, meaning all the kami. Aside from you two that is, because you were incarnate and thus anchored.¡± Katsu dipped her head in acknowledgment. ¡°Well, that explains where everything went. But it¡¯s at least partly my fault for not being more aware of what was behind Izanami.¡± Paul shrugged. ¡°We¡¯re not here to say who¡¯s to blame. As it stands, Inari and all the other Kami are trapped in a formless void. The only way to get them out is to give it some structure, build a big Exit sign in effect. Thankfully, there¡¯s a way to do this, but it means we have to trust someone I understand everyone would probably not..¡± Suz-metal piped up. ¡°You mean Izanami, yeah, we know. Kiko told us.¡± Paul stared at them, taken aback. ¡°Um.. what?¡± Katsu shrugged. ¡°You think I wouldn¡¯t recognise her, even without Kiko telling me who she was? But we all know she¡¯s cured of her insanity now, and not the same person since her memory is gone.¡± Paul took a deep breath, and let it out slowly, tension leaking from him that he hadn¡¯t even realised was there. ¡°O-kay¡­ well that saves on explanations. You¡¯re all ok with this?¡± Kiko shook here head. ¡°Not ok¡­ but we¡¯ll allow it since she¡¯s the only who can help. Kate explained what your plan was.¡± ¡°Ah¡­ Kate did? All of it?¡± ¡°All. Yes.¡± ¡°Oh. Um¡­ bugger. I suppose you¡¯re going to tell me not to do it, aren¡¯t you?¡± Kiko shook her head. ¡°The plan is workable, with one change. You won¡¯t be going.¡± ¡°But, it has to be me...who else..¡± Kate manifested before them all, floating half in and half out of the breakfast table. She glanced down and giggled. ¡°Oops, sorry everyone.¡± Moving like mist on a morning breeze she drifted until she was no longer bisected by the ancient slab of wood. Floating next to Paul she looked at him, her face unusually serious. ¡°I¡¯ll be going in your place lover!¡± Paul stared at her aghast for a second, then shook his head. ¡°No! No, you can¡¯t! I can¡¯t lose you as well!¡± ¡°Silly, that¡¯s the good thing about this, you won¡¯t. Look Paulie, we both know I¡¯m not really Kate. I¡¯m her memories, given shape and form by magic. I don¡¯t have a soul.. but that¡¯s the great part! If Izanami shares her core with me, it can¡¯t hurt me! If anything, I might even get a soul of my own out of this¡­ I still won¡¯t be Kate, but I might be someone new instead. Someone who remembers being Kate. Either way, I stand a better chance of surviving this than you do. I¡¯m already dead after all!¡± ¡°But¡­¡± Paul paused, his brain grinding to a juddering halt as he considered the idea. Closing his mouth he heaved a sigh, then spoke slowly, leadenly. ¡°Ok, I get it. I hate it, but you¡¯re not wrong. Are you sure though Kate? With this many unknowns involved it could still prove fatal. You might have your pattern irrecoverably destroyed.¡± ¡°I know Paul, but if it¡¯s a straight choice between you and me, then I choose you, even if I don¡¯t survive. You have so much more life left to live! Whereas my time is long since up. Plus if I do somehow survive, I might get lucky and wind up more ¡®real¡¯ than I am now.¡± Paul tried to grip her shoulder, only for his fingers to close on empty air. Ruefully he glanced at them and sighed. ¡°I¡¯d say you were real enough for me.. but I understand I think. I still hate it though.¡± ¡°Let me do this Paulie, for you, and for Inari.¡± Kate smiled sadly, as she stood facing Paul. For a moment a whole unspoken conversation passed between them as she stared into his dark eyes. Paul¡¯s shoulders sagged and he sighed, looking down at the floor in defeat. ¡°Ok..dammit. I never could say no to you. Despite my better judgement! But you had better survive this, or I¡¯ll be coming after you to haul your ghostly ass back home!¡± Kate laughed. ¡°Well, we can¡¯t have you making a habit of it! It¡¯s not like you¡¯ve got a season ticket for Charon¡¯s ferry after all. So I guess I¡¯ll have to now!¡± She then turned to face the rest of the room, putting on a brave face. ¡°Ok, now that¡¯s settled, what else do we need to do to prepare?¡± Hanami Chp.42 It had been quite a good plan, Paul thought, right up to the point where it wasn¡¯t. Izanami had emerged from the onsen, wrinkled like a pickled prune as she¡¯d predicted, from soaking in the hot springs all night. She was she¡¯d said, just barely strong enough to divide her Pearl despite the long soak in the mana super-charged waters. Kiko had examined her and agreed, although she¡¯d shook her head and murmured something about chi blockages and less than ideal mana flows. Paul had decided, in the spirit of not taking on too much at once, to leave that problem for another day. However, it did mean they had to act fast as Izanami wouldn¡¯t retain her ¡®charge¡¯ for long. Just as if she had a worn-out battery. It was quickest to summon Kate and perform the transfer in Inari¡¯s hall, since there was just barely enough energy to do so and no time to waste. The transfer of prana from Izanami to Kate went without a hitch, and Kate transformed from a somewhat misty looking shade, to being painfully real and alive looking. Something must have shown in his face, Paul thought, because Kate had been down-right brisk! Especially given that there was something of a chance that she wouldn¡¯t survive what was to come. Her possibly final farewell had been a fierce hug and then she¡¯d run for the door into the Beyond. Kiko almost didn¡¯t have time to unseal and open it ahead of her. Paul had gotten a glance of the swirling chaotic mass of light and colours that even he couldn¡¯t find words to describe, and then Kate had dived into the void head-long. Which was when it all went sideways. There had been a fraction of a second when Kate had just vanished, swallowed up as if she¡¯d run into thick smoke¡­ and then the dizzying maelstrom of shapes and colours had lit up pure white, with an intensity that rivaled an atomic blast. Paul had thrown his hand up, and found he could see his bones though his flesh despite his eyes being closed. There had been a moments searing pain...and then nothingness. Now, he lay on his back, long lushly green grass ticking his ears, staring up at an impossibly blue sky, past cherry blossoms that seemed to glow with their own inner light. He was quite certain he was dead. Finally. Thinking about it, he mused, they¡¯d all forgotten to take into account that Kate was in fact, technically part of him. She and he were inextricably linked, bound spirit to soul. So, when she acted as a lightning rod for a universe¡¯s worth of raw energy free-floating in the void, it had grounded through him. Or at least, so he thought. It was hardly unexpected then that it had killed him, and he¡¯d found himself, rather to his surprise, in some sort of Paradise. Or at least, that¡¯s where he surmised he was. It certainly wasn¡¯t anywhere he recognized, and it was altogether too perfect to exist in reality. There wasn¡¯t even any cicadas with their annoying sound to ruin it. Paul yawned and stretched, finding himself for once free of any sort of pain. Even the persistent crick in his neck he¡¯d had ever since an ill-judged jump from a roof-top in Kathmandu, was gone. He sat up and looked around. He appeared to be in a walled garden, the sight of a red tiled roof above the treetops some distance off hinted at a house nearby, and though a round gate in the white stucco wall he saw the golden shimmer of field of ripe rice, or possibly wheat. Briefly he remembered the ending of the movie Gladiator¡­ and a quote from that movie; ¡®If you find yourself alone, riding in the golden fields with the sun on your face, do not be troubled. For you are in Elysium, and you''re already dead!¡¯ Paul shrugged and decided not to be troubled by it all. With no real conscious decision made, Paul got up, only mildly surprised to find himself dressed in his ceremonial Heralds robes, and made his way in the direction of where he thought the house was. He wasn¡¯t hurrying, since there really didn¡¯t seem to be any point in it any more, but it wasn¡¯t long before his aimless amble led him to a gravel path and over a rustic bridge spanning a koi pond filled with fish that shone like slivers of golden sunlight. Beyond that was a single story mansion in the traditional Japanese style. The sort of place that a well-off older samurai would retire to, or some minor lord would have as his country home. A fragrant waft of something cooking caught his attention, and he was slightly surprised to find himself hungry. Still, he supposed, he clearly could enjoy earthly delights even if he was dead, so why wouldn¡¯t he be hungry as a prelude to a good meal? It didn¡¯t take him long to follow his nose and find the kitchen¡­ although the short walk through the house seemed to indicate that there was no-one home. He wondered if perhaps this was his own personalised heaven, and thus empty of anyone else? That thought filled him with an aching sense of loneliness, that felt like part of his soul had been hollowed out and left empty. For a moment, as he stood on the threshold of the kitchen, he caught the familiar scent of jasmine and fox musk again¡­ Sighing, hopeful, he called. ¡°Inari?¡± In that moment he felt as if she was standing just behind him. That indefinable sixth sense of presence that had served to save his life on more than one occasion, warning him that someone was there¡­ Paul turned on his heels, but saw nothing and no-one. He bit his lips, thinking. Wherever he was, it was somewhere betwixt and between, as was Inari from what he¡¯d gathered. But they were like two radio stations, overlapping but not quite on the same frequency. Closing his eyes and focusing on his feelings for her, he called once again; ¡°Inari, Inari, In-ar-i!¡± Again he could sense her, close enough to touch almost, Without opening his eyes he reached out and grabbed¡­ and his fingers closed around cool smooth flesh, his hand closing around a slim wrist. Desperately he pulled her to him, and found himself stumbling forward as she didn¡¯t move. He heard her gasp as he semi-fell against her and opened his eyes to behold Inari¡¯s heart shaped face with her sharply angled almost vulpine cheekbones and large golden eyes staring into his, framed by silver-gilt hair the colour of freshly threshed rice. He was somewhat surprised to find she was no more than an inch or two shorter than him as well. She didn¡¯t look much like her physical body back in the temple, but she was unmistakably Inari, and she was warmly alive and obviously shocked as he pulled her into an embrace hard enough to leave her breathless. ¡°Oh My Herald! What have you done? How can you be here with me?¡± Paul laughed, burying his face in her long hair that glowed as if filled with her own personal sunlight. ¡°Who the hell cares? Through dangers untold and perils unknown I¡¯ve fought my way though Death¡¯s kingdom to you! What¡¯s one last step into the afterlife in comparison? Being dead is nothing as long as we¡¯re together!¡± Inari punched his shoulder lightly. ¡°Who told you, you were dead?¡± Paul blinked. ¡°Um, no-one? I just sort of assumed I was. You know, got hit by what felt like a nuclear blast, then woke up in what looked like a tailor-made heaven free from all earthly pains and ills¡­ sort of a big hint you know.¡± Inari stared at him, a bemused and somewhat fondly exasperated half-smile on her lips. ¡°Paul-tan¡­ do you not think I would know if you had passed away? Did it not occur to you that I would feel your death, My Herald, who¡¯s very soul is bound to me? Believe me, you live still.¡± ¡°Ah¡­ good point. Honestly, no. Ok then, still alive¡­ yay. Understandably a bit confused however, but in my defense it has been a tad bit hectic since you died. Haven¡¯t really had time to find my balance mentally.¡± Inari smiled and rested her forehead against his chest. ¡°I gathered¡­ I was astounded to see you earlier. In all of history, no mortal has successfully broken into Yomi and rescued a soul there, and you forced your way in with an army and rescued everyone.¡± Paul shrugged, ¡°Well, I did have help¡­ and I¡¯m not entirely sure it counts as a successful rescue. Things didn¡¯t go according to plan at the end there.¡± ¡°No, I suppose not.. still we escaped, and found ourselves here. Is everyone that was with you well?¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Yeah¡­ more than ok in some cases. Um¡­ look if I¡¯m not dead, does that mean you¡¯re not dead as well?¡± ¡°Of course not! I¡¯ve told you before Kami are hard to¡­ mmmph!¡± Paul silenced Inari by kissing her, relief and joy welling up him and demanding to be expressed. Initially startled, Inari responded to his emotions and pressed herself against him, ardently answering his unspoken demand. After a long moment, they parted in a mutual need for air. Paul cradled the back of Inari¡¯s head with a hand while she rested against him. ¡°I missed you. I realised I was being incredibly stupid once I thought I had lost you.¡± ¡°Took you long enough hannii¡­ and I am so very glad you are here.¡± ¡°Um.. that¡¯s a point, where is here?¡± Inari laughed, shaking her head. ¡°Welcome to the Celestial City my Herald¡­¡± Tearing his gaze from Inari, Paul looked up..and his eyes went wide. They were standing in what seemed to be a banqueting room, in some sort of Palace. All around them people, who on second glance Paul was quite sure were other Kami, were sitting at a low traditional table, politely pretending not to see Inari and him. ¡°Oh¡­ looks like I¡¯ve arrived at a bit of an awkward moment. Sorry.¡± ¡°Oh no, I¡¯d say your timing was perfect. We were meeting to discuss what had happened and how we found ourselves suddenly here once again, after being trapped in the Void. I don¡¯t suppose you know anything about that?¡± ¡°Ah...Um, yes actually. I may have had a bit to do with that.. you know, just a small part.¡± ¡°Of course darling¡­ well you can come with me and tell me, and what you know.¡± Paul swallow, hard.. ¡°Um.. isn¡¯t she like the Big Boss?¡± ¡°I wouldn¡¯t call her that, not to her face, but yes.¡± ¡°And if I remember correctly, she¡¯s sort of your mother, right?¡± ¡°More like Oldest Sister, but yes. She¡¯s dying to meet you, the mortal that has stolen my heart, become my Herald, and somehow resisted my advances ¡­ until now.¡± Paul nodded slowly. ¡°Yep. I¡¯m in trouble aren¡¯t I?¡± ¡°No more than usual Paul-tan..¡± ¡°Oh. Crap.¡± Amaterasu was alone in her private town house when they found her. Inari explained that although all the major Kami had apartments in the central palace of the Celestial City, some also kept smaller private residences in the surrounding city, alongside Divas, Earth Spirits and other such minor nobility and powers. Paul was rather surprised to find out that they still existed, but apparently many of the minor Powers had escaped Izanami¡¯s attention during her hostile assimilation of the Celestial realm into Yomi, and had eked out an existence among the wreckage until everything had been restored. Privately Paul couldn¡¯t help thinking that they¡¯d need a not-so-small army of therapists to cope with that amount of trauma, if his experiences with refugees was anything to go by. But he resolved to consider that matter later.. perhaps organising something with Kiko. Amaterasu was a stern looking older matriarch, ageless in appearance but she definitely had an older sister vibe about her as she looked down at Paul kneeling before her. ¡°So, you¡¯re the mortal who dares to call yourself a herald and has claimed my Imoto¡¯s heart?¡± This tale has been pilfered from Royal Road. If found on Amazon, kindly file a report. ¡°In my defense, neither of those was my idea.. but yes.¡± Inari standing next to Paul rested her hand on his shoulder. ¡°I have found that it is rather unwise to use the word ¡®dare¡¯ around my Herald, sister. There is very little he would not dare to do¡­ including defeat Death and restore us all.¡± Amaterasu pursed her lips as if biting into a sour persimmon, but reluctantly nodded. ¡°That is so...and we owe you a great deal mortal. But it is not seemly for one of such lowly status to be Herald to a first rank Goddess.¡± Paul stiffened, fearing the worst, but he felt Inari¡¯s grip on his shoulder tighten and he held his tongue as the senior Goddess continued. ¡°However, since my little sister wouldn¡¯t listen to me and set you aside, and even if she could be made to, I have no doubt you would make war upon the Heavens in retribution, I shall resolve the matter by granting you a singular honor in recognition of your efforts in saving us all. Henceforth, you shall be promoted to the rank of Sage, the highest that a mortal may hold while alive, and will become an honorary member of the Celestial court where you may continue to serve as Court Herald.¡± Paul blinked, and for a fraction of second considered his reply¡­ deciding to go with the more temperate polite version. ¡°I give my thanks Your Divine Majesty¡­ but I cannot in good faith accept such an honor.¡± Paul¡¯s ears rang from Inari¡¯s and Amaterasu¡¯s startled ¡°What?!¡± ¡°Firstly, it wasn¡¯t entirely my efforts alone that brought about this restoration, and I cannot claim credit for the work of others. They deserve their own recognition and honours. Secondly, I must decline the honour as I intend to remain as Inari¡¯s Herald for good reason, because thirdly... ¡± Turning to Inari, Paul shifted so he knelt on one knee, looking up at her. ¡°Inari Inari stared in shock at Paul for moment, her whirling thoughts and conflicting emotions plain to see on her face. ¡°Oh..my.. you do understand that I can only be as I am?¡± ¡°I do, and would still love you as you are. I¡¯ve always loved you, even though I couldn¡¯t say it before now.¡± ¡°YES! ¡°NO!¡± Paul without looking away from Inari¡¯s shining, happily tear streaked face, slowly stood up and remarked. ¡°nothing do not cross me ¡° Inari interrupted the beginning of her sisters tirade. ¡°I believe I have mentioned the inadvisability of saying those words, sister mine¡­ Paul-sama is no mere mortal, and we all owe him a debt of gratitude. Also if you were to set yourself against him, I am confident that you would find yourself standing alone¡­ as I and every other Kami owe him a life debt, and would be standing with him.¡± ¡°But..¡± Paul chuckled. ¡°But nothing, you said it yourself, I am no mere mortal¡­ did you not just confer on me the rank of Sage?¡± ¡°Yes, but that is not the same thing¡­¡± ¡° ¡° never Paul shrugged. ¡° Inari nodded. ¡°They are, that¡¯s one of the things that has changed. They¡¯re all here, like islands floating in the void, and there are bridges that link us all. The first few days we had visitors from every pantheon seeking answers¡­¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Yeah¡­ that¡¯s Kate¡¯s handiwork no doubt. She always imagined that it was something like that. We should really go see if she¡¯s survived as well. Shall we Inari?¡± ¡° Amaterasu stomped her feet, yelling. ¡° ¡°really ¡° ¡° For a still moment Amaterasu glared at Paul, then slithered down inside her robes a bit as she regressed until she seemed to be about eleven or twelve¡­ suddenly one of the bits of trivia about her age waxing and waning like the sun made much more sense. ¡°I will not allow this marriage! A Kami, marrying a mortal? It¡¯s unthinkable! I am Amaterasu, First Goddess of the Sun. You wouldn¡¯t dare lay hands to me!¡± Behind him, Inari covered her eyes with her palm, as Paul slowly smiled¡­ ¡°Oh, I wouldn¡¯t dare, would I? Shall we test that theory?¡± Paul unceremoniously picked Amaterasu up under his arm and started to walk towards the nearby throne. Amaterasu gestured, evidently intending to defend herself...and nothing happened. Paul took in the look of confused dismay on her face, and smiled evilly as he sat, and placed the struggling young girl across his knees. ¡°doing! --------- Inari¡¯s return, reincarnation into her mortal body, which ended up resembling her Goddess form now as her spirit reshaped it. Her subsequent reunion with Kiko had been both tearful, and passionate¡­ and Paul had done his best to ignore it until Inari had taken his hand and pulled him into a three way embrace. Things had progressed from there, albeit with a minor interruption from Shoko who had tackle-hugged Inari as soon as she¡¯d saw her up and about, and had to be persuaded to let her go so the adults could have some alone time together. Paul lay on his back, thinking he could perhaps get used to this arrangement. Which was really just as well. He somehow doubted he actually had a say in the matter anyway.. and he¡¯d need Kiko¡¯s help to keep Inari happy. After all, when all was said and done he was only human, although apparently, no longer mortal. It had turned out that somewhere along the way, somehow, he¡¯d gained immortality. ¡®I am the captain of my soul.¡¯ Paul knew then, with the slightest doubt, that Kate had been responsible for his changed mortal status. Perhaps as a parting gift to Inari as much as to him. Considering the matter now Paul carefully rose, causing Inari to protest sleepily and curl up against Kiko instead. Paul briefly thought that he and Kiko really needed some time to figure out boundaries and sleeping arrangements¡­ later though. Throwing on a robe, Paul padded barefoot out into the outer temple and went and sat on the steps. ¡°Ok, you can come out now. I know you¡¯re there Kate.¡± Kate sat down beside Paul, passing him a can of beer, condensation just beginning to form on it, seemingly just there, solid and real, with no hint of her arrival. ¡°Congratulations Paulie.¡± Paul clinked his can against Kate¡¯s and nodded. ¡°Thanks¡­ and thanks for the wedding gift I guess. I hope there¡¯s a way to reverse it should I ever grow tired of immortality.¡± ¡°Sure, just give me a call. Although I doubt it¡¯ll be any time soon knowing you. There¡¯s a whole new realm out there to explore, full of new things¡­ and Inari will keep you feeling young.¡± ¡°..and tired.. but yeah. Nice work on the Celestial Realm 2.0 by the way.¡± Kate grinned and buffed her nails against her sleeve. ¡°What that little thing? Nah, I just threw it together.¡± Paul chuckled, shaking his head. After taking a long pull from his drink he asked. ¡°So¡­ are you doing ok?¡± ¡°Do you mean, am I still me and not going mad? I¡¯m ok¡­ being the Goddess of Death isn¡¯t so bad actually. I¡¯ve been hobnobbing with the other gods and goddesses. Turns out, I am literally the only Death Goddess still existent. Izanami was a jealous bitch and utterly destroyed any that might be seen as a rival. No coming back from what she did to them. But yeah.. I have a soul now..I¡¯m still figuring out who I am, apart from the obvious that is.¡± ¡°Figures. So, uncontested title then?¡± Kate nodded, sending her scarlet curls tumbling. Paul frowned slightly, she seemed marginally different, like someone had turned up the color saturation on her. Her skin was paler, almost a translucent milky blue/white, even her hair was a hue that had previously only come from a bottle and her eyes outshone any emerald he¡¯d seen. But mostly, she was completely, utterly and vibrantly alive. Even just sitting there, can of beer in her hand, clad in a familiar pair of ratty blue jeans, battered hiking boots and red plaid shirt tied up to expose her midriff, he could feel the way her presence subtly bent the world around her. Besides, she¡¯d brought a couple of cans of draft IPA beer he knew wasn¡¯t made any more. It was a small miracle, but left no doubt in his mind. Kate was fully a Goddess now. Kate sighed. ¡°Wish it wasn¡¯t though. I¡¯m going to be so busy.¡­ and that¡¯s not just me trying to avoid you and your little harem. I¡¯ve got a whole realm to sort out. Yomi is a wreck right now, thanks to you and your friends, and it¡¯s the only ¡®underworld¡¯ left, so that¡¯s all I¡¯ve got to work with. I¡¯m almost tempted to ¡®promote¡¯ Izanami back to minor deity, instead of leaving her stuck as a mortal, and put her in charge.¡± ¡°Hmm, so she¡¯s stuck as a mortal? Couldn¡¯t you create a new Land of the Dead, make her a Goddess again and put her in charge?¡± Kate shook her head. ¡°Nope, used almost all the available energy recreating the Celestial Realm. Maybe in another thousand years or so I might have just enough to create a new realm from scratch, but for now I¡¯ve got just enough left in the tank to deal with a second-hand fixer upper, and that is it. Besides, I think it¡¯d be safer to leave her as she is, don¡¯t you?¡± Paul nodded. ¡°Fair enough. Something tells me you¡¯ll do ok at it though¡­ It sounds weird saying you¡¯ll make a great Death, but you know what I mean.¡± Kate chuckled. ¡°That I do¡­ um¡­ Paul, can I ask a question?¡± ¡°Of course, what?¡± ¡°Well¡­ the other kami want to know are they still needed. I mean, they were gone for a long time, and the world kept on going along just fine without them.¡± Paul looked at her curiously, to which Kate just shrugged. ¡°I said I¡¯d been talking to the others, all of the pantheons, making sure I¡¯d got it all right for them. They wanted to know, but didn¡¯t know who to ask. So I said I¡¯d ask you. They accepted that.¡± Paul nodded his understanding and sat for moment, staring off into the distance as he thought about it. Eventually he leaned back and sighed. ¡°Honestly¡­ damned if I know really. I know in some ways humanity as whole doesn¡¯t need gods and goddesses¡­ certainly not for the everyday stuff. But do we want them? Yeah, I think so.¡± Paul had the sudden sensation of being watched, of being the focus of a great many gazes¡­ as Kate quietly asked. ¡°Are you certain Paulie? I mean, many of the Kami think they should retreat to their own corner of the Celestial Realm and have nothing more to do with humans¡­ but should you still need us¡­?¡± For a moment it felt as if the universe was holding it¡¯s breath, awaiting his reply. Paul leaned back, and stared up at the night sky. ¡° seecan Paul could sense the overwhelming out pouring of joy, and happiness. Smiling he realized that as much as humanity needed the Kami, the Kami needed to be needed still, otherwise what was their purpose? Laughing gently Paul called. ¡°I Paul didn¡¯t need any kind of sixth sense to hear the laughter, and as the courtyard filled with the soft light of multi-hued lanterns, and tables groaning under the weight of a feast appeared as one by one, in couples and laughing groups, the gods and goddesses of all the many pantheons imagined by humanity arrived once again on Inari¡¯s mountain. After a moment a sleepily bemused Inari, wrapped in a bedsheet, came and sat on the steps next to Paul. Paul passed her a drink without comment as she leaned her head on his shoulder. ¡°What is going on?¡± ¡°Equal parts engagement party and ¡®yay we lived¡¯ party. Hope you don¡¯t mind, I invited your family, and it seems they brought some friends...and then the rest of the Celestial Realm seems to have gatecrashed.¡± Inari stared at the mingling deities of dozen different religions, and shrugged. ¡°Well¡­ at least it¡¯s going to be interesting from now on! But you do know they¡¯re going to come to you from now on, every time they need some dispute or other settling?¡± Paul sighed¡­ ¡°Drat, no I hadn¡¯t thought of that. I don¡¯t suppose you can revive your system of messenger foxes can you?¡± From above them came a familiar voice. ¡°I can do that!¡± Paul looked up, just in time to see Shoko plummet down from where she¡¯d been sitting on the temple¡¯s roof and catch her. ¡°Are you volunteering to run messages to every Pantheon in existence Shoko-chan?¡± Shoko nodded enthusiastically. ¡°I am! Because Mother Inari needs another Herald, someone else besides you Paul-sama, to be helpful. And I am Shoko, the helpful little fox spirit, that¡¯s what I do!¡± Inari laughed as Paul shook his head in wordless amusement. Then Inari addressed Shoko with a smile. ¡°Alright then junior Herald your first duty to me is to go and introduce yourself to the other Kami and after that...well, go and get some rest because there¡¯s a ton of work to do tomorrow!¡± Shoko hugged her mother hard, beaming from ear to ear. Then turning she ran, darting from one being to another, pausing to bow and introduce herself, before running off to the next, leaving bemused but laughing gods and goddesses in her wake. Watching her Paul and Inari sat back, leaning against each other and laughed until their sides ached.